initial commit of ebook 28282HEADmain

1 files changed, 17246 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/28282.txt b/28282.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..81631ca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/28282.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,17246 @@
+The Project Gutenberg EBook of Egyptian Literature
+
+
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with almost no
+restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under
+the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or
+online at http://www.gutenberg.org/license
+
+
+
+Title: Egyptian Literature
+
+
+
+Release Date: March 8, 2009 [Ebook #28282]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: US-ASCII
+
+
+***START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK EGYPTIAN LITERATURE***
+
+
+
+
+
+                           Egyptian Literature
+
+                                Comprising
+
+                             Egyptian Tales,
+
+                      Hymns, Litanies, Invocations,
+
+                          The Book Of The Dead,
+
+                                   And
+
+                            Cuneiform Writings
+
+                Edited And With A Special Introduction By
+
+                         Epiphanius Wilson, A.M.
+
+                           New York And London
+
+                   The Co-Operative Publication Society
+
+                             Copyright, 1901
+
+                            The Colonial Press
+
+
+
+
+
+CONTENTS
+
+
+Special Introduction.
+The Book Of The Dead
+   A Hymn To The Setting Sun
+   Hymn And Litany To Osiris
+   Litany
+   Hymn To Ra
+   Hymn To The Setting Sun
+   Hymn To The Setting Sun
+   The Chapter Of The Chaplet Of Victory
+   The Chapter Of The Victory Over Enemies.
+   The Chapter Of Giving A Mouth To The Overseer
+   The Chapter Of Giving A Mouth To Osiris Ani
+   Opening The Mouth Of Osiris
+   The Chapter Of Bringing Charms To Osiris
+   The Chapter Of Memory
+   The Chapter Of Giving A Heart To Osiris
+   The Chapter Of Preserving The Heart
+   The Chapter Of Preserving The Heart
+   The Chapter Of Preserving The Heart
+   The Chapter Of Preserving The Heart
+   The Heart Of Carnelian
+   Preserving The Heart
+   Preserving The Heart
+   Preserving The Heart
+   Rubric
+   Beating Back The Crocodile
+   Beating Back The Crocodile
+   Repulsing Serpents
+   Against Snakes
+   Against Serpents
+   Driving Away Apshait
+   Driving Back The Merti
+   Living By Air
+   Living By Air
+   Driving Back Rerek
+   Repulsing The Eater Of The Ass
+   Abolishing The Slaughterings
+   Abolishing The Slaughterings
+   Air And Water
+   Dominion Over Elements
+   Dominion Over Elements
+   Dominion Over Elements
+   Preservation Of The Soul
+   Of Drinking Water
+   Of Drinking Water
+   Preservation From Scalding
+   On Coming Forth By Day
+   Chapter Of Knowledge
+   Of Gaining Mastery Over Enemies
+   Victory Over Enemies
+   Coming Forth By Day
+   Opening The Underworld
+   Coming Forth By Day
+   Coming Forth By Day
+   Coming Forth By Day
+   Coming Forth By Day
+   Coming Forth By Day
+   Of Lifting Up The Feet
+   Of Journeying To Annu
+   Of Transformation
+   Of Performing Transformations
+   Of Transformation Into A Hawk
+   Of Transformation Into A Governor
+   Of Transformation Into A God
+   Transformation Into A Lotus
+   Transformation Into A Lotus
+   Transformation Into Ptah
+   Transformation Into A Bennu Bird
+   Transformation Into A Heron
+   Of The Living Soul
+   Of The Swallow
+   The Serpent Sata
+   Of The Crocodile
+   Soul And Body
+   Of Evil Recollections
+   Of Rescue
+   Of Opening The Tomb
+   Of Not Sailing To The East
+   Of The Ink-Pot And Palette
+   Of Being Nigh Unto Thoth
+   Of Being Nigh Unto Thoth
+   Of Bringing A Boat Along In Heaven
+   Of Bringing The Makhent Boat
+   Of Entering The Boat Of Ra
+   Of Protecting The Boat Of Ra
+   Of Going Into The Boat Of Ra
+   Of Knowing The Souls Of The East
+   Of Sekhet-Hetepet
+   Of Knowing The Souls Of Pe
+   Of Knowing The Souls Of Nekhen
+   Of Knowing The Souls Of Khemennu
+   Of Coming Forth From Heaven
+   Of Knowing The Souls Of Khemennu
+   Of Receiving Paths
+   Of Coming Forth From Re-Stau
+   Of Coming Forth From Re-Stau
+   Of Going About In The Underworld
+   Of Entering Into The Great House
+   Of Entering The Presence
+   The Introduction To Maati
+   The Introduction To Maati
+   The Negative Confession
+   Address To The Gods Of The Underworld
+   Of The Hour Apes
+   Of The Praise Of The Gods
+   Adoration Of The Gods Of The Qerti
+   Hymn Of Praise To Osiris
+   Of Making Perfect The Khu
+   Of Living Nigh Unto Ra
+   Of Bringing Men Back To Earth
+   Of Making Perfect The Khu
+   Of Making Perfect The Khu
+   For The New Moon
+   Of Travelling In The Boat Of Ra
+   Of Making Perfect The Khu
+   Sailing In The Great Boat
+   Of The Four Flames
+Egyptian Tales
+   The Taking Of Joppa
+   The Doomed Prince
+   Anpu And Bata
+   Setna And The Magic Book
+   Tales Of The Magicians
+   The Peasant And The Workman
+   The Shipwrecked Sailor
+   The Adventures Of Sanehat
+The Tell Amarna Tablets
+   The Hittite Invasion Of Damascus
+   The Amorite Treachery
+   The War In Phoenicia
+   Northern Palestine
+   Southern Palestine
+   Royal Letters
+Cuneiform Inscriptions And Hieratic Papyri
+   The Great Tablet Of Rameses II At Abu-Simbel
+   Hymn To Osiris
+   Travels Of An Egyptian In The Fourteenth Century B.C.
+   Dirge Of Menephtah
+   Hymn To The Nile
+   The Solemn Festal Dirge Of The Egyptians
+   Hymns To Amen
+   Hymn To Pharaoh
+   The Song Of The Harper
+   Hymn To Amen-Ra
+   Hymn To Ra-Harmachis
+   The Lamentations Of Isis And Nephthys
+   The Litany Of Ra
+   The Book Of Respirations
+The Epic Of Penta-Our
+Footnotes
+
+
+
+
+
+
+SPECIAL INTRODUCTION.
+
+
+The wonders of Egyptian archaeology are the latest and most precious
+harvest of scholars and explorers. From Belzoni to Flinders Petrie there
+has been a succession of discoveries in the valley of the Nile with which
+it is hard for ordinary students to keep pace. Our knowledge of Egyptian
+life to-day is far clearer and more complete than Bentley's or Porson's
+acquaintance with the antiquities of Greece and Rome, and we have far more
+complete access to the treasures of Egyptian literature than Dante or
+Thomas Aquinas had to the remains of Attic poets and mystics. We know
+exactly how an Egyptian of the twelfth dynasty dressed; what was the
+position of women in Egypt; and what uniform was worn by the Egyptian
+soldiers who took part in the campaign against Khitasis. We can see
+Rameses II riding in his war-chariot; we know the very names of the horses
+by whose side his tame lion is running and thirsting for the blood of his
+master's foes. We know all about the domestic animals, the funeral
+customs, the trades, the gods, the agriculture of the Nile valley thirty
+centuries ago. We see the whole many-sided civilization portrayed in the
+brightest colors in the poetry, the books of ritual, the hieratic
+inscriptions, the tablets, papyri, and hieroglyphics which day by day come
+to light in exhaustless abundance from the mounds and ruins of that
+fertile plain that stretches from Thebes to the Mareotic lake.
+
+For instance, we can learn exact particulars about the mode in which
+Rameses II made war, from the poem of Penta-Our, a Theban writer of the
+fourteenth century B.C. It is only by a figure of speech that this poem
+can be called an epic; it is rather a historical narrative couched in
+terms of poetic exaggeration with the object of flattering the royal
+vanity of Pharaoh.
+
+The campaign in which Rameses then engaged was directed against Kadesh, a
+city built on an island in the Orontes. It is, according to Penta-Our,
+inhabited by a people known as Khita, whose spies are brought into the
+tent of Rameses and questioned as to the whereabouts of the King of
+Kadesh. The spies are forced by blows to answer, and they tell the
+Egyptian monarch that the King of the Khita "is powerful with many
+soldiers, and with chariot soldiers, and with their harness, as many as
+the sand of the seashore, and they are ready to fight behind Kadesh."
+
+The King is very angry; for he had been deceived by false news to the
+effect that his enemy had fled in terror to Khilibu. "The fault is great,"
+he cries, "that the governors of the land and the vassal princes of
+Pharaoh have committed, in neglecting to watch the movements of the
+Khita." He sends to bring back the legions he had sent away, and meanwhile
+the approach of the enemy is announced. The camp of Rameses is surprised
+by the Asiatics; many foot-soldiers are killed before they can seize their
+weapons, but a faithful band rallies in front of the royal quarters.
+Suddenly a cry is heard; Rameses has quickly put on his armor, seized his
+lance, ordered his war lion to be loosed, and dashed into the fight.
+Pharaoh with his master of the horse, Menni, is soon hemmed in by foes.
+"My Lord, O generous King!" cries Menni, "Egypt's great protector in the
+day of battle! behold we stand alone in the midst of the enemy, for the
+archers and the chariots have left us. Let us return, that our lives may
+be saved. Save us, O my Lord, Rameses Miamun!" Then Rameses called upon
+Amen, his god, and under his protection charged the enemy, and "his hand
+devoured them in the space of an instant." Five times he rushed upon them,
+and five times they repulsed him. The sixth time he breaks their ranks and
+regains his own lines. Then the legions of Ptah, which had returned to the
+camp, join the battle, and the Asiatics are routed. The first care of
+Rameses is to refresh his brave horses, Victory-in-Thebes and
+Maut-is-Satisfied. Neither they nor Rameses and his lion are wounded,
+though all stained with blood and dust, while the head-plumes of the team
+are torn and tattered and their caparison broken.
+
+This is a brief account of the main incident in this Egyptian epic, which
+is written with life-like detail and animation. The war concludes with a
+treaty, and the marriage of Rameses with the daughter of the King of
+Kadesh, so that henceforth "the people of Egypt were of one mind with the
+princes of Khita, which had not been the case since the god Ra."
+
+The Egyptians have always been deeply impressed by the fact of human
+mortality, and much of their religious belief and religious ritual is
+taken up with the rites of burial, and detailed doctrines as to the
+experience of the soul after parting from the body. Their elaborate
+embalming of the dead springs from the desire to keep the mortal tenement
+prepared for the soul's return to it. In their Book of the Dead is a full
+series of prayers, songs, and incantations to be employed at funerals, and
+by the individual in his journey beyond the tomb. The funeral procession
+was a very noisy company; lamentations were heard through its whole
+length, but the burden of the hymns was always, "To the West." This was
+enlarged upon, "To the West, the dwelling of Osiris; O Chief, as thou
+goest to the West, the Gods themselves lament, as thou goest to the West."
+
+Osiris is the judge who weighs the souls, and allots them happiness or
+misery, according to their deserts. "The Book of the Dead" is interesting
+because it teaches how clearly and dogmatically the solemn and precise
+Egyptian stated his views and held his convictions concerning the unknown
+country. Four parts of man, it was said, survive after death, namely, the
+soul, the spirit, the shadow, and the double. The double remains in the
+tomb, and only leaves it in search of food. Sometimes it feels its
+loneliness and avenges itself upon near relations who have forsaken it.
+But the soul hurries to the bar of Osiris, where Thoth weighs the heart in
+the scales, and the innocent are admitted into the Field of Beans, a realm
+of fertility, where wheat grows seven cubits high. Immortality is spent in
+feasting, singing, conversation, and games. But the whole of this
+wonderful book is well worth studying. It shows how what Addison calls
+"this longing after immortality" led an ancient and deeply religious
+people to attempt in their burial rites to rob even the grave of its
+terrors, and conjured up out of the shadows of the tomb a clear and
+distinct vision of future life, wherein man in his complete individuality
+survived to all eternity.
+
+Among the most important results of recent Egyptian exploration must be
+reckoned the discovery of the tablets of Tell Amarna. Tell Amarna is a
+village in Upper Egypt, and in a pit at the foot of the mountain, at the
+base of which it stands, were discovered hundreds of these relics, which
+have since been distributed among the museums of London, Berlin, and
+Gizeh. The writing on these tablets is cuneiform, and the matter is of
+profound historic importance, illustrating, as it does, the relations
+between Egypt and western Asia in the fifteenth century B.C. While the
+existence of these tablets proves that cuneiform writing was common to
+Palestine and Syria as well as the Euphrates Valley, yet curiously enough
+the manuscripts of Tell Amarna are different from any of the same kind
+that have been found elsewhere, and the language resembles somewhat the
+Hebrew of the Old Testament.
+
+While most of these tablets are letters and despatches from friendly
+powers in Syria, and from vassal princes in Palestine, others contain
+interesting legends. The letters are addressed to the Pharaohs known as
+Amenophis III and Amenophis IV, who reigned in the sixteenth and fifteenth
+centuries B.C.
+
+The Egyptians employed what practically were three alphabets--the
+hieroglyphic, the hieratic, and the demotic. The hieroglyph is a symbol,
+denoting something without letters or syllables; as, pictures of a bee
+stand for king. The hieratic handwriting was a transition from symbols to
+primitive letters; the papyrus reed, cut in slices and gummed together,
+was used as paper for this writing, much of which is very beautifully
+executed in black and red inks. These papyri are constantly being
+discovered, but perhaps the earliest "find" of importance was that at
+Thebes in 1846, when a number of literary compositions were brought to
+light which must have been executed during the twelfth dynasty, about
+twenty-five centuries B.C.
+
+The Egyptian Tales are works written in a lighter vein than the literature
+we have already described. They will be read with delight, and none the
+less so because they show that the Egyptians, who are the Chinese of the
+Mediterranean, possess that saving quality in literary and political life,
+namely, a sense of humor.
+
+(signed) Epiphanius Wilson
+
+
+
+
+
+THE BOOK OF THE DEAD
+
+
+                    According to the Theban Recension
+
+
+        Translated by E. A. Wallis Budge, Litt.D., D.Lit., F.S.A.
+
+
+
+
+A Hymn To The Setting Sun
+
+
+A HYMN OF PRAISE TO RA WHEN HE RISETH UPON THE HORIZON, AND WHEN HE
+SETTETH IN THE LAND OF LIFE. Osiris, the scribe Ani, saith:
+
+"Homage to thee, O Ra, when thou risest [as] Tem-Heru-khuti
+(Tem-Harmachis). Thou art adored [by me when] thy beauties are before mine
+eyes, and [when thy] radiance [falleth] upon [my] body. Thou goest forth
+to thy setting in the _Sektet_ boat with [fair] winds, and thy heart is
+glad; the heart of the _Matet_ boat rejoiceth. Thou stridest over the
+heavens in peace, and all thy foes are cast down; the never-resting stars
+sing hymns of praise unto thee, and the stars which rest, and the stars
+which never fail glorify thee as thou sinkest to rest in the horizon of
+Manu,(1) O thou who art beautiful at morn and at eve, O thou lord who
+livest and art established, O my lord!
+
+"Homage to thee, O thou who art Ra when thou risest, and Tem when thou
+settest [in] beauty. Thou risest and shinest on the back of thy mother
+[Nut], O thou who art crowned king of the gods! Nut doeth homage unto
+thee, and everlasting and never-changing order(2) embraceth thee at morn
+and at eve. Thou stridest over the heaven, being glad of heart, and the
+Lake of Testes is content [thereat]. The Sebau Fiend hath fallen to the
+ground; his arms and his hands have been hacked off, and the knife hath
+severed the joints of his body. Ra hath a fair wind; the _Sektet_ boat
+goeth forth and sailing along it cometh into port. The gods of the south
+and of the north, of the west and of the east, praise thee, O thou divine
+substance, from whom all forms of life come into being. Thou sendest forth
+the word, and the earth is flooded with silence, O thou only One, who
+didst dwell in heaven before ever the earth and the mountains came into
+existence. O Runner, O Lord, O only One, thou maker of things which are,
+thou hast fashioned the tongue of the company of the gods, thou hast
+produced whatsoever cometh forth from the waters, and thou springest up
+from them over the flooded land of the Lake of Horus. Let me snuff the air
+which cometh forth from thy nostrils, and the north wind which cometh
+forth from thy mother [Nut]. Oh, make thou to be glorious my shining form
+(_khu_), O Osiris, make thou to be divine my soul (_ba_)! Thou art
+worshipped [in] peace (or [in] setting), O lord of the gods, thou art
+exalted by reason of thy wondrous works. Shine thou with thy rays of light
+upon my body day by day, [upon me], Osiris the scribe, the teller of the
+divine offerings of all the gods, the overseer of the granary of the lords
+of Abtu (Abydos), the royal scribe in truth who loveth thee; Ani,
+victorious in peace."
+
+
+
+
+Hymn And Litany To Osiris
+
+
+[From the Papyrus of Ani (British Museum No. 10,470, sheet 19).]
+
+"Praise be unto thee, O Osiris, lord of eternity, Unnefer, Heru-khuti
+(Harmachis), whose forms are manifold, and whose attributes are majestic,
+Ptah-Seker-Tem in Annu (Heliopolis), the lord of the hidden place, and the
+creator of Het-ka-Ptah (Memphis) and of the gods [therein], the guide of
+the underworld, whom [the gods] glorify when thou settest in Nut. Isis
+embraceth thee in peace, and she driveth away the fiends from the mouth of
+thy paths. Thou turnest thy face upon Amentet, and thou makest the earth
+to shine as with refined copper. Those who have lain down (_i.e._, the
+dead) rise up to see thee, they breathe the air and they look upon thy
+face when the Disk riseth on its horizon; their hearts are at peace
+inasmuch as they behold thee, O thou who art Eternity and
+Everlastingness!"
+
+
+
+
+Litany
+
+
+"Homage to thee, [O lord of] starry deities in Annu, and of heavenly
+beings in Kher-aba; thou god Unti, who art more glorious than the gods who
+are hidden in Annu; oh grant(3) thou unto me a path whereon I may pass in
+peace, for I am just and true; I have not spoken lies wittingly, nor have
+I done aught with deceit."
+
+"Homage to thee, O An in Antes, (?) Heru-khuti (Harmachis), with long
+strides thou stridest over heaven, O Heru-khuti. Oh, grant thou unto me a
+path whereon I may pass in peace, for I am just and true; I have not
+spoken lies wittingly, nor have I done aught with deceit."
+
+"Homage to thee, O Soul of everlastingness, thou Soul who dwellest in
+Tattu, Unnefer, son of Nut; thou art lord of Akert. Oh, grant thou unto me
+a path wherein I may pass in peace, for I am just and true; I have not
+spoken lies wittingly, nor have I done aught with deceit."
+
+"Homage to thee in thy dominion over Tattu; the _Ureret_ crown is
+established upon thy head; thou art the One who maketh the strength which
+protecteth himself, and thou dwellest in peace in Tattu. Oh, grant thou
+unto me a path whereon I may pass in peace, for I am just and true; I have
+not spoken lies wittingly, nor have I done aught with deceit."
+
+"Homage to thee, O lord of the Acacia tree, the _Seker_ boat is set upon
+its sledge; thou turnest back the Fiend, the worker of evil, and thou
+causest the _Utchat_ to rest upon its seat. Oh, grant thou unto me a path
+whereon I may pass in peace, for I am just and true; I have not spoken
+lies wittingly, nor have I done aught with deceit."
+
+"Homage to thee, O thou who art mighty in thine hour, thou great and
+mighty Prince, dweller in An-rut-f,(4) lord of eternity and creator of
+everlastingness, thou art the lord of Suten-henen (Heracleopolis Magna).
+Oh, grant thou unto me a path whereon I may pass in peace, for I am just
+and true; I have not spoken lies wittingly, nor have I done aught with
+deceit."
+
+"Homage to thee, O thou who restest upon Right and Truth, thou art the
+lord of Abtu (Abydos), and thy limbs are joined unto Ta-tchesertet; thou
+art he to whom fraud and guile are hateful. Oh, grant thou unto me a path
+whereon I may pass in peace, for I am just and true; I have not spoken
+lies wittingly, nor have I done aught with deceit."
+
+"Homage to thee, O thou who art within thy boat, thou bringest Hapi
+(_i.e._, the Nile) forth from his source; the light shineth upon thy body
+and thou art the dweller in Nekhen.(5) Oh, grant thou unto me a path
+whereon I may pass in peace, for I am just and true; I have not spoken
+lies wittingly, nor have I done aught with deceit."
+
+"Homage to thee, O creator of the gods, thou King of the North and of the
+South, O Osiris, victorious one, ruler of the world in thy gracious
+seasons; thou art the lord of the celestial world.(6) Oh, grant thou unto
+me a path whereon I may pass in peace, for I am just and true; I have not
+spoken lies wittingly, nor have I done aught with deceit."
+
+
+
+
+Hymn To Ra
+
+
+[From the Papyrus of Ani (British Museum No. 10,470, sheet 20).]
+
+A HYMN OF PRAISE TO RA WHEN HE RISETH IN THE EASTERN PART OF HEAVEN. Those
+who are in his train rejoice, and lo! Osiris Ani, victorious, saith:
+
+"Hail, thou Disk, thou lord of rays, who risest on the horizon day by day!
+Shine thou with thy beams of light upon the face of Osiris Ani, who is
+victorious; for he singeth hymns of praise unto thee at dawn, and he
+maketh thee to set at eventide with words of adoration. May the soul of
+Osiris Ani, the triumphant one, come forth with thee into heaven, may he
+go forth in the _Matet_ boat. May he come into port in the _Sektet_ boat,
+and may he cleave his path among the never-resting stars in the heavens."
+
+Osiris Ani, being in peace and in triumph, adoreth his lord, the lord of
+eternity, saying: "Homage to thee, O Heru-khuti (Harmachis), who art the
+god Khepera, the self-created; when thou risest on the horizon and
+sheddest thy beams of light upon the lands of the North and of the South,
+thou art beautiful, yea beautiful, and all the gods rejoice when they
+behold thee, the King of heaven. The goddess Nebt-Unnut is stablished upon
+thy head; and her uraei of the South and of the North are upon thy brow;
+she taketh up her place before thee. The god Thoth is stablished in the
+bows of thy boat to destroy utterly all thy foes. Those who are in the
+Tuat (underworld) come forth to meet thee, and they bow in homage as they
+come toward thee, to behold [thy] beautiful Image. And I have come before
+thee that I may be with thee to behold thy Disk every day. May I not be
+shut up in [the tomb], may I not be turned back, may the limbs of my body
+be made new again when I view thy beauties, even as [are those of] all thy
+favored ones, because I am one of those who worshipped thee [whilst I
+lived] upon earth. May I come in unto the land of eternity, may I come
+even unto the everlasting land, for behold, O my lord, this hast thou
+ordained for me."
+
+And lo, Osiris Ani triumphant in peace, the triumphant one, saith: "Homage
+to thee, O thou who risest in thy horizon as Ra, thou reposest upon law
+[which changeth not nor can it be altered]. Thou passest over the sky, and
+every face watcheth thee and thy course, for thou hast been hidden from
+their gaze. Thou dost shew thyself at dawn and at eventide day by day. The
+_Sektet_ boat, wherein is thy Majesty, goeth forth with might; thy beams
+[shine] upon [all] faces; [the number] of thy red and yellow rays cannot
+be known, nor can thy bright beams be told. The lands of the gods, and the
+eastern lands of Punt(7) must be seen, ere that which is hidden [in thee]
+may be measured. Alone and by thyself thou dost manifest thyself [when]
+thou comest into being above Nu (_i.e._, the sky). May Ani advance, even
+as thou dost advance; may he never cease [to go forward], even as thy
+Majesty ceaseth not [to go forward], even though it be for a moment; for
+with strides dost thou in one little moment pass over the spaces which
+would need hundreds of thousands and millions of years [for man to pass
+over; this] thou doest, and then dost thou sink to rest. Thou puttest an
+end to the hours of the night, and thou dost count them, even thou; thou
+endest them in thine own appointed season, and the earth becometh light.
+Thou settest thyself before thy handiwork in the likeness of Ra; thou
+risest in the horizon."
+
+Osiris, the scribe Ani, triumphant, declareth his praise of thee when thou
+shinest, and when thou risest at dawn he crieth in his joy at thy birth:
+"Thou art crowned with the majesty of thy beauties; thou mouldest thy
+limbs as thou dost advance, and thou bringest them forth without
+birth-pangs in the form of Ra, as thou dost rise up into the upper air.
+Grant thou that I may come unto the heaven which is everlasting, and unto
+the mountain where dwell thy favored ones. May I be joined unto those
+shining beings, holy and perfect, who are in the underworld; and may I
+come forth with them to behold thy beauties when thou shinest at eventide
+and goest to thy mother Nu. Thou dost place thyself in the west, and my
+two hands are [raised] in adoration [of thee] when thou settest as a
+living being. Behold, thou art the maker of eternity, and thou art adored
+[when] thou settest in the heavens. I have given my heart unto thee
+without wavering, O thou who art mightier than the gods."
+
+Osiris Ani, triumphant, saith: "A hymn of praise to thee, O thou who
+risest like unto gold, and who dost flood the world with light on the day
+of thy birth. Thy mother giveth thee birth upon [her] hand, and thou dost
+give light unto the course of the Disk. O thou great Light, who shinest in
+the heavens, thou dost strengthen the generations of men with the
+Nile-flood, and thou dost cause gladness in all lands, and in all cities,
+and in all the temples. Thou art glorious by reason of thy splendors, and
+thou makest strong thy _ka_ (_i.e._, Double) with _hu_ and _tchefau_
+foods. O thou who art the mighty one of victories, thou who art the Power
+of [all] powers, who dost make strong thy throne against evil fiends; who
+art glorious in majesty in the _Sektet_ boat, and who art exceeding mighty
+in the _Atet_ boat, make thou glorious Osiris Ani with victory in the
+underworld; grant thou that in the netherworld he may be without evil. I
+pray thee to put away [his] faults behind thee: grant thou that he may be
+one of thy venerable servants who are with the shining ones; may he be
+joined unto the souls which are in Ta-tchesertet; and may he journey into
+the Sekhet-Aaru by a prosperous and happy decree, he the Osiris, the
+scribe, Ani, triumphant."
+
+And the god saith:
+
+"Thou shalt come forth into heaven, thou shalt pass over the sky, thou
+shalt be joined into the starry deities. Praises shall be offered unto
+thee in thy boat, thou shalt be hymned in the _Atet_ boat, thou shalt
+behold Ra within his shrine, thou shalt set together with his Disk day by
+day, thou shalt see the _Ant_ fish when it springeth into being in the
+waters of turquoise, and thou shalt see the _Abtu_ fish in his hour. It
+shall come to pass that the Evil One shall fall when he layeth a snare to
+destroy thee, and the joints of his neck and of his back shall be hacked
+asunder. Ra [saileth] with a fair wind, and the _Sektet_ boat draweth on
+and cometh into port. The mariners of Ra rejoice, and the heart of
+Nebt-ankh(8) is glad, for the enemy of her lord hath fallen to the ground.
+Thou shalt behold Horus on the standing-place of the pilot of the boat,
+and Thoth and Maat shall stand one upon each side of him. All the gods
+shall rejoice when they behold Ra coming in peace to make the hearts of
+the shining ones to live, and Osiris Ani, victorious, the scribe of the
+divine offerings of the lords of Thebes, shall be along with them!"
+
+
+
+
+Hymn To The Setting Sun
+
+
+[From the Papyrus of Mut-hetep (British Museum No, 10,010, sheet 5).]
+
+[ANOTHER CHAPTER OF] THE MYSTERY OF THE TUAT (UNDERWORLD) AND OF PASSING
+THROUGH THE UNSEEN NETHERWORLD, and of seeing the Disk when he setteth in
+Amentet, [when] he is adored by the gods and by the _Khu_s in the
+underworld, and [when] the Soul which dwelleth in Ra is made perfect. He
+is made mighty before Tem; he is made great before Osiris; he setteth his
+terror before the company of the gods who are the guides of the
+netherworld; he maketh long (?) his steps and he maketh his face to enter
+(?) [with that of] the great god. Now every _Khu_, for whom these words
+shall have been said, shall come forth by day in any form which he is
+pleased to take; he shall gain power among the gods of the Tuat
+(underworld), and they shall recognize him as one of themselves; and he
+shall enter in at the hidden gate with power.
+
+The lady Mut-hetep, victorious, singeth hymns of praise to thee [saying]:
+"O Ra-Tem, in thy splendid progress thou risest, and thou settest as a
+living being in the glories of the western horizon; thou settest in thy
+territory which is in Manu.(9) Thy uraeus is behind thee, thy uraeus is
+behind thee. Homage to thee, O thou who art in peace, homage to thee, O
+thou who art in peace. Thou art joined unto the Eye of Tem, and it
+chooseth its powers of protection [to place] behind thy members. Thou
+goest forth through heaven, thou travellest over the earth, and thou
+journeyest onward. O Luminary, the northern and southern halves of heaven
+come to thee and they bow low in adoration, and they pay homage unto thee,
+day by day. The gods of Amentet rejoice in thy beauties and the unseen
+places sing hymns of praise unto thee. Those who dwell in the _Sektet_
+boat go round about thee, and the Souls of the East pay homage to thee,
+and when they meet thy Majesty they cry: 'Come, come in peace!' There is a
+shout of welcome to thee, O lord of heaven and governor of Amentet! Thou
+art acknowledged by Isis who seeth her son in thee, the lord of fear, the
+mighty one of terror. Thou settest as a living being in the hidden place.
+Thy father [Ta-]tunen raiseth thee up and he placeth both his hands behind
+thee; thou becomest endowed with divine attributes in [thy] members of
+earth; thou wakest in peace and thou settest in Manu.(10) Grant thou that
+I may become a being honored before Osiris, and that I may come to thee, O
+Ra-Tem! I have adored thee, therefore do thou for me that which I wish.
+Grant thou that I may be victorious in the presence of the company of the
+gods. Thou are beautiful, O Ra, in thy western horizon of Amentet, thou
+lord of Maat, thou mighty one of fear, thou whose attributes are majestic,
+O thou who art greatly beloved by those who dwell in the Tuat
+(underworld); thou shinest with thy beams upon the beings that are therein
+perpetually, and thou sendest forth thy light upon the path of Re-stau.
+Thou openest up the path of the double Lion-god, thou settest the gods
+upon [their] thrones, and the _Khu_s in their abiding places. The heart of
+Naarerf(11) is glad [when] Ra setteth, the heart of Naarerf is glad when
+Ra setteth."
+
+"Hail, O ye gods of the land of Amentet who make offerings and oblations
+unto Ra-Tem, ascribe ye glory [unto him when] ye meet him. Grasp ye your
+weapons and overthrow ye the fiend Seba on behalf of Ra, and repulse the
+fiend Nebt on behalf of Osiris. The gods of the land of Amentet rejoice
+and lay hold upon the cords of the _Sektet_ boat, and they come in peace;
+the gods of the hidden place who dwell in Amentet triumph."
+
+"Hail, Thoth, who didst make Osiris to triumph over his enemies, make thou
+Mut-hetep, victorious, to triumph over her enemies in the presence of the
+great divine sovereign chiefs who live with Osiris, the lord of life. The
+great god who dwelleth in his Disk cometh forth, that is, Horus the
+avenger of his father Unnefer-Ra. Osiris setteth, and the _Khu_s who are
+in the Tuat (underworld) say: Homage to thee, O thou who comest as Tem,
+and who comest into being as the creator of the gods. Homage to thee, O
+thou who comest as the holy Soul of souls, who dwellest in the horizon.
+Homage to thee who art more glorious than [all] the gods and who
+illuminest the Tuat with thine Eye. Homage to thee who sailest in thy
+glory and who goest round about it in thy Disk."
+
+The following variant of the above hymn is translated from the text in the
+Papyrus of Nekhtu-Amen (Naville, "Todtenbuch," Bd. II. p. 23).
+
+ANOTHER CHAPTER OF THE MYSTERY OF THE TUAT (UNDERWORLD) AND OF TRAVERSING
+THE UNSEEN PLACES OF THE UNDERWORLD, of seeing the Disk when he setteth in
+Amentet, [when] he is adored by the gods and by the _Khu_s of the Tuat
+(underworld), and [when] the divine _Khu_ which dwelleth within Ra is made
+perfect. He setteth his might before Ra, he setteth his power before Tem,
+[he setteth his strength] before Khenti-Amentet, and he setteth his terror
+before the company of the gods. The Osiris of the gods goeth as leader
+through the Tuat (underworld), he crasheth through mountains, he bursteth
+through rocks, he maketh glad (?) the heart of every _Khu_. This
+composition shall be recited by the deceased when he cometh forth and when
+he goeth in with the gods, among whom he findeth no opposition; then shall
+he come forth by day in all the manifold and exceedingly numerous forms
+which he may be pleased to take. [The Osiris ... saith:]
+
+"A hymn of praise to Ra at eventide [when] he setteth as a living being in
+Baakha.(12) The great god who dwelleth in his Disk riseth in his two
+eyes(13) and all the _Khu_s of the underworld receive him in his horizon
+of Amentet; they shout praises unto Heru-khuti (Harmachis) in his form of
+Tem, and they sing hymns of joy to Ra when they have received him at the
+head of his beautiful path of Amentet."
+
+He (_i.e._, the deceased) saith: "Praise be unto thee, O Ra, praise be
+unto thee, O Tem, in thy splendid progress. Thou hast risen and thou hast
+put on strength, and thou settest like a living being amid thy glories in
+the horizon of Amentet, in thy domain which is in Manu. Thy uraeus-goddess
+is behind thee; thy uraeus-goddess is behind thee. Hail to thee, in peace;
+hail to thee, in peace. Thou joinest thyself unto the Eye of Horus, and
+thou hidest thyself within its secret place; it destroyeth for thee all
+the convulsions of thy face, it maketh thee strong with life, and thou
+livest. It bindeth its protecting amulets behind thy members. Thou sailest
+forth over heaven, and thou makest the earth to be stablished; thou
+joinest thyself unto the upper heaven, O Luminary. The two regions of the
+East and West make adoration unto thee, bowing low and paying homage unto
+thee, and they praise thee day by day; the gods of Amentet rejoice in thy
+splendid beauties. The hidden places adore thee, the aged ones make
+offerings unto thee, and they create for thee protecting powers. The
+divine beings who dwell in the eastern and western horizons transport
+thee, and those who are in the _Sektet_ boat convey thee round and about.
+The Souls of Amentet cry out unto thee and say unto thee when they meet
+thy majesty (Life, Health, Strength!), 'All hail, all hail!' When thou
+comest forth in peace there arise shouts of delight to thee, O thou lord
+of heaven, thou Prince of Amentet. Thy mother Isis embraceth thee, and in
+thee she recognizeth her son, the lord of fear, the mighty one of terror.
+Thou settest as a living being within the dark portal. Thy father Tatunen
+lifteth thee up and he stretcheth out his two hands behind thee; thou
+becomest a divine being in the earth. Thou wakest as thou settest, and thy
+habitation is in Manu. Grant thou that I may be venerated before Osiris,
+and come thou [to me], O Ra-Tem. Since thou hast been adored [by me] that
+which I wish thou shalt do for me day by day. Grant thou victory [unto me]
+before the great company of the gods, O Ra who art doubly beautiful in thy
+horizon of Amentet, thou lord of Maat who dwellest in the horizon. The
+fear of thee is great, thy forms are majestic, and the love of thee is
+great among those who dwell in the underworld."
+
+
+
+
+Hymn To The Setting Sun
+
+
+[From a Papyrus of the nineteenth dynasty preserved at Dublin (see
+Naville, "Todtenbuch," Bd. I. Bl. 19).]
+
+A HYMN OF PRAISE TO RA-HERU-KHUTI (RA-HARMACHIS) WHEN HE SETTETH IN THE
+WESTERN PART OF HEAVEN. He (_i.e._, the deceased) saith:
+
+"Homage to thee, O Ra [who] in thy sitting art Tem-Heru-khuti
+(Tem-Harmachis), thou divine god, thou self-created being, thou primeval
+matter [from which all things were made]. When [thou] appearest in the
+bows of [thy] bark men shout for joy at thee, O maker of the gods! Thou
+didst stretch out the heavens wherein thy two eyes(14) might travel, thou
+didst make the earth to be a vast chamber for thy Khus, so that every man
+might know his fellow. The _Sektet_ boat is glad, and the _Matet_ boat
+rejoiceth; and they greet thee with exaltation as thou journeyest along.
+The god Nu is content, and thy mariners are satisfied; the uraeus-goddess
+hath overthrown thine enemies, and thou hast carried off the legs of Apep.
+Thou art beautiful, O Ra, each day, and thy mother Nut embraceth thee;
+thou settest in beauty, and thy heart is glad in the horizon of Manu, and
+the holy beings therein rejoice. Thou shinest there with thy beams, O thou
+great god, Osiris, the everlasting Prince. The lords of the zones of the
+Tuat in their caverns stretch out their hands in adoration before thy _Ka_
+(double), and they cry out to thee, and they all come forth in the train
+of thy form shining brilliantly. The hearts of the lords of the Tuat
+(underworld) are glad when thou sendest forth thy glorious light in
+Amentet; their two eyes are directed toward thee, and they press forward
+to see thee, and their hearts rejoice when they do see thee. Thou
+hearkenest unto the acclamations of those that are in the funeral
+chest,(15) thou doest away with their helplessness and drivest away the
+evils which are about them. Thou givest breath to their nostrils and they
+take hold of the bows of thy bark in the horizon of Manu. Thou art
+beautiful each day, O Ra, and may thy mother Nut embrace Osiris ...,(16)
+victorious."
+
+
+
+
+The Chapter Of The Chaplet Of Victory
+
+
+[From Lepsius "Todtenbuch," Bl. 13.]
+
+THE CHAPTER OF THE CHAPLET OF VICTORY. Osiris Auf-ankh, victorious, born
+of Sheret-Amsu, victorious, saith:
+
+"Thy father Tem hath woven for thee a beautiful chaplet of victory [to be
+placed] on [thy] living brow, O thou who lovest the gods, and thou shalt
+live forever. Osiris-khent-Amentet(17) hath made thee to triumph over
+thine enemies, and thy father Seb hath decreed for thee all his
+inheritance. Come, therefore, O Horus, son of Isis, for thou, O son of
+Osiris, sittest upon the throne of thy father Ra to overthrow thine
+enemies, for he hath ordained for thee the two lands to their utmost
+limits. Atem hath [also] ordained this, and the company of the gods hath
+confirmed the splendid power of the victory of Horus the son of Isis and
+the son of Osiris forever and forever. And Osiris Auf-ankh shall be
+victorious forever and ever. O Osiris-khent-Amentet, the whole of the
+northern and southern parts of the heavens, and every god and every
+goddess, who are in heaven and who are upon earth [will] the victory of
+Horus, the son of Isis and the son of Osiris, over his enemies in the
+presence of Osiris-khent-Amentet who will make Osiris Auf-ankh,
+victorious, to triumph over his enemies in the presence of
+Osiris-khent-Amentet, Un-nefer, the son of Nut, on the day of making him
+to triumph over Set and his fiends in the presence of the great sovereign
+chiefs who are in Annu (Heliopolis); on the night of the battle and
+overthrow of the Seba-fiend in the presence of the great sovereign princes
+who are in Abtu; on the night of making Osiris to triumph over his enemies
+make thou Osiris Auf-ankh, triumphant, to triumph over his enemies in the
+presence of the great sovereign princes, who are in the horizon of
+Amentet; on the day of the festival of Haker in the presence of the great
+sovereign princes who are in Tattu; on the night of the setting up of the
+Tet in Tattu in the presence of the great sovereign princes who are in the
+ways of the damned; on the night of the judgment of those who shall be
+annihilated in the presence of the great sovereign princes who are in
+Sekhem (Letopolis); on the night of the 'things of the altars in Sekhem'
+in the presence of the great sovereign princes who are in Pe and Tepu; on
+the night of the stablishing of the inheriting by Horus of the things of
+his father Osiris in the presence of the great sovereign princes who are
+at the great festival of the ploughing and turning up of the earth in
+Tattu, or (as others say), [in] Abtu; on the night of the weighing of
+words," or (as others say), "weighing of locks in the presence of the
+great sovereign princes who are in An-rut-f on its place; on the night
+when Horus receiveth the birth-chamber of the gods in the presence of the
+great sovereign princes who are in the lands of Rekhti(?); on the night
+when Isis lieth down to watch [and] to make lamentation for her brother in
+the presence of the great sovereign princes who are in Re-stau; on the
+night of making Osiris to triumph over all his enemies."
+
+"Horus repeated [these] words four times, and all his enemies fell
+headlong and were overthrown and were cut to pieces; and Osiris Auf-ankh,
+triumphant, repeated [these] words four times, therefore let all his
+enemies fall headlong, and be overthrown and cut to pieces. Horus the son
+of Isis and son of Osiris celebrated in turn millions of festivals, and
+all his enemies fell headlong, and were overthrown and cut to pieces.
+Their habitation hath gone forth to the block of the East, their heads
+have been cut off; their necks have been destroyed; their thighs have been
+cut off; they have been given over to the Great Destroyer who dwelleth in
+the valley of the grave; and they shall never come forth from under the
+restraint of the god Seb."
+
+THIS CHAPTER SHALL BE RECITED OVER THE DIVINE CHAPLET WHICH IS LAID UPON
+THE FACE OF THE DECEASED, AND THOU SHALT CAST INCENSE INTO THE FIRE ON
+BEHALF OF OSIRIS AUF-ANKH, TRIUMPHANT, BORN OF SHERET-AMSU, TRIUMPHANT;
+THUS SHALT THOU CAUSE HIM TO TRIUMPH OVER HIS ENEMIES, DEAD OR ALIVE, AND
+HE SHALL BE AMONG THE FOLLOWERS OF OSIRIS; AND A HAND SHALL BE STRETCHED
+OUT TO HIM WITH MEAT AND DRINK IN THE PRESENCE OF THE GOD. [THIS CHAPTER]
+SHALL BE SAID BY THEE TWICE AT DAWN--NOW IT IS A NEVER-FAILING
+CHARM--REGULARLY AND CONTINUALLY.
+
+
+
+
+The Chapter Of The Victory Over Enemies.
+
+
+[From the Papyrus of Nebseni (British Museum No. 9,900, sheet 12).]
+
+"Hail, Thoth, who didst make Osiris to triumph over his enemies, snare
+thou the enemies of Osiris, the scribe Nebseni, the lord of piety, in the
+presence of the great sovereign princes of every god and of every goddess;
+in the presence of the great sovereign princes who are in Annu
+(Heliopolis) on the night of the battle and of the overthrow of the
+Sebau-fiend in Tattu; on the night of making to stand up the double Tet in
+Sekhem (Letopolis); on the night of the things of the night in Sekhem, in
+Pe, and in Tepu;(18) on the night of the stablishing of Horus in the
+heritage of the things of his father in the double land of Rekhti(?); on
+the night when Isis maketh lamentation at the side of her brother Osiris
+in Abtu (Abydos); on the night of the Haker festival of the distinguishing
+[between] the dead (_i.e._, the damned) and the _Khu_s on the path of the
+dead (_i.e._, the damned); on the night of the judgment of those who are
+to be annihilated at the great [festival of] the ploughing and the turning
+up of the earth in Naare-rut-f(19) in Re-stau; and on the night of making
+Horus to triumph over his enemies. Horus is mighty, the northern and
+southern halves of heaven rejoice, Osiris is content thereat and his heart
+is glad. Hail, Thoth, make thou to triumph Osiris, the scribe Nebseni,
+over his enemies in the presence of the sovereign princes of every god and
+every goddess, and in the presence of you, ye sovereign princes who passed
+judgment on Osiris behind the shrine."
+
+In the Saite Recension this chapter has no vignette, but it has the title
+"Another Chapter of the Chaplet of Victory," and is arranged in tabular
+form. The words, "Hail, Thoth, make Osiris Auf-ankh, triumphant, to
+triumph over his enemies even as thou didst make Osiris to triumph over
+his enemies," which are written in two horizontal lines, are to be
+repeated before each column of text. The "great sovereign princes" invoked
+are those of: (1) Annu (Heliopolis), (2) Tattu, (3) Sekhem (Letopolis),
+(4) Pe and Tep, (5) An-arut-f, (6) the double land of Rekhti, (7) Re-stau,
+(8) Abtu, (9) the paths of the dead, (10) the ploughing festival in Tattu,
+(11) Kher-aba, (12) Osiris, (13) heaven and earth, (14) every god and
+every goddess. The rubric reads:
+
+IF THIS CHAPTER BE RECITED REGULARLY AND ALWAYS BY A MAN WHO HATH PURIFIED
+HIMSELF IN WATER OF NATRON, HE SHALL COME FORTH BY DAY AFTER HE HATH COME
+INTO PORT (I.E., IS DEAD), AND HE SHALL PERFORM ALL THE TRANSFORMATIONS
+WHICH HIS HEART SHALL DICTATE, AND HE SHALL COME FORTH FROM EVERY FIRE.
+
+
+
+
+The Chapter Of Giving A Mouth To The Overseer
+
+
+THE CHAPTER OF GIVING A MOUTH TO THE OVERSEER OF THE HOUSE, NU,
+TRIUMPHANT, IN THE UNDERWORLD. He saith:
+
+"Homage to thee, O thou lord of brightness, thou who art at the head of
+the Great House, prince of the night and of thick darkness. I have come
+unto thee being a pure _khu_. Thy two hands are behind thee, and thou hast
+thy lot with [thy] ancestors. Oh, grant thou unto me my mouth that I may
+speak therewith; and guide thou to me my heart at the season when there is
+cloud and darkness."
+
+
+
+
+The Chapter Of Giving A Mouth To Osiris Ani
+
+
+[From the Papyrus of Ani (British Museum No. 10,470, sheet 6).]
+
+THE CHAPTER OF GIVING A MOUTH TO OSIRIS ANI, THE SCRIBE AND TELLER OF THE
+HOLY OFFERINGS OF ALL THE GODS, TRIUMPHANT, IN THE UNDERWORLD. He saith:
+
+"I rise out of the egg in the hidden land. May my mouth be given unto me
+that I may speak therewith in the presence of the great god, the lord of
+the Tuat (underworld). May my hand and my arm not be forced back in the
+presence of the sovereign princes of any god. I am Osiris, the lord of
+Re-stau; may I, Osiris the scribe Ani, triumphant, have a portion with him
+who is on the top of the steps (_i.e._, Osiris). According to the desire
+of my heart, I have come from the Pool of Fire, and I have quenched the
+fire."
+
+
+
+
+Opening The Mouth Of Osiris
+
+
+[From the Papyrus of Ani (British Museum No. 10,470, sheet 15).]
+
+THE CHAPTER OF OPENING THE MOUTH OF OSIRIS. The scribe Ani, triumphant,
+saith:
+
+"May the good Ptah open my mouth, and may the god of my city loose the
+swathings, even the swathings which are over my mouth. Moreover, may
+Thoth, being filled and furnished with charms, come and loose the
+bandages, even the bandages of Set which fetter my mouth; and may the god
+Tem hurl them at those who would fetter [me] with them, and drive them
+back. May my mouth be opened, may my mouth be unclosed by Shu with his
+iron knife wherewith he opened the mouths of the gods. I am the goddess
+Sekhet, and I sit upon [my] place in the great wind(?) of heaven. I am the
+great goddess Sah who dwelleth among the Souls of Annu (Heliopolis). Now
+as concerning every charm and all the words which may be spoken against
+me, may the gods resist them, and may each and every one of the company of
+the gods withstand them."
+
+
+
+
+The Chapter Of Bringing Charms To Osiris
+
+
+[From the Papyrus of Ani (British Museum No. 10,470, sheet 15).]
+
+THE CHAPTER OF BRINGING CHARMS UNTO OSIRIS ANI [IN THE UNDERWORLD]. He
+saith:
+
+"I am Tem-Khepera, who brought himself into being upon the thigh of his
+divine mother. Those who are in Nu (_i.e._, the sky) are made wolves, and
+those who are among the sovereign princes are become hyenas. Behold, I
+gather together the charm [from every place where] it is, and from every
+man with whom it is, swifter than greyhounds and quicker than light. Hail,
+thou who towest along the _Makhent_ boat of Ra, the stays of thy sails and
+of thy rudder are taut in the wind as thou sailest up the Pool of Fire in
+the underworld. Behold, thou gatherest together the charm from every place
+where it is, and from every man with whom it is, swifter than greyhounds
+and quicker than light, [the charm] which created the forms of being from
+the ... mother, and which either createth the gods or maketh them silent,
+and which giveth the heat of fire unto the gods. Behold, the charm is
+given unto me, from wherever it is [and from him with whom it is], swifter
+than greyhounds and quicker than light," or (as others say) "quicker than
+a shadow."
+
+
+
+
+The Chapter Of Memory
+
+
+[From the Papyrus of Nu (British Museum No, 10,477, sheet 5).]
+
+THE CHAPTER OF MAKING A MAN TO POSSESS MEMORY IN THE UNDERWORLD. The
+chancellor-in-chief, Nu, triumphant, the overseer of the palace, the son
+of the chief chancellor Amen-hetep, saith:
+
+"May my name be given to me in the Great House, and may I remember my name
+in the House of Fire on the night of counting the years and of telling the
+number of the months. I am with the Divine One, and I sit on the eastern
+side of heaven. If any god whatsoever should advance unto me, let me be
+able to proclaim his name forthwith."
+
+
+
+
+The Chapter Of Giving A Heart To Osiris
+
+
+[From the Papyrus of Ani (British Museum No. 10,470, sheet 15).]
+
+THE CHAPTER OF GIVING A HEART TO OSIRIS ANI IN THE UNDERWORLD. He saith:
+
+"May my heart (_ab_)(20) be with me in the House of Hearts! May my heart
+(_hat_) be with me in the House of Hearts! May my heart be with me, and
+may it rest there, [or] I shall not eat of the cakes of Osiris on the
+eastern side of the Lake of Flowers, neither shall I have a boat wherein
+to go down the Nile, nor another wherein to go up, nor shall I be able to
+sail down the Nile with thee. May my mouth [be given] to me that I may
+speak therewith, and my two legs to walk therewith, and my two hands and
+arms to overthrow my foe. May the doors of heaven be opened unto me; may
+Seb, the Prince(21) of the gods, open wide his two jaws unto me; may he
+open my two eyes which are blindfolded; may he cause me to stretch apart
+my two legs which are bound together; and may Anpu (Anubis) make my thighs
+firm so that I may stand upon them. May the goddess Sekhet make me to rise
+so that I may ascend unto heaven, and may that be done which I command in
+the House of the _foreign_ (double) of Ptah (_i.e._, Memphis). I
+understand with my heart. I have gained the mastery over my heart, I have
+gained the mastery over my two hands, I have gained the mastery over my
+legs, I have gained the power to do whatsoever my _ka_ (double) pleaseth.
+My soul shall not be fettered to my body at the gates of the underworld;
+but I shall enter in peace and I shall come forth in peace."
+
+
+
+
+The Chapter Of Preserving The Heart
+
+
+[From the Papyrus of Ani (British Museum No. 10,470, sheets 15 and 16).]
+
+THE CHAPTER OF NOT LETTING THE HEART (HATI) OF A MAN BE TAKEN FROM HIM IN
+THE UNDERWORLD.(22) Saith Osiris Ani:
+
+"Hail, ye who carry away hearts! [Hail,] ye who steal [hearts, and who
+make the heart of a man to go through its transformations according to his
+deeds, let not what he hath done harm him before you].(23) Homage to you,
+O ye lords of eternity, ye possessors of everlastingness, take ye not this
+heart of Osiris Ani into your grasp, this heart of Osiris, and cause ye
+not words of evil to spring up against it; because this is the heart of
+Osiris Ani, triumphant, and it belongeth unto him of many names (_i.e._,
+Thoth), the mighty one whose words are his limbs, and who sendeth forth
+his heart to dwell in his body. The heart of Osiris Ani is triumphant, it
+is made new before the gods, he hath gained power over it, he hath not
+been spoken to [according to] what he hath done. He hath gotten power over
+his own members. His heart obeyeth him, he is the lord thereof, it is in
+his body, and it shall never fall away therefrom. I, Osiris, the scribe
+Ani, victorious in peace, and triumphant in the beautiful Amenta and on
+the mountain of eternity, bid thee to be obedient unto me in the
+underworld."
+
+
+
+
+The Chapter Of Preserving The Heart
+
+
+[From the Papyrus of Nu (British Museum No. 10,477, sheet 5).]
+
+THE CHAPTER OF NOT LETTING THE HEART OF THE OVERSEER OF THE PALACE, THE
+CHANCELLOR-IN-CHIEF, NU, TRIUMPHANT, BE CARRIED AWAY FROM HIM IN THE
+UNDERWORLD. He saith:
+
+"Hail, thou Lion-god! I am the Flower Bush (_Unb_). That which is an
+abomination unto me is the divine block. Let not this my heart (_hati_) be
+carried away from me by the fighting gods in Annu. Hail, thou who dost
+wind bandages round Osiris and who hast seen Set! Hail, thou who returnest
+after smiting and destroying him before the mighty ones! This my heart
+(_ab_) [sitteth] and weepeth for itself before Osiris; it hath made
+supplication for me. I have given unto him and I have decreed unto him the
+thoughts of the heart in the House of the god Usekh-hra,(24) and I have
+brought to him sand (_sic_) at the entry to Khemennu (Hermopolis Magna).
+Let not this my heart (_hati_) be carried away from me! I make thee to
+dwell(?) upon this throne, O thou who joinest together hearts (_hatu_) [in
+Sekhet-hetep (with) years] of strength against all things that are an
+abomination unto thee, and to carry off food from among the things which
+belong unto thee, and are in thy grasp by reason of thy twofold strength.
+And this my heart (_hati_) is devoted to the decrees of the god Tem who
+leadeth me into the dens of Suti, but let not this my heart which hath
+done its desire before the sovereign princes who are in the underworld be
+given unto him. When they find the leg and the swathings they bury them."
+
+
+
+
+The Chapter Of Preserving The Heart
+
+
+[From the Papyrus of Ani (British Museum No. 10,470, sheet 15).]
+
+THE CHAPTER OF NOT LETTING THE HEART OF A MAN BE TAKEN AWAY FROM HIM IN
+THE UNDERWORLD. Osiris Ani, triumphant, saith:
+
+"Turn thou back, O messenger of every god! Is it that thou art come [to
+carry away] this my heart which liveth? But my heart which liveth shall
+not be given unto thee. [As I] advance, the gods hearken unto my
+offerings, and they all fall down upon their faces in their own places."
+
+
+
+
+The Chapter Of Preserving The Heart
+
+
+[From the Papyrus of Amen-hetep (Naville, "Todtenbuch," Bd. I. Bl. 40).]
+
+THE CHAPTER OF NOT ALLOWING THE HEART OF AMEN-HETEP, TRIUMPHANT, TO BE
+CARRIED AWAY DEAD IN THE UNDERWORLD. The deceased saith:
+
+"My heart is with me, and it shall never come to pass that it shall be
+carried away. I am the lord of hearts, the slayer of the heart. I live in
+right and truth (_Maat_) and I have my being therein. I am Horus, the
+dweller in hearts, who is within the dweller in the body. I live in my
+word, and my heart hath being. Let not my heart be taken away from me, let
+it not be wounded, and may neither wounds nor gashes be dealt upon me
+because it hath been taken away from me. Let me have my being in the body
+of [my] father Seb, [and in the body of my] mother Nut. I have not done
+that which is held in abomination by the gods; let me not suffer defeat
+there, [but let me be] triumphant."
+
+
+
+
+The Heart Of Carnelian
+
+
+[From the Papyrus of Ani (British Museum No. 10,470, sheet 33).]
+
+THE CHAPTER OF A HEART OF CARNELIAN. Osiris Ani, triumphant, saith:
+
+"I am the _Bennu_, the soul of Ra, and the guide of the gods in the Tuat
+(underworld). Their divine souls come forth upon earth to do the will of
+their _kas_; let, therefore, the soul of Osiris Ani come forth to do the
+will of his _ka_."
+
+
+
+
+Preserving The Heart
+
+
+[From Lepsius, "Todtenbuch," Bl. 16.]
+
+THE CHAPTER OF NOT LETTING THE HEART OF A MAN BE DRIVEN AWAY FROM HIM IN
+THE UNDERWORLD. Osiris Auf-ankh, triumphant, born of Sheret-Amsu,
+triumphant, saith:
+
+"My heart, my mother; my heart, my mother! My heart of my existence upon
+earth. May naught stand up to oppose me in judgment; may there be no
+opposition to me in the presence of the sovereign princes; may [no evil]
+be wrought against me in the presence of the gods; may there be no parting
+[of thee] from me in the presence of the great god, the lord of Amentet.
+Homage to thee, O thou heart of Osiris-khent-Amentet! Homage to you, O my
+reins! Homage to you, O ye gods who dwell in the divine clouds, and who
+are exalted (or holy) by reason of your sceptres! Speak ye fair words for
+the Osiris Auf-ankh, and make ye him to prosper before Nehebka. And
+behold, though I be joined unto the earth, and am in the mighty innermost
+part of heaven, let me remain on the earth and not die in Amentet, and let
+me be a _khu_ therein forever and ever."
+
+THIS [CHAPTER] SHALL BE RECITED OVER A BASALT SCARAB, WHICH SHALL BE SET
+IN A GOLD SETTING, AND IT SHALL BE PLACED INSIDE THE HEART OF THE MAN(25)
+FOR WHOM THE CEREMONIES OF "OPENING THE MOUTH" AND OF ANOINTING WITH
+UNGUENT HAVE BEEN PERFORMED. AND THERE SHALL BE RECITED BY WAY OF A
+MAGICAL CHARM THE WORDS: "MY HEART, MY MOTHER; MY HEART, MY MOTHER! MY
+HEART OF TRANSFORMATIONS."
+
+
+
+
+Preserving The Heart
+
+
+[From the Papyrus of Nu (British Museum No. 10,477, sheet 5).]
+
+THE CHAPTER OF NOT LETTING THE HEART OF THE OVERSEER OF THE PALACE, THE
+CHANCELLOR-IN-CHIEF, NU, TRIUMPHANT, BE DRIVEN AWAY FROM HIM IN THE
+UNDERWORLD. He Saith:
+
+"O my heart, my mother; O my heart, my mother! O my heart of my existence
+upon earth. May naught stand up to oppose me in judgment in the presence
+of the lords of the trial; let it not be said of me and of that which I
+have done, 'He hath done deeds against that which is right and true'; may
+naught be against me in the presence of the great god, the lord of
+Amentet. Homage to thee, O my heart! Homage to thee, O my heart! Homage to
+you, O my reins! Homage to you, O ye gods who dwell in the divine clouds,
+and who are exalted (or holy) by reason of your sceptres! Speak ye [for
+me] fair things to Ra, and make ye me to prosper before Nehebka. And
+behold me, even though I be joined to the earth in the mighty innermost
+parts thereof, let me remain upon the earth and let me not die in Amentet,
+but become a _Khu_ therein."
+
+
+
+
+Preserving The Heart
+
+
+[From the Papyrus of Ani (British Museum No. 10,470, sheet 15).]
+
+THE CHAPTER OF NOT LETTING THE HEART OF OSIRIS, THE SCRIBE OF THE HOLY
+OFFERINGS OF ALL THE GODS, ANI, TRIUMPHANT, BE DRIVEN FROM HIM IN THE
+UNDERWORLD. He saith:
+
+"My heart, my mother; my heart, my mother! My heart whereby I came into
+being! May naught stand up to oppose me at [my] judgment; may there be no
+opposition to me in the presence of the sovereign princes (_Tchatcha_);
+may there be no parting of thee from me in the presence of him that
+keepeth the Balance! Thou art my _ka_, the dweller in my body; the god
+Khnemu who knitteth and strengtheneth my limbs. Mayest thou come forth
+into the place of happiness whither we go. May the _Shenit_ (_i.e._, the
+divine officers of the court of Osiris), who form the conditions of the
+lives of men, not cause my name to stink. [Let it be satisfactory unto us,
+and let the listening be satisfactory unto us, and let there be joy of
+heart unto us at the weighing of words. Let not that which is false be
+uttered against me before the great god, the lord of Amentet. Verily how
+great shalt thou be when thou risest in triumph!]"(26)
+
+
+
+
+Rubric
+
+
+[From the Papyrus of Amen-hetep (see Naville, "Todtenbuch," Bd. II. p.
+99).]
+
+THESE WORDS ARE TO BE SAID OVER A SCARAB OF GREEN STONE ENCIRCLED WITH A
+BAND OF REFINED COPPER AND [HAVING] A RING OF SILVER, WHICH SHALL BE
+PLACED ON THE NECK OF THE _KHU_.
+
+THIS CHAPTER WAS FOUND IN THE CITY OF KHEMENNU (HERMOPOLIS MAGNA) UNDER
+THE FEET OF [THE STATUE OF] THIS GOD. [IT WAS INSCRIBED] UPON A SLAB OF
+IRON OF THE SOUTH, IN THE WRITING OF THE GOD HIMSELF, IN THE TIME OF THE
+MAJESTY OF THE KING OF THE NORTH AND OF THE SOUTH, MEN-KAU-RA,(27)
+TRIUMPHANT, BY THE ROYAL SON HERU-TA-TA-F, WHO DISCOVERED IT WHILE HE WAS
+ON HIS JOURNEY TO MAKE AN INSPECTION OF THE TEMPLES AND OF THEIR ESTATES.
+
+
+
+
+Beating Back The Crocodile
+
+
+[From the Papyrus of Nu (British Museum No. 10,477, sheet 5).]
+
+THE CHAPTER OF BEATING BACK THE CROCODILE THAT COMETH TO CARRY AWAY THE
+CHARM FROM NU, THE OVERSEER OF THE PALACE, THE CHANCELLOR-IN-CHIEF,
+TRIUMPHANT, THE SON OF THE OVERSEER OF THE PALACE, AMEN-HETEP, TRIUMPHANT,
+IN THE UNDERWORLD. He saith:
+
+"Get thee back, return, get thee back, thou crocodile-fiend Sui; thou
+shalt not advance to me, for I live by reason of the magical words which I
+have by me. I do not utter that name of thine to the great god who will
+cause thee to come to the two divine envoys; the name of the one is
+Betti,(28) and the name of the other is 'Hra-k-en-Maat.'(29) Heaven hath
+power over its seasons, and the magical word hath power over that which is
+in its possession, let therefore my mouth have power over the magical word
+which is therein. My front teeth are like unto flint knives, and my
+jaw-teeth are like unto the Nome of Tutef.(30) Hail thou that sittest with
+thine eyeball upon these my magical words! Thou shalt not carry them away,
+O thou crocodile that livest by means of magical words!"
+
+[In the Turin Papyrus (Lepsius, op. cit., Bl. 16) the following lines are
+added to this chapter:]
+
+"I am the Prince in the field. I, even I, am Osiris, who hath shut in his
+father Seb together with his mother Nut on the day of the great slaughter.
+My father is Seb and my mother is Nut. I am Horus, the first-born of Ra,
+who is crowned. I am Anpu (Anubis) on the day of reckoning. I, even I, am
+Osiris the prince who goeth in and declareth the offerings which are
+written down. I am the guardian of the door of Osiris, even I. I have
+come, I have become glorious (or a _Khu_), I have been reckoned up, I am
+strong, I have come and I avenge mine own self. I have sat in the
+birth-chamber of Osiris, and I was born with him, and I renew my youth
+along with him. I have laid hold upon the Thigh which was by Osiris, and I
+have opened the mouth of the gods therewith, I sit upon the place where he
+sitteth, and I write down the number [of the things] which make strong(?)
+the heart, thousands of loaves of bread, thousands of vases of beer, which
+are upon the altars of his father Osiris, [numbers of] jackals, wolves,
+oxen, red fowl, geese and ducks. Horus hath done away with the sacrifices
+of Thoth. I fill the office of priest in the regions above, and I write
+down there [the things] which make strong the heart. I make offerings (or
+offerings are made to me) at the altars of the Prince of Tattu, and I have
+my being through the oblations [made to] him. I snuff the wind of the East
+by his head, and I lay hold upon the breezes of the West thereby.... I go
+round about heaven in the four quarters thereof, I stretch out my hand and
+grasp the breezes of the south [which] are upon its hair. Grant unto me
+air among the venerable beings and among those who eat bread."
+
+IF THIS CHAPTER BE KNOWN BY [THE DECEASED] HE SHALL COME FORTH BY DAY, HE
+SHALL RISE UP TO WALK UPON THE EARTH AMONG THE LIVING, AND HE SHALL NEVER
+FAIL AND COME TO AN END, NEVER, NEVER, NEVER.
+
+
+
+
+Beating Back The Crocodile
+
+
+[From Lepsius, "Todtenbuch," Bll. 16 and 17.]
+
+THE CHAPTER OF BEATING BACK THE CROCODILE THAT COMETH TO CARRY AWAY THE
+MAGICAL WORDS FROM THE KHU IN THE UNDERWORLD. Osiris Auf-ankh, triumphant,
+saith:
+
+"The Mighty One fell down upon the place where he is, or (as others say),
+upon his belly, but the company of the gods caught him and set him up
+again. [My] soul cometh and it speaketh with its father, and the Mighty
+One delivereth it from these eight(31) crocodiles. I know them by their
+names and [what] they live upon, and I am he who hath delivered his father
+from them."
+
+"Get thee back, O Crocodile that dwellest in the West, thou that livest
+upon the stars which never rest, for that which is an abomination unto
+thee is in my belly, O thou that hast eaten the forehead of Osiris. I am
+Set."
+
+"Get thee back, O Crocodile that dwellest in the West, for the
+serpent-fiend Naau is in my belly, and I will give him unto thee; let not
+thy flame be against me."
+
+"Get thee back, O Crocodile that dwellest in the East, who feedest upon
+those who eat their own filth, for that which is an abomination unto thee
+is in my belly; I advance, I am Osiris."
+
+"Get thee back, O Crocodile that dwellest in the East, the serpent-fiend
+Naau is in my belly, and I will give [him] unto thee; let not thy flame be
+against me."
+
+"Get thee back, O Crocodile that dwellest in the South, who feedest upon
+filth, and waste, and dirt, for that which is an abomination unto thee is
+in my belly; shall not the flame be on thy hand? I am Sept."
+
+"Get thee back, O Crocodile that dwellest in the South, for I am safe by
+reason of my charm; my fist is among the flowers and I will not give it
+unto thee."
+
+"Get thee back, O Crocodile that dwellest in the North, who feedest upon
+what is offered(?) within the hours, for that which thou abominatest is in
+my belly; let [not] thy venom be upon my head, for I am Tem."
+
+"Get thee back, O Crocodile that dwellest in the North, for the goddess
+Serqet is in my belly and I have not yet brought her forth. I am
+Uatch-Maati (or Merti)."
+
+"The things which are created are in the hollow of my hand, and those
+which have not yet come into being are in my body. I am clothed and wholly
+provided with thy magical words, O Ra, the which are in heaven above me
+and in the earth beneath me. I have gained power, and exaltation, and a
+full-breathing throat in the abode of my father Ur (_i.e._, the Mighty
+One), and he hath delivered unto me the beautiful Amentet which destroyeth
+living men and women; but strong is its divine lord, who suffereth from
+weakness," or (as others say) "exhaustion twofold, therein day by day. My
+face is open, my heart is upon its seat, and the crown with the serpent is
+upon me day by day. I am Ra, who is his own protector, and nothing shall
+ever cast me to the ground."
+
+
+
+
+Repulsing Serpents
+
+
+[From the Papyrus of Nu (British Museum No. 10,477, sheet 6).]
+
+THE CHAPTER OF REPULSING SERPENTS (OR WORMS). Nu, the overseer of the
+palace, the chancellor-in-chief, triumphant, saith:
+
+"Hail, thou serpent Rerek, advance not hither. Behold Seb and Shu. Stand
+still now, and thou shalt eat the rat which is an abominable thing unto
+Ra, and thou shalt crunch the bones of the filthy cat."
+
+
+
+
+Against Snakes
+
+
+[From the Papyrus of Nu (British Museum No. 10,477, sheet 6).]
+
+THE CHAPTER OF NOT [LETTING] OSIRIS NU, TRIUMPHANT, BE BITTEN BY SNAKES
+(OR WORMS) IN THE UNDERWORLD. He saith:
+
+"O Serpent! I am the flame which shineth upon the Opener(?) of hundreds of
+thousands of years, and the standard of the god Tenpu," or (as others say)
+"the standard of young plants and flowers. Depart ye from me, for I am the
+divine Maftet."(32)
+
+
+
+
+Against Serpents
+
+
+[From the Papyrus of Nu (British Museum No. 10,477, sheet 6).]
+
+THE CHAPTER OF NOT [LETTING] NU, THE CHANCELLOR-IN-CHIEF, TRIUMPHANT, BE
+DEVOURED BY SERPENTS IN THE UNDERWORLD. He saith:
+
+"Hail, thou god Shu! Behold Tattu! Behold Shu! Hail Tattu! [Shu] hath the
+head-dress of the goddess Hathor. They nurse Osiris. Behold the twofold
+being who is about to eat me! Alighting from the boat I depart(?), and the
+serpent-fiend Seksek passeth me by. Behold _sam_ and _aaqet_ flowers are
+kept under guard(?). This being is Osiris, and he maketh entreaty for his
+tomb. The eyes of the divine prince are dropped, and he performeth the
+reparation which is to be done for thee; [he] giveth [unto thee thy]
+portion of right and truth according to the decision concerning the states
+and conditions [of men]."
+
+
+
+
+Driving Away Apshait
+
+
+[From the Papyrus of Nu (British Museum No. 10,477, sheet 8).]
+
+THE CHAPTER OF DRIVING AWAY APSHAIT. Osiris Nu, the chancellor-in-chief,
+triumphant, saith:
+
+"Depart from me, O thou that hast lips which gnaw, for I am Khnemu, the
+lord of Peshennu,(33) and [I] bring the words of the gods to Ra, and I
+report [my] message to the lord thereof."(34)
+
+
+
+
+Driving Back The Merti
+
+
+[From the Papyrus of Nu (British Museum No. 10,477, sheet 8).]
+
+THE CHAPTER OF DRIVING BACK THE TWO MERTI GODDESSES. Nu, the
+chancellor-in-chief, triumphant, saith:
+
+"Homage to you, ye two _Rekht_ goddesses,(35) ye two Sisters, ye two
+_Mert_ goddesses, I bring a message to you concerning my magical words. I
+shine from the _Sektet_ boat, I am Horus the son of Osiris, and I have
+come to see my father Osiris."
+
+
+
+
+Living By Air
+
+
+[From the Papyrus of Nebseni (British Museum No. 9,900, sheet 12).]
+
+THE CHAPTER OF LIVING BY AIR IN THE UNDERWORLD. The scribe Nebseni, the
+lord to whom veneration is paid, saith:
+
+"[I am the god Tem], who cometh forth out of Nu into the watery abyss. I
+have received [my habitation of Amentet, and have given commands] with my
+words to the [_Khu_s] whose abiding-places are hidden, to the _Khu_s and
+to the double Lion-god. I have made journeys round about and I have sung
+hymns of joy in the boat of Khepera. I have eaten therein, I have gained
+power therein, and I live therein through the breezes [which are there]. I
+am the guide in the boat of Ra, and he openeth out for me a path; he
+maketh a passage for me through the gates of the god Seb. I have seized
+and carried away those who live in the embrace of the god Ur (_i.e._,
+Mighty One); I am the guide of those who live in their shrines, the two
+brother-gods Horus and Set; and I bring the noble ones with me. I enter in
+and I come forth, and my throat is not slit; I go into the boat of Maat,
+and I pass in among those who live in the _Atet_ boat, and who are in the
+following of Ra, and are nigh unto him in his horizon. I live after my
+death day by day, and I am strong even as is the double Lion-god. I live,
+and I am delivered after my death, I, the scribe Nebseni, the lord of
+piety, who fill the earth and come forth like the lily of
+mother-of-emerald, of the god Hetep of the two lands."
+
+
+
+
+Living By Air
+
+
+[From the Papyrus of Nu (British Museum No. 10,477, sheet 12).]
+
+THE CHAPTER OF LIVING BY AIR IN THE UNDERWORLD. Nu, the overseer of the
+palace, the chancellor-in-chief, triumphant, the son of the overseer of
+the palace, the chancellor-in-chief, Amen-hetep, triumphant, saith:
+
+"I am the double Lion-god, the first-born of Ra and Tem of Ha-khebti(?),
+[the gods] who dwell in their divine chambers. Those who dwell in their
+divine abodes have become my guides, and they make paths for me as they
+revolve in the watery abyss of the sky by the side of the path of the boat
+of Tem. I stand upon the timbers(?) of the boat of Ra, and I recite his
+ordinances to the beings who have knowledge, and I am the herald of his
+words to him whose throat stinketh. I set free my divine fathers at
+eventide. I close the lips of my mouth, and I eat like unto a living
+being. I have life in Tattu, and I live again after death like Ra day by
+day."
+
+
+
+
+Driving Back Rerek
+
+
+[From the Papyrus of Mes-em-neter (see Naville, op. cit., Bd. I. Bl. 53).]
+
+THE CHAPTER OF DRIVING BACK THE SERPENT REREK IN THE UNDERWORLD. Osiris
+Mes-em-neter saith:
+
+"Get thee back, depart, retreat(?) from [me], O Aaapef, withdraw, or thou
+shalt be drowned at the Pool of Nu, at the place where thy father hath
+ordered that thy slaughter shall be performed. Depart thou from the divine
+place of birth of Ra wherein is thy terror. I am Ra who dwelleth in his
+terror. Get thee back, Fiend, before the darts of his beams. Ra hath
+overthrown thy words, the gods have turned thy face backward, the Lynx
+hath torn open thy breast, the Scorpion hath cast fetters upon thee; and
+Maat hath sent forth thy destruction. Those who are in the ways have
+overthrown thee; fall down and depart, O Apep, thou Enemy of Ra! O thou
+that passest over the region in the eastern part of heaven with the sound
+of the roaring thunder-cloud, O Ra who openest the gates of the horizon
+straightway on thy appearance, [Apep] hath sunk helpless under [thy]
+gashings. I have performed thy will, O Ra, I have performed thy will; I
+have done that which is fair, I have done that which is fair, I have
+labored for the peace of Ra. [I] have made to advance thy fetters, O Ra,
+and Apep hath fallen through thy drawing them tight. The gods of the south
+and of the north, of the west and of the east have fastened chains upon
+him, and they have fettered him with fetters; the god Rekes hath
+overthrown him and the god Hertit hath put him in chains. Ra setteth, Ra
+setteth; Ra is strong at [his] setting. Apep hath fallen, Apep, the enemy
+of Ra, departeth. Greater is the punishment [which hath been inflicted on]
+thee than the sting(?) which is in the Scorpion goddess, and mightily hath
+she, whose course is everlasting, worked it upon thee and with deadly
+effect. Thou shalt never enjoy the delights of love, thou shalt never
+fulfil thy desire, O Apep, thou Enemy of Ra! He maketh thee to go back, O
+thou who art hateful to Ra; he looketh upon thee, get thee back! [He]
+pierceth [thy] head, [he] cutteth through thy face, [he] divideth [thy]
+head at the two sides of the ways, and it is crushed in his land; thy
+bones are smashed in pieces, thy members are hacked off thee, and the god
+[A]ker hath condemned thee, O Apep, thou enemy of Ra! Thy mariners are
+those who keep the reckoning for thee, [O Ra, as thou] advancest, and thou
+restest there wherein are the offerings made to thee [As thou] advancest,
+[as thou] advancest toward the House the advance which thou hast made
+toward the House is a prosperous advance; let not any baleful obstacle
+proceed from thy mouth against me when thou workest on my behalf. I am Set
+who let loose the storm-clouds and the thunder in the horizon of heaven
+even as [doth] the god Netcheb-ab-f."
+
+" 'Hail,' saith the god Tem, 'make strong your faces, O soldiers of Ra,
+for I have driven back the god Nentcha in the presence of the divine
+sovereign princes.' 'Hail,' saith the god Seb, 'make ye firm those who are
+upon their seats which are in the boat of Khepera, take ye your ways,
+[grasping] your weapons of war in your hands.' 'Hail,' saith Hathor, 'take
+ye your armor.' 'Hail,' saith Nut, 'come and repulse the god Tcha who
+pursueth him that dwelleth in his shrine and who setteth out on his way
+alone, namely, Neb-er-tcher, who cannot be repulsed.' 'Hail,' say those
+gods who dwell in their companies and who go round about the Turquoise
+Pool, 'come, O mighty One, we praise and we will deliver the Mighty One
+[who dwelleth in] the divine Shrine, from whom proceeds the company of the
+gods, let commemorations be made for him, let praise be given to him, let
+words [of praise] be recited before him by you and by me.' 'Hail,' saith
+Nut to thy Sweet One. 'Hail,' say those who dwell among the gods, 'he
+cometh forth, he findeth [his] way, he maketh captives among the gods, he
+hath taken possession of the goddess Nut, and Seb standeth up.' Hail, thou
+terrible one, the company of the gods is on the march. Hathor quaketh with
+terror, and Ra hath triumphed over Apep."
+
+
+
+
+Repulsing The Eater Of The Ass
+
+
+[From the Papyrus of Ra (see Naville, op. cit., Bd. I. Bl. 54) and from
+the Papyrus of Nu (British Museum No. 10,477, sheet 8).]
+
+THE CHAPTER OF DRIVING BACK THE EATER OF THE ASS. Osiris Ra, triumphant,
+saith:
+
+I. "Get thee back, Hai, thou impure one, thou abomination of Osiris! Thoth
+hath cut off thy head, and I have performed upon thee all the things which
+the company of the gods ordered concerning thee in the matter of the work
+of thy slaughter. Get thee back, thou abomination of Osiris, from the
+_Neshmet_ boat ... which advanceth with a fair wind. Ye are holy, O all ye
+gods, and [ye] have cast down headlong the enemies of Osiris; the gods of
+Ta-ur shout for joy. Get thee back, O thou Eater of the Ass, thou
+abomination of the god Haas who dwelleth in the underworld. I know thee, I
+know thee, I know thee, I know thee. Who art thou? I am..."
+
+II. "On thy face [O fiend], and devour me not, for I am pure, and I am
+with the time which cometh of itself. Thou shalt not come to me, O thou
+that comest(36) without being invoked, and whose [time of coming] is
+unknown. I am the lord of thy mouth, get thee back, thou and thy
+desires(?). Hail, Haas, with his stone [knife] Horus hath cut asunder thy
+members, and thou art destroyed within thy company, and thy bend (or
+dwelling-place) is destroyed for thee by the company of thy gods who dwell
+in the cities of Pe and Tep. He that slayeth [thee] there is in the form
+of the Eye of Horus, and I have driven thee away as thou wast advancing,
+and I have vanquished thee by the winds of my mouth. O thou Eater of those
+who commit sins, who dost plunder and spoil, I have [committed] no sin;
+therefore, let my palette and the writings with hostile charges [against
+me upon them] be given unto me. I have done no wrong in the presence of
+the sovereign princes, therefore shoot not thy [venom] at me. I give, do
+thou take according to what I order; snatch me not away, and eat me not,
+for I am the lord of life, the Prince (Life, Health, Strength!) of the
+horizon."
+
+
+
+
+Abolishing The Slaughterings
+
+
+[From the Papyrus of Nebseni, sheet 25.]
+
+THE CHAPTER OF DRIVING AWAY THE SLAUGHTERINGS WHICH ARE PERFORMED IN THE
+UNDERWORLD. Nebseni, the scribe and designer in the Temples of Upper and
+Lower Egypt, he to whom fair veneration is paid, the son of the scribe and
+artist Thena, triumphant, saith:
+
+"Hail, Tem, I have become glorious (or a _Khu_) in the presence of the
+double Lion-god, the great god, therefore open thou unto me the gate of
+the god Seb. I smell the earth (_i.e._, I bow down so that my nose
+toucheth the ground) of the great god who dwelleth in the underworld, and
+I advance into the presence of the company of the gods who dwell with the
+beings who are in the underworld. Hail, thou guardian of the divine door
+of the city of Beta, thou [god] Neti(?) who dwellest in Amentet, I eat
+food, and I have life through the air, and the god Atch-ur leadeth me with
+[him] to the mighty boat of Khepera. I hold converse with the divine
+mariners at eventide, I enter in, I go forth, and I see the being who is
+there; I lift him up, and I say that which I have to say unto him, whose
+throat stinketh [for lack of air]. I have life, and I am delivered, having
+lain down in death. Hail, thou that bringest offerings and oblations,
+bring forward thy mouth and make to draw nigh the writings (or lists) of
+offerings and oblations. Set thou Right and Truth firmly upon their
+throne, make thou the writings to draw nigh, and set thou up the goddesses
+in the presence of Osiris, the mighty god, the Prince of everlastingness,
+who counteth his years, who hearkeneth unto those who are in the islands
+(or pools), who raiseth his right shoulder, who judgeth the divine
+princes, and who sendeth [Osiris] into the presence of the great sovereign
+princes who live in the underworld."
+
+
+
+
+Abolishing The Slaughterings
+
+
+[From the Papyrus of Nu (British Museum No. 10,477, sheet 6).]
+
+THE CHAPTER OF DRIVING BACK THE SLAUGHTERINGS WHICH ARE PERFORMED IN
+SUTEN-HENEN. Osiris Nu, triumphant, saith:
+
+"O thou land of the sceptre! (literally, wood) O thou white crown of the
+divine form! O thou resting-place of the boat! I am the Child, I am the
+Child, I am the Child, I am the Child. Hail, Abu-ur, thou sayest day by
+day: 'The slaughter-block is made ready as thou knowest, and thou hast
+come to decay.' I am Ra, the stablisher of those who praise [him]. I am
+the knot of the god within the _Aser_ tree, the doubly beautiful one, who
+is more splendid than yesterday (say four times). I am Ra, the stablisher
+of those who praise [him]. I am the knot of the god within the _Aser_
+tree, and my going forth is the going forth [of Ra] on this day."
+
+"My hair is the hair of Nu. My face is the face of the Disk. My eyes are
+the eyes of Hathor. My ears are the ears of Ap-uat. My nose is the nose of
+Khenti-khas. My lips are the lips of Anpu. My teeth are the teeth of
+Serqet. My neck is the neck of the divine goddess Isis. My hands are the
+hands of Ba-neb-Tattu. My forearms are the forearms of Neith, the Lady of
+Sais. My backbone is the backbone of Suti. My phallus is the phallus of
+Osiris. My reins are the reins of the Lords of Kher-aba. My chest is the
+chest of the Mighty one of Terror. My belly and back are the belly and
+back of Sekhet. My buttocks are the buttocks of the Eye of Horus. My hips
+and legs are the hips and legs of Nut. My feet are the feet of Ptah. [My
+fingers] and my leg-bones are the [fingers and] leg-bones of the Living
+Gods. There is no member of my body which is not the member of some god.
+The god Thoth shieldeth my body altogether, and I am Ra day by day. I
+shall not be dragged back by my arms, and none shall lay violent hold upon
+my hands. And shall do me hurt neither men, nor gods, nor the sainted
+dead, nor those who have perished, nor any one of those of ancient times,
+nor any mortal, nor any human being. I am he who cometh forth, advancing,
+whose name is unknown. I am Yesterday, and Seer of millions of years is my
+name. I pass along, I pass along the paths of the divine celestial judges.
+I am the lord of eternity, and I decree and I judge like the god Khepera.
+I am the lord of the _Ureret_ crown. I am he who dwelleth in the _Utchat_
+[and in the Egg, in the _Utchat_ and in the Egg, and it is given unto me
+to live [with] them. I am he that dwelleth in the _Utchat_ when it
+closeth, and I exist by the strength thereof. I come forth and I shine; I
+enter in and I come to life. I am in the _Utchat_],(37) my seat is upon my
+throne, and I sit in the abode of splendor(?) before it. I am Horus and
+(I) traverse millions of years. I have given the decree [for the
+stablishing of] my throne and I am the ruler thereof; and in very truth,
+my mouth keepeth an even balance both in speech and in silence. In very
+truth, my forms are inverted. I am Un-nefer, from one season even unto
+another, and what I have is within me; [I am] the only One, who proceedeth
+from an only One who goeth round about in his course. I am he who dwelleth
+in the _Utchat_, no evil thing of any form or kind shall spring up against
+me, and no baleful object, and no harmful thing, and no disastrous thing
+shall happen unto me. I open the door in heaven, I govern my throne, and I
+open up [the way] for the births [which take place] on this day. I am (?)
+the child who marcheth along the road of Yesterday. [I am] To-day for
+untold nations and peoples. I am he who protecteth you for millions of
+years, and whether ye be denizens of the heavens, or of the earth, or of
+the south, or of the north, or of the east, or of the west, the fear of me
+is in your bodies. I am he whose being has been moulded in his eye, and I
+shall not die again. My moment is in your bodies, but my forms are in my
+place of habitation. I am he who cannot be known, but the Red Ones have
+their faces directed toward me. I am the unveiled one. The season wherein
+[the god] created the heavens for me and enlarged the bounds of the earth
+and made great the progeny thereof cannot be found out; but they fail and
+are not united [again]. My name setteth itself apart from all things [and
+from] the great evil [which is in] the mouths [of men] by reason of the
+speech which I address unto you. I am he who riseth and shineth, the wall
+which cometh out of a wall, an only One who proceedeth from an only One.
+There is never a day that passeth without the things which appertain unto
+him being therein; passing, passing, passing, passing. Verily I say unto
+thee, I am the Sprout which cometh forth from Nu, and my Mother is Nut.
+Hail, O my Creator, I am he who hath no power to walk, the great Knot who
+is within yesterday. The might of my strength is within my hand. I myself
+am not known, but I am he who knoweth thee. I cannot be held with the
+hand, but I am he who can hold thee in his hand. Hail, O Egg! Hail, O Egg!
+I am Horus who lives for millions of years, whose flame shineth upon you
+and bringeth your hearts to me. I have the command of my throne and I
+advance at this season, I have opened a path, and I have delivered myself
+from all evil things. I am the dog-headed ape of gold three palms and two
+fingers [high], which hath neither arms nor legs and dwelleth in
+Het-ka-Ptah (Memphis), and I go forth as goeth forth the dog-headed ape
+that dwelleth in Het-ka-Ptah."
+
+
+
+
+Air And Water
+
+
+[From the Papyrus of Nu (British Museum No. 10,477, sheet 12).]
+
+THE CHAPTER OF SNUFFING THE AIR AND OF HAVING THE MASTERY OVER THE WATER
+IN THE UNDERWORLD. The overseer of the palace, the chancellor-in-chief,
+Nu, triumphant, saith:
+
+"Hail, Hap-ur, god of heaven, in thy name of 'Divider of heaven,' grant
+thou unto me that I may have dominion over the water, even as the goddess
+Sekhet had power over Osiris on the night of the storms and floods. Grant
+thou that I may have power over the divine princes who have their
+habitations in the place of the god of the inundation, even as they have
+power over their own holy god of whose name they are ignorant; and may
+they let me have power even as [he hath let them have power]."
+
+"My nostrils are opened in Tattu," or (as others say), "My mouth and my
+nostrils are opened in Tatau, and I have my place of peace in Annu, which
+is my house; it was built for me by the goddess Sesheta, and the god
+Khnemu set it up for me upon its walls. If to this heaven it cometh by the
+north, I sit at the south; if to this heaven it cometh by the south, I sit
+at the north; if to this heaven it cometh by the west, I sit at the east;
+and if to this heaven it cometh by the east, I sit at the west. I draw the
+hair of my nostrils, and I make my way into every place in which I wish to
+sit."
+
+In the Papyrus of Nefer-uben-f (see Naville, op. cit., Bd. I. Bl. 70) this
+chapter ends quite differently, and reads:
+
+"I am strong in my mouth and in my nostrils, for behold Tem has stablished
+them; behold, O ye gods and _Khu_s. Rest thou, then, O Tem. Behold the
+staff which blossometh, and which cometh forth when a man crieth out in
+your names. Behold, I am Tem, the tree (?) of the gods in [their] visible
+forms. Let me not be turned back.... I am the _Am-khent_, Nefer-uben-f,
+triumphant. Let neither my flesh nor my members be gashed with knives, let
+me not be wounded by knives by you. I have come, I have been judged, I
+have come forth therein, [I] have power with my father, the Old man, Nu.
+He hath granted that I may live, he hath given strength unto me, and he
+hath provided me with the inheritance of my father therein."
+
+
+
+
+Dominion Over Elements
+
+
+[From the Papyrus of Ani (British Museum No. 10,470, sheet 16).]
+
+THE CHAPTER OF BREATHING THE AIR AND OF HAVING DOMINION OVER THE WATER IN
+THE UNDERWORLD. Osiris Ani saith:
+
+"Open to me." Who art thou? Whither goest thou? What is thy name? "I am
+one of you." Who are those with thee? "The two serpent goddesses _Merti_.
+Separate thou from him, head from head, when [thou] goest into the divine
+_Mesqen_ chamber. He letteth me set out for the temple of the gods who
+have found their faces. 'Assembler of Souls' is the name of my boat;
+'Making the hair to stand on end' is the name of the oars; 'Goad' is the
+name of the hold; 'Making straight for the middle' is the name of the
+rudder; likewise [the boat] is a type of my being borne onward in the
+pool. Let there be given unto me vessels of milk, together with cakes, and
+loaves of bread, and cups of drink, and flesh in the Temple of Anpu."
+
+IF HE (I.E., THE DECEASED) KNOWETH THIS CHAPTER, HE SHALL GO INTO, AFTER
+COMING FORTH FROM, THE UNDERWORLD OF THE [BEAUTIFUL AMENTET].
+
+
+
+
+Dominion Over Elements
+
+
+[From the Papyrus of Ani (British Museum No. 10,470, sheet 16).]
+
+THE CHAPTER OF SNUFFING THE AIR, AND OF HAVING DOMINION OVER THE WATERS IN
+THE UNDERWORLD. Osiris Ani saith:
+
+"Hail, thou sycamore tree of the goddess Nut! Grant thou to me of [the
+water and of] the air which dwell in thee. I embrace the throne which is
+in Unnu (Hermopolis), and I watch and guard the egg of Nekek-ur (_i.e._,
+the Great Cackler). It groweth, I grow; it liveth, I live; it snuffeth the
+air, I snuff the air, I the Osiris Ani, in triumph."
+
+
+
+
+Dominion Over Elements
+
+
+[From Lepsius, "Todtenbuch," Bl. 23.]
+
+ANOTHER CHAPTER. Osiris Auf-ankh, triumphant, saith:
+
+"Let the gates of heaven be opened for me by the god [Thoth] and by Hapi,
+and let me pass through the doors of Ta-qebh(38) into the great heaven,"
+or (as others say), "at the time," [or (as others say)], "with the
+strength(?) of Ra. Grant ye, [O Thoth and Hapi,] that I may have power
+over the water, even as Set had power over his enemies on the day when
+there were storms and rain upon the earth. Let me have power over the
+divine beings who have mighty arms in their shoulders, even as the god who
+is apparelled in splendor and whose name is unknown had power over them;
+and may I have power over the beings whose arms are mighty."
+
+
+
+
+Preservation Of The Soul
+
+
+[From the Papyrus of Ani (British Museum No. 10,470, sheet 15).]
+
+THE CHAPTER OF NOT LETTING THE SOUL OF A MAN BE TAKEN FROM HIM IN THE
+UNDERWORLD. Osiris, the Scribe Ani, saith:
+
+"I, even I, am he who came forth from the water-flood which I make to
+overflow, and which becometh mighty as the river [Nile]."
+
+
+
+
+Of Drinking Water
+
+
+[From the Papyrus of Nebseni (British Museum No. 9,900, sheet 4).]
+
+THE CHAPTER OF DRINKING WATER IN THE UNDERWORLD. The scribe Nebseni ...
+saith:
+
+"May be opened [to me] the mighty flood by Osiris, and may the abyss of
+water be opened [to me] by Tehuti-Hapi, the lord of the horizon, in my
+name of 'Opener.' May there be granted [to me] mastery over the
+water-courses as over the members of Set. I go forth into heaven. I am the
+Lion-god Ra. I am the Bull. [I] have eaten the Thigh, and I have divided
+the carcass. I have gone round about among the islands (or lakes) of
+Sekhet-Aaru. Indefinite time, without beginning and without end, hath been
+given to me; I inherit eternity, and everlastingness hath been bestowed
+upon me."
+
+The last three chapters, with a single vignette, are grouped in one in the
+Papyrus of Nefer-uben-f (see Naville, op. cit., Bd. I. Bl. 72); but the
+order of them as there given is 61, 60, 62. In the Turin Papyrus (Lepsius,
+op. cit., Bl. 23) the vignette of each is the same, _i.e._, the deceased
+holding a sail in his left hand.
+
+
+
+
+Of Drinking Water
+
+
+[From the Papyrus of Nu (British Museum No. 10,477, sheet 7).]
+
+THE CHAPTER OF DRINKING WATER AND OF NOT BEING BURNT BY FIRE [IN THE
+UNDERWORLD]. The overseer of the palace, the chancellor-in-chief, Nu,
+triumphant, saith:
+
+"Hail, Bull of Amentet! I am brought unto thee, I am the oar of Ra
+wherewith he ferried over the divine aged ones; let me neither be burnt up
+nor destroyed by fire. I am Bet, the first-born son of Osiris, who doth
+meet every god within his Eye in Annu. I am the divine Heir, the exalted
+one(?), the Mighty One, the Resting One. I have made my name to germinate,
+I have delivered [it], and thou shalt live through me day by day."
+
+
+
+
+Preservation From Scalding
+
+
+[From the Papyrus of Nu (British Museum No. 10,477, sheet 12).]
+
+THE CHAPTER OF NOT BEING SCALDED WITH WATER. The overseer of the palace,
+the chancellor-in-chief, Nu, triumphant, saith:
+
+"I am the oar made ready for rowing, wherewith Ra transported the boat
+containing the divine ancestors, and lifted up the moist emanations of
+Osiris from the Lake of Fire, and he was not burned. I lie down like a
+divine _Khu_, [and like] Khnemu who dwelleth among lions. Come, break away
+the restraints from him that passeth by the side of this path, and let me
+come forth by it."
+
+
+
+
+On Coming Forth By Day
+
+
+[From the Papyrus of Nebseni (British Museum No. 9,900, sheets 23 and
+24).]
+
+THE CHAPTER OF COMING FORTH BY DAY IN THE UNDERWORLD. Nebseni, the lord of
+reverence, saith:
+
+"I am Yesterday, To-day, and To-morrow, [and I have] the power to be born
+a second time; [I am] the divine hidden Soul who createth the gods, and
+who giveth sepulchral meals unto the denizens of the Tuat (underworld),
+Amentet, and heaven. [I am] the rudder of the east, the possessor of two
+divine faces wherein his beams are seen. I am the lord of the men who are
+raised up; [the lord] who cometh forth from out of the darkness, and whose
+forms of existence are of the house wherein are the dead. Hail, ye two
+hawks who are perched upon your resting-places, who hearken unto the
+things which are said by him, who guide the bier to the hidden place, who
+lead along Ra, and who follow [him] into the uppermost place of the shrine
+which is in the celestial heights! [Hail,] lord of the shrine which
+standeth in the middle of the earth. He is I, and I am he, and Ptah hath
+covered his sky with crystal. [Hail] Ra, thou who art content, thy heart
+is glad by reason of thy beautiful law of the day; thou enterest in by
+Khemennu(?) and comest forth at the east, and the divine first-born beings
+who are in [thy] presence cry out with gladness [unto thee]. Make thou thy
+roads glad for me, and make broad for me thy paths when I shall set out
+from earth for the life in the celestial regions. Send forth thy light
+upon me, O Soul unknown, for I am [one] of those who are about to enter
+in, and the divine speech is in [my] ears in the Tuat (underworld), and
+let no defects of my mother be [imputed] unto me; let me be delivered and
+let me be safe from him whose divine eyes sleep at eventide, when [he]
+gathereth together and finisheth [the day] in night. I flood [the land]
+with water, and 'Qem-ur' is my name, and the garment wherewith I am
+clothed is complete. Hail, thou divine prince Ati-she-f, cry out unto
+those divine beings who dwell in their hair at the season when the god is
+[lifted upon] the shoulder, saying: 'Come thou who [dwellest] above thy
+divine abyss of water, for verily the thigh [of the sacrifice] is tied to
+the neck, and the buttocks are [laid] upon the head of Amentet.' May the
+Ur-urti goddesses (_i.e._, Isis and Nephthys) grant [such] gifts unto me
+when my tears start from me as I see myself journeying with the divine
+Tena in Abydos, and the wooden fastenings which fasten the four doors
+above thee are in thy power within thy garment. Thy face is like that of a
+greyhound which scenteth with his nose the place whither I go on my feet.
+The god Akau transported me to the chamber(?), and [my] nurse is the
+divine double Lion-god himself. I am made strong and I come forth like him
+that forceth a way through the gate, and the radiance which my heart hath
+made is enduring; 'I know the abysses' is thy name. I work for you, O ye
+_Khu_s--4,000,000, 600,000, 1,000, and 200 are they--concerning the things
+which are there. [I am] over their affairs working for hours and days in
+setting straight the shoulders of the twelve Sah gods, and joining the
+hands of their company, each to each; the sixth who is at the head of the
+abyss is the hour of the defeat of the Fiends. [I] have come there in
+triumph, and [I am] he who is in the halls (or courtyards) of the
+underworld, and I am he who is laid under tribute to Shu. I rise as the
+Lord of Life through the beautiful law of this day, and it is their blood
+and the cool water of [their] slaughter which make the union of the earth
+to blossom. I make a way among the horns of all those who make themselves
+strong against me, and [among] those who in secret make themselves
+adversaries unto me, and who are upon their bellies. I have come as the
+envoy of my Lord of lords to give counsel [concerning] Osiris; the eye
+shall not absorb(39) its tears. I am the divine envoy(?) of the house of
+him that dwelleth in his possessions, and I have come from Sekhem to Annu
+to make known to the _Bennu_ bird therein concerning the events of the
+Tuat (underworld). Hail, thou Aukert (_i.e._, underworld) which hidest thy
+companion who is in thee, thou creator of forms of existence like the god
+Khepera, grant thou that Nebseni, the scribe and designer to the temples
+of the South and of the North, may come forth to see the Disk, and that
+his journeyings forth(?) may be in the presence of the great god, that is
+to say, Shu, who dwelleth in everlastingness. Let me journey on in peace;
+let me pass over the sky; let me adore the radiance of the splendor [which
+is in] my sight; let me soar like a bird to see the companies(?) of the
+_Khu_s in the presence of Ra day by day, who vivifieth every human being
+that walketh upon the regions which are upon the earth. Hail, Hemti
+(_i.e._, Runner); Hail, Hemti; who carriest away the shades of the dead
+and the _Khu_s from earth, grant thou unto me a prosperous way to the Tuat
+(underworld), such as is made for the favored ones [of the god], because
+[I am] helpless to gather together the emanations which come from me. Who
+art thou, then, who consumest in its hidden place? I am the Chief in
+Re-stau, and 'He that goeth in in his own name and cometh forth in that of
+Hehi(?), the lord of millions of years, and of the earth,' is my name. The
+pregnant goddess hath deposited [upon the earth] her load, and hath given
+birth to Hit straightway; the closed door which is by the wall is
+overthrown, it is turned upside down and I rejoice thereat. To the Mighty
+One hath his eye been given, and it sendeth forth light from his face when
+the earth becometh light (or at daybreak). I shall not become corrupt, but
+I shall come into being in the form of the Lion-god and like the blossoms
+of Shu; I am the being who is never overwhelmed in the waters. Happy, yea
+happy is he that looked upon the funeral couch which hath come to its
+place of rest, upon the happy day of the god whose heart resteth, who
+maketh his place of alighting [thereon]. I am he who cometh forth by day;
+the lord of the bier which giveth life in the presence of Osiris. In very
+truth the things which are thine are stable each day, O scribe, artist,
+child of the _Seshet_ chamber, Nebseni, lord of veneration. I clasp the
+sycamore tree, I myself am joined unto the sycamore tree, and its arm[s]
+are opened unto me graciously. I have come and I have clasped the
+_Utchat_, and I have caused it to be seated in peace upon its throne. I
+have come to see Ra when he setteth, and I absorb into myself the winds
+[which arise] when he cometh forth, and both my hands are clean to adore
+him. I have gathered together [all my members], I have gathered together
+[all my members]. I soar like a bird and I descend upon the earth, and
+mine eye maketh me to walk thereon in my footsteps. I am the child of
+yesterday, and the Akeru gods of the earth have made me to come into
+being, and they have made me strong for my moment [of coming forth]. I
+hide with the god Aba-aaiu who will walk behind me, and my members shall
+germinate, and my _khu_ shall be as an amulet for my body and as one who
+watcheth [to protect] my soul and to defend it and to converse therewith;
+and the company of the gods shall hearken unto my words."
+
+IF THIS CHAPTER BE KNOWN [BY THE DECEASED] HE SHALL BE VICTORIOUS BOTH
+UPON EARTH AND IN THE UNDERWORLD. HE SHALL DO WHATSOEVER A MAN DOETH WHO
+IS UPON THE EARTH, AND HE SHALL PERFORM ALL THE DEEDS WHICH THOSE DO WHO
+ARE [ALIVE]. NOW IT IS A GREAT PROTECTION [GIVEN] BY THE GOD. THIS CHAPTER
+WAS FOUND IN THE CITY OF KHE-MENNU INSCRIBED UPON THE BLOCK OF IRON IN
+LETTERS OF LAPIS-LAZULI WHICH WAS UNDER THE FEET OF THIS GOD.
+
+In the rubric to this chapter as found in the Papyrus of Mes-em-neter, the
+chapter is said to have been "discovered in the foundations of the shrine
+of the divine Hennu boat by the chief mason in the time of the King of the
+North and of the South, Hesepti,(40) triumphant," and it is there directed
+that it shall be recited by one who is ceremonially pure and clean, and
+who hath not touched women, and who hath not eaten flesh of animals or
+fish.
+
+
+
+
+Chapter Of Knowledge
+
+
+[From the Papyrus of Nu (British Museum No. 10,477, sheet 13).]
+
+THE CHAPTER OF KNOWING THE "CHAPTERS OF COMING FORTH BY DAY" IN A SINGLE
+CHAPTER. The overseer of the palace, the chancellor-in-chief, Osiris Nu,
+triumphant, begotten of the overseer of the palace, Amen-hetep,
+triumphant, saith:
+
+"I am Yesterday and To-morrow; and I have the power to be born a second
+time. [I am] the divine hidden Soul, who createth the gods, and who giveth
+sepulchral meals to the divine hidden beings [in the Tuat (underworld)],
+in Amenti, and in heaven. [I am] the rudder of the east, the possessor of
+two divine faces wherein his beams are seen. I am the lord of those who
+are raised up, [the lord] who cometh forth from out of the darkness.
+[Hail,] ye two divine Hawks who are perched upon your resting-places, and
+who hearken unto the things which are said by him, the thigh [of the
+sacrifice] is tied to the neck, and the buttocks [are laid] upon the head
+of Amentet. May the Ur-urti goddesses (_i.e._, Isis and Nephthys) grant
+such gifts unto me when my tears start from me as I look on. 'I know the
+abysses' is thy name. [I] work for [you], O ye _Khu_s, who are in number
+[four] millions, [six] hundred, and 1,000, and 200, and they are [in
+height] twelve cubits. [Ye] travel on joining the hands, each to each, but
+the sixth [hour], which belongeth at the head of the Tuat (underworld), is
+the hour of the overthrow of the Fiend. [I] have come there in triumph,
+and [I am] he who is in the hall (or courtyard) of the Tuat; and the
+seven(?) come in his manifestations. The strength which protecteth me is
+that which hath my _Khu_ under its protection, [that is] the blood, and
+the cool water, and the slaughterings which abound(?). I open [a way
+among] the horns of all those who would do harm unto me, who keep
+themselves hidden, who make themselves adversaries unto me, and those who
+are upon their bellies. The Eye shall not eat (or absorb) the tears of the
+goddess Aukert. Hail, goddess Aukert, open thou unto me the enclosed
+place, and grant thou unto me pleasant roads whereupon I may travel. Who
+art thou, then, who consumest in the hidden places? I am the Chief in
+Re-stau, and [I] go in and come forth in my name of 'Hehi, the lord of
+millions of years [and of] the earth'; [I am] the maker of my name. The
+pregnant one hath deposited [upon the earth] her load. The door by the
+wall is shut fast, and the things of terror are overturned and thrown down
+upon the backbone(?) of the _Bennu_ bird by the two _Samait_ goddesses. To
+the Mighty One hath his Eye been given, and his face emitteth light when
+[he] illumineth the earth, [my name is his name].(41) I shall not become
+corrupt, but I shall come into being in the form of the Lion-god; the
+blossoms of Shu shall be in me. I am he who is never overwhelmed in the
+waters. Happy, yea happy, is the funeral couch of the Still-heart; he
+maketh himself to alight upon the pool(?), and verily he cometh forth
+[therefrom]. I am the lord of my life. I have come to this [place], and I
+have come forth from Re-aa-urt the city of Osiris. Verily the things which
+are thine are with the _Sariu_ deities. I have clasped the sycamore tree
+and I have divided(?) it; I have opened a way for myself [among] the
+_Sekhiu_ gods of the Tuat. I have come to see him that dwelleth in his
+divine uraeus, face to face and eye to eye, and [I] draw to myself the
+winds [which rise] when he cometh forth. My two eyes(?) are weak in my
+face, O Lion[-god], Babe, who dwellest in Utent. Thou art in me and I am
+in thee; and thy attributes are my attributes. I am the god of the
+Inundation (_Bah_), and 'Qem-ur-she' is my name. My forms are the forms of
+the god Khepera, the hair of the earth of Tem, the hair of the earth of
+Tem. I have entered in as a man of no understanding, and I shall come
+forth in the form of a strong _Khu_, and I shall look upon my form which
+shall be that of men and women forever and forever."
+
+I.(42) [IF THIS CHAPTER BE KNOWN] BY A MAN HE SHALL COME FORTH BY DAY, AND
+HE SHALL NOT BE REPULSED AT ANY GATE OF THE TUAT (UNDERWORLD), EITHER IN
+GOING IN OR IN COMING OUT. HE SHALL PERFORM [ALL] THE TRANSFORMATIONS
+WHICH HIS HEART SHALL DESIRE FOR HIM AND HE SHALL NOT DIE; BEHOLD, THE
+SOUL OF [THIS] MAN SHALL FLOURISH. AND MOREOVER, IF [HE] KNOW THIS CHAPTER
+HE SHALL BE VICTORIOUS UPON EARTH AND IN THE UNDERWORLD, AND HE SHALL
+PERFORM EVERY ACT OF A LIVING HUMAN BEING. NOW IT IS A GREAT PROTECTION
+WHICH [HATH BEEN GIVEN] BY THE GOD. THIS CHAPTER WAS FOUND IN THE
+FOUNDATIONS OF THE SHRINE OF HENNU BY THE CHIEF MASON DURING THE REIGN OF
+HIS MAJESTY THE KING OF THE NORTH AND OF THE SOUTH, HESEPTI, TRIUMPHANT,
+WHO CARRIED [IT] AWAY AS A MYSTERIOUS OBJECT WHICH HAD NEVER [BEFORE] BEEN
+SEEN OR LOOKED UPON. THIS CHAPTER SHALL BE RECITED BY A MAN WHO IS
+CEREMONIALLY CLEAN AND PURE, WHO HATH NOT EATEN THE FLESH OF ANIMALS OR
+FISH, AND WHO HATH NOT HAD INTERCOURSE WITH WOMEN.
+
+II.(43) IF THIS CHAPTER BE KNOWN [BY THE DECEASED] HE SHALL BE VICTORIOUS
+BOTH UPON EARTH AND IN THE UNDERWORLD, AND HE SHALL PERFORM EVERY ACT OF A
+LIVING HUMAN BEING. NOW IT IS A GREAT PROTECTION WHICH [HATH BEEN GIVEN]
+BY THE GOD.
+
+THIS CHAPTER WAS FOUND IN THE CITY OF KHEMENNU, UPON A BLOCK OF IRON OF
+THE SOUTH, WHICH HAD BEEN INLAID [WITH LETTERS] OF REAL LAPIS-LAZULI,
+UNDER THE FEET OF THE GOD DURING THE REIGN OF HIS MAJESTY, THE KING OF THE
+NORTH AND OF THE SOUTH, MEN-KAU-RA (MYCERINUS) TRIUMPHANT, BY THE ROYAL
+SON HERU-TA-TA-F,(44) TRIUMPHANT; HE FOUND IT WHEN HE WAS JOURNEYING ABOUT
+TO MAKE AN INSPECTION OF THE TEMPLES. ONE NEKHT(?) WAS WITH HIM WHO WAS
+DILIGENT IN MAKING HIM TO UNDERSTAND(?) IT, AND HE BROUGHT IT TO THE KING
+AS A WONDERFUL OBJECT WHEN HE SAW THAT IT WAS A THING OF GREAT MYSTERY,
+WHICH HAD NEVER [BEFORE] BEEN SEEN OR LOOKED UPON.
+
+THIS CHAPTER SHALL BE RECITED BY A MAN WHO IS CEREMONIALLY CLEAN AND PURE,
+WHO HATH NOT EATEN THE FLESH OF ANIMALS OR FISH, AND WHO HATH NOT HAD
+INTERCOURSE WITH WOMEN. AND BEHOLD, THOU SHALT MAKE A SCARAB OF GREEN
+STONE, WITH A RIM PLATED(?) WITH GOLD, WHICH SHALL BE PLACED IN THE HEART
+OF A MAN, AND IT SHALL PERFORM FOR HIM THE "OPENING OF THE MOUTH." AND
+THOU SHALT ANOINT IT WITH _ANTI_ UNGUENT, AND THOU SHALT RECITE OVER IT
+[THESE] ENCHANTMENTS:(45)
+
+
+
+
+Of Gaining Mastery Over Enemies
+
+
+[From the Papyrus of Nu (British Museum No. 10,477, sheet 15).]
+
+THE CHAPTER OF COMING FORTH BY DAY AND OF GAINING THE MASTERY OVER
+ENEMIES. The chancellor-in-chief, Nu, saith:
+
+"Ra sitteth in his habitation of millions of years, and he hath gathered
+together the company of the gods, with those divine beings, whose faces
+are hidden, who dwell in the Temple of Khepera, who eat the god Bah, and
+who drink the drink-offerings which are brought into the celestial regions
+of light; and conversely. Grant that I may take possession of the captives
+of Osiris, and never let me have my being among the fiends of Suti! Hail,
+let me sit upon his folds in the habitation of the god User-ba (_i.e._, he
+of the strong Soul)! Grant thou that I may sit upon the throne of Ra, and
+let me have possession of my body before the god Seb. Grant thou that
+Osiris may come forth triumphant over Suti [and over] the night-watchers
+of Suti, and over the night-watchers of the Crocodile, yea the
+night-watchers of the Crocodile, whose faces are hidden and who dwell in
+the divine Temple of the King of the North in the apparel of the gods on
+the sixth day of the festival, whose snares are like unto everlastingness
+and whose cords are like unto eternity. I have seen the god Abet-ka
+placing the cord; the child is laid in fetters, and the rope of the god
+Ab-ka is drawn tight(?) ... Behold me. I am born, and I come forth in the
+form of a living _Khu_, and the human beings who are upon the earth
+ascribe praise [unto me]. Hail, Mer, who doest these things for me, and
+who art put an end to by the vigor of Ra, grant thou that I may see Ra;
+grant thou that I may come forth against my enemies; and grant thou that I
+may be victorious over them in the presence of the sovereign princes of
+the great god who are in the presence of the great god. If, repulsing
+[me], thou dost not allow me to come forth against my Enemy and to be
+victorious over him before the sovereign princes, then may Hapi--who liveth
+upon law and order--not come forth into heaven--now he liveth by Maat--and
+may Ra--who feedeth upon fish--not descend into the waters! And then, verily
+shall Ra--who feedeth upon right and order--come forth into heaven, and
+then, verily, shall Hapi--who feedeth upon fish--descend into the waters;
+and then, verily, the great day upon the earth shall not be in its season.
+I have come against my Enemy, he hath been given unto me, he hath come to
+an end, and I have gotten possession [of him] before the sovereign
+princes."
+
+
+
+
+Victory Over Enemies
+
+
+[From Lepsius, "Todtenbuch," Bl. 25.]
+
+THE CHAPTER OF COMING FORTH BY DAY AND OF GAINING THE MASTERY OVER
+ENEMIES.
+
+"Hail, [thou] who shinest from the Moon and who sendest forth light
+therefrom, thou comest forth among thy multitudes, and thou goest round
+about, let me rise," or (as others say), "let me be brought in among the
+_Khu_s, and let the underworld be opened [unto me]. Behold, I have come
+forth on this day, and I have become a _Khu_ (or a shining being);
+therefore shall the _Khu_s let me live, and they shall cause my enemies to
+be brought to me in a state of misery in the presence of the divine
+sovereign princes. The divine _ka_ (double) of my mother shall rest in
+peace because of this, and I shall stand upon my feet and have a staff of
+gold," or (as others say), "a rod of gold in my hand, wherewith I shall
+inflict cuts on the limbs [of mine enemy] and shall live. The legs of
+Sothis are stablished, and I am born in their state of rest."
+
+
+
+
+Coming Forth By Day
+
+
+[From the Papyrus of Amen-em-heb (Naville, op. cit., Bd. I. Bl. 78).]
+
+THE CHAPTER OF COMING FORTH BY DAY. The scribe Mahu saith:
+
+"I have knowledge. I was conceived by the goddess Sekhet, and the goddess
+Neith gave birth to me; I am Horus, and [I have] come forth from the Eye
+of Horus. I am Uatchit who came forth from Horus. I am Horus and I fly up
+and perch myself upon the forehead of Ra in the bows of his boat which is
+in heaven."
+
+
+
+
+Opening The Underworld
+
+
+[From the Papyrus of Nu (British Museum No. 10,477, sheet 15).]
+
+THE CHAPTER OF OPENING THE UNDERWORLD. The overseer of the palace, the
+chancellor-in-chief, Nu, triumphant, saith:
+
+"The chamber of those who dwell in Nu is opened, and the footsteps of
+those who dwell with the god of Light are set free. The chamber of Shu is
+opened, and he cometh forth; and I shall come forth outside, and I shall
+advance from my territory(?), I shall receive ... and I shall lay firm
+hold upon the tribute in the House of the Chief of his dead. I shall
+advance to my throne which is in the boat of Ra. I shall not be molested,
+and I shall not suffer shipwreck from my throne which is in the boat of
+Ra, the mighty one. Hail thou that shinest and givest light from
+Hent-she!"
+
+
+
+
+Coming Forth By Day
+
+
+[From the Papyrus of Nu (British Museum No. 10,477, sheet 7).]
+
+THE CHAPTER OF COMING FORTH BY DAY. The overseer of the palace, the
+chancellor-in-chief, Nu, triumphant, saith:
+
+"The doors of heaven are opened for me, the doors of earth are opened for
+me, the bars and bolts of Seb are opened for me, and the first temple hath
+been unfastened for me by the god Petra. Behold, I was guarded and
+watched, [but now] I am released; behold, his hand had tied cords round me
+and his hand had darted upon me in the earth. Re-hent hath been opened for
+me and Re-hent hath been unfastened before me, Re-hent hath been given
+unto me, and I shall come forth by day into whatsoever place I please. I
+have gained the mastery over my heart; I have gained the mastery over my
+breast(?); I have gained the mastery over my two hands; I have gained the
+mastery over my two feet; I have gained the mastery over my mouth; I have
+gained the mastery over my whole body; I have gained the mastery over
+sepulchral offerings; I have gained the mastery over the waters; I have
+gained the mastery over the air; I have gained the mastery over the canal;
+I have gained the mastery over the river and over the land; I have gained
+the mastery over the furrows; I have gained the mastery over the male
+workers for me; I have gained the mastery over the female workers for me
+in the underworld; I have gained the mastery over [all] the things which
+were ordered to be done for me upon the earth, according to the entreaty
+which ye spake for me [saying], 'Behold, let him live upon the bread of
+Seb.' That which is an abomination unto me, I shall not eat; [nay] I shall
+live upon cakes [made] of white grain, and my ale shall be [made] of the
+red grain of Hapi (_i.e._, the Nile). In a clean place shall I sit on the
+ground beneath the foliage of the date-palm of the goddess Hathor, who
+dwelleth in the spacious Disk as it advanceth to Annu (Heliopolis), having
+the books of the divine words of the writings of the god Thoth. I have
+gained the mastery over my heart; I have gained the mastery over my
+heart's place (or breast); I have gained the mastery over my mouth; I have
+gained the mastery over my two hands; I have gained the mastery over the
+waters; I have gained the mastery over the canal; I have gained the
+mastery over the river; I have gained the mastery over the furrows; I have
+gained the mastery over the men who work for me; I have gained the mastery
+over the women who work for me in the underworld; I have gained the
+mastery over [all] the things which were ordered to be done for me upon
+earth and in the underworld. I shall lift myself up on my left side, and I
+shall place myself on my right side; I shall lift myself up on my right
+side, and I shall place myself [on my left side]. I shall sit down, I
+shall stand up, and I shall place myself in [the path of] the wind like a
+guide who is well prepared."
+
+IF THIS COMPOSITION BE KNOWN [BY THE DECEASED] HE SHALL COME FORTH BY DAY,
+AND HE SHALL BE IN A POSITION TO JOURNEY ABOUT OVER THE EARTH AMONG THE
+LIVING. AND HE SHALL NEVER SUFFER DIMINUTION, NEVER, NEVER.
+
+
+
+
+Coming Forth By Day
+
+
+[From the Papyrus of Mes-em-neter (Naville, op. cit., Bd. I. Bl. 81).]
+
+ANOTHER CHAPTER.
+
+"I am the Fire-god, the divine brother of the Fire-god, and [I am] Osiris
+the brother of Isis. My divine son, together with his mother Isis, hath
+avenged me on mine enemies. My enemies have wrought every [kind of] evil,
+therefore their arms, and hands, and feet, have been fettered by reason of
+their wickedness which they have wrought upon me. I am Osiris, the
+first-born of the divine womb, the first-born of the gods, and the heir of
+my father Osiris-Seb(?). I am Osiris, the lord of the heads that live,
+mighty of breast and powerful of back, with a phallus which goeth to the
+remotest limits [where] men and women [live]. I am Sah (Orion) who
+travelleth over his domain and who journeyeth along before the stars of
+heaven, [which is] the belly of my mother Nut; she conceived me through
+her love, and she gave birth to me because it was her will so to do. I am
+Anpu (Anubis) on the day of the god Sepa. I am the Bull at the head of the
+meadow. I, even I, am Osiris who imprisoned his father together with his
+mother on the day of making the great slaughter; now, [his] father is Seb,
+and [his] mother is Nut. I am Horus, the first-born of Ra of the risings.
+I am Anpu (Anubis) [on the day of] the god Sepa. I, even I, am the lord
+Tem. I am Osiris. Hail, thou divine first-born, who dost enter and dost
+speak before the divine Scribe and Doorkeeper of Osiris, grant that I may
+come. I have become a _khu_, I have been judged, I have become a divine
+being, I have come, and I have avenged mine own body. I have taken up my
+seat by the divine birth-chamber of Osiris, and I have destroyed the
+sickness and suffering which were there. I have become mighty, and I have
+become a divine being by the side of the birth-chamber of Osiris, I am
+brought forth with him, I renew my youth, I renew my youth, I take
+possession of my two thighs which are in the place where is Osiris, and I
+open the mouth of the gods therewith, I take my seat by his side, and
+Thoth cometh forth, and [I am] strengthened in heart with thousands of
+cakes upon the altars of my divine father, and with my beasts, and with my
+cattle, and with my red feathered fowl, and with my oxen, and with my
+geese, and with my ducks, for Horus my Chieftain, and with the offerings
+which I make to Thoth, and with the sacrifices which I offer up to
+An-heri-ertaitsa."
+
+
+
+
+Coming Forth By Day
+
+
+[From the Papyrus of Mes-em-neter (Naville, op. cit., Bd. I. Bl. 82).]
+
+ANOTHER CHAPTER.
+
+"I have sacrificed unto An-heri-ertaitsa, and I am decreed to be
+strengthened in heart, for I have made offerings at the altars of my
+divine father Osiris; I rule in Tattu and I lift myself up over his land.
+I sniff the wind of the east by its hair; I lay hold upon the north wind
+by its hair, I seize and hold fast to the west wind by its body, and I go
+round about heaven on its four sides; I lay hold upon the south wind by
+its eye, and I bestow air upon the venerable beings [who are in the
+underworld] along with the eating of cakes."
+
+IF THIS COMPOSITION BE KNOWN [BY THE DECEASED] UPON EARTH HE SHALL COME
+FORTH BY DAY, AND HE SHALL HAVE THE FACULTY OF TRAVELLING ABOUT AMONG THE
+LIVING, AND HIS NAME SHALL NEVER PERISH.
+
+
+
+
+Coming Forth By Day
+
+
+[From the Papyrus of Nebseni (British Museum No. 9,900, sheet 16).]
+
+THE CHAPTER OF COMING FORTH BY DAY. The libationer, the lord of reverence,
+Nebseni, saith:
+
+"Hail, thou hawk who risest in heaven, thou lord of the goddess Meh-urt!
+Strengthen thou me according as thou hast strengthened thyself, and show
+thyself upon the earth, O thou that returnest and withdrawest thyself, and
+let thy will be done."
+
+"Behold the god of One Face is with me. [I am] the hawk which is within
+the shrine; and I open that which is upon the hangings thereof. Behold
+Horus, the son of Isis."
+
+"[Behold] Horus the son of Isis! Strengthen thou me, according as thou
+hast strengthened thyself, and show thyself upon earth, O thou that
+returnest and withdrawest thyself, and let thy will be done."
+
+"Behold, the god of One Face is with me. [I am] the hawk in the southern
+heaven, and [I am] Thoth in the northern heaven; I make peace with the
+raging fire and I bring Maat to him that loveth her."
+
+"Behold Thoth, even Thoth! Strengthen thou me according as thou hast
+strengthened thyself, and show thyself upon earth, O thou that returnest
+and withdrawest thyself, and let thy will be done."
+
+"Behold the god of One Face is with me. I am the Plant of the region where
+nothing sprouteth, and the Blossom of the hidden horizon."
+
+"Behold Osiris, yea Osiris! Strengthen thou me according as thou hast
+strengthened thyself, and show thyself upon earth, O thou that returnest
+and withdrawest thyself, and let thy will be done."
+
+"Behold, the god of One Face is with me. Hail, thou who [standest] upon
+thy legs, in thine hour," or (as others say), "Hail, thou who art
+victorious upon thy legs in thine hour, thou lord of the two divine
+_Tchafi_,(46) who livest [in] the two divine _Tchafi_, strengthen thou me
+according as thou hast strengthened thyself, and show thyself upon earth,
+O thou that returnest and withdrawest thyself, and let thy will be done."
+
+"Behold, the god of One Face is with me. Hail, thou Nekhen who art in
+thine egg, thou lord of the goddess Meh-urt, strengthen thou me according
+as thou hast strengthened thyself, and show thyself upon earth, O thou
+that returnest and withdrawest thyself, and let thy will be done."
+
+"Behold, the god of One Face is with me. The god Sebek hath stood up
+within his ground, and the goddess Neith hath stood up within her
+plantation, O thou that returnest and withdrawest thyself, show thyself
+upon earth and let thy will be done."
+
+"Behold, the god of One Face is with me. Hail, ye seven beings who make
+decrees, who support the Scales on the night of the judgment of the
+_Utchat_, who cut off heads, who hack necks in pieces, who take possession
+of hearts by violence and rend the places where hearts are fixed, who make
+slaughterings in the Lake of Fire, I know you and I know your names,
+therefore know ye me even as I know your names. I come forth to you,
+therefore come ye forth to me, for ye live in me and I would live in you.
+Make ye me to be vigorous by means of that which is in your hands, that is
+to say, by the rod of power which is in your hands. Decree ye for me life
+by [your] speech year by year; give me multitudes of years over and above
+my years of life, and multitudes of months over and above my months of
+life, and multitudes of days over and above my days of life, and
+multitudes of nights over and above my nights of life; and grant that I
+may come forth and shine upon my statue; and [grant me] air for my nose,
+and let my eyes have the power to see among those divine beings who dwell
+in the horizon on the day when evil-doing and wrong are justly assessed."
+
+IF THIS CHAPTER BE RECITED FOR THE DECEASED HE SHALL BE STRONG UPON EARTH
+BEFORE RA, AND HE SHALL HAVE A COMFORTABLE BURIAL (OR TOMB) WITH OSIRIS,
+AND IT SHALL BE OF GREAT BENEFIT TO A MAN IN THE UNDERWORLD. SEPULCHRAL
+BREAD SHALL BE GIVEN UNTO HIM, AND HE SHALL COME FORTH INTO THE PRESENCE
+[OF RA] DAY BY DAY, AND EVERY DAY, REGULARLY, AND CONTINUALLY.(47)
+
+
+
+
+Coming Forth By Day
+
+
+[From the Papyrus of Nebseni (British Museum No. 9,900, sheet 3).]
+
+THE CHAPTER OF COMING FORTH BY DAY AND OF OPENING UP A WAY THROUGH THE
+AMMEHET. Behold the scribe Nebseni, triumphant, who saith:
+
+"Homage to you, O ye lords of _Kas_, ye who are without sin and who live
+for the limitless and infinite aeons of time which make up eternity, I have
+opened up a way for myself to you! I have become a _khu_ in my forms, I
+have gained the mastery over my enchantments, and I am decreed to be a
+_khu_; therefore deliver ye me from the crocodile [which liveth in] this
+country of right and truth. Grant ye to me my mouth that I may speak
+therewith, and cause that my sepulchral meals be placed in my hands in
+your presence, for I know you, and I know your names, and I know also the
+name of the mighty god, before whose nose ye set your _tchefau_ food; and
+his name is 'Tekem.' [When] he openeth up his path in the eastern horizon
+of heaven, and [when] he fluttereth down in the western horizon of heaven,
+may he carry me along with him and may I be safe and sound! Let not the
+_Mesqet_ make an end of me, let not the Fiend gain the mastery over me,
+let me not be turned back at your portals, and let not your doors be shut
+in my face, because my cakes are in the city of Pe and my ale is in the
+city of Tep. And there, in the celestial mansions of heaven which my
+divine father Tem hath stablished, let my hands lay hold upon the wheat
+and the barley which shall be given unto me therein in abundant measure,
+and may the son of mine own body make [ready] for me my food therein. And
+grant ye unto me therein sepulchral meals, and incense, and wax, and all
+the beautiful and pure things whereon the god liveth, in very deed forever
+in all the transformations which it pleaseth me [to perform]; and grant me
+the power to float down and to sail up the stream in Sekhet-Aarru [and may
+I reach Sekhet-hetep!]. I am the double Lion-god."
+
+IF THIS CHAPTER(48) BE KNOWN [BY THE DECEASED] UPON EARTH, [OR IF IT BE
+DONE] IN WRITING UPON [HIS] COFFIN, HE SHALL COME FORTH BY DAY IN ALL THE
+FORMS WHICH HE IS PLEASED [TO TAKE], AND HE SHALL ENTER IN TO [HIS] PLACE
+AND SHALL NOT BE DRIVEN BACK. AND CAKES, AND ALE, AND JOINTS OF MEAT UPON
+THE ALTAR OF OSIRIS SHALL BE GIVEN UNTO HIM; AND HE SHALL ENTER IN PEACE
+INTO SEKHET-AARRU TO KNOW THE DECREE OF HIM WHO DWELLETH IN TATTU; THERE
+SHALL WHEAT AND BARLEY BE GIVEN UNTO HIM; THERE SHALL HE FLOURISH AS HE
+DID UPON EARTH; AND HE SHALL DO WHATSOEVER IT PLEASETH HIM TO DO, EVEN AS
+THE COMPANY OF THE GODS WHICH IS IN THE UNDERWORLD, CONTINUALLY, AND
+REGULARLY, FOR MILLIONS OF TIMES.
+
+
+
+
+Of Lifting Up The Feet
+
+
+[From the Papyrus of Nu (British Museum No. 10,477, sheet 6).]
+
+THE CHAPTER OF LIFTING UP THE FEET AND OF COMING FORTH UPON THE EARTH. The
+chancellor-in-chief, Nu, triumphant, saith:
+
+"Perform thy work, O Seker, perform thy work, O Seker, O thou [who
+dwellest in thy house], and who [standest] on [thy] feet in the
+underworld! I am the god who sendeth forth rays of light over the Thigh of
+heaven, and I come forth to heaven and I sit myself down by the God of
+Light (_Khu_). Hail, I have become helpless! Hail, I have become helpless!
+but I go forward. I have become helpless, I have become helpless in the
+regions of those who plunder in the underworld."
+
+
+
+
+Of Journeying To Annu
+
+
+[From the Papyrus of Nu (British Museum No. 10,477, sheet 13).]
+
+THE CHAPTER OF JOURNEYING TO ANNU (HELIOPOLIS) AND OF RECEIVING A THRONE
+THEREIN. The chancellor-in-chief, Nu, triumphant, saith:
+
+"I have come forth from the uttermost parts of the earth, and [I have]
+received my apparel(?) at the will(?) of the Ape. I penetrate into the
+holy habitations of those who are in [their] shrines (or coffins), I force
+my way through the habitations of the god Remren, and I arrive in the
+habitations of the god Akhsesef, I travel on through the holy chambers,
+and I pass into the Temple of the god Kemken. The Buckle hath been given
+unto me, it [hath placed] its hands upon me, it hath decreed [to my
+service] its sister Khebent, and its mother Kehkehet. It placeth me in
+[the eastern part of heaven wherein Ra riseth and is exalted every day;
+and I rise therein and travel onward, and I become a spiritual body
+(_sah_) like the god, and they set me](49) on that holy way on which Thoth
+journeyeth when he goeth to make peace between the two Fighting-gods
+(_i.e._, Horus and Set). He journeyeth, he journeyeth to the city of Pe,
+and he cometh to the city of Tepu."
+
+
+
+
+Of Transformation
+
+
+[From the Papyrus of Nu (British Museum No. 10,477, sheet 9).]
+
+THE CHAPTER OF A MAN TRANSFORMING HIMSELF INTO WHATEVER FORM HE PLEASETH.
+The chancellor-in-chief, Nu, triumphant, saith:
+
+"I have come into the House of the King by means of the mantis (_abit_)
+which led me hither. Homage to thee, O thou who fliest into heaven, and
+dost shine upon the son of the white crown, and dost protect the white
+crown, let me have my existence with thee! I have gathered together the
+great god[s], I am mighty, I have made my way and I have travelled along
+thereon."
+
+
+
+
+Of Performing Transformations
+
+
+[From the Papyrus of Nu (British Museum No. 10,477, sheet 10).]
+
+THE CHAPTER OF PERFORMING THE TRANSFORMATION INTO A HAWK OF GOLD. The
+chancellor-in-chief, Nu, triumphant, saith:
+
+"I have risen, I have risen like the mighty hawk [of gold] that cometh
+forth from his egg; I fly and I alight like the hawk which hath a back
+four cubits wide, and the wings of which are like unto the
+mother-of-emerald of the south. I have come forth from the interior of the
+_Sektet_ boat, and my heart hath been brought unto me from the mountain of
+the east. I have alighted upon the _Atet_ boat, and those who were
+dwelling in their companies have been brought unto me, and they bowed low
+in paying homage unto me and in saluting me with cries of joy. I have
+risen, and I have gathered myself together like the beautiful hawk of
+gold, which hath the head of a _Bennu_ bird, and Ra entereth in day by day
+to hearken unto my words; I have taken my seat among those first-born gods
+of Nut. I am stablished, and the divine Sekhet-hetep is before me, I have
+eaten therein, I have become a _khu_ therein, I have an abundance
+therein--as much as I desire--the god Nepra hath given to me my throat, and
+I have gained the mastery over that which guardeth (or belongeth to) my
+head."
+
+
+
+
+Of Transformation Into A Hawk
+
+
+[From the Papyrus of Nu (British Museum No. 10,477, sheets 13 and 14).]
+
+THE CHAPTER OF MAKING THE TRANSFORMATION INTO A DIVINE HAWK. The
+chancellor-in-chief, Nu, triumphant, saith:
+
+"Hail, Great God, come now to Tattu! Make thou smooth for me the ways and
+let me go round about [to visit] my thrones; I have renewed(?) myself, and
+I have raised myself up. O grant thou that I may be feared, and make thou
+me to be a terror. Let the gods of the underworld be afraid of me, and may
+they fight for me in their habitations which are therein. Let not him that
+would do me harm draw nigh unto me, or injure(?) me, in the House of
+Darkness, that is, he that clotheth and covereth the feeble one, and whose
+[name] is hidden; and let not the gods act likewise toward me. [Hail], ye
+gods, who hearken unto [my] speech! Hail, ye rulers, who are among the
+followers of Osiris! Be ye therefore silent, O ye gods, when one god
+speaketh unto another, for he hearkeneth unto right and truth; and what I
+speak unto [him] do thou also speak for me then, O Osiris. Grant thou that
+I may journey round about [according to] that which cometh forth from thy
+mouth concerning me, and grant that I may see thine own Form (or forms),
+and the dispositions of thy Souls. Grant thou that I may come forth, and
+that I may have power over my legs, and that I may have my existence there
+like unto that of Neb-er-tcher who is over [all]. May the gods of the
+underworld fear me, and may they fight for me in their habitations. Grant
+thou that I may move along therein together with the divine beings who
+journey onward, and may I be stablished upon my resting-place like the
+Lord of Life. May I be joined unto Isis the divine lady, and may she
+protect me from him that would do an injury unto me; and let not anyone
+come to see the divine one naked and helpless. May I journey on, may I
+come into the uttermost parts of heaven. I exchange speech with the god
+Seb, I make supplication for divine food from Neb-er-tcher; the gods of
+the underworld have fear of me, and they fight for me in their habitations
+when they see that thou hast provided me with food, both of the fowl of
+the air and of the fish of the sea. I am one of those _Khu_s who dwell
+with the divine _Khu_, and I have made my form like unto his divine Form,
+when he cometh forth and maketh himself manifest in Tattu. [I am] a
+spiritual body (_sah_) and possess my soul, and will speak unto thee the
+things which concern me. O grant thou that I may be feared, and make thou
+me to be a terror; let the gods of the underworld be afraid of me, and may
+they fight for me in their habitations. I, even I, am the _Khu_ who
+dwelleth with the divine _Khu_, whom the god Tem himself hath created, and
+who hath come into being from the blossom (_i.e._, the eyelashes) of his
+eye; he hath made to have existence, and he hath made to be glorious
+(_i.e._, to be _Khu_s), and he hath made mighty thereby those who have
+their existence along with him. Behold, he is the only One in Nu, and they
+sing praises (or do homage) unto him [when] he cometh forth from the
+horizon, and the gods and the _Khu_s who have come into being along with
+him ascribe [the lordship of] terror unto him."
+
+"I am one of those worms(?) which the eye of the Lord, the only One, hath
+created. And behold, when as yet Isis had not given birth to Horus, I had
+germinated, and had flourished, and I had become aged, and I had become
+greater than those who dwelt with the divine _Khu_, and who had come into
+being along with him. And I had risen up like the divine hawk, and Horus
+made for me a spiritual body containing his own soul, so that I might take
+possession of all that belonged unto Osiris in the underworld. The double
+Lion-god, the governor of the things which belong to the Temple of the
+_nemmes_ crown, who dwelleth in his secret abode, saith [unto me]: 'Get
+thee back to the uttermost parts of heaven, for behold, inasmuch as
+through thy form of Horus thou hast become a spiritual body, (_sah_) the
+_nemmes_ crown is not for thee; but behold, thou hast the power of speech
+even to the uttermost parts of heaven.' And I, the guardian, took
+possession of the things of Horus [which belonged] unto Osiris in the
+underworld, and Horus told aloud unto me the things which his divine
+father Osiris spake unto him in years [gone by] on the day of his own
+burial. I have given unto thee(50) the _nemmes_ crown through the double
+Lion-god that thou mayest pass onward and mayest come to the heavenly
+path, and that those who dwell in the uttermost parts of the horizon may
+see thee, and that the gods of the underworld may see thee and may fight
+for thee in their habitations. And of them is the Auhet.(51) The gods,
+each and all of them, who are the warders of the shrine of the Lord, the
+only One, have fallen before my words. Hail! He that is exalted upon his
+tomb is on my side, and he hath bound [upon my head] the _nemmes_ crown,
+by the decree of the double Lion-god on my behalf, and the god Auhet hath
+prepared a way for me. I, even I, am exalted in my tomb, and the double
+Lion-god hath bound the _nemmes_ crown upon my [head], and he hath also
+given unto me the double hairy covering of my head. He hath stablished my
+heart through his own backbone, he hath stablished my heart through his
+own great and exceeding strength, and I shall not fall through Shu. I make
+my peace with the beautiful divine Brother, the lord of the two uraei,
+adored be he! I, even I, am he who knoweth the roads through the sky, and
+the wind thereof is in my body. The bull which striketh terror [into men]
+shall not drive me back, and I shall pass on to the place where lieth the
+shipwrecked mariner on the border of the Sekhet-neheh (_i.e._, Field of
+illimitable time), and I shall journey on to the night and sorrow of the
+regions of Amenti. O Osiris, I shall come each day into the House of the
+double Lion-god, and I shall come forth therefrom into the House of Isis,
+the divine lady. I shall behold sacred things which are hidden, and I
+shall be led on to the secret and holy things, even as they have granted
+unto me to see the birth of the Great God. Horus hath made me to be a
+spiritual body through his soul, [and I see what is therein. If I speak
+near the mighty ones of Shu they repulse my opportunity. I am the guardian
+and I] take possession of the things which Horus had from Osiris in the
+underworld. I, even I, am Horus who dwelleth in the divine _Khu_. [I] have
+gained power over his crown, I have gained power over his radiance, and I
+have travelled over the remote, illimitable parts of heaven. Horus is upon
+his throne, Horus is upon his royal seat. My face is like unto that of the
+divine hawk, my strength is like unto that of the divine hawk, and I am
+one who hath been fully equipped by his divine Lord. I shall come forth to
+Tattu, I shall see Osiris, I shall pay homage to him on the right hand and
+on the left, I shall pay homage unto Nut, and she shall look upon me, and
+the gods shall look upon me, together with the Eye of Horus who is without
+sight(?). They (_i.e._, the gods) shall make their arms to come forth unto
+me. I rise up [as] a divine Power, and [I] repulse him that would subject
+me to restraint. They open unto me the holy paths, they see my form, and
+they hear that which I speak. [Down] upon your faces, ye gods of the Tuat
+(underworld), who would resist me with your faces and oppose me with your
+powers, who lead along the stars which never rest, and who make the holy
+paths unto the Hemati abode [where is] the Lord of the exceedingly mighty
+and terrible Soul. Horus hath commanded that ye lift up your faces so that
+I may look upon you. I have risen up like the divine hawk, and Horus hath
+made for me a spiritual body, through his own soul, to take possession of
+that which belongeth to Osiris in the Tuat (underworld). I have bound up
+the gods with divine tresses, and I have travelled on to those who ward
+their Chambers, and who were on both sides of me. I have made my roads and
+I have journeyed on and have reached those divine beings who inhabit their
+secret dwellings, and who are warders of the Temple of Osiris. I have
+spoken unto them with strength, and have made them to know the most mighty
+power of him that is provided with two horns [to fight] against Suti; and
+I make them to know concerning him that hath taken possession of the
+divine food, and who is provided with the Might of Tem. May the gods of
+the underworld [order] a prosperous journey for me! O ye gods who inhabit
+your secret dwellings, and who are warders of the Temple of Osiris, and
+whose numbers are great and multitudinous, grant ye that I may come unto
+you. I have bound up and I have gathered together the powers of
+Kesemu-enenet," or (as others say), "Kesemiu-enenet; and I have made holy
+the Powers of the paths of those who watch and ward the roads of the
+horizon, and who are the guardians of the horizon of Hemati which is in
+heaven. I have stablished habitations for Osiris, I have made the ways
+holy for him, I have done that which hath been commanded, I have come
+forth to Tattu, I have seen Osiris, I have spoken unto him concerning the
+matters of his first-born son whom he loveth and concerning the wounding
+of the heart of Suti, and I have seen the divine one who is without life.
+Yea, I have made them to know concerning the counsels of the gods which
+Horus carried out while his father Osiris was not [with him]. Hail, Lord,
+thou most mighty and terrible Soul! Verily, I, even I, have come, look
+thou upon me, and do thou make me to be exalted. I have made my way
+through the Tuat (underworld), and I have opened up the paths which belong
+to heaven and also those which belong to earth, and I have suffered no
+opposition therein. Exalted [be thou] upon thy throne, O Osiris! Thou hast
+heard fair things, O Osiris! Thy strength is vigorous, O Osiris. Thy head
+is fastened unto thee, O Osiris. Thy brow is stablished, O Osiris. Thy
+heart is glad, [O Osiris]. Thy speech(?) is stablished, [O Osiris], and
+thy princes rejoice. Thou art stablished like the Bull of Amentet. Thy son
+Horus hath risen like the sun upon thy throne, and all life is with him.
+Millions of years minister unto him, and millions of years hold him in
+fear; the company of the gods are his servants, and the company of the
+gods hold him in fear. The god Tem, the Governor and only One of the gods,
+hath spoken [these things], and his word passeth not away. Horus is both
+the divine food and the sacrifice. [He] hath passed on(?) to gather
+together [the members of] his divine father; Horus is [his] deliverer,
+Horus is [his] deliverer. Horus hath sprung from the water of his divine
+father and [from his] decay. He hath become the Governor of Egypt. The
+gods labor for him, and they toil for him for millions of years; and he
+hath made to live millions of years through his Eye, the only One of its
+Lord (or Neb-s), Nebt-er-tcher."
+
+
+
+
+Of Transformation Into A Governor
+
+
+[From the Papyrus of Nu (British Museum No. 10,477, sheets 8 and 9).]
+
+THE CHAPTER OF BEING TRANSFORMED INTO THE GOVERNOR OF THE SOVEREIGN
+PRINCES. The chancellor-in-chief, Nu, triumphant, saith:
+
+"I am the god Tem, the maker of heaven, the creator of things which are,
+who cometh forth from the earth, who maketh to come into being the seed
+which is sown, the lord of things which shall be, who gave birth to the
+gods; [I am] the great god who made himself, the lord of life, who maketh
+to flourish the company of the gods. Homage to you, O ye lords of divine
+things (or of creation), ye pure beings whose abodes are hidden! Homage to
+you, O ye everlasting lords, whose forms are hidden and whose shrines are
+hidden in places which are unknown! Homage to you, O ye gods, who dwell in
+the Tenait(?)! Homage to you, O ye gods of the circuit of the flooded
+lands of Qebhu! Homage to you, O ye gods who live in Amentet! Homage to
+you, O ye company of the gods who dwell in Nut! Grant ye that I may come
+unto you, for I am pure, I am divine, I am a _khu_, I am strong, I am
+endowed with a soul (or I am mighty), and I have brought unto you incense,
+and sweet-smelling gums, and natron; I have made an end of the spittle
+which floweth from your mouth upon me. I have come, and I have made an end
+of the evil things which are in your hearts, and I have removed the faults
+which ye kept [laid up against me]. I have brought to you the things which
+are good, and I make to come into your presence Right and Truth. I, even
+I, know you, and I know your names, and I know your forms, which are
+unknown, and I come into being along with you. My coming is like unto that
+of the god who eateth men and who liveth upon the gods. I am mighty with
+you like the god who is exalted upon his resting-place; the gods come to
+me in gladness, and goddesses make supplication unto me when they see me.
+I have come unto you, and I have risen like your two divine daughters. I
+have taken my seat in the horizon, and I receive my offerings upon my
+tables, and I drink drink-offerings at eventide. My coming is [received]
+with shouts of joy, and the divine beings who dwell in the horizon ascribe
+praises unto me, the divine spiritual body (_Sah_), the lord of divine
+beings. I am exalted like the holy god who dwelleth in the Great Temple,
+and the gods rejoice when they see me in my beautiful coming forth from
+the body of Nut, when my mother Nut giveth birth unto me."
+
+
+
+
+Of Transformation Into A God
+
+
+[From the Papyrus of Ani (British Museum No. 10,470, sheet 28).]
+
+[THE CHAPTER OF] MAKING THE TRANSFORMATION INTO THE GOD WHO GIVETH LIGHT
+[IN] THE DARKNESS. Saith Osiris, the scribe Ani, triumphant:
+
+"I am the girdle of the robe of the god Nu, which shineth and sheddeth
+light upon that which belongeth to his breast, which sendeth forth light
+into the darkness, which uniteth the two fighting deities who dwell in my
+body through the mighty spell of the words of my mouth, which raiseth up
+him that hath fallen--for he who was with him in the valley of Abtu
+(Abydos) hath fallen--and I rest. I have remembered him. I have taken
+possession of the god Hu in my city, for I found him therein, and I have
+led away captive the darkness by my might. I have rescued the Eye [of the
+Sun] when it waned at the coming of the festival of the fifteenth day, and
+I have weighed Sut in the celestial houses against the Aged one who is
+with him. I have endowed Thoth [with what is needful] in the Temple of the
+Moon-god for the coming of the fifteenth day of the festival. I have taken
+possession of the _Ureret_ crown; Maat (_i.e._, right and truth) is in my
+body; its mouths are of turquoise and rock-crystal. My homestead is among
+the furrows which are [of the color of] lapis-lazuli. I am Hem-Nu(?) who
+sheddeth light in the darkness. I have come to give light in the darkness,
+which is made light and bright [by me]. I have given light in the
+darkness, and I have overthrown the destroying crocodiles. I have sung
+praises unto those who dwell in the darkness, I have raised up those who
+wept, and who had hidden their faces and had sunk down in wretchedness;
+and they did not look then upon me. [Hail, then,] ye beings, I am
+Hem-Nu(?), and I will not let you hear concerning the matter. [I] have
+opened [the way], I am Hem-Nu(?), [I] have made light the darkness, I have
+come, having made an end of the darkness, which hath become light indeed."
+
+
+
+
+Transformation Into A Lotus
+
+
+[From the Papyrus of Nu (British Museum No. 10,477, sheet 11).]
+
+THE CHAPTER OF MAKING THE TRANSFORMATION INTO A LOTUS. The overseer of the
+palace, the chancellor-in-chief, Nu, saith:
+
+"I am the pure lotus which springeth up from the divine splendor that
+belongeth to the nostrils of Ra. I have made [my way], and I follow on
+seeking for him who is Horus. I am the pure one who cometh forth out of
+the Field."
+
+
+
+
+Transformation Into A Lotus
+
+
+[From the Papyrus of Paqrer (see Naville, op. cit., Bd. I. Bl. 93).]
+
+THE CHAPTER OF MAKING THE TRANSFORMATION INTO A LOTUS. Saith Osiris
+Paqrer:
+
+"Hail, thou lotus, thou type of the god Nefer-Temu! I am the man that
+knoweth you, and I know your names among [those of] the gods, the lords of
+the underworld, and I am one of you. Grant ye that [I] may see the gods
+who are the divine guide in the Tuat (underworld), and grant ye unto me a
+place in the underworld near unto the lords of Amentet. Let me arrive at a
+habitation in the land of Tchesert, and receive me, O all ye gods, in the
+presence of the lords of eternity. Grant that my soul may come forth
+whithersoever it pleaseth, and let it not be driven away from the presence
+of the great company of the gods."
+
+
+
+
+Transformation Into Ptah
+
+
+[From the Papyrus of Nu (British Museum No. 10,477, sheets 9 and 10).]
+
+THE CHAPTER OF MAKING THE TRANSFORMATION INTO PTAH, OF EATING CAKES, AND
+OF DRINKING ALE, AND OF UNFETTERING THE STEPS, AND OF BECOMING A LIVING
+BEING IN ANNU (Heliopolis). The chancellor-in-chief, Nu, triumphant,
+saith:
+
+"I fly like a hawk, I cackle like the _smen_ goose, and I perch upon that
+abode of the underworld (_aat_) on the festival of the great Being. That
+which is an abomination unto me, that which is an abomination unto me, I
+have not eaten; filth is an abomination unto me and I have not eaten
+thereof, and that which is an abomination unto my _ka_ hath not entered
+into my belly. Let me, then, live upon that which the gods and the _Khu_s
+decree for me; let me live and let me have power over cakes; let me eat
+them before the gods and the _Khu_s [who have a favor] unto me; let me
+have power over [these cakes] and let me eat of them under the [shade of
+the] leaves of the palm tree of the goddess Hathor, who is my divine Lady.
+Let the offering of the sacrifice, and the offering of cakes, and vessels
+of libations be made in Annu; let me clothe myself in the _taau_ garment
+[which I shall receive] from the hand of the goddess Tait; let me stand up
+and let me sit down wheresoever I please. My head is like unto that of Ra,
+and [when my members are] gathered together [I am] like unto Tem; the four
+[sides of the domain] of Ra, and the width of the earth four times. I come
+forth. My tongue is like unto that of Ptah and my throne is like unto that
+of the goddess Hathor, and I make mention of the words of Tem, my father,
+with my mouth. He it is who constraineth the handmaid, the wife of Seb,
+and before him are bowed [all] heads, and there is fear of him. Hymns of
+praise are repeated for [me] by reason of [my] mighty acts, and I am
+decreed to be the divine Heir of Seb, the lord of the earth and to be the
+protector therein. The god Seb refresheth me, and he maketh his risings to
+be mine. Those who dwell in Annu bow down their heads unto me, for I am
+their lord and I am their bull. I am more powerful than the lord of time,
+and I shall enjoy the pleasures of love, and shall gain the mastery over
+millions of years."
+
+
+
+
+Transformation Into A Bennu Bird
+
+
+[From the Papyrus of Nu (British Museum No. 10,477, sheet 10).]
+
+[THE CHAPTER OF MAKING THE TRANSFORMATION INTO A BENNU BIRD.] The
+chancellor-in-chief, Nu, triumphant, saith:
+
+"I came(52) into being from unformed matter. I came into existence like
+the god Khepera, I have germinated like the things which germinate
+(_i.e._, plants), and I have dressed myself like the Tortoise.(53) I am
+[of] the germs of every god. I am Yesterday of the four [quarters of the
+world] and of those seven Uraei which came into existence in Amentet, that
+is to say, [Horus, who emitteth light from his divine body. He is] the god
+[who] fought against Suti, but the god Thoth cometh between them through
+the judgment of him that dwelleth in Sekhem, and of the Souls who are in
+Annu, and there is a stream between them. I have come by day, and I have
+risen in the footsteps of the gods. I am the god Khensu, who driveth back
+all that oppose him."
+
+[IF] THIS CHAPTER [BE KNOWN BY THE DECEASED] HE SHALL COME FORTH PURE BY
+DAY AFTER HIS DEATH, AND HE SHALL PERFORM WHATSOEVER TRANSFORMATIONS HIS
+HEART DESIRETH. HE SHALL BE IN THE FOLLOWING OF UN-NEFER, AND HE SHALL BE
+SATISFIED WITH THE FOOD OF OSIRIS AND WITH SEPULCHRAL MEALS. [HE] SHALL
+SEE THE DISK, [HE] SHALL BE IN GOOD CASE UPON EARTH BEFORE RA, AND HE
+SHALL BE TRIUMPHANT BEFORE OSIRIS, AND NO EVIL THING WHATSOEVER SHALL HAVE
+DOMINION OVER HIM FOREVER AND EVER.
+
+
+
+
+Transformation Into A Heron
+
+
+[From the Papyrus of Nu (British Museum No. 10,477, sheet 10).]
+
+[THE CHAPTER OF MAKING THE TRANSFORMATION INTO A HERON. The
+chancellor-in-chief, Nu, triumphant, saith:]
+
+"[I] have gotten dominion over the beasts that are brought for sacrifice,
+with the knives which are [held] at their heads, and at their hair, and at
+their ... [Hail], Aged ones [hail,] _Khu_s, who are provided with the
+opportunity, the chancellor-in-chief, the overseer of the palace, Nu,
+triumphant, is upon the earth, and what he hath slaughtered is in heaven;
+and what he hath slaughtered is in heaven and he is upon the earth.
+Behold, I am strong, and I work mighty deeds to the very heights of
+heaven. I have made myself pure, and [I] make the breadth of heaven [a
+place for] my footsteps [as I go] into the cities of Aukert; I advance,
+and I go forward into the city of Unnu (Hermopolis). I have set the gods
+upon their paths, and I have roused up the exalted ones who dwell in their
+shrines. Do I not know Nu? Do I not know Tatunen? Do I not know the beings
+of the color of fire who thrust forward their horns? Do I not know [every
+being having] incantations unto whose words I listen? I am the _Smam_ bull
+[for slaughter] which is written down in the books. The gods crying out
+say: 'Let your faces be gracious to him that cometh onward.' The light is
+beyond your knowledge, and ye cannot fetter it; and times and seasons are
+in my body. I do not utter words to the god Hu, [I do not utter words of]
+wickedness instead of [words of] right and truth, and each day right and
+truth come upon my eyebrows. At night taketh place the festival of him
+that is dead, the Aged One, who is in ward [in] the earth."
+
+
+
+
+Of The Living Soul
+
+
+[From the Papyrus of Nu (British Museum No. 10,477, sheet 9).]
+
+THE CHAPTER OF MAKING THE TRANSFORMATION INTO A LIVING SOUL, AND OF NOT
+ENTERING INTO THE CHAMBER OF TORTURE; whosoever knoweth [it] shall not see
+corruption. The chancellor-in-chief, Nu, triumphant, saith:
+
+"I am the divine Soul of Ra proceeding from the god Nu; that divine soul
+which is God, [I am] the creator of the divine food, and that which is an
+abomination unto me is sin whereon I look not. I proclaim right and truth,
+and I live therein. I am the divine food, which is not corrupted in my
+name of Soul: I gave birth unto myself together with Nu in my name of
+Khepera in whom I come into being day by day. I am the lord of light, and
+that which is an abomination unto me is death; let me not go into the
+chamber of torture which is in the Tuat (underworld). I ascribe honor
+[unto] Osiris, and I make to be at peace the heart[s] of those beings who
+dwell among the divine things which [I] love. They cause the fear of me
+[to abound], and they create awe of me in those beings who dwell in their
+divine territories. Behold, I am exalted upon my standard, and upon my
+seat, and upon the throne which is adjudged [to me]. I am the god Nu, and
+the workers of iniquity shall not destroy me. I am the firstborn god of
+primeval matter, that is to say, the divine Soul, even the Souls of the
+gods of everlastingness, and my body is eternity. My Form is
+everlastingness, and is the lord of years and the prince of eternity. [I
+am] the creator of the darkness who maketh his habitation in the uttermost
+parts of the sky, [which] I love, and I arrive at the confines thereof. I
+advance upon my feet, I become master of my vine, I sail over the sky
+which formeth the division [betwixt heaven and earth], [I] destroy the
+hidden worms that travel nigh unto my footsteps which are toward the lord
+of the two hands and arms. My soul is the Souls of the souls of
+everlastingness, and my body is eternity. I am the divine exalted being
+who is the lord of the land of Tebu. 'I am the Boy in the city and the
+Young man in the plain' is my name; 'he that never suffereth corruption'
+is my name. I am the Soul, the creator of the god Nu who maketh his
+habitation in the underworld: my place of incubation is unseen and my egg
+is not cracked. I have done away with all my iniquity, and I shall see my
+divine Father, the lord of eventide, whose body dwelleth in Annu. I
+travel(?) to the god of night(?), who dwelleth with the god of light, by
+the western region of the Ibis (_i.e._, Thoth)."
+
+
+
+
+Of The Swallow
+
+
+[From the Papyrus of Nu (British Museum No. 10,477, sheet 10).]
+
+THE CHAPTER OF MAKING THE TRANSFORMATION INTO A SWALLOW. The
+chancellor-in-chief, Nu, triumphant, saith:
+
+"I am a swallow, I am a swallow. I am the Scorpion, the daughter of Ra.
+Hail, ye gods, whose scent is sweet; hail, ye gods, whose scent is sweet!
+[Hail,] Flame, which cometh forth from the horizon! Hail, thou who art in
+the city, I have brought the Warden of his Bight therein. Oh, stretch out
+unto me thy hand so that I may be able to pass my days in the Pool of
+Double Fire, and let me advance with my message, for I have come with
+words to tell. Oh, open [thou] the doors to me and I will declare the
+things which have been seen by me. Horus hath become the divine prince of
+the Boat of the Sun, and unto him hath been given the throne of his divine
+father Osiris, and Set, that son of Nut, [lieth] under the fetters which
+he had made for me. I have made a computation of what is in the city of
+Sekhem, I have stretched out both my hands and arms at the word(?) of
+Osiris, I have passed on to judgment, and I have come that [I] may speak;
+grant that I may pass on and declare my tidings. I enter in, [I am]
+judged, and [I] come forth worthy at the gate of Neb-er-tcher. I am pure
+at the great place of the passage of souls, I have done away with my sins,
+I have put away mine offences, and I have destroyed the evil which
+appertained unto my members upon earth. Hail, ye divine beings who guard
+the doors, make ye for me a way, for, behold, I am like unto you. I have
+come forth by day, I have journeyed on on my legs, I have gained the
+mastery over my footsteps [before] the God of Light, I know the hidden
+ways and the doors of the Sekhet-Aaru, verily I, even I, have come, I have
+overthrown mine enemies upon earth, and yet my perishable body is in the
+grave!"
+
+IF THIS CHAPTER BE KNOWN [BY THE DECEASED], HE SHALL COME FORTH BY DAY, HE
+SHALL NOT BE TURNED BACK AT ANY GATE IN THE UNDERWORLD, AND HE SHALL MAKE
+HIS TRANSFORMATION INTO A SWALLOW REGULARLY AND CONTINUALLY.
+
+
+
+
+The Serpent Sata
+
+
+[From the Papyrus of Nu (British Museum No. 10,477, sheet 11).]
+
+THE CHAPTER OF MAKING THE TRANSFORMATION INTO THE SERPENT SATA. The
+chancellor-in-chief, Nu, triumphant, saith:
+
+"I am the serpent Sata whose years are many.(54) I die and I am born again
+each day. I am the serpent Sata which dwelleth in the uttermost parts of
+the earth. I die, and I am born again, and I renew myself, and I grow
+young each day."
+
+
+
+
+Of The Crocodile
+
+
+[From the Papyrus of Nu (British Museum No. 10,477, sheet 11).]
+
+THE CHAPTER OF MAKING THE TRANSFORMATION INTO A CROCODILE. The
+chancellor-in-chief, Nu, triumphant, saith:
+
+"I am the divine crocodile which dwelleth in his terror, I am the divine
+crocodile, and I seize [my prey] like a ravening beast. I am the great and
+Mighty Fish which is in the city of Qem-ur. I am the lord to whom bowing
+and prostrations [are made] in the city of Sekhem."
+
+
+
+
+Soul And Body
+
+
+[From the Papyrus of Ani (British Museum No. 10,470, sheet 17).]
+
+THE CHAPTER OF CAUSING THE SOUL TO BE UNITED TO ITS BODY IN THE
+UNDERWORLD. The Osiris Ani, triumphant, saith:
+
+"Hail, thou god Anniu (_i.e._, Bringer)! Hail, thou god Pehrer (_i.e._,
+Runner), who dwellest in thy hall! [Hail,] great God! Grant thou that my
+soul may come unto me from wheresoever it may be. If [it] would tarry,
+then let my soul be brought unto me from wheresoever it may be, for thou
+shalt find the Eye of Horus standing by thee like unto those beings who
+are like unto Osiris, and who never lie down in death. Let not the Osiris
+Ani, triumphant, lie down in death among those who lie down in Annu, the
+land wherein souls are joined unto their bodies even in thousands. Let me
+have possession of my _ba_ (soul), and of my _khu_, and let me triumph
+therewith in every place wheresoever it may be. [Observe these things
+which [I] speak, for it hath staves with it];(55) observe then, O ye
+divine guardians of heaven, my soul [wheresoever it may be].(56) If it
+would tarry, do thou make my soul to look upon my body,(57) for thou shalt
+find the Eye of Horus standing by thee like those [beings who are like
+unto Osiris]."
+
+"Hail, ye gods, who tow along the boat of the lord of millions of years,
+who bring [it] above the underworld and who make it to travel over Nut,
+who make souls to enter into [their] spiritual bodies, whose hands are
+filled with your ropes and who clutch your weapons tight, destroy ye the
+Enemy; thus shall the boat of the sun be glad and the great God shall set
+out on his journey in peace. And behold, grant ye that the soul of Osiris
+Ani, triumphant, may come forth before the gods and that it may be
+triumphant along with you in the eastern part of the sky to follow unto
+the place where it was yesterday; [and that it may have] peace, peace in
+Amentet. May it look upon its material body, may it rest upon its
+spiritual body; and may its body neither perish nor suffer corruption
+forever."
+
+[THESE] WORDS ARE TO BE SAID OVER A SOUL OF GOLD INLAID WITH PRECIOUS
+STONES AND PLACED ON THE BREAST OF OSIRIS.
+
+
+
+
+Of Evil Recollections
+
+
+[From the Papyrus of Nu (British Museum No. 10,477, sheet 8).]
+
+THE CHAPTER OF DRIVING EVIL RECOLLECTIONS FROM THE MOUTH. The overseer of
+the palace, the chancellor-in-chief, Nu, triumphant, the son of the
+overseer of the palace, the chancellor-in-chief, Amen-hetep, triumphant,
+saith:
+
+"Hail, thou that cuttest off heads, and slittest brows, thou being who
+puttest away the memory of evil things from the mouth of the _Khu_s by
+means of the incantations which they have within them, look not upon me
+with the [same] eyes with which thou lookest upon them. Go thou round
+about on thy legs, and let thy face be [turned] behind thee so that thou
+mayest be able to see the divine slaughterers of the god Shu who are
+coming up behind thee to cut off thy head, and to slit thy brow by reason
+of the message of violence [sent] by thy lord, and to see(?) that which
+thou sayest. Work thou for me so that the memory of evil things shall dart
+from my mouth; let not my head be cut off; let not my brow be slit; and
+let not my mouth be shut fast by reason of the incantations which thou
+hast within thee, according to that which thou doest for the _Khu_s
+through the incantations which they have within themselves. Get thee back
+and depart at the [sound of] the two speeches which the goddess Isis
+uttered when thou didst come to cast the recollection of evil things into
+the mouth of Osiris by the will of Suti his enemy, saying, 'Let thy face
+be toward the privy parts, and look upon that face which cometh forth from
+the flame of the Eye of Horus against thee from within the Eye of Tem,'
+and the calamity of that night which shall consume thee. And Osiris went
+back, for the abomination of thee was in him; and thou didst go back, for
+the abomination of him is in thee. I have gone back, for the abomination
+of thee is in me; and thou shalt go back, for the abomination of me is in
+thee. Thou wouldst come unto me, but I say that thou shalt not advance to
+me so that I come to an end, and [I] say then to the divine slaughterers
+of the god Shu, 'Depart.' "
+
+
+
+
+Of Rescue
+
+
+[From the Papyrus of Nu (British Museum No. 10,477, sheet 6).]
+
+THE CHAPTER OF NOT LETTING THE SOUL OF NU, TRIUMPHANT, BE CAPTIVE IN THE
+UNDERWORLD. He saith:
+
+"Hail, thou who art exalted! [Hail,] thou who art adored! O thou mighty
+one of Souls, thou divine Soul, thou possessor of terrible power, who dost
+put the fear of thyself into the gods, thou who art crowned upon thy
+throne of majesty, I pray thee to make a way for the _ba_ (soul), and for
+the _khu_, and for the _khaibit_ (shade) of the overseer of the palace,
+the chancellor-in-chief, Nu, triumphant [and let him be] provided
+therewith. I am a perfect _khu_, and I have made [my] way unto the place
+wherein dwell Ra and Hathor."
+
+IF THIS CHAPTER BE KNOWN [BY THE DECEASED] HE SHALL BE ABLE TO TRANSFORM
+HIMSELF INTO A _KHU_ PROVIDED [WITH HIS SOUL AND WITH HIS SHADE] IN THE
+UNDERWORLD, AND HE SHALL NEVER BE HELD CAPTIVE AT ANY DOOR IN AMENTET, IN
+ENTERING IN OR IN COMING OUT.(58)
+
+
+
+
+Of Opening The Tomb
+
+
+[From the Papyrus of Nebseni (British Museum No. 9,900, sheet 6).]
+
+THE CHAPTER OF OPENING THE TOMB TO THE SOUL [AND] TO THE SHADE OF OSIRIS
+the scribe Nebseni, the lord of reverence, born of the lady of the house
+Mut-restha, triumphant, SO THAT HE MAY COME FORTH BY DAY AND HAVE DOMINION
+OVER HIS FLEET. [He saith:]
+
+"That which was shut fast hath been opened, that is to say, he that lay
+down in death [hath been opened]. That which was open hath been shut to my
+soul through the command of the Eye of Horus, which hath strengthened me
+and which maketh to stand fast the beauties which are upon the forehead of
+Ra, whose strides are long as [he] lifteth up [his] legs [in journeying].
+I have made for myself a way, my members are mighty and are strong. I am
+Horus the avenger of his divine father. I am he who bringeth along his
+divine father, and who bringeth along his mother by means of his
+sceptre(?). And the way shall be opened unto him who hath gotten dominion
+over his feet, and he shall see the Great God in the Boat of Ra, [when]
+souls are counted therein at the bows, and when the years also are counted
+up. Grant that the Eye of Horus, which maketh the adornments of light to
+be firm upon the forehead of Ra, may deliver my soul for me, and let there
+be darkness upon your faces, O ye who would hold fast Osiris. Oh, keep not
+captive my soul, Oh, keep not ward over my shade, but let a way be opened
+for my soul [and] for my shade, and let [them] see the Great God in the
+shrine on the day of the judgment of souls, and let [them] recite the
+utterances of Osiris, whose habitations are hidden, to those who guard the
+members of Osiris, and who keep ward over the _Khu_s, and who hold captive
+the shades of the dead who would work evil against me, so that they shall
+[not] work evil against me. May a way for thy double (_ka_) along with
+thee and along with [thy] soul be prepared by those who keep ward over the
+members of Osiris, and who hold captive the shades of the dead. Heaven
+shall [not] keep thee, the earth shall [not] hold thee captive, thou shalt
+not have thy being with the divine beings who make slaughter, but thou
+shalt have dominion over thy legs, and thou shalt advance to thy body
+straightway in the earth [and to] those who belong to the shrine and guard
+the members of Osiris."
+
+
+
+
+Of Not Sailing To The East
+
+
+[From the Papyrus of Nu (British Museum No. 10,477, sheet 6).]
+
+THE CHAPTER OF NOT SAILING TO THE EAST IN THE UNDERWORLD. The
+chancellor-in-chief, Nu, triumphant, saith:
+
+"Hail, phallus of Ra, who departest from thy calamity [which ariseth]
+through opposition(?), the cycles have been without movement for millions
+of years. I am stronger than the strong, I am mightier than the mighty. If
+I sail away or if I be snatched away to the east through the two horns,"
+or (as others say), "if any evil and abominable thing be done unto me at
+the feast of the devils, the phallus of Ra shall be swallowed up, [along
+with] the head of Osiris. And behold me, for I journey along over the
+fields wherein the gods mow down those who make reply unto [their words];
+now verily the two horns of the god Khepera shall be thrust aside; and
+verily pus shall spring into being in the eye of Tem along with corruption
+if I be kept in restraint, or if I have gone toward the east, or if the
+feast of devils be made in my presence, or if any malignant wound be
+inflicted upon me."(59)
+
+
+
+
+Of The Ink-Pot And Palette
+
+
+[From the Papyrus of Nu (British Museum No. 10,477, sheet 12).]
+
+THE CHAPTER OF PRAYING FOR AN INK-POT AND FOR A PALETTE. The
+chancellor-in-chief, Nu, triumphant, saith:
+
+"Hail, aged god, who dost behold thy divine father and who art the
+guardian of the book of Thoth, [behold I have come; I am endowed with
+glory, I am endowed with strength, I am filled with might, and I am
+supplied with the books of Thoth], and I have brought [them to enable me]
+to pass through the god Aker who dwelleth in Set. I have brought the
+ink-pot and the palette as being the objects which are in the hands of
+Thoth; hidden is that which is in them. Behold me in the character of a
+scribe! I have brought the offal of Osiris, and I have written thereon. I
+have made (_i.e._, copied) the words of the great and beautiful god each
+day fairly. O Heru-khuti, thou didst order me and I have made (_i.e._,
+copied) what is right and true, and I do bring it unto thee each day."
+
+
+
+
+Of Being Nigh Unto Thoth
+
+
+[From the Papyrus of Nu (British Museum No. 10,477, sheet 7).]
+
+THE CHAPTER OF BEING NIGH UNTO THOTH. The chancellor-in-chief, Nu,
+triumphant, saith:
+
+"I am he who sendeth forth terror into the powers of rain and thunder, and
+I ward off from the great divine lady the attacks of violence. [I have
+smitten like the god Shat (_i.e._, the god of slaughter), and I have
+poured out libations of cool water like the god Ashu, and I have worked
+for the great divine lady [to ward off] the attacks of violence], I have
+made to flourish [my] knife along with the knife which is in the hand of
+Thoth in the powers of rain and thunder."
+
+
+
+
+Of Being Nigh Unto Thoth
+
+
+[From the Papyrus of Nu (British Museum No. 10,477, sheets 19 and 20).]
+
+THE CHAPTER OF BEING NIGH UNTO THOTH AND OF GIVING GLORY UNTO A MAN IN THE
+UNDERWORLD. The chancellor-in-chief, Nu, triumphant, saith:
+
+"I am the god Her-ab-maat-f (_i.e._, 'he that is within his eye'), and I
+have come to give right and truth to Ra; I have made Suti to be at peace
+with me by means of offerings made to the god Aker and to the Tesheru
+deities, and by [making] reverence unto Seb."
+
+"[The following] words are to be recited in the _Sektet_ boat: [Hail,]
+sceptre of Anubis, I have made the four _Khu_s who are in the train of the
+lord of the universe to be at peace with me, and I am the lord of the
+fields through their decree. I am the divine father Bah (_i.e._, the god
+of the water-flood), and I do away with the thirst of him that keepeth
+ward over the Lakes. Behold ye me, then, O great gods of majesty who dwell
+among the Souls of Annu, for I am lifted up over you. I am the god Menkh
+(_i.e._, Gracious one) who dwelleth among you. Verily I have cleansed my
+soul, O great god of majesty, set not before me the evil obstacles which
+issue from thy mouth, and let not destruction come round about me, or upon
+me. I have made myself clean in the Lake of making to be at peace, [and in
+the Lake of] weighing in the balance, and I have bathed myself in
+Netert-utchat, which is under the holy sycamore tree of heaven. Behold [I
+am] bathed, [and I have] triumphed [over] all [mine enemies] straightway
+who come forth and rise up against right and truth. I am right and true in
+the earth. I, even I, have spoken(?) with my mouth [which is] the power of
+the Lord, the Only one, Ra the mighty, who liveth upon right and truth.
+Let not injury be inflicted upon me, [but let me be] clothed on the day of
+those who go forward(?) to every [good] thing."
+
+
+
+
+Of Bringing A Boat Along In Heaven
+
+
+[From the Papyrus of Nu (British Museum No. 10,477, sheet 9).]
+
+THE CHAPTER OF BRINGING ALONG A BOAT IN HEAVEN. The chancellor-in-chief,
+triumphant, saith:
+
+"Hail to thee, O thou Thigh which dwellest in the northern heaven in the
+Great Lake, which art seen and which diest not. I have stood up over thee
+when thou didst rise like a god. I have seen thee, and I have not lain
+down in death; I have stood over thee, and I have risen like a god. I have
+cackled like a goose, and I have alighted like the hawk by the divine
+clouds and by the great dew. I have journeyed from the earth to heaven.
+The god Shu hath [made] me to stand up, the god of Light hath made me to
+be vigorous by the two sides of the ladder, and the stars which never rest
+set [me] on [my] way and bring [me] away from slaughter. I bring along
+with me the things which drive back calamities as I advance over the
+passage of the god Pen; thou comest, how great art thou, O god Pen! I have
+come from the Pool of Flame which is in the Sekhet-Sasa (_i.e._, the Field
+of Fire). Thou livest in the Pool of Flame in Sekhet-Sasa, and I live upon
+the staff of the holy [god]. Hail, thou god Kaa, who dost bring those
+things which are in the boats by the ... I stand up in the boat and I
+guide myself [over] the water; I have stood up in the boat and the god
+hath guided me. I have stood up. I have spoken. [I am master of the]
+crops. I sail round about as I go forward, and the gates which are in
+Sekhem (Letopolis) are opened unto me, and fields are awarded unto me in
+the city of Unnu (Hermopolis), and laborers(?) are given unto me together
+with those of my own flesh and bone."
+
+
+
+
+Of Bringing The Makhent Boat
+
+
+[From the Papyrus of Nu (British Museum No. 10,477, sheets 21 and 22).]
+
+THE CHAPTER OF BRINGING ALONG A BOAT IN THE UNDERWORLD. The
+chancellor-in-chief, Nu, triumphant, saith:
+
+"Hail, ye who bring along the boat over the evil back [of Apepi], grant
+that I may bring the boat along, and coil up [its] ropes in peace, in
+peace. Come, come, hasten, hasten, for I have come to see my father
+Osiris, the lord of the _ansi_ garment, who hath gained the mastery with
+joy of heart. Hail, lord of the rain-storm, thou Male, thou Sailor! Hail,
+thou who dost sail over the evil back of Apep! Hail, thou that dost bind
+up heads and dost stablish the bones of the neck when thou comest forth
+from the knives. Hail, thou who art in charge of the hidden boat, who dost
+fetter Apep, grant that I may bring along the boat, and that I may coil up
+the ropes and that I may sail forth therein. This land is baleful, and the
+stars have overbalanced themselves and have fallen upon their faces
+therein, and they have not found anything which will help them to ascend
+again: their path is blocked by the tongue of Ra. Antebu [is] the guide of
+the two lands. Seb is stablished [through] their rudders. The power which
+openeth the Disk. The prince of the red beings, I am brought along like
+him that hath suffered shipwreck; grant that my _Khu_, my brother, may
+come to me, and that [I] may set out for the place whereof thou knowest."
+
+"Tell me my name," saith the wood whereat I would anchor; "Lord of the two
+lands who dwellest in the Shrine," is thy name.
+
+"Tell me my name," saith the Rudder; "Leg of Hapiu" is thy name.
+
+"Tell me my name," saith the Rope; "Hair with which Anpu (Anubis)
+finisheth the work of my embalment" is thy name.
+
+"Tell us our name," say the Oar-rests; "Pillars of the underworld" is your
+name.
+
+"Tell me my name," saith the Hold; "Akar" is thy name.
+
+"Tell me my name," saith the Mast; "He who bringeth back the great lady
+after she hath gone away" is thy name.
+
+"Tell me my name," saith the Lower deck; "Standard of Ap-uat" is thy name.
+
+"Tell me my name," saith the Upper post; "Throat of Mestha" is thy name.
+
+"Tell me my name," saith the Sail; "Nut" is thy name.
+
+"Tell us our name," say the Pieces of leather; "Ye who are made from the
+hide of the Mnevis Bull, which was burned by Suti," is your name.
+
+"Tell us our name," say the Paddles; "Fingers of Horus the first-born" is
+your name.
+
+"Tell me my name," saith the _Matchabet_; "The hand of Isis, which wipeth
+away the blood from the Eye of Horus," is thy name.
+
+"Tell us our names," say the Planks which are in its hulk; "Mesthi, Hapi,
+Tuamautef, Qebh-sennuf, Haqau (_i.e._, he who leadeth away captive),
+Thet-em-aua (_i.e._, he who seizeth by violence), Maa-an-tef (_i.e._, he
+who seeth what the father bringeth), and Ari-nef-tchesef (_i.e._, he who
+made himself)," are your names.
+
+"Tell us our name," say the Bows; "He who is at the head of his nomes" is
+your name.
+
+"Tell me my name," saith the Hull; "Mert" is thy name.
+
+"Tell me my name," saith the Rudder; "Aqa" (_i.e._, true one) is thy name,
+O thou who shinest from the water, hidden beam(?) is thy name.
+
+"Tell me my name," saith the Keel; "Thigh (or Leg) of Isis, which Ra cut
+off with the knife to bring blood into the _Sektet_ boat," is thy name.
+
+"Tell me my name," saith the Sailor; "Traveller" is thy name.
+
+"Tell me my name," saith the Wind by which thou art borne along; "The
+North Wind which cometh from Tem to the nostrils of Khenti-Amenti"(60) is
+thy name.
+
+"Tell me my name," saith the River, "if thou wouldst travel upon me;"
+"Those which can be seen," is thy name.
+
+"Tell us our name," say the River-Banks; "Destroyer of the god Au-a
+(_i.e._, he of the specious hand) in the water-house" is thy name.
+
+"Tell me my name," saith the Ground, "if thou wouldst walk upon me;" "The
+Nose of heaven which proceedeth from the god Utu, who dwelleth in the
+Sekhet-Aaru, and who cometh forth with rejoicing therefrom," is thy name.
+
+THEN SHALL BE RECITED BEFORE THEM THESE WORDS:
+
+"Hail to you, O ye divine beings with splendid _Ka_s, ye divine lords of
+things, who exist and who live forever, and [whose] double period of an
+illimitable number of years is eternity, I have made a way unto you, grant
+ye me food and sepulchral meals for my mouth, [and grant that] I may speak
+therewith, and that the goddess Isis [may give me] loaves and cakes in the
+presence of the great god. I know the great god before whose nostrils ye
+place _tchefau_ food, and his name is Thekem; both when he maketh his way
+from the eastern horizon of heaven and when he journeyeth into the western
+horizon of heaven may his journey be my journey, and his going forth my
+going forth. Let me not be destroyed at the _Mesqet_ chamber, and let not
+the devils gain dominion over my members. I have my cakes in the city of
+Pe, and I have my ale in the city of Tepu, and let the offerings [which
+are given unto you] be given unto me this day. Let my offerings be wheat
+and barley; let my offerings be _anti_ unguent and linen garments; let my
+offerings be for life, strength, and health: let my offerings be a coming
+forth by day in any form whatsoever in which it may please me to appear in
+Sekhet-Aarru."
+
+IF THIS CHAPTER BE KNOWN [BY THE DECEASED] HE SHALL COME FORTH INTO
+SEKHET-AARRU, AND BREAD, AND WINE, AND CAKES SHALL BE GIVEN UNTO HIM AT
+THE ALTAR OF THE GREAT GOD, AND FIELDS, AND AN ESTATE [SOWN] WITH WHEAT
+AND BARLEY, WHICH THE FOLLOWERS OF HORUS SHALL REAP FOR HIM. AND HE SHALL
+EAT OF THAT WHEAT AND BARLEY, AND HIS LIMBS SHALL BE NOURISHED THEREWITH,
+AND HIS BODY SHALL BE LIKE UNTO THE BODIES OF THE GODS, AND HE SHALL COME
+FORTH INTO SEKHET-AARRU IN ANY FORM WHATSOEVER HE PLEASETH, AND HE SHALL
+APPEAR THEREIN REGULARLY AND CONTINUALLY.
+
+
+
+
+Of Entering The Boat Of Ra
+
+
+[From the Papyrus of Nu (British Museum No. 10,477, sheets 27 and 28).]
+
+THE BOOK OF MAKING PERFECT THE _KHU_ AND OF CAUSING HIM TO GO FORTH INTO
+THE BOAT OF RA ALONG WITH THOSE WHO ARE IN HIS FOLLOWING(?). The overseer
+of the palace, the chancellor-in-chief, Nu, triumphant, saith:
+
+"I have brought the divine _Bennu_ to the east, and Osiris to the city of
+Tattu. I have opened the treasure-houses of the god Hap, I have made clean
+the roads of the Disk, and I have drawn the god Sekeri along upon his
+sledge. The mighty and divine Lady hath made me strong at her hour. I have
+praised and glorified the Disk, and I have united myself unto the divine
+apes who sing at the dawn, and I am a divine Being among them. I have made
+myself a counterpart of the goddess Isis, and her power (_Khu_) hath made
+me strong. I have tied up the rope, I have driven back Apep, I have made
+him to walk backward. Ra hath stretched out to me both his hands, and his
+mariners have not repulsed me; my strength is the strength of the
+_Utchat_, and the strength of the _Utchat_ is my strength. If the overseer
+of the house, the chancellor-in-chief, Nu, triumphant, be separated [from
+the boat of Ra], then shall he (_i.e._, Ra) be separated from the Egg and
+from the _Abtu_ fish."
+
+[THIS CHAPTER] SHALL BE RECITED OVER THE DESIGN WHICH HATH BEEN DRAWN
+ABOVE, AND IT SHALL BE WRITTEN UPON PAPYRUS WHICH HATH NOT BEEN WRITTEN
+UPON, WITH [INK MADE OF] GRAINS OF GREEN _ABUT_ MIXED WITH _ANTI_ WATER,
+AND THE PAPYRUS SHALL BE PLACED ON THE BREAST OF THE DECEASED; IT SHALL
+NOT ENTER IN TO (_I.E._, TOUCH) HIS MEMBERS. IF THIS BE DONE FOR ANY
+DECEASED PERSON HE SHALL GO FORTH INTO THE BOAT OF RA IN THE COURSE OF THE
+DAY EVERY DAY, AND THE GOD THOTH SHALL TAKE ACCOUNT OF HIM AS HE COMETH
+FORTH FROM AND GOETH IN THE COURSE OF THE DAY EVERY DAY, REGULARLY AND
+CONTINUALLY, [INTO THE BOAT OF RA] AS A PERFECT _KHU_. AND HE SHALL SET UP
+THE _TET_ AND SHALL STABLISH THE BUCKLE, AND SHALL SAIL ABOUT WITH RA INTO
+ANY PLACE HE WISHETH.
+
+
+
+
+Of Protecting The Boat Of Ra
+
+
+[From the Papyrus of Nu (British Museum No. 10,477, sheet 27).]
+
+[THE CHAPTER OF PROTECTING THE BOAT OF RA.](61)
+
+"O thou that cleavest the water as thou comest forth from the stream and
+dost sit upon thy place in thy boat, sit thou upon thy place in thy boat
+as thou goest forth to thy station of yesterday, and do thou join the
+Osiris, the overseer of the palace, the chancellor-in-chief, Nu,
+triumphant, the perfect _Khu_, unto thy mariners, and let thy strength be
+his strength. Hail, Ra, in thy name of Ra, if thou dost pass by the eye of
+seven cubits, which hath a pupil of three cubits, then verily do thou
+strengthen the Osiris, Nu, triumphant, the perfect _Khu_, [and let him be
+among] thy mariners, and let thy strength be his strength. Hail, Ra, in
+thy name of Ra, if thou dost pass by those who are overturned in death
+then verily do thou make the Osiris, Nu, triumphant, the perfect soul, to
+stand up upon his feet, and may thy strength be his strength. Hail, Ra, in
+thy name of Ra, if the hidden things of the underworld are opened unto
+thee and thou dost gratify(?) the heart of the cycle of thy gods, then
+verily do thou grant joy of heart unto the chancellor-in-chief, Nu,
+triumphant, and let thy strength be his strength. Thy members, O Ra, are
+established by (this) Chapter(?)."
+
+[THIS CHAPTER] SHALL BE RECITED OVER A BANDLET OF THE FINE LINEN OF KINGS
+[UPON WHICH] IT HATH BEEN WRITTEN WITH _ANTI_, WHICH SHALL BE LAID UPON
+THE NECK OF THE PERFECT _KHU_ ON THE DAY OF THE BURIAL. IF THIS AMULET BE
+LAID UPON HIS NECK HE SHALL DO EVERYTHING WHICH HE DESIRETH TO DO EVEN
+LIKE THE GODS; AND HE SHALL JOIN HIMSELF UNTO THE FOLLOWERS OF HORUS; AND
+HE SHALL BE STABLISHED AS A STAR FACE TO FACE WITH SEPTET (SOTHIS); AND
+HIS CORRUPTIBLE BODY SHALL BE AS A GOD ALONG WITH HIS KINSFOLK FOREVER;
+AND THE GODDESS MENQET SHALL MAKE PLANTS TO GERMINATE UPON HIS BODY; AND
+THE MAJESTY OF THE GOD THOTH LOVINGLY SHALL MAKE THE LIGHT TO REST UPON
+HIS CORRUPTIBLE BODY AT WILL, EVEN AS HE DID FOR THE MAJESTY OF THE KING
+OF THE NORTH AND OF THE SOUTH, THE GOD OSIRIS, TRIUMPHANT.
+
+
+
+
+Of Going Into The Boat Of Ra
+
+
+[From the Papyrus of Nu (British Museum No. 10,477, sheet 28).]
+
+THE CHAPTER OF GOING INTO THE BOAT OF RA. The chancellor-in-chief, Nu,
+triumphant, saith:
+
+"Hail, thou Great God who art in thy boat, bring thou me into thy boat. [I
+have come forward to thy steps], let me be the director of thy journeyings
+and let me be among those who belong to thee and who are among the stars
+which never rest. The things which are an abomination unto thee and the
+things which are an abomination unto me I will not eat, that which is an
+abomination unto me, that which is an abomination unto me is filth and I
+will not eat thereof; but sepulchral offerings and holy food [will I eat],
+and I shall not be overthrown thereby. I will not draw nigh unto filth
+with my hands, and I will not walk thereon with my sandals, because my
+bread [is made] of white barley, and my ale [is made] of red barley; and
+behold, the _Sektet_ boat and the _Atet_ boat have brought these things
+and have laid the gifts(?) of the lands upon the altar of the Souls of
+Annu. Hymns of praise be to thee, O Ur-arit-s, as thou travellest through
+heaven! Let there be food [for thee], O dweller in the city of Teni
+(This), and when the dogs gather together let me not suffer harm. I myself
+have come, and I have delivered the god from the things which have been
+inflicted upon him, and from the grievous sickness of the body of the arm,
+and of the leg. I have come and I have spit upon the body, I have bound up
+the arm, and I have made the leg to walk. [I have] entered [the boat] and
+[I] sail round about by the command of Ra."
+
+
+
+
+Of Knowing The Souls Of The East
+
+
+[From the Papyrus of Nu (British Museum No. 10,477, sheet 12).]
+
+THE CHAPTER OF KNOWING THE SOULS OF THE EAST. The chancellor-in-chief, Nu,
+triumphant, saith:
+
+"I, even I, know the eastern gate of heaven--know its southern part is at
+the Lake of Kharu and its northern part is at the canal of the
+geese--whereout Ra cometh with winds which make him to advance. I am he who
+is concerned with the tackle(?) [which is] in the divine bark, I am the
+sailor who ceaseth not in the boat of Ra. I, even I, know the two
+sycamores of turquoise between which Ra showeth himself when he strideth
+forward over the supports of Shu(62) toward the gate of the lord of the
+East through which Ra cometh forth. I, even I, know the Sektet-Aarru of
+Ra, the walls of which are of iron. The height of the wheat therein is
+five cubits, of the ears thereof two cubits, and of the stalks thereof
+three cubits. The barley therein is [in height] seven cubits, the ears
+thereof are three cubits, and the stalks thereof are four cubits. And
+behold, the _Khu_s, each one of whom therein is nine cubits in height,
+reap it near the divine Souls of the East. I, even I, know the divine
+Souls of the East, that is to say, Heru-khuti (Harmachis), and the Calf of
+the goddess Khera, and the Morning Star(63) [daily. A divine city hath
+been built for me, I know it, and I know the name thereof; 'Sekhet-Aarru'
+is its name]."(64)
+
+
+
+
+Of Sekhet-Hetepet
+
+
+[From the Papyrus of Nebseni (British Museum No. 9,900, sheet 17).]
+
+HERE BEGIN THE CHAPTERS OF SEKHET-HETEPET, AND THE CHAPTERS OF COMING
+FORTH BY DAY; OF GOING INTO AND OF COMING OUT FROM THE UNDERWORLD; OF
+COMING TO SEKHET-AARU; OF BEING IN SEKHET-HETEPET, THE MIGHTY LAND, THE
+LADY OF WINDS; OF HAVING POWER THERE; OF BECOMING A _KHU_ THERE; OF
+PLOUGHING THERE; OF REAPING THERE; OF EATING THERE; OF DRINKING THERE; OF
+MAKING LOVE THERE; AND OF DOING EVERYTHING EVEN AS A MAN DOETH UPON EARTH.
+Behold the scribe and artist of the Temple of Ptah, Nebseni, who saith:
+
+"Set hath taken possession of Horus, who looked with the two eyes upon the
+building(?) round Sekhet-hetep, but I have unfettered Horus [and taken him
+from] Set, and Set hath opened the ways of the two eyes [which are] in
+heaven. Set hath cast(?) his moisture to the winds upon the soul [that
+hath] his day (or his eye) and who dwelleth in the city of Mert, and he
+hath delivered the interior of the body of Horus from the gods of Akert.
+Behold me now, for I make this mighty boat to travel over the Lake of
+Hetep, and I brought it away with might from the palace of Shu; the domain
+of his stars groweth young and reneweth its former strength. I have
+brought the boat into the lakes thereof so that I may come forth into the
+cities thereof, and I have sailed into their divine city Hetep. And
+behold, it is because I, even I, am at peace with his seasons, and with
+his guidance, and with his territory, and with the company of the gods who
+are his first-born. He maketh the two divine fighters (_i.e._, Horus and
+Set) to be at peace with those who watch over the living ones whom he hath
+created in fair form, and he bringeth peace [with him]; he maketh the two
+divine fighters to be at peace with those who watch over them. He cutteth
+off the hair from the divine fighters, he driveth away storm from the
+helpless, and he keepeth away harm from the _Khu_s. Let me gain dominion
+within that Field, for I know it, and I have sailed among its lakes so
+that I might come into its cities. My mouth is strong; and I am equipped
+[with weapons to use] against the _Khu_s; let them not have dominion over
+me. Let me be rewarded with thy fields, O thou god Hetep; that which is
+thy wish, shalt thou do, O lord of the winds. May I become a _khu_
+therein, may I eat therein, may I drink therein, may I plough therein, may
+I reap therein, may I fight therein, may I make love therein, may my words
+be mighty therein, may I never be in a state of servitude therein, but may
+I be in authority therein. Thou hast made strong(?) the mouth and the
+throat(?) of the god Hetep; Qetetbu is its(?) name. He is stablished upon
+the watery supports(?) of the god Shu, and is linked unto the pleasant
+things of Ra. He is the divider of years, he is hidden of mouth, his mouth
+is silent, that which he uttereth is secret, he fulfilleth eternity and
+taketh possession of everlastingness of existence as Hetep, the lord
+Hetep. The god Horus maketh himself to be strong like unto the Hawk which
+is one thousand cubits in length and two thousand [cubits in width] in
+life; he hath equipments with him, and he journeyeth on and cometh where
+the seat of his heart wisheth in the Pools thereof and in the cities
+thereof. He was begotten in the birth-chamber of the god of the city, he
+hath offerings [made unto him] of the food of the god of the city, he
+performeth that which it is meet to do therein, and the union thereof, in
+the matter of everything of the birth-chamber of the divine city. When
+[he] setteth in life like crystal he performeth everything therein, and
+these things are like unto the things which are done in the Lake of double
+Fire, wherein there is none that rejoiceth, and wherein are all manner of
+evil things. The god Hetep goeth in, and cometh out, and goeth backward
+[in] that Field which gathereth together all manner of things for the
+birth-chamber of the god of the city. When he setteth in life like crystal
+he performeth all manner of things therein which are like unto the things
+which are done in the Lake of double Fire, wherein there is none that
+rejoiceth, and wherein are no evil things whatsoever. [Let me] live with
+the god Hetep, clothed and not despoiled by the lords of the north(?), and
+may the lords of divine things bring food unto me; may he make me to go
+forward and may I come forth, and may he bring my power to me there, and
+may I receive it, and may my equipment be from the god Hetep. May I gain
+the mastery over the great and mighty word which is in my body in this my
+place, and by it I will remember and I will forget. Let me go forward on
+my journey, and let me plough. I am at peace in the divine city,(65) and I
+know the waters, cities, nomes, and lakes which are in Sekhet-hetep. I
+exist therein, I am strong therein, I become a _khu_ therein, I eat
+therein, I sow seed therein, I reap the harvest therein, I plough therein,
+I make love therein, I am at peace with the god Hetep therein. Behold I
+scatter seed therein, I sail about among its Lakes and I come forward to
+the cities thereof, O divine Hetep. Behold, my mouth is equipped with my
+horns [for teeth], grant me an overflowing supply of the food whereon the
+_ka_s and _khu_s [live]. I have passed the judgment of Shu upon him that
+knoweth him, so that I may go forth to the cities thereof, and may sail
+about among its lakes and may walk about in Sekhet-hetep; and behold, Ra
+is in heaven, and behold, the god Hetep is its double offering. I have
+come onward to its land, I have put on my girdle(?), I have come forth so
+that the gifts which are about to be given unto me may be given, I have
+made gladness for myself. I have laid hold upon my strength which the god
+Hetep hath greatly increased for me. O Unen-em-hetep,(66) I have entered
+in to thee and my soul followeth after me, and my divine food is upon both
+my hands, O Lady of the two lands,(67) who stablishest my word whereby I
+remember and forget; I would live without injury, without any injury
+[being done] unto me, oh, grant to me, oh, do thou grant to me, joy of
+heart. Make thou me to be at peace, bind thou up my sinews and muscles,
+and make me to receive the air. O Un[en]-em-hetep, thou Lady of the winds,
+I have entered in to thee and I have opened (_i.e._, shown) my head. Ra
+falleth asleep, but I am awake, and there is the goddess Hast at the gate
+of heaven by night. Obstacles have been set before me, but I have gathered
+together what he hath emitted. I am in my city. O Nut-urt,(68) I have
+entered into thee and I have counted my harvest, and I go forward to
+Uakh.(69) I am the Bull enveloped in turquoise, the lord of the Field of
+the Bull, the lord of the divine speech of the goddess Septet (Sothis) at
+her hours. O Uakh, I have entered into thee, I have eaten my bread, I have
+gotten the mastery over choice pieces of the flesh of oxen and of
+feathered fowl, and the birds of Shu have been given unto me; I follow
+after the gods and [I come after] the divine _ka_s. O Tchefet,(70) I have
+entered in to thee. I array myself in apparel, and I gird myself with the
+_sa_ garment of Ra; now behold, [he is] in heaven, and those who dwell
+therein follow Ra, and [I] follow Ra in heaven. O Unen-em-hetep, lord of
+the two lands, I have entered in to thee, and I have plunged into the
+lakes of Tchesert; behold me, for all filth hath departed from me. The
+Great God groweth therein, and behold, I have found [food therein]; I have
+snared feathered fowl and I feed upon the finest [of them]. O
+Qenqentet,(71) I have entered into thee, and I have seen the Osiris [my
+father], and I have gazed upon my mother, and I have made love. I have
+caught the worms and serpents, and I am delivered. And I know the name of
+the god who is opposite to the goddess Tchesert, and who hath straight
+hair and is equipped with two horns; he reapeth, and I both plough and
+reap. O Hast, I have entered in to thee, I have driven back those who
+would come to the turquoise [sky], and I have followed the winds of the
+company of the gods. The Great God hath given my head unto me, and he who
+hath bound on me my head is the Mighty one who hath turquoise(?) eyes,
+namely, Ari-en-ab-f (_i.e._, he doeth as he pleaseth). O Usert,(72) I have
+come into thee at the head of the house wherein divine food is brought for
+me. O Smam,(73) I have come into thee. My heart watcheth, my head is
+equipped with the white crown, I am led into celestial regions, and I make
+to flourish terrestrial objects, and there is joy of heart for the Bull,
+and for celestial beings, and for the company of the gods. I am the god
+who is the Bull, the lord of the gods, as he goeth forth from the
+turquoise [sky]. O divine nome of wheat and barley, I have come unto thee,
+I have come forward to thee and I have taken up that which followeth me,
+namely, the best of the libations of the company of the gods. I have tied
+up my boat in the celestial lakes, I have lifted up the post at which to
+anchor, I have recited the prescribed words with my voice, and I have
+ascribed praises unto the gods who dwell in Sekhet-hetep."
+
+
+
+
+Of Knowing The Souls Of Pe
+
+
+[From the Papyrus of Nu (British Museum No. 10,477, sheet 18).]
+
+ANOTHER CHAPTER OF KNOWING THE SOULS OF PE. The overseer of the palace,
+the chancellor-in-chief, Nu, triumphant, saith:
+
+"[Hail,] Khat, who dwellest in Khat, in Anpet,(74) and in the nome of
+Khat! [Hail,] ye goddesses of the chase who dwell in the city of Pe, ye
+celestial lands(?), ye stars, and ye divine beings, who give cakes and
+ale(?), do ye know for what reason the city of Pe hath been given unto
+Horus? I, even I, know though ye know it not. Behold, Ra gave the city
+unto him in return for the injury in his eye, for which cause Ra said to
+Horus, 'Let me see what is coming to pass in thine eye,' and forthwith he
+looked thereat. Then Ra said to Horus, 'Look at that black pig,' and he
+looked, and straightway an injury was done unto his eye, [namely,] a
+mighty storm [took place]. Then said Horus unto Ra, 'Verily, my eye seems
+as if it were an eye upon which Suti had inflicted a blow;' [and thus
+saying] he ate his heart.(75) Then said Ra to those gods, 'Place ye him in
+his chamber, and he shall do well.' Now the black pig was Suti who had
+transformed himself into a black pig, and he it was who had aimed the blow
+of fire which was in the eye of Horus. Then said Ra unto those gods, 'The
+pig is an abominable thing unto Horus; oh, but he shall do well although
+the pig is an abomination unto him.' Then the company of the gods, who
+were among the divine followers of Horus when he existed in the form of
+his own child, said, 'Let sacrifices be made [to the gods] of his bulls,
+and of his goats, and of his pigs.' Now the father of Mesthi, Hapi,
+Tuamautef and Qebhsennuf is Horus, and their mother is Isis. Then said
+Horus to Ra, 'Give me two divine brethren in the city of Pe and two divine
+brethren in the city of Nekhen, who [have sprung] from my body and who
+shall be with me in the guise of everlasting judges, then shall the earth
+blossom and thunder-clouds and rain be blotted out.' And the name of Horus
+became 'Her-uatch-f' (_i.e._, Prince of his emerald stone). I, even I,
+know the Souls of Pe, namely, Horus, Mesthi, and Hapi."
+
+
+
+
+Of Knowing The Souls Of Nekhen
+
+
+[From the Papyrus of Nu (British Museum No. 10,477, sheet 18).]
+
+THE CHAPTER OF KNOWING THE SOULS OF NEKHEN. The overseer of the palace,
+the chancellor-in-chief, Nu, triumphant, saith:
+
+"I know the hidden things of the city of Nekhen, that is to say, the
+things which the mother of Horus did for him, and how she [made her voice
+to go forth] over the waters, saying, 'Speak ye unto me concerning the
+judgment which is upon me, [and shew me] the path behind you, and let me
+discover [it];' and how Ra said, 'This son of Isis hath perished;' and
+what the mother of Horus did for him [when] she cried out, saying, 'Sebek,
+the lord of the papyrus swamp, shall be brought to us.' [And Sebek] fished
+for them and he found them, and the mother of Horus made them to grow in
+the places to which they belonged. Then Sebek, the lord of his papyrus
+swamp, said, 'I went and I found the place where they had passed with my
+fingers on the edge of the waters, and I enclosed them in [my] net: and
+strong was that net.' And Ra said, 'So then, there are fish with the god
+Sebek, and [he] hath found the hands and arms of Horus for him in the land
+of fish;' and [that] land became the land of the city of Remu (_i.e._,
+Fish). And Ra said, 'A land of the pool, a land of the pool to this net.'
+Then were the hands of Horus brought to him at the uncovering of his face
+at the festivals of the month and half month in the Land of Remu. And Ra
+said, 'I give the city of Nekhen to Horus for the habitation of his two
+arms and hands, and his face shall be uncovered before his two hands and
+arms in the city of Nekhen; and I give into his power the slaughtered
+beings who are in them at the festivals of the month and half month.' Then
+Horus said, 'Let me carry off Tuamautef and Qebhsennuf, and let them watch
+over my body; and if they are allowed to be there, then shall they be
+subservient to the god of the city of Nekhen.' And Ra said, 'It shall be
+granted unto thee there and in the city, of Senket (_i.e._, Sati), and
+there shall be done for them what hath been done for those who dwell in
+the city of Nekhen, and verily they shall be with thee.' And Horus said,
+'They have been with thee and [now] they shall be with me, and shall
+hearken unto the god Suti when he calleth upon the Souls of Nekhen.' Grant
+to me [that I, even I, may pass on to the Souls of Nekhen, and that I may
+unloose the bonds of Horus]. I, even I, know the Souls of Nekhen, namely,
+Horus, Tuamautef, and Qebhsennuf."
+
+
+
+
+Of Knowing The Souls Of Khemennu
+
+
+[From the Papyrus of Nebseni (British Museum No. 9,900, sheet 7).]
+
+THE CHAPTER OF KNOWING THE SOULS OF KHEMENNU (Hermopolis).
+
+"The goddess Maat is carried by the arm at the shining of the goddess
+Neith in the city of Mentchat, and at the shining of the Eye when it is
+weighed. I am carried over by it and I know what it bringeth from the city
+of Kesi,(76) and I will neither declare it unto men nor tell it unto the
+gods. I have come, being the envoy of Ra, to stablish Maat upon the arm at
+the shining of Neith in the city of Mentchat and to adjudge the eye to him
+that shall scrutinize it. I have come as a power through the knowledge of
+the Souls of Khemennu (Hermopolis) who love to know what ye love. I know
+Maat, which hath germinated, and hath become strong, and hath been judged,
+and I have joy in passing judgment upon the things which are to be judged.
+Homage to you, O ye Souls of Khemennu, I, even I, know the things which
+are unknown on the festivals of the month and half month. Ra knoweth the
+hidden things of the night, and know ye that it is Thoth who hath made me
+to have knowledge. Homage to you, O ye Souls of Khemennu, since I know you
+each day."
+
+
+
+
+Of Coming Forth From Heaven
+
+
+[From the Papyrus of Nu (British Museum No. 10,477, sheet 18).]
+
+THE CHAPTER OF COMING FORTH FROM HEAVEN, AND OF MAKING A WAY THROUGH THE
+AMMEHET, AND OF KNOWING THE SOULS OF ANNU (HELIOPOLIS). The
+chancellor-in-chief, Nu, triumphant, saith:
+
+"I have passed the day since yesterday among the great divine beings, and
+I have come into being along with the god Khepera. [My] face is uncovered
+before the Eye, the only One, and the orbit of the night hath been opened.
+I am a divine being among you. I know the Souls of Annu. Shall not the god
+Ur-ma pass over it as [he] journeyeth forward with vigor? Have I not
+overcome(?), and have I not spoken to the gods? Behold, he that is the
+heir of Annu hath been destroyed. I, even I, know for what reason was made
+the lock of hair of the Man. Ra spake unto the god Ami-haf, and an injury
+was done unto his mouth, that is to say, he was wounded in [that] mouth.
+And Ra spake unto the god Ami-haf, saying, 'O heir of men, receive [thy]
+harpoon;' and the harpoon-house came into being. Behold, O god Ami-haf,
+two divine brethren have come into being, [that is to say], Senti-Ra came
+into being, and Setem-ansi-f came into being. And his hand stayed not, and
+he made his form into that of a woman with a lock of hair which became the
+divine lock in Annu, and which became the strong and mighty one in this
+temple; and it became the strong one of Annu, and it became the heir of
+the heir of Ur-maat-f (_i.e._, the mighty one of the two eyes), and it
+became before him the god Urma of Annu. I know the Souls of Annu, namely,
+Ra, Shu, and Tefnut."
+
+
+
+
+Of Knowing The Souls Of Khemennu
+
+
+[From the Papyrus of Nu (British Museum No. 10,477, sheet 18).]
+
+ANOTHER CHAPTER OF KNOWING THE SOULS OF KHEMENNU (HERMOPOLIS). The
+chancellor-in-chief, Nu, triumphant, saith:
+
+"The goddess Neith shineth in Matchat, and the goddess Maat is carried by
+the arm of him who eateth the Eye, and who is its divine judge, and the
+Sem priest carrieth me over upon it. I will not declare it unto men, and I
+will not tell it unto the gods; I will not declare it unto men, and I will
+not tell it unto the gods. I have entered in being an ignorant man, and I
+have seen the hidden things. Homage to you, O ye gods who dwell in
+Khemennu, ye know me even as I know the goddess Neith, and [ye give] to
+the Eye the growth which endureth. There is joy [to me] at the judgment of
+the things which are to be judged. I, even I, know the Souls of Annu; they
+are great at the festival of the month, and are little at the festival of
+the half month. They are Thoth the Hidden one, and Sa, and Tem."
+
+IF THIS CHAPTER BE KNOWN [BY THE DECEASED] OFFAL SHALL BE AN ABOMINATION
+UNTO HIM, AND HE SHALL NOT DRINK FILTHY WATER.
+
+
+
+
+Of Receiving Paths
+
+
+[From the Papyrus of Nu (British Museum No. 10,477, sheet 9).]
+
+THE CHAPTER OF RECEIVING PATHS [WHEREON TO WALK] IN RE-STAU. The
+chancellor-in-chief, Nu, triumphant, saith:
+
+"The paths which are above me [lead] to Re-stau. I am he who is girt about
+with his girdle and who cometh forth from the [goddess of] the _Ureret_
+crown. I have come, and I have stablished things in Abtu (Abydos), and I
+have opened out paths in Re-stau. The god Osiris hath eased my pains. I am
+he who maketh the waters to come into being, and who setteth his throne
+[thereon], and who maketh his path through the funeral valley and through
+the Great Lake. I have made my path, and indeed I am [Osiris].
+
+"[Osiris was victorious over his enemies, and the Osiris Nebqet is
+victorious over his enemies. He hath become as one of yourselves, [O ye
+gods], his protector is the Lord of eternity, he walketh even as ye walk,
+he standeth even as ye stand, he sitteth even as ye sit, and he talketh
+even as ye talk in the presence of the Great God, the Lord of
+Amentet.]"(77)
+
+
+
+
+Of Coming Forth From Re-Stau
+
+
+[From the Papyrus of Nu (British Museum No. 10,477, sheet 9).]
+
+THE CHAPTER OF COMING FORTH FROM RE-STAU. The chancellor-in-chief, Nu,
+triumphant, saith:
+
+"I was born in Re-stau, and splendor hath been given unto me by those who
+dwell in their spiritual bodies (_sahu_) in the habitation where libations
+are made unto Osiris. The divine ministers who are in Re-stau shall
+receive [me] when Osiris is led into the twofold funeral region of Osiris;
+oh, let me be a divine being whom they shall lead into the twofold funeral
+region of Osiris."
+
+
+
+
+Of Coming Forth From Re-Stau
+
+
+[From the Papyrus of Nu (British Museum No. 10,477, sheet 9).]
+
+THE CHAPTER OF COMING FORTH FROM RE-STAU.(78) The chancellor-in-chief, Nu,
+triumphant, saith:
+
+"I am the Great God who maketh his light. I have come to thee, O Osiris,
+and I offer praise unto thee. [I am] pure from the issues which are
+carried away from thee. Thy name is made in Re-stau, and thy power is in
+Abtu (Abydos). Thou art raised up, then, O Osiris, and thou goest round
+about through heaven with Ra, and thou lookest upon the generations of
+men, O thou One who circlest, thou Ra. Behold, verily, I have said unto
+thee, O Osiris, 'I am the spiritual body of the God,' and I say, 'Let it
+come to pass that I shall never be repulsed before thee, O Osiris.' "
+
+The following is the chapter in a fuller form:(79)
+
+THE CHAPTER OF KNOWING THE NAME OF OSIRIS AND OF ENTERING INTO AND OF
+GOING OUT FROM RE-STAU [IN ALL THE FORMS WHEREIN HE WILLETH TO COME
+FORTH].(80) The scribe Mes-em-neter, triumphant, saith:
+
+"I am the Great Name who maketh his light. I have come to thee, O Osiris,
+and I offer praise unto thee. I am pure from the issues which are carried
+away from thee. [Thy] name hath been made in Re-stau when it hath fallen
+therein. Homage to thee, O Osiris, in thy strength and in thy power, thou
+hast obtained the mastery in Re-stau. Thou art raised up, O Osiris, in thy
+might and in thy power, thou art raised up, O Osiris, and thy might is in
+Re-stau, and thy power is in Abtu (Abydos). Thou goest round about through
+heaven, and thou sailest before Ra, and thou lookest upon the generations
+of men, O thou Being who circlest, thou Ra. Behold, verily, I have said
+unto thee, O Osiris, 'I am the spiritual body of the God,' and I say, 'Let
+it come to pass that I shall never be repulsed before thee, O Osiris.' "
+
+
+
+
+Of Going About In The Underworld
+
+
+[From the Papyrus of Nu (British Museum No. 10,477, sheet 9).]
+
+THE CHAPTER OF GOING IN AFTER COMING FORTH [FROM THE UNDERWORLD]. The
+overseer of the palace, the chancellor-in-chief, Nu, triumphant, saith:
+
+"Open unto me? Who then art thou? Whither goest thou? What is thy name? I
+am one of you, 'Assembler of Souls' is the name of my boat; 'Making the
+hair to stand on end' is the name of the oars; 'Watchful one' is the name
+of its bows; 'Evil is it' is the name of the rudder; 'Steering straight
+for the middle' is the name of the Matchabet; so likewise [the boat] is a
+type of my sailing onward to the pool. Let there be given unto me vessels
+of milk, together with cakes, and loaves of bread, and cups of drink, and
+pieces of meat in the Temple of Anpu," or (as others say), "Grant thou me
+[these things] wholly. Let it be so done unto me that I may enter in like
+a hawk, and that I may come forth like the _Bennu_ bird, [and like] the
+Morning Star. Let me make [my] path so that [I] may go in peace into the
+beautiful Amentet, and let the Lake of Osiris be mine. Let me make my
+path, and let me enter in, and let me adore Osiris, the Lord of life."
+
+
+
+
+Of Entering Into The Great House
+
+
+From the Papyrus of Nu (British Museum No. 10,477, sheet 10).]
+
+THE CHAPTER OF ENTERING INTO THE GREAT HOUSE. The overseer of the palace,
+the chancellor-in-chief, Nu, triumphant, saith:
+
+"Homage to thee, O Thoth. I am Thoth, who have weighed the two divine
+Fighters (_i.e._, Horus and Set), I have destroyed their warfare and I
+have diminished their wailings. I have delivered the _Atu_ fish in his
+turning back, and I have performed that which thou didst order concerning
+him, and afterward I lay down within my eye. [I am he who hath been
+without opposition. I have come; do thou look upon me in the Temple of
+Nem-hra (or Uhem-hra).] I give commands in the words of the divine aged
+ones, and, moreover, I guide for thee the lesser deities."
+
+
+
+
+Of Entering The Presence
+
+
+[From the Papyrus of Nu (British Museum No. 10,477, sheet 10).]
+
+THE CHAPTER OF GOING INTO THE PRESENCE OF THE DIVINE SOVEREIGN PRINCES OF
+OSIRIS. The overseer of the palace, the chancellor-in-chief, Nu,
+triumphant, saith:
+
+"My soul hath built for me a habitation in the city of Tattu; I sow seed
+in the city of Pe, and I plough my field with my laborers(?), and for this
+reason my palm tree is like Amsu. That which is an abomination unto me,
+that which is an abomination unto me I shall not eat. That which is an
+abomination unto me, that which is an abomination unto me is filth. I
+shall not eat thereof; by sepulchral meals and food I shall not be
+destroyed. [The abominable thing] I shall not take into my hands, I shall
+not walk upon it in my sandals, because my cakes are [made] of white
+grain, and my ale is [made] of red grain, and behold, the _Sektet_ boat
+and the _Matet_ boat bring them to me, and I eat [thereof] under the
+branches of [the trees], the beautiful arms [of which] I know. Oh, let
+splendor be prepared for me with the white crown which is lifted up upon
+me by the uraei-goddesses. Hail, thou guardian of the divine doors of the
+god Sehetep-taui (_i.e._, 'he who maketh the world to be at peace'), bring
+[thou] to me that of which they make sepulchral meals; grant thou that I
+may lift up the branches(?). May the god of light open to me his arms, and
+may the company of the gods keep silence while the denizens of heaven talk
+with the chancellor-in-chief, Nu, triumphant. I am the leader of the
+hearts of the gods which strengthen me, and I am a mighty one among the
+divine beings. If any god or any goddess shall come forth against me he
+shall be judged by the ancestors of the year who live upon hearts and who
+make(?) cakes(?) for me, and Osiris shall devour him at [his] coming forth
+from Abtu (Abydos). He shall be judged by the ancestors of Ra, and he
+shall be judged by the God of Light who clotheth heaven among the divine
+princes. I shall have bread in my mouth at stated seasons, and I shall
+enter in before the gods Ahiu. He shall speak with me, and I shall speak
+with the followers of the gods. I shall speak with the Disk and I shall
+speak with the denizens of heaven. I shall put the terror of myself into
+the blackness of night which is in the goddess Meh-urt, [who is near] him
+that dwelleth in might. And behold, I shall be there with Osiris. My
+condition of completeness shall be his condition of completeness among the
+divine princes. I shall speak unto him [with] the words of men, and he
+shall repeat unto me the words of the gods. A _khu_ who is equipped [with
+power] shall come.(81) I am a _khu_ who is equipped [with power]; I am
+equipped [with the power] of all the _khu_s, [being the form of the _Sahu_
+(_i.e._, spiritual bodies) of Annu, Tattu, Suten-henen, Abtu, Apu, and
+Sennu.(82) The Osiris Auf-ankh is victorious over every god and every
+goddess who are hidden in Neter-khertet]."(83)
+
+
+
+
+The Introduction To Maati
+
+
+[From the Papyrus of Ani (British Museum No. 10,470, sheet 30).]
+
+THE CHAPTER OF ENTERING INTO THE HALL OF DOUBLE MAATI; A HYMN OF PRAISE TO
+OSIRIS, THE GOVERNOR OF AMENTET. Osiris, the scribe Ani, triumphant,
+saith:
+
+"I have come, and [I] have drawn nigh to see thy beauties; my hands [are
+raised] in adoration of thy name 'Right and Truth.' I came and I drew nigh
+unto [the place where] the acacia-tree groweth not, where the tree thick
+with leaves existeth not, and where the ground yieldeth neither herb nor
+grass. Then I entered into the hidden place, and I spake with the god Set,
+and my protector(?) advanced to me, and his face was clothed (or covered),
+and [he] fell upon the hidden things. He entered into the Temple of
+Osiris, and he looked upon the hidden things which were therein; and the
+sovereign chiefs of the pylons [were] in the form of _khu_s. And the god
+Anpu spake [to those who were on] both sides of him with the speech of a
+man [as he] came from Ta-mera;(84) he knoweth our paths and our cities. I
+make offerings(?), and I smell the odor of him as if he were one among
+you, and I say unto him, I am Osiris, the scribe Ani, triumphant in peace,
+triumphant! I have come, and (I) have drawn nigh to see the great gods,
+and I feed upon the offerings which are among their food. I have been to
+the borders [of the territory of] Ba-neb-Tettet (_i.e._, the 'Soul, the
+lord of Tattu,' or Osiris), and he hath caused me to come forth like a
+_Bennu_ bird, and to utter words. I have been in the water of the stream,
+and I have made offerings of incense. I have guided myself to the
+_Shentet_ tree of the [divine] children. I have been in Abu (or Abu,
+_i.e._, Elephantine[?]) in the Temple of the goddess Satet. I have
+submerged the boat of mine enemies [while] I myself have sailed over the
+Lake in the _Neshmet_ boat. I have seen the _Sahu_ (_i.e._, the spiritual
+bodies) [in] the city of Qem-ur. I have been in the city of Tattu, and I
+have brought myself to silence [therein]. I have caused the god to have
+the mastery over his two feet. I have been in the Temple of Tep-tu-f
+(_i.e._, 'he that is on his hill,' or Anubis), and I have seen him that is
+lord of the divine temple. I have entered into the Temple of Osiris, and I
+have arrayed myself in the apparel of him that is therein. I have entered
+into Re-stau, and I have seen the hidden things which are therein. I was
+shrouded [therein], but I found a way for myself. I have gone into the
+city of An-aarret-f (_i.e._, the place where nothing groweth), and I
+covered my nakedness with the garments which were therein. There was given
+unto me the _anti_ unguent [such as] women [use], along with the powder of
+human beings. Verily Sut(?) hath spoken unto me the things which concern
+himself, and I said, 'Let thy weighing be in(?) us.' "
+
+"The Majesty of the god Anpu saith, 'Knowest thou the name of this door so
+as to declare it unto me?' And Osiris, the scribe Ani, triumphant in
+peace, triumphant! saith, 'Destroyer of the god Shu' is the name of this
+door. The Majesty of the god Anpu saith, 'Knowest thou the name of the
+upper leaf and of the lower leaf?' 'Lord of Maat upon his two feet' is the
+name of the upper leaf, and 'Lord of twofold strength, the subduer of
+cattle,' [is the name of the lower leaf. The Majesty of the god Anpu
+saith], 'Since thou knowest pass on, O Osiris the scribe, the teller of
+the divine offerings of all the gods of Thebes, Ani, triumphant, the lord
+of reverence.' "
+
+
+
+
+The Introduction To Maati
+
+
+[From the Papyrus of Nu (British Museum No. 10477, sheet 22).]
+
+[THE FOLLOWING] SHALL BE SAID WHEN THE OVERSEER OF THE PALACE, THE
+CHANCELLOR-IN-CHIEF, NU, TRIUMPHANT, COMETH FORTH INTO THE HALL OF DOUBLE
+MAATI(85) SO THAT HE MAY BE SEPARATED FROM EVERY SIN WHICH HE HATH DONE
+AND MAY BEHOLD THE FACES OF THE GODS. The Osiris Nu, triumphant, saith:
+
+"Homage to thee, O Great God, thou Lord of Double Maati, I have come to
+thee, O my Lord, and I have brought myself hither that I may behold thy
+beauties. I know thee, and I know thy name, and I know the name[s] of the
+two and forty gods who exist with thee in this Hall of double Maati, who
+live as warders of sinners and who feed upon their blood on the day when
+the lives of men are taken into account in the presence of the god
+Un-nefer; in truth 'Rekhti-merti-neb-Maati' (_i.e._, 'twin-sisters with
+two eyes, ladies of double Maati') is thy name. In truth I have come to
+thee, and I have brought Maat (_i.e._, right and truth) to thee, and I
+have destroyed wickedness for thee. [I have not done evil to] mankind. I
+have not oppressed the members of my family, I have not wrought evil in
+the place of right and truth. I have had no knowledge of worthless men. I
+have not wrought evil. I have not made to be the first [consideration] of
+each day that excessive labor should be performed for me. [I have] not
+brought forward my name for [exaltation] to honors. I have not ill-treated
+servants. [I have not thought scorn of God.] I have not defrauded the
+oppressed one of his property.(86) I have not done that which is an
+abomination unto the gods. I have not caused harm to be done to the
+servant by his chief. I have not caused pain. I have made no man to suffer
+hunger. I have made no one to weep. I have done no murder. I have not
+given the order for murder to be done for me. I have not inflicted pain
+upon mankind. I have not defrauded the temples of their oblations. I have
+not purloined the cakes of the gods. I have not carried off the cakes
+offered to the _khu_s. I have not committed fornication. I have not
+polluted myself [in the holy places of the god of my city],(87) nor
+diminished from the bushel. I have neither added to nor filched away land.
+I have not encroached upon the fields [of others]. I have not added to the
+weights of the scales [to cheat the seller]. I have not misread the
+pointer of the scales [to cheat the buyer]. I have not carried away the
+milk from the mouths of children. I have not driven away the cattle which
+were upon their pastures. I have not snared the feathered fowl of the
+preserves of the gods. I have not caught fish [with bait made of] fish of
+their kind. I have not turned back the water at the time [when it should
+flow]. I have not cut a cutting in a canal of running water. I have not
+extinguished a fire (or light) when it should burn. I have not violated
+the times(88) [of offering] the chosen meat-offerings. I have not driven
+off the cattle from the property of the gods. I have not repulsed God in
+his manifestations. I am pure. I am pure. I am pure. I am pure. My purity
+is the purity of that great _Bennu_ which is in the city of Suten-henen
+(Heracleopolis), for, behold, I am the nose of the God of the winds, who
+maketh all mankind to live on the day when the Eye (Utchat) of Ra is full
+in Annu (Heliopolis) at the end of the second month(89) of the season Pert
+(_i.e._, the season of growing) [in the presence of the divine lord of
+this earth].(90) I have seen the Eye of Ra when it was full in Annu,
+therefore let not evil befall me in this land and in this Hall of double
+Maati, because I, even I, know the name[s] of these gods who are therein
+[and who are the followers of the great god]."(91)
+
+
+
+
+The Negative Confession
+
+
+[From the Papyrus of Nebseni (British Museum No. 9,900, sheet 30).]
+
+The scribe Nebseni, triumphant, saith:
+
+1. "Hail, thou whose strides are long, who comest forth from Annu
+(Heliopolis), I have not done iniquity.
+
+2. "Hail, thou who art embraced by flame, who comest forth from
+Kher-aba,(92) I have not robbed with violence.
+
+3. "Hail, thou divine Nose (Fenti), who comest forth from Khemennu
+(Hermopolis), I have not done violence [to any man].
+
+4. "Hail, thou who eatest shades, who comest forth from the place where
+the Nile riseth,(93) I have not committed theft.
+
+5. "Hail, Neha-hau,(94) who comest forth from Re-stau, I have not slain
+man or woman.
+
+6. "Hail, thou double Lion-god, who comest forth from heaven, I have not
+made light the bushel.
+
+7. "Hail, thou whose two eyes are like flint,(95) who comest forth from
+Sekhem (Letopolis), I have not acted deceitfully.
+
+8. "Hail, thou Flame, who comest forth as [thou] goest back, I have not
+purloined the things which belong unto God.
+
+9. "Hail, thou Crusher of bones, who comest forth from Suten-henen
+(Heracleopolis), I have not uttered falsehood.
+
+10. "Hail, thou who makest the flame to wax strong, who comest forth from
+Het-ka-Ptah (Memphis), I have not carried away food.
+
+11. "Hail, Qerti, (_i.e._, the two sources of the Nile), who come forth
+from Amentet, I have not uttered evil words.
+
+12. "Hail, thou whose teeth shine, who comest forth from Ta-she (_i.e._,
+the Fayyum), I have attacked no man.
+
+13. "Hail, thou who dost consume blood, who comest forth from the house of
+slaughter, I have not killed the beasts [which are the property of God].
+
+14. "Hail, thou who dost consume the entrails, who comest forth from the
+_mabet_ chamber, I have not acted deceitfully.
+
+15. "Hail, thou god of Right and Truth, who comest forth from the city of
+double Maati, I have not laid waste the lands which have been ploughed(?).
+
+16. "Hail, thou who goest backward, who comest forth from the city of Bast
+(Bubastis), I have never pried into matters [to make mischief].
+
+17. "Hail, Aati, who comest forth from Annu (Heliopolis), I have not set
+my mouth in motion [against any man].
+
+18. "Hail, thou who art doubly evil, who comest forth from the nome of
+Ati,(96) I have not given way to wrath concerning myself without a cause.
+
+19. "Hail, thou serpent Uamemti, who comest forth from the house of
+slaughter, I have not defiled the wife of a man.
+
+20. "Hail, thou who lookest upon what is brought to him, who comest forth
+from the Temple of Amsu, I have not committed any sin against purity.
+
+21. "Hail, Chief of the divine Princes, who comest forth from the city of
+Nehatu,(97) I have not struck fear [into any man].
+
+22. "Hail, Khemiu (_i.e._, Destroyer), who comest forth from the Lake of
+Kaui, I have not encroached upon [sacred times and seasons].
+
+23. "Hail, thou who orderest speech, who comest forth from Urit, I have
+not been a man of anger.
+
+24. "Hail, thou Child, who comest forth from the Lake of Heq-at,(98) I
+have not made myself deaf to the words of right and truth.
+
+25. "Hail, thou disposer of speech, who comest forth from the city of
+Unes,(99) I have not stirred up strife.
+
+26. "Hail, Basti, who comest forth from the Secret city, I have made [no
+man] to weep.
+
+27. "Hail, thou whose face is [turned] backward, who comest forth from the
+Dwelling, I have not committed acts of impurity, neither have I lain with
+men.
+
+28. "Hail, Leg of fire, who comest forth from Akhekhu, I have not eaten my
+heart.(100)
+
+29. "Hail, Kenemti, who comest forth from [the city of] Kenemet, I have
+abused [no man].
+
+30. "Hail, thou who bringest thine offering, who comest forth from the
+city of Sau (Sais), I have not acted with violence.
+
+31. "Hail, thou god of faces, who comest forth from the city of Tchefet, I
+have not judged hastily.
+
+32. "Hail, thou who givest knowledge, who comest forth from Unth, I have
+not ... and I have not taken vengeance upon the god.
+
+33. "Hail, thou lord of two horns, who comest forth from Satiu, I have not
+multiplied [my] speech overmuch.
+
+34. "Hail, Nefer-Tem, who comest forth from Het-ka-Ptah (Memphis), I have
+not acted with deceit, and I have not worked wickedness.
+
+35. "Hail, Tem-Sep, who comest forth from Tattu, I have not uttered curses
+[on the king].
+
+36. "Hail, thou whose heart doth labor, who comest forth from the city of
+Tebti, I have not fouled(?) water.
+
+37. "Hail, Ahi of the water, who comest forth from Nu, I have not made
+haughty my voice.
+
+38. "Hail, thou who givest commands to mankind, who comest forth from
+[Sau(?)], I have not cursed the god.
+
+39. "Hail, Neheb-nefert, who comest forth from the Lake of Nefer(?), I
+have not behaved with insolence.
+
+40. "Hail, Neheb-kau, who comest forth from [thy] city, I have not sought
+for distinctions.
+
+41. "Hail, thou whose head is holy, who comest forth from [thy]
+habitations, I have not increased my wealth, except with such things as
+are [justly] mine own possessions.
+
+42. "Hail, thou who bringest thine own arm, who comest forth from Aukert
+(underworld), I have not thought scorn of the god who is in my city."
+
+
+
+
+Address To The Gods Of The Underworld
+
+
+[From the Papyrus of Nu (British Museum No. 10,477, sheet 24).]
+
+[THEN SHALL THE HEART WHICH IS RIGHTEOUS AND SINLESS SAY:](101)
+
+The overseer of the palace, the chancellor-in-chief, Nu, triumphant,
+saith:
+
+"Homage to you, O ye gods who dwell in the Hall of double Maati, I, even
+I, know you, and I know your names. Let me not fall under your knives of
+slaughter, and bring ye not forward my wickedness unto the god in whose
+train ye are; and let not evil hap come upon me by your means. Oh, declare
+ye me right and true in the presence of Neb-er-tcher, because I have done
+that which is right and true in Ta-mera (Egypt). I have not cursed God,
+and let not evil hap come upon me through the king who dwelleth in my day.
+Homage to you, O ye gods, who dwell in the Hall of double Maati, who are
+without evil in your bodies, and who live upon right and truth, and who
+feed yourselves upon right and truth in the presence of the god Horus, who
+dwelleth in his divine Disk: deliver ye me from the god Baba who feedeth
+upon the entrails of the mighty ones upon the day of the great judgment.
+Oh, grant ye that I may come to you, for I have not committed faults, I
+have not sinned, I have not done evil, I have not borne false witness;
+therefore let nothing [evil] be done unto me. I live upon right and truth,
+and I feed upon right and truth. I have performed the commandments of men
+[as well as] the things whereat are gratified the gods, I have made the
+gods to be at peace [with me by doing] that which is his will. I have
+given bread to the hungry man, and water to the thirsty man, and apparel
+to the naked man, and a boat to the [shipwrecked] mariner. I have made
+holy offerings to the gods, and sepulchral meals to the _Khu_s. Be ye then
+my deliverers, be ye then my protectors, and make ye not accusation
+against me in the presence of [the great god]. I am clean of mouth and
+clean of hands; therefore let it be said unto me by those who shall behold
+me, 'Come in peace; come in peace,' for I have heard that mighty word
+which the spiritual bodies (_sahu_)(102) spake unto the Cat in the House
+of Hapt-re. I have been made to give evidence before the god Hra-f-ha-f
+(_i.e._, he whose face is behind him), and he hath given a decision
+[concerning me]. I have seen the things over which the persea tree
+spreadeth [its branches] within Re-stau. I am he who hath offered up
+prayers to the gods and who knoweth their persons. I have come and I have
+advanced to make the declaration of right and truth, and to set the
+balance upon what supporteth it within the region of Aukert. Hail, thou
+who art exalted upon thy standard, thou lord of the _Atefu_ crown, whose
+name is proclaimed as 'Lord of the winds,' deliver thou me from thy divine
+messengers who cause dire deeds to happen, and who cause calamities to
+come into being, and who are without coverings for their faces, for I have
+done that which is right and true for the Lord of right and truth. I have
+purified myself and my breast with libations, and my hinder parts with the
+things which make clean, and my inner parts have been in the Pool of Right
+and Truth. There is no single member of mine which lacketh right and
+truth. I have been purified in the Pool of the South, and I have rested in
+the northern city which is in the Field of the Grasshoppers, wherein the
+divine sailors of Ra bathe at the second hour of the night and at the
+third hour of the day. And the hearts of the gods are gratified(?) after
+they have passed through it, whether it be by night, or whether it be by
+day, and they say unto me, 'Let thyself come forward.' And they say unto
+me, 'Who, then, art thou?' And they say unto me, 'What is thy name?' 'I am
+he who is equipped under the flowers [and I am] the dweller in his
+olive-tree,' is my name. And they say unto me straightway, 'Pass thou on';
+and I passed on by thy city to the north of the olive-tree. What, then,
+didst thou see there? The leg and the thigh. What, then, didst thou say
+unto them? Let me see rejoicings in those lands of the Tenkhu.(103) And
+what did they give unto thee? A flame of fire and a tablet (or sceptre) of
+crystal. What, then, didst thou do therewith? I buried them by the furrow
+of Manaat as 'things for the night.' What, then, didst thou find by the
+furrow of Manaat? A sceptre of flint, the name of which is 'Giver of
+winds.' What, then, didst thou do to the flame of fire and the tablet (or
+sceptre) of crystal after thou hadst buried them? I uttered words over
+them in the furrow, [and I dug them out therefrom];(104) I extinguished
+the fire, and I broke the tablet (or sceptre), and I created a pool of
+water. 'Come, then,' [they say,] 'and enter in through the door of this
+Hall of double Maati, for thou knowest us.' "
+
+" 'We will not let thee enter in through us,' say the bolts of the door,
+'unless thou tellest [us] our names;' 'Tongue [of the Balance] of the
+place of right and truth' is your name. 'I will not let thee enter in by
+me,' saith the [right] lintel of the door, 'unless thou tellest [me] my
+name;' 'Balance of the support of right and truth' is thy name. 'I will
+not let thee enter in by me,' saith the [left] lintel of the door, 'unless
+thou tellest [me] my name;' ['Balance of] wine' is thy name. 'I will not
+let thee pass over me,' saith the threshold of this door, 'unless thou
+tellest [me] my name;' 'Ox of the god Seb' is thy name. 'I will not open
+unto thee,' saith the fastening of this door, 'unless thou tellest [me] my
+name;' 'Flesh of his mother' is thy name. 'I will not open unto thee,'
+saith the socket of the fastening of the door, 'unless thou tellest me my
+name;' 'Living eye of the god Sebek, the lord of Bakhau,' is thy name. 'I
+will not open unto thee [and I will not let thee enter in by me,' saith
+the guardian of the leaf of] this door, 'unless thou tellest [me] my
+name;' 'Elbow of the god Shu when he placeth himself to protect Osiris' is
+thy name. 'We will not let thee enter in by us,' say the posts of this
+door, 'unless thou tellest us our names;' 'Children of the uraei-goddesses'
+is your name.(105) 'Thou knowest us,' [they say,] 'pass on, therefore, by
+us.'
+
+" 'I will not let thee tread upon me,' saith the floor of the Hall of
+double Maati, 'because I am silent and I am holy, and because I do not
+know the name[s] of thy two feet wherewith thou wouldst walk upon me;
+therefore tell them to me.' 'Traveller(?) of the god Khas' is the name of
+my right foot, and 'Staff of the goddess Hathor' is the name of my left
+foot. 'Thou knowest me,' [it saith,] 'pass on therefore over me.' "
+
+" 'I will not make mention of thee,' saith the guardian of the door of
+this Hall of double Maati, 'unless thou tellest [me] my name;' 'Discerner
+of hearts and searcher of the reins' is thy name. 'Now will I make mention
+of thee [to the god]. But who is the god that dwelleth in his hour? Speak
+thou it' (_i.e._, his name). Maau-Taui (_i.e._, he who keepeth the record
+of the two lands) [is his name]. 'Who then is Maau-Taui?' He is Thoth.
+'Come,' saith Thoth. 'But why hast thou come?' I have come, and I press
+forward that I may be mentioned. What now is thy condition? I, even I, am
+purified from evil things, and I am protected from the baleful deeds of
+those who live in their days; and I am not among them. 'Now will I make
+mention of thee [to the god].'(106) '[Tell me now,] who is he(107) whose
+heaven is of fire, whose walls [are surmounted by] living uraei, and the
+floor of whose house is a stream of water? Who is he? I say.' It is
+Osiris. 'Come forward, then: verily thou shalt be mentioned [to him]. Thy
+cakes [shall come] from the Eye of Ra, and thine ale [shall come] from the
+Eye of Ra, and the sepulchral meals [which shall be brought to thee] upon
+earth [shall come] from the Eye of Ra. This hath been decreed for the
+Osiris the overseer of the palace, the chancellor-in-chief, Nu,
+triumphant.' "
+
+(THE MAKING OF THE REPRESENTATION OF WHAT SHALL HAPPEN IN THIS HALL OF
+DOUBLE MAATI.) THIS CHAPTER SHALL BE SAID [BY THE DECEASED] AFTER HE HATH
+BEEN CLEANSED AND PURIFIED, AND WHEN HE IS ARRAYED IN APPAREL, AND IS SHOD
+WITH WHITE LEATHER SANDALS, AND HIS EYES HAVE BEEN PAINTED WITH ANTIMONY,
+AND [HIS BODY] HATH BEEN ANOINTED WITH UNGUENT OF _ANTI_, AND WHEN HE
+OFFERETH OXEN, AND FEATHERED FOWL, AND INCENSE, AND CAKES, AND ALE, AND
+GARDEN HERBS. AND, BEHOLD, THOU SHALT DRAW A REPRESENTATION OF THIS IN
+COLOR UPON A NEW TILE MOULDED FROM EARTH UPON WHICH NEITHER A PIG NOR
+OTHER ANIMALS HAVE TRODDEN. AND IF [THOU] DOEST THIS BOOK UPON IT [IN
+WRITING, THE DECEASED] SHALL FLOURISH, AND HIS CHILDREN SHALL FLOURISH,
+AND [HIS NAME] SHALL NEVER FALL INTO OBLIVION, AND HE SHALL BE AS ONE WHO
+FILLETH (_I.E._, SATISFIETH) THE HEART OF THE KING AND OF HIS PRINCES, AND
+BREAD, AND CAKES, AND SWEETMEATS, AND WINE, AND PIECES OF FLESH SHALL BE
+GIVEN UNTO HIM UPON THE ALTAR OF THE GREAT GOD; AND HE SHALL NOT BE TURNED
+BACK AT ANY DOOR IN AMENTET, AND HE SHALL BE BROUGHT IN ALONG WITH THE
+KINGS OF UPPER AND LOWER EGYPT, AND HE SHALL BE IN THE TRAIN OF
+OSIRIS(108) CONTINUALLY AND REGULARLY FOREVER.
+
+
+
+
+Of The Hour Apes(109)
+
+
+[From the Papyrus of Nu (British Museum No. 10,477, sheet 24).]
+
+The overseer of the palace, the chancellor-in-chief, Nu, triumphant, the
+son of the overseer of the palace, the chancellor-in-chief, Amen-hetep,
+triumphant, saith:
+
+"Hail, ye four apes who sit in the bows of the boat of Ra, who convey
+right and truth to Neb-er-tcher, who sit in judgment on my misery and on
+my strength, who make the gods to rest contented by means of the flame of
+your mouths, who offer holy offerings to the gods and sepulchral meals to
+the _khu_s, who live upon right and truth, and who feed upon right and
+truth of heart, who are without deceit and fraud, and to whom wickedness
+is an abomination, do ye away with my evil deeds, and put ye away my sin
+[which deserved stripes upon earth, and destroy ye any evil whatsoever
+that belongeth unto me],(110) and let there be no obstacle whatsoever on
+my part toward you. Oh, grant ye that I may make my way through the
+underworld (_ammehet_), let me enter into Re-stau, let me pass through the
+hidden pylons of Amentet. Oh, grant that there may be given to me cakes,
+and ale, and sweetmeats(?), even as [they are given] to the living _khu_s,
+and grant that I may enter in and come forth from Re-stau."
+
+"[The four apes make answer, saying], 'Come, then, for we have done away
+with thy wickedness, and we have put away thy sin, along with the [sin
+deserving of] stripes which thou [didst commit] upon earth, and we have
+destroyed [all] the evil which belonged to thee upon the earth. Enter,
+therefore, into Re-stau, and pass thou through the hidden pylons of
+Amentet, and there shall be given unto thee cakes, and ale, and
+sweetmeats(?), and thou shalt come forth and thou shalt enter in at thy
+desire, even as do those _khu_s who are favored [of the god], and thou
+shalt be proclaimed (or called) each day in the horizon.' "
+
+
+
+
+Of The Praise Of The Gods
+
+
+[From the Tomb of Rameses IV (see Naville, op. cit., Bd. I. Bl. 141;
+Lefebure, "Tombeau de Ramses IV," Plate 13).]
+
+THE BOOK OF THE PRAISE OF THE GODS OF THE QERTI(111) WHICH A MAN SHALL
+RECITE WHEN HE COMETH FORTH BEFORE THEM TO ENTER IN TO SEE THE GOD IN THE
+GREAT TEMPLE OF THE UNDERWORLD. And he shall say:
+
+"Homage to you, O ye gods of the _Qerti_, ye divine dwellers in Amentet!
+Homage to you, O ye guardians of the doors of the underworld, who keep
+ward over the god, who bear and proclaim [the names of those who come]
+into the presence of the god Osiris, and who hold yourselves ready, and
+who praise [him], and who destroy the Enemies of Ra. Oh, send ye forth
+your light and scatter ye the darkness [which is about] you, and behold ye
+the holy and divine Mighty One, O ye who live even as he liveth, and call
+ye upon him that dwelleth within his divine Disk. Lead ye the King of the
+North and of the South, (Usr-Maat-Ra-setep-en-Amen), the son of the Sun,
+(Ra-meses-meri-Amen-Ra-heq-Maat), through your doors, may his divine soul
+enter into your hidden places, [for] he is one among you, and he hath shot
+forth calamities upon the serpent fiend Apep, and he hath beaten down the
+obstacles [which Apep set up] in Amentet. Thy word hath prevailed mightily
+over thine enemies, O great God, who livest in thy divine Disk; thy word
+hath prevailed mightily over thine enemies, O Osiris, Governor of Amentet;
+thy word hath prevailed mightily over thine enemies in heaven and in
+earth, O thou King of the North and of the South,
+(Usr-Maat-Ra-setep-en-Amen), the son of the Sun,
+(Ra-meses-meri-Amen-Ra-heq-Maat), and over the sovereign princes of every
+god and of every goddess, O Osiris, Governor of Amentet; he hath uttered
+words in the presence [of the god in] the valley of the dead, and he hath
+gained the mastery over the mighty sovereign princes. Hail, ye
+doorkeepers(?), hail, ye doorkeepers, who guard your gates, who punish
+souls, who devour the bodies of the dead, who advance over them at their
+examination in the places of destruction, who give right and truth to the
+soul and to the divine _khu_, the beneficent one, the mighty one, whose
+throne is holy in Akert, who is endowed with soul like Ra and who is
+praised like Osiris, lead ye along the King of the North and of the South,
+(Usr-Maat-Ra-setep-en-Amen), the son of the Sun,
+(Ra-meses-meri-Amen-Ra-heq-Maat), unbolt ye for him the doors, and open
+[ye] the place of his _Qerti_ for him. Behold, make ye his word to triumph
+over his enemies, and indeed let meat-offerings and drink-offerings be
+made unto him by the god of the double door, and let him put on the
+_nemmes_ crown of him that dwelleth in the great and hidden shrine. Behold
+the image of Heru-khuti (Harmachis), who is doubly true, and who is the
+divine Soul and the divine and perfect Khu; he hath prevailed with his
+hands. The two great and mighty gods cry out to the King of the North and
+South (Usr-Maat-Ra-setep-en-Amen), the son of the Sun,
+(Ra-meses-meri-Amen-Ra-heq-Maat), they rejoice with him, they sing praises
+to him [and clap] their hands, they accord him their protection, and he
+liveth. The King of the North and South (Usr-Maat-Ra-setep-en-Amen), the
+son of the Sun, (Ra-meses-meri-Amen-Ra-heq-Maat), riseth like a living
+soul in heaven. He hath been commanded to make his transformations, he
+hath made himself victorious before the divine sovereign chiefs, and he
+hath made his way through the gates of heaven, and of earth, and of the
+underworld, even as hath Ra. The King of the North and South,
+(Usr-Maat-Ra-setep-en-Amen), the son of the Sun,
+(Ra-meses-meri-Amen-Ra-heq-Maat), saith, 'Open unto me the gate[s] of
+heaven, and of earth, and of the underworld, for I am the divine soul of
+Osiris and I rest in him, and let me pass through their halls. Let [the
+gods] sing praises unto me [when] they see me; let me enter and let favor
+be shown unto me; let me come forth and let me be beloved; and let me go
+forward, for no defect or failure hath been found clinging unto me.' "
+
+
+
+
+Adoration Of The Gods Of The Qerti
+
+
+[From the Papyrus of Ptah-mes (Naville, op. cit., Bd. I. Bl. 142).]
+
+A CHAPTER TO BE RECITED ON COMING BEFORE THE DIVINE SOVEREIGN CHIEFS OF
+OSIRIS TO OFFER PRAISE UNTO THE GODS WHO ARE THE GUIDES OF THE UNDERWORLD.
+Osiris, the chief scribe and draughtsman, Ptah-mes, triumphant, saith:
+
+"Homage to you, O ye gods who dwell in the _Qerti_, ye gods who dwell in
+Amentet, who keep ward over the gates of the underworld and are the
+guardians [thereof], who bear and proclaim [the names of those who come]
+into the presence of Osiris, who praise him and who destroy the enemies of
+Ra. Oh, send forth your light and scatter ye the darkness [which is about]
+you, and look upon the face of Osiris, O ye who live even as he liveth,
+and praise [ye] him that dwelleth in his Disk, and lead [ye] me away from
+your calamities. Let me come forth and let me enter in through your secret
+places, for I am a mighty prince among you, for I have done away with evil
+there, and I have beaten down the obstacles(?) [which have been set up] in
+Amentet. Thou hast been victorious over thine enemies, O thou that
+dwellest in thy Disk; thou hast been victorious over thine enemies, O
+Thoth, who producest(?) statutes; thou hast been victorious over thine
+enemies, O Osiris, the chief scribe and draughtsman, Ptah-mes, triumphant;
+thou hast been triumphant over thine enemies, O Osiris, thou Governor of
+Amentet, in heaven and upon earth in the presence of the divine sovereign
+chiefs of every god and of every goddess; and the food(?) of Osiris, the
+Governor of Amentet, is in the presence of the god whose name is hidden
+before the great divine sovereign chiefs. Hail ye guardians of the doors,
+ye [gods] who keep ward over their habitations(?), who keep the reckoning
+and who commit [souls] to destruction, who grant right and truth to the
+divine soul which is stablished, who are without evil in the abode of
+Akert, who are endowed with soul even as is Ra, and who are ... as is
+Osiris, guide ye Osiris the chief scribe, the draughtsman, Ptah-mes,
+triumphant, open ye unto him the gates of the underworld, and the
+uppermost part of his estate and his _Qert_. Behold, make [ye him] to be
+victorious over his enemies, provide [ye him] with the offerings of the
+god of the underworld, make noble the divine being who dwelleth in the
+_nemmes_ crown, the lord of the knowledge of Akert. Behold, stablish ...
+this soul in right and truth, [and let it become] a perfect soul that hath
+gained the mastery with its two hands. The great and mighty gods cry out,
+'He hath gotten the victory,' and they rejoice in him, and they ascribe
+praise unto him with their hands, and they turn unto him their faces. The
+living one is triumphant, and is even like a living soul dwelling in
+heaven, and he hath been ordered to perform [his] transformations. Osiris
+triumphed over his enemies, and Osiris, the chief scribe and draughtsman,
+Ptah-mes, triumphant, hath gained the victory over his enemies in the
+presence of the great divine sovereign chiefs who dwell in heaven, and in
+the presence of the great divine sovereign chiefs who dwell upon the
+earth."
+
+
+
+
+Hymn Of Praise To Osiris
+
+
+[From Lepsius, "Todtenbuch," Bl. 51.]
+
+A HYMN OF PRAISE TO OSIRIS. The Osiris Auf-ankh, triumphant, saith:
+
+"Homage to thee, O Osiris Un-nefer, triumphant, thou son of Nut, thou
+first-born son of Seb, thou mighty one who comest forth from Nut, thou
+King in the city of Nifu-ur,(112) thou Governor of Amentet, thou lord of
+Abtu (Abydos), thou lord of souls, thou mighty one of strength, thou lord
+of the _atef_ crown in Suten-henen, thou lord of the divine form in the
+city of Nifu-ur, thou lord of the tomb, thou mighty one of souls in Tattu,
+thou lord of [sepulchral] offerings, thou whose festivals are many in
+Tattu. The god Horus exalteth his father in every place (or shrine), and
+he uniteth [himself] unto the goddess Isis and unto the goddess Nephthys;
+and the god Thoth reciteth for him the mighty glorifyings which are within
+him, [and which] come forth from his mouth, and the heart of Horus is
+stronger than that of all the gods. Rise up, then, O Horus, thou son of
+Isis, and avenge thy father Osiris. Hail, O Osiris, I have come unto thee;
+I am Horus and I have avenged thee, and I feed this day upon the
+sepulchral meals of oxen, and feathered fowl, and upon all the beautiful
+things [offered] unto Osiris. Rise up, then, O Osiris, for I have struck
+down for thee all thine enemies, and I have taken vengeance upon them for
+thee. I am Horus upon this beautiful day of thy fair rising in thy Soul
+which exalteth thee along with itself on this day before thy divine
+sovereign princes. Hail, O Osiris, thy _ka_ hath come unto thee and is
+with thee, and thou restest therein in thy name of Ka-Hetep. I maketh thee
+glorious in thy name of Khu, and it maketh thee like unto the Morning Star
+in thy name of Pehu, and it openeth for thee the ways in thy name of
+Ap-uat. Hail, O Osiris, I have come unto thee and I have set thine enemies
+under [thy feet] in every place, and thou art triumphant in the presence
+of the company of the gods and of the divine sovereign chiefs. Hail, O
+Osiris, thou hast received thy sceptre and the place whereon thou art to
+rest, and thy steps are under thee. Thou bringest food to the gods, and
+thou bringest sepulchral meals unto those who dwell in their tombs. Thou
+hast given thy might unto the gods and thou hast created the Great God;
+thou hast thy existence with them in their spiritual bodies, thou
+gatherest thyself unto all the gods, and thou hearest the word of right
+and truth on the day when offerings to this god are ordered on the
+festivals of Uka."
+
+
+
+
+Of Making Perfect The Khu
+
+
+[From the Papyrus of Nu (British Museum No. 10,477, sheet 17).]
+
+ANOTHER CHAPTER OF MAKING PERFECT THE _KHU_, WHICH IS [TO BE RECITED ON]
+THE BIRTHDAY OF OSIRIS, AND OF MAKING TO LIVE THE SOUL FOREVER.(113) The
+chancellor-in-chief, Nu, triumphant, saith:
+
+"The heavens are opened, the earth is opened, the West is opened, the East
+is opened, the southern half of heaven is opened, the northern half of
+heaven is opened, the doors are opened, and the gates are thrown wide open
+to Ra [as] he cometh forth from the horizon. The _Sektet_ boat openeth for
+him the double doors and the _Matet_ boat bursteth open [for him] the
+gates; he breatheth, and the god Shu(114) [cometh into being], and he
+createth the goddess Tefnut. Those who are in the following of Osiris
+follow in his train, and the overseer of the palace, the
+chancellor-in-chief, Nu, triumphant, followeth on in the train of Ra. He
+taketh his iron weapon and he forceth open the shrine even as doth Horus,
+and pressing onward he advanceth unto the hidden things of his habitation
+with the libations of his divine shrine; the messenger of the god that
+loveth him. The Osiris Nu, the overseer of the palace, the
+chancellor-in-chief, triumphant, bringeth forth the right and the truth,
+and he maketh to advance the going forward(115) of Osiris. The Osiris Nu,
+the overseer of the palace, the chancellor-in-chief, triumphant, taketh in
+[his] hand[s] the cordage and he bindeth fast the shrine. Storms are the
+things which he abominateth. Let no water-flood be nigh unto him, let not
+the Osiris Nu, the overseer of the palace, the chancellor-in-chief,
+triumphant, be repulsed before Ra, and let him not be made to turn back;
+for, behold, the Eye is in his two hands. Let not the Osiris Nu, the
+overseer of the palace, the chancellor-in-chief, triumphant, walk in the
+valley of darkness, let him not enter into the Lake of those who are evil,
+and let him have no existence among the damned, even for a moment. Let not
+the Osiris Nu fall headlong among those who would lead him captive, and
+let not [his] soul go in among them. Let his divine face take possession
+of the place behind the block, the block of the god Septu."
+
+"Hymns of praise be unto you, O ye divine beings of the Thigh, the knives
+of God [work] in secret, and the two arms and hands of God cause the light
+to shine; it is doubly pleasant unto him to lead the old unto him along
+with the young at his season. Now, behold, the god Thoth dwelleth within
+his hidden places, and he performeth the ceremonies of libation unto the
+god who reckoneth millions of years, and he maketh a way through the
+firmament, and he doeth away with storms and whirlwinds from his
+stronghold, and the Osiris Nu, the overseer of the palace, the
+chancellor-in-chief, triumphant, arriveth in the places of his
+habitations. [O ye divine beings of the Thigh], do ye away with his
+sorrow, and his suffering, and his pain, and may the sorrow of the Osiris
+Nu be altogether put away. Let the Osiris Nu, the overseer of the palace,
+the chancellor-in-chief, triumphant, gratify Ra, let him make a way into
+the horizon of Ra, let his boat be made ready for him, let him sail on
+happily, and let Thoth put light into [his] heart; then shall the Osiris
+Nu, triumphant, praise and glorify Ra, and Ra shall hearken unto his
+words, and he shall beat down the obstacles which come from his enemies. I
+have not been shipwrecked, I have not been turned back in the horizon, for
+I am Ra-Osiris, and the Osiris Nu, the overseer of the palace, the
+chancellor-in-chief, shall not be shipwrecked in the Great Boat. Behold
+him whose face is in the god of the Thigh, because the name of Ra is in
+the body of the Osiris Nu, the overseer of the palace, the
+chancellor-in-chief, and his honor is in his mouth; he shall speak unto
+Ra, and Ra shall hearken unto his words."
+
+"Hymns of praise unto thee, O Ra, in the horizon, and homage unto thee, O
+thou that purifiest with light the denizens of heaven, O thou who hast
+sovereign power over heaven at that supreme moment when the paddles of
+thine enemies move with thee! The Osiris Nu, the overseer of the palace,
+the chancellor-in-chief, triumphant, cometh with the ordering of right and
+truth, for there is an iron firmament in Amentet which the fiend Apep hath
+broken through with his storms before the double Lion-god, and this will
+the Osiris Nu set in order; O hearken ye, ye who dwell upon the top of the
+throne of majesty. The Osiris Nu shall come in among thy divine sovereign
+chiefs, and Ra shall deliver him from Apep each day so that he may not
+come nigh unto him, and he shall make himself vigilant. The Osiris Nu
+shall have power over the things which are written, he shall receive
+sepulchral meals, and the god Thoth shall provide him with the things
+which should be prepared for him. The Osiris Nu maketh right and truth to
+go round about the bows in the Great Boat, and hath triumph among the
+divine sovereign chiefs, and he establisheth [it] for millions of years.
+The divine chiefs guide him and give unto him a passage in the boat with
+joy and gladness; the first ones among the company of the sailors of Ra
+are behind him, and he is happy. Right and truth are exalted, and they
+have come unto their divine lord, and praises have been ascribed unto the
+god Neb-er-tcher. The Osiris Nu, the overseer of the palace, the
+chancellor-in-chief, triumphant, hath taken in his hands the weapon and he
+hath made his way through heaven therewith; the denizens thereof have
+ascribed praises unto him as [unto] a divine being who standeth up and
+never sinketh to rest. The god Ra exalteth him by reason of what he hath
+done, and he causeth him to make of none effect the whirlwind and the
+storm; he looketh upon his splendors, and he stablisheth his oars, and the
+boat saileth round about in heaven, rising like the sun in the darkness.
+Thoth, the mighty one, leadeth the Osiris Nu within his eye, and he
+sitteth [upon his] thigh[s] in the mighty boat of Khepera; he cometh into
+being, and the things which he saith come to pass. The Osiris Nu
+advanceth, and he journeyeth round about heaven unto Amentet, the fiery
+deities stand up before him, and the god Shu rejoiceth exceedingly, and
+they take in their hands the bows [of the boat] of Ra along with his
+divine mariners. Ra goeth round about and he looketh upon Osiris. The
+Osiris Nu is at peace, the Osiris Nu is at peace. He hath not been driven
+back, the flame of thy moment hath not been taken away from him, [O Ra,]
+the whirlwind and storm of thy mouth have not come forth against him, he
+hath not journeyed upon the path of the crocodile--for he abominateth the
+crocodile--and it hath not drawn nigh unto him. The Osiris Nu embarked in
+thy boat, O Ra, he is furnished with thy throne, and he receiveth thy
+spiritual form. The Osiris Nu travelleth over the paths of Ra at daybreak
+to drive back the fiend Nebt; [he] cometh upon the flame of thy boat, [O
+Ra,] upon that mighty Thigh. The Osiris Nu knoweth it, and he attaineth
+unto thy boat, and behold he [sitteth] therein; and he maketh sepulchral
+offerings."
+
+[THIS CHAPTER SHALL BE] RECITED OVER A BOAT OF THE GOD RA WHICH HATH BEEN
+PAINTED IN COLORS IN A PURE PLACE. AND BEHOLD THOU SHALT PLACE A FIGURE OF
+THE DECEASED IN THE BOWS THEREOF, AND THOU SHALT PAINT A SEKTET BOAT UPON
+THE RIGHT SIDE THEREOF, AND AN ATET BOAT UPON THE LEFT SIDE THEREOF, AND
+THERE SHALL BE MADE UNTO THEM OFFERINGS OF BREAD, AND CAKES, AND WINE, AND
+OIL, AND EVERY KIND OF FAIR OFFERING UPON THE BIRTHDAY OF OSIRIS. IF THESE
+CEREMONIES BE PERFORMED HIS SOUL SHALL HAVE EXISTENCE, AND SHALL LIVE
+FOREVER, AND SHALL NOT DIE A SECOND TIME.
+
+The following is from the rubric to this chapter in the Saite Recension
+(see Lepsius, op. cit., Bl. 53):
+
+"[He shall know] the hidden things of the underworld, he shall penetrate
+the hidden things in Neter-khertet (the underworld)."
+
+"[This chapter] was found in the large hall(?) of the Temple under the
+reign of his Majesty Hesepti, triumphant, and it was found in the cavern
+of the mountain which Horus made for his father Osiris Un-nefer,
+triumphant. Now since Ra looketh upon this deceased in his own flesh, he
+shall look upon him as the company of the gods. The fear of him shall be
+great, and the awe of him shall be mighty in the heart of men, and gods,
+and _Khu_s, and the damned. He shall be with his soul and shall live
+forever; he shall not die a second time in the underworld; and on the day
+of weighing of words no evil hap shall befall him. He shall be triumphant
+over his enemies, and his sepulchral meals shall be upon the altar of Ra
+in the course of each day, day by day."
+
+
+
+
+Of Living Nigh Unto Ra
+
+
+[From the Papyrus of Nu (British Museum No. 10,477, sheets 17 and 18).]
+
+THE CHAPTER OF HAVING EXISTENCE NIGH UNTO RA.(116) The overseer of the
+palace, the chancellor-in-chief, Nu, triumphant, saith:
+
+"I am that god Ra who shineth in the night. Every being who followeth in
+his train shall have life in the following of the god Thoth, and he shall
+give unto him the risings of Horus in the darkness. The heart of Osiris
+Nu, the overseer of the palace, the chancellor-in-chief, triumphant, is
+glad because he is one of those beings, and his enemies have been
+destroyed by the divine princes. I am a follower of Ra, and [I have]
+received his iron weapon. I have come unto thee, O my father Ra, and I
+have advanced to the god Shu. I have cried unto the mighty goddess, I have
+equipped the god Hu, and I alone have removed the Nebt god from the path
+of Ra. I am a Khu, and I have come to the divine prince at the bounds of
+the horizon. I have met and I have received the mighty goddess. I have
+raised up thy soul in the following of thy strength, and my soul [liveth]
+through thy victory and thy mighty power; it is I who give commands in
+speech to Ra, in heaven. Homage to thee, O great god in the east of
+heaven, let me embark in thy boat, O Ra, let me open myself out in the
+form of a divine hawk, let me give my commands in words, let me do battle
+in my _Sekhem_(?), let me be master under my vine. Let me embark in thy
+boat, O Ra, in peace, and let me sail in peace to the beautiful Amentet.
+Let the god Tem speak unto me, [saying], 'Wouldst [thou] enter therein?'
+The lady, the goddess Mehen, is a million of years, yea, two million years
+in extent, and dwelleth in the House of Urt and Nif-urt [and in] the Lake
+of a million years; the whole company of the gods move about among those
+who are at the side of him who is the lord of divisions of places(?). And
+I say, 'On every road and among these millions of years is Ra the lord,
+and his path is in the fire, and they go round about behind him, and they
+go round about behind him.' "
+
+
+
+
+Of Bringing Men Back To Earth
+
+
+[From the Papyrus of Ani (British Museum No. 10,470, sheet 18).]
+
+THE CHAPTER OF CAUSING A MAN TO COME BACK TO SEE HIS HOUSE UPON
+EARTH.(117) The Osiris Ani saith:
+
+"I am the Lion-god coming forth with extended strides. I have shot arrows
+and I have wounded the prey; I have shot arrows and I have wounded the
+prey. I am the Eye of Horus, and I pass through the Eye of Horus at this
+season. I have arrived at the furrows; let the Osiris Ani advance in
+peace."(118)
+
+
+
+
+Of Making Perfect The Khu
+
+
+[From the Papyrus of Nu (British Museum No. 10,477, sheet 16).]
+
+THE BOOK OF MAKING PERFECT THE _KHU_, WHICH IS TO BE RECITED ON THE DAY OF
+THE MONTH. The Osiris Nu, the overseer of the palace, the
+chancellor-in-chief, triumphant, saith:
+
+"Ra riseth in his horizon, and his company of the gods follow after him.
+The god cometh forth out of his hidden habitations, and food falleth out
+of the eastern horizon of heaven at the word of the goddess Nut who maketh
+plain the paths of Ra, whereupon straightway the Prince goeth round about.
+Lift up then thyself, O thou Ra, who dwellest in thy divine shrine, draw
+thou into thyself the winds, inhale the north wind, swallow thou the
+skin(?) of thy net on the day wherein thou breathest right and truth. Thou
+separatest the divine followers, and thou sailest in [thy] boat to Nut;
+the divine princes march onward at thy word. Thou takest count of thy
+bones, thou gatherest together thy members, thou settest thy face toward
+the beautiful Amentet, and thou comest, being renewed each day. Behold,
+thou art that Image of gold, and thou dost possess the splendors of the
+disks of heaven and art terrible; thou comest, being renewed each day.
+Hail, the horizon rejoiceth, and there are shouts of joy in the rigging
+[of thy boat]; when the gods who dwell in the heavens see the Osiris Nu,
+the overseer of the palace, the chancellor-in-chief, triumphant, they
+ascribe unto him as his due praises which are like unto those ascribed
+unto Ra. The Osiris Nu, the overseer of the palace, the
+chancellor-in-chief, triumphant, is a divine prince and he seeketh(?) the
+_ureret_ crown of Ra, and he, the only one, is strong in good fortune (?)
+in that supreme body which is of those divine beings who are in the
+presence of Ra. The Osiris Nu is strong both upon earth and in the
+underworld; and the Osiris Nu is strong like unto Ra every day. The Osiris
+Nu shall not tarry, and he shall not lie without motion in this land
+forever. Being doubly beautiful [he] shall see with his two eyes, and he
+shall hear with his two ears; rightly and truly, rightly and truly. The
+Osiris Nu is like unto Ra, and he setteth in order the oars [of his boat]
+among those who are in the train of Nu. He doth not tell that which he
+hath seen, and he doth not repeat that which he hath heard in the secret
+places. Hail, let there be shouts of joy to the Osiris Nu, who is of the
+divine body of Ra, as he journeyeth over Nu, and who propitiateth the KA
+of the god with that which he loveth. The Osiris Nu, the overseer of the
+palace, the chancellor-in-chief, is a hawk, the transformations of which
+are mighty (or manifold)."(119)
+
+[THIS CHAPTER SHALL BE] RECITED OVER A BOAT FOUR(120) CUBITS IN ITS LENGTH
+AND MADE OF GREEN PORCELAIN [ON WHICH HAVE BEEN PAINTED] THE DIVINE
+SOVEREIGN CHIEFS OF THE CITIES; AND A HEAVEN WITH ITS STARS SHALL [ALSO]
+BE MADE, AND THIS THOU SHALT HAVE MADE CEREMONIALLY PURE BY MEANS OF
+NATRON AND INCENSE. AND, BEHOLD, THOU SHALT MAKE AN IMAGE OF RA IN
+YELLOW(?) COLOR UPON A NEW PLAQUE AND SET IT AT THE BOWS OF THE BOAT. AND
+BEHOLD, THOU SHALT PLACE AN IMAGE OF THE _KHU_ WHICH THOU DOST WISH TO
+MAKE PERFECT [AND PLACE IT] IN THIS BOAT, AND THOU SHALT MAKE IT TO TRAVEL
+ABOUT IN THE BOAT [WHICH SHALL BE MADE IN THE FORM OF THE BOAT] OF RA; AND
+HE SHALL SEE THE GOD RA HIMSELF THEREIN. LET NOT THE EYE OF ANY MAN
+WHATSOEVER LOOK UPON IT WITH THE EXCEPTION OF THINE OWN SELF, OR THY
+FATHER,(121) OR THY SON, AND GUARD [THIS] WITH GREAT CARE.(122) [NOW THESE
+THINGS] SHALL MAKE THE _KHU_ PERFECT IN THE HEART OF RA, AND IT SHALL GIVE
+UNTO HIM POWER WITH THE COMPANY OF THE GODS; AND THE GODS SHALL LOOK UPON
+HIM AS A DIVINE BEING LIKE UNTO THEMSELVES; AND MANKIND AND THE DEAD SHALL
+LOOK UPON HIM AND SHALL FALL DOWN UPON THEIR FACES, AND HE SHALL BE SEEN
+IN THE UNDERWORLD IN THE FORM OF THE RADIANCE OF RA.
+
+
+
+
+Of Making Perfect The Khu
+
+
+[From the Papyrus of Nu (British Museum No. 10,477, sheet 17).]
+
+ANOTHER CHAPTER OF MAKING PERFECT THE KHU.(123) The Osiris Nu, the
+overseer of the palace, the chancellor-in-chief, triumphant, saith:
+
+"Homage to thee, O thou who art within thy divine shrine, who shinest with
+rays of light and sendest forth radiance from thyself, who decreest joy
+for millions of years unto those who love him, who givest their hearts'
+desire unto mankind, thou god Khepera within thy boat who hast overthrown
+Apep. O ye children of the god Seb, overthrow ye the enemies of Osiris Nu,
+the overseer of the palace, the chancellor-in-chief, triumphant, and
+destroy ye them from the boat of Ra; and the god Horus shall cut off their
+heads in heaven [where they are] in the form of feathered fowl, and their
+hind parts shall be on the earth in the form of animals and in the Lake in
+the form of fishes. Every male fiend and every female fiend shall the
+Osiris Nu, the overseer of the palace, the chancellor-in-chief, destroy,
+whether he descendeth from the heaven, or whether he cometh forth from the
+earth, or whether they come upon the waters, or whether they advance
+toward the stars, the god Thoth, the son of Aner, coming forth from the
+Anerti, shall hack them in pieces. The Osiris Nu is silent and dumb(?);
+cause ye this god, the mighty one of slaughter, the being greatly to be
+feared, to make himself clean in your blood and to bathe himself in your
+gore, and ye shall certainly be destroyed by him from the boat of his
+father Ra. The Osiris Nu is the god Horus to whom his mother the goddess
+Isis hath given birth, and whom the goddess Nephthys hath nursed and
+dandled, even like Horus when [he] repulsed the fiends of the god Suti;
+and when they see the _ureret_ crown stablished upon his head they fall
+down upon their faces and they glorify [him]. Behold, when men, and gods,
+and _Khu_s, and the dead see the Osiris Nu in the form of Horus with the
+_ureret_ crown stablished upon his head, they fall down upon their faces.
+And the Osiris Nu, the overseer of the palace, the chancellor-in-chief,
+triumphant, is victorious over his enemies in the heights of heaven, and
+in the depths thereof, and before the divine sovereign chiefs of every god
+and of every goddess."
+
+[THIS CHAPTER] SHALL BE RECITED OVER A HAWK STANDING AND HAVING THE WHITE
+CROWN UPON HIS HEAD, [AND OVER FIGURES OF] TEM, SHU, TEFNUT, SEB, NUT,
+OSIRIS, ISIS, SUTI, AND NEPHTHYS PAINTED IN YELLOW COLOR UPON A NEW
+PLAQUE, WHICH SHALL BE PLACED IN [A MODEL OF] THE BOAT [OF THE SUN], ALONG
+WITH A FIGURE OF THE DECEASED WHOM THOU WOULDST MAKE PERFECT. THESE SHALT
+THOU ANOINT WITH CEDAR OIL, AND INCENSE SHALL BE OFFERED UP TO THEM ON THE
+FIRE, AND FEATHERED FOWL SHALL BE ROASTED. IT IS AN ACT OF PRAISE TO RA AS
+HE JOURNEYETH, AND IT SHALL CAUSE A MAN TO HAVE HIS BEING ALONG WITH RA
+DAY BY DAY, WHITHERSOEVER THE GOD VOYAGETH; AND IT SHALL DESTROY THE
+ENEMIES OF RA IN VERY TRUTH REGULARLY AND CONTINUALLY.
+
+
+
+
+For The New Moon
+
+
+[From Lepsius "Todtenbuch," Bl. 55.]
+
+ANOTHER CHAPTER TO BE RECITED WHEN THE MOON RENEWETH ITSELF ON THE DAY OF
+THE MONTH. The Osiris Auf-ankh, triumphant, saith:
+
+"Osiris unfettereth," or, as others say, "openeth the storm cloud [in] the
+body of heaven, and is unfettered himself; Horus is made strong happily
+each day. He whose transformations are great (or many) hath offerings made
+unto him at the moment, and he hath made an end of the storm which is in
+the face of the Osiris Auf-ankh, triumphant. Verily he cometh, and he is
+Ra in [his] journeying, and he is the four celestial gods in the heavens
+above. The Osiris Auf-ankh, triumphant, cometh forth in his day, and he
+embarketh among the tackle of the boat."
+
+IF THIS CHAPTER BE KNOWN BY THE DECEASED HE SHALL BECOME A PERFECT _KHU_
+IN THE UNDERWORLD, AND HE SHALL NOT DIE THEREIN A SECOND TIME, AND HE
+SHALL EAT HIS FOOD SIDE BY SIDE WITH OSIRIS. IF THIS CHAPTER BE KNOWN BY
+HIM UPON EARTH HE SHALL BE LIKE UNTO THOTH, AND HE SHALL BE ADORED BY THE
+LIVING ONES; HE SHALL NOT FALL HEADLONG AT THE MOMENT OF ROYAL FLAME OF
+THE GODDESS BAST, AND THE MIGHTY PRINCESS SHALL MAKE HIM TO ADVANCE
+HAPPILY.
+
+
+
+
+Of Travelling In The Boat Of Ra
+
+
+[From the Papyrus of Nu (British Museum No. 10,477, sheet 28).]
+
+ANOTHER CHAPTER OF TRAVELLING IN THE GREAT BOAT OF RA. The Osiris Nu, the
+overseer of the palace, the chancellor-in-chief, triumphant, saith:
+
+"Behold now, O ye luminaries in Annu, ye people in Kher-aba, the god
+Kha(?) hath been born; his cordage hath been completed, and the instrument
+wherewith he maketh his way hath [he] grasped firmly. I have protected the
+implements of the gods, and I have delivered the boat Kha(?) for him. I
+have come forth into heaven, and I have travelled therein with Ra in the
+form of an ape, and have turned back the paths of Nut at the staircase of
+the god Sebek."
+
+
+
+
+Of Making Perfect The Khu
+
+
+[From the Papyrus of Nu (British Museum No. 10,477, sheet 16).]
+
+ANOTHER CHAPTER OF MAKING PERFECT THE _Khu_; [it shall be recited] on the
+festival of Six. The Osiris Nu, the overseer of the palace, the
+chancellor-in-chief, triumphant, saith:
+
+"Behold now, O ye luminaries in Annu (Heliopolis), ye people in Kher-aba,
+the god hath been born; his cordage(?) hath been completed, and the
+instrument wherewith he maketh his way he hath grasped firmly; and the
+Osiris Nu is strong with them to direct the implement of the gods. The
+Osiris Nu hath delivered the boat of the sun therewith ... and he cometh
+forth into heaven. The Osiris Nu sailed round about in heaven, he
+travelleth therein unto Nut, he journeyeth along with Ra, and he voyageth
+therein in the form of apes; [he] turneth back the water-flood which is
+over the Thigh of the goddess Nut at the staircase of the god Sebaku. The
+hearts of Seb and Nut are glad and repeat the name which is new. Un-neferu
+reneweth [his] youth, Ra is in his splendors of light, Unti hath his
+speech, and lo, the god of the Inundation is Prince among the gods. The
+taste of sweetness hath forced a way into the heart of the destitute one,
+and the lord of thy outcries hath been done away with, and the oars(?) of
+the company of the gods are in vigorous motion. Adored be thou, O divine
+Soul, who art endowed more than the gods of the South and North [in] their
+splendors! Behold, grant thou that the Osiris Nu may be great in heaven
+even as thou art great among the gods; deliver thou him from every evil
+and murderous thing which may be wrought upon him by the Fiend, and
+fortify thou his heart. Grant thou, moreover, that the Osiris Nu may be
+stronger than all the gods, all the _Khu_s, and all the dead. The Osiris
+Nu is strong and is the lord of powers. The Osiris Nu is the lord of right
+and truth which the goddess Uatchit worketh. The strength which protects
+the Osiris Nu is the strength which protects the god Ra in heaven. O god
+Ra, grant thou that the Osiris Nu may travel on in thy boat in peace, and
+do thou prepare a road whereon [thy] boat may journey onward; for the
+force which protecteth Osiris is the force which protecteth thee. The
+Osiris Nu driveth back the Crocodile from Ra day by day. The Osiris Nu
+cometh even as doth Horus in the splendors(?) of the horizon of heaven,
+and he directeth Ra through the mansions of the sky; the gods rejoice
+greatly when the Osiris Nu repulseth the Crocodile. The Osiris Nu hath the
+amulet(?) of the god, and the cloud of Nebt shall not come nigh unto him,
+and the divine guardians of the mansions of the sky shall not destroy him.
+The Osiris Nu is a divine being whose face is hidden, and he dwelleth
+within the Great House [as] the chief of the Shrine of the god. The Osiris
+Nu carrieth the words of the gods to Ra, and he cometh and maketh
+supplication unto the divine lord with the words of his message. The
+Osiris Nu is strong of heart, and he maketh his offering at the moment
+among those who perform the ceremonies of sacrifice."
+
+[THIS CHAPTER] SHALL BE SAID OVER A FIGURE OF THE DECEASED WHICH SHALL BE
+PLACED IN [A MODEL OF] THE BOAT OF THE SUN, AND BEHOLD, [HE THAT RECITETH
+IT] SHALL BE WASHED, AND SHALL BE CEREMONIALLY PURE, AND HE SHALL HAVE
+BURNT INCENSE BEFORE RA, AND SHALL HAVE OFFERED WINE, AND CAKES, AND
+ROASTED FOWL FOR THE JOURNEY [OF THE DECEASED] IN THE BOAT OF RA. NOW,
+EVERY _KHU_ FOR WHOM SUCH THINGS ARE DONE SHALL HAVE AN EXISTENCE AMONG
+THE LIVING ONES, AND HE SHALL NEVER PERISH, AND HE SHALL HAVE A BEING LIKE
+UNTO THAT OF THE HOLY GOD; NO EVIL THING WHATSOEVER SHALL ATTACK HIM. AND
+HE SHALL BE LIKE UNTO A HAPPY _KHU_ IN AMENTET, AND HE SHALL NOT DIE A
+SECOND TIME. HE SHALL EAT AND HE SHALL DRINK IN THE PRESENCE OF OSIRIS
+EACH DAY; HE SHALL BE BORNE ALONG WITH THE KINGS OF THE NORTH AND OF THE
+SOUTH EACH AND EVERY DAY; HE SHALL QUAFF WATER AT THE FOUNTAIN-HEAD; HE
+SHALL COME FORTH BY DAY EVEN AS DOTH HORUS; HE SHALL LIVE AND SHALL BECOME
+LIKE UNTO GOD; AND HE SHALL BE HYMNED BY THE LIVING ONES, EVEN AS IS RA
+EACH AND EVERY DAY CONTINUALLY AND REGULARLY FOREVER.
+
+
+
+
+Sailing In The Great Boat
+
+
+[From the Papyrus of Nu (British Museum No. 10,477, sheet 28).]
+
+THE CHAPTER OF SAILING IN THE GREAT BOAT OF RA TO PASS OVER THE CIRCLE OF
+BRIGHT FLAME. The Osiris Nu, the overseer of the palace, the
+chancellor-in-chief, triumphant, saith:
+
+"[Hail], ye bright and shining flames that keep your place behind Ra, and
+which slay behind him, the boat of Ra is in fear of the whirlwind and the
+storm; shine ye forth, then, and make [ye yourselves] visible. I have come
+[daily] along with the god Sek-hra from the bight of his holy lake, and I
+have seen the Maat [goddesses] pass along, and the lion-gods who belong
+unto them. Hail, thou that dwellest in the coffer who hast multitudes of
+plants(?), I have seen [what is] there. We rejoice, and their princes
+rejoice greatly, and their lesser gods(?) are glad. I have made a way in
+front of the boat of Ra, I have lifted myself up into his divine Disk, I
+shine brightly through his splendors; he hath furnished himself with the
+things which are his, taking possession thereof as the lord of right and
+truth. And behold, O ye company of the gods, and thou ancestor of the
+goddess Isis,(124) grant ye that he may bear testimony to his father, the
+lord of those who are therein. I have weighed the ... in him [as] chief,
+and I have brought to him the goddess Tefnut and he liveth. Behold, come,
+come, and declare before him the testimony of right and truth of the lord
+Tem. I cry out at eventide and at his hour, saying, Grant ye unto me that
+I may come. I have brought unto him the jaws of the passages of the tomb;
+I have brought unto him the bones which are in Annu (Heliopolis); I have
+gathered together for him his manifold parts; I have driven back for him
+the serpent fiend Apep; I have spit upon his gashes for him; I have made
+my road and I have passed in among you. I am he who dwelleth among the
+gods, come, let [me] pass onward in the boat, the boat of the lord Sa.
+Behold, O Heru-ur, there is a flame, but the fire hath been extinguished.
+I have made [my] road, O ye divine fathers and your divine apes! I have
+entered upon the horizon, and I have passed on to the side of the divine
+princes, and I have borne testimony unto him that dwelleth in his divine
+boat. I have gone forward over the circle of bright flame which is behind
+the lord of the lock of hair which moveth round about. Behold, ye who cry
+out over yourselves, ye worms in [your] hidden places, grant ye that I may
+pass onward, for I am the mighty one, the lord of divine strength, and I
+am the spiritual body (_sah_) of the lord of divine right and truth made
+by the goddess Uatchit. His strength which protecteth is my strength which
+protecteth, which is the strength which protecteth Ra. [Grant ye that I
+may be in the following of Ra], and grant ye that I may go round about
+with him in Sekhet-hetep [and in] the two lands. [I am] a great god, and
+[I have been] judged by the company of his gods; grant that divine,
+sepulchral meals may be given unto me."
+
+
+
+
+Of The Four Flames
+
+
+[From the Papyrus of Nu (British Museum No. 10,477, sheet 26).]
+
+THE CHAPTER OF THE FOUR BLAZING FLAMES WHICH ARE MADE FOR THE KHU. Behold,
+thou shalt make four square troughs of clay, whereon thou shalt scatter
+incense, and thou shalt fill them with the milk of a white cow, and by
+means of these thou shalt extinguish the flame. The Osiris Nu, the
+overseer of the palace, the chancellor-in-chief, triumphant, saith:
+
+"The fire cometh to thy KA, O Osiris, governor of Amenti; the fire cometh
+to thy KA, O Osiris Nu, the overseer of the palace, the
+chancellor-in-chief, triumphant. He that ordereth the night cometh after
+the day. [The flame cometh to thy KA, O Osiris, governor of those in
+Amenti](125) and the two sisters(?) of Ra come likewise. Behold, [the
+flame] riseth in Abtu (Abydos) and it cometh; and I cause it to come [to]
+the Eye of Horus. It is set in order upon thy brow, O Osiris, governor of
+Amenti,(126) and it is fixed within thy shrine and riseth upon thy brow;
+it is set in order upon thy breast, O Osiris Nu, and it is fixed upon thy
+brow. The Eye of Horus is protecting thee, O Osiris, governor of Amenti,
+and it keepeth thee in safety; it casteth down headlong all thine enemies
+for thee and all thine enemies have fallen headlong before thee. O Osiris
+Nu, the Eye of Horus protecteth thee, it keepeth thee in safety, and it
+casteth down headlong all thine enemies. Thine enemies have fallen down
+headlong before thy KA, O Osiris, governor of Amenti, the Eye of Horus
+protecteth thee, it keepeth thee in safety, and it hath cast down headlong
+all thine enemies. Thine enemies have fallen down headlong before thy
+_Ka_, O Osiris Nu, the overseer of the palace, the chancellor-in-chief,
+triumphant, the Eye of Horus protecteth thee, it keepeth thee in safety,
+it hath cast down headlong for thee all thine enemies, and thine enemies
+have fallen down headlong before thee. The Eye of Horus cometh, it is
+sound and well, and it sendeth forth rays like unto Ra in the horizon; it
+covereth over with darkness the powers of Suti, it taketh possession
+thereof and it bringeth its flame against him upon [its] feet(?). The Eye
+of Horus is sound and well, thou eatest the flesh(?) of thy body by means
+thereof, and thou givest praise(?) thereto. The four flames enter into thy
+KA, O Osiris, governor of Amenti, the four flames enter into thy _ka_, O
+Osiris Nu, the overseer of the palace, the chancellor-in-chief,
+triumphant. Hail, ye children of Horus, Mesthi, Hapi, Tuamautef and
+Qebhsennuf, ye have given your protection unto your divine Father Osiris,
+the governor of Amenti, grant ye your protection to the Osiris Nu,
+triumphant. Now, therefore, inasmuch as ye have destroyed the opponent[s]
+of Osiris, the governor of Amenti, he liveth with the gods, and he hath
+smitten Suti, with his hand and arm since light dawned upon the earth, and
+Horus hath gotten power, and he hath avenged his divine Father Osiris
+himself; and inasmuch as your divine father hath been made vigorous
+through the union which ye have effected for him with the _Ka_ of Osiris,
+the governor of Amenti--now the Eye of Horus hath avenged him, and it hath
+protected him, and it hath cast down headlong for him all his enemies, and
+all his enemies have fallen down before him--even so do ye destroy the
+opponent[s] of the Osiris Nu, the overseer of the palace, the
+chancellor-in-chief, triumphant. Let him live with the gods, let him smite
+down his enemy, let him destroy [him] when light dawneth upon the earth,
+let Horus gain power and avenge the Osiris Nu, let the Osiris Nu have
+vigor through the union which ye have effected for him with his _ka_. O
+Osiris Nu, the Eye of Horus hath avenged thee, it hath cast down headlong
+all thine enemies for thee, and all thine enemies have fallen down
+headlong before thee. Hail, Osiris, governor of Amenti, grant thou light
+and fire to the happy soul which is in Suten-henen (Heracleopolis); and [O
+ye children of Horus] grant ye power unto the living soul of the Osiris Nu
+within his flame. Let him not be repulsed and let him not be driven back
+at the doors of Amentet; oh let his offerings of bread and of linen
+garments be brought unto him among [those of] the lords of funeral
+oblations, oh, offer ye praises as unto a god, to the Osiris Nu, destroyer
+of his opponent[s] in his form of right and truth and in his attributes of
+a god of right and truth."
+
+
+
+
+
+EGYPTIAN TALES
+
+
+                        Translated from the Papyri
+
+
+ Edited by Wm. Flinders Petrie, Hon. D.C.L., LL.D., Edwards Professor of
+                 Egyptology, University College, London.
+
+
+
+
+The Taking Of Joppa
+
+
+There was once in the time of King Men-kheper-ra a revolt of the servants
+of his Majesty who were in Joppa; and his Majesty said, "Let Tahutia go
+with his footmen and destroy this wicked Foe in Joppa." And he called one
+of his followers, and said moreover, "Hide thou my great cane, which works
+wonders, in the baggage of Tahutia that my power may go with him."
+
+Now when Tahutia came near to Joppa, with all the footmen of Pharaoh, he
+sent unto the Foe in Joppa, and said, "Behold now his Majesty, King
+Men-kheper-ra, has sent all this great army against thee; but what is that
+if my heart is as thy heart? Do thou come, and let us talk in the field,
+and see each other face to face." So Tahutia came with certain of his men;
+and the Foe in Joppa came likewise, but his charioteer that was with him
+was true of heart unto the King of Egypt. And they spoke with one another
+in his great tent, which Tahutia had placed far off from the soldiers. But
+Tahutia had made ready 200 sacks, with cords and fetters, and had made a
+great sack of skins with bronze fetters, and many baskets: and they were
+in his tent, the sacks and the baskets, and he had placed them as the
+forage for the horses is put in baskets. For while the Foe in Joppa drank
+with Tahutia, the people who were with him drank with the footmen of
+Pharaoh, and made merry with them. And when their bout of drinking was
+past, Tahutia said to the Foe in Joppa, "If it please thee, while I remain
+with the women and children of thy own city, let one bring of my people
+with their horses, that they may give them provender, or let one of the
+Apuro run to fetch them." So they came, and hobbled their horses, and gave
+them provender, and one found the great cane of Men-kheper-ra (Tahutmes
+III), and came to tell of it to Tahutia. And thereupon the Foe in Joppa
+said to Tahutia: "My heart is set on examining the great cane of
+Men-kheper-ra, which is named '... tautnefer.' By the _ka_ of the King
+Men-kheper-ra it will be in thy hands to-day; now do thou well and bring
+thou it to me." And Tahutia did thus, and he brought the cane of King
+Men-kheper-ra. And he laid hold on the Foe in Joppa by his garment, and he
+arose and stood up, and said, "Look on me, O Foe in Joppa; here is the
+great cane of King Men-kheper-ra, the terrible lion, the son of Sekhet, to
+whom Amen his father gives power and strength." And he raised his hand and
+struck the forehead of the Foe in Joppa, and he fell helpless before him.
+He put him in the sack of skins and he bound with gyves the hands of the
+Foe in Joppa, and put on his feet the fetters with four rings. And he made
+them bring the 200 sacks which he had cleaned, and made to enter into them
+200 soldiers, and filled the hollows with cords and fetters of wood, he
+sealed them with a seal, and added to them their rope-nets and the poles
+to bear them. And he put every strong footman to bear them, in all 600
+men, and said to them, "When you come into the town you shall open your
+burdens, you shall seize on all the inhabitants of the town, and you shall
+quickly put fetters upon them."
+
+Then one went out and said unto the charioteer of the Foe in Joppa, "Thy
+master is fallen; go, say to thy mistress, 'A pleasant message! For Sutekh
+has given Tahutia to us, with his wife and his children; behold the
+beginning of their tribute,' that she may comprehend the two hundred
+sacks, which are full of men and cords and fetters." So he went before
+them to please the heart of his mistress, saying, "We have laid hands on
+Tahutia." Then the gates of the city were opened before the footmen: they
+entered the city, they opened their burdens, they laid hands on them of
+the city, both small and great, they put on them the cords and fetters
+quickly; the power of Pharaoh seized upon that city. After he had rested
+Tahutia sent a message to Egypt to the King Men-kheper-ra his lord,
+saying: "Be pleased, for Amen thy good father has given to thee the Foe in
+Joppa, together with all his people, likewise also his city. Send,
+therefore, people to take them as captives that thou mayest fill the house
+of thy father Amen Ra, king of the gods, with men-servants and
+maid-servants, and that they may be overthrown beneath thy feet for ever
+and ever."
+
+
+
+
+The Doomed Prince
+
+
+There once was a king to whom no son was born; and his heart was grieved,
+and he prayed for himself unto the gods around him for a child. They
+decreed that one should be born to him. And his wife, after her time was
+fulfilled, brought forth a son. Then came the Hathors to decree for him a
+destiny; they said, "His death is to be by the crocodile, or by the
+serpent, or by the dog." Then the people who stood by heard this, and they
+went to tell it to his Majesty. Then his Majesty's heart sickened very
+greatly. And his Majesty caused a house to be built upon the desert; it
+was furnished with people and with all good things of the royal house,
+that the child should not go abroad. And when the child was grown, he went
+up upon the roof, and he saw a dog; it was following a man who was walking
+on the road. He spoke to his page, who was with him, "What is this that
+walks behind the man who is coming along the road?" He answered him, "This
+is a dog." The child said to him, "Let there be brought to me one like
+it." The page went to repeat it to his Majesty. And his Majesty said, "Let
+there be brought to him a little pet dog, lest his heart be sad." And
+behold they brought to him the dog.
+
+Then when the days increased after this, and when the child became grown
+in all his limbs, he sent a message to his father saying, "Come, wherefore
+am I kept here? Inasmuch as I am fated to three evil fates, let me follow
+my desire. Let God do what is in his heart." They agreed to all he said,
+and gave him all sorts of arms, and also his dog to follow him, and they
+took him to the east country, and said to him, "Behold, go thou whither
+thou wilt." His dog was with him, and he went northward, following his
+heart in the desert, while he lived on all the best of the game of the
+desert. He went to the chief of Naharaina.
+
+And behold there had not been any born to the chief of Naharaina, except
+one daughter. Behold, there had been built for her a house; its seventy
+windows were seventy cubits from the ground. And the chief caused to be
+brought all the sons of the chiefs of the land of Khalu, and said to them,
+"He who reaches the window of my daughter, she shall be to him for a
+wife."
+
+And many days after these things, as they were in their daily task, the
+youth rode by the place where they were. They took the youth to their
+house, they bathed him, they gave provender to his horses, they brought
+all kinds of things for the youth, they perfumed him, they anointed his
+feet, they gave him portions of their own food; and they spake to him,
+"Whence comest thou, goodly youth?" He said to them, "I am son of an
+officer of the land of Egypt; my mother is dead, and my father has taken
+another wife. And when she bore children, she grew to hate me, and I have
+come as a fugitive from before her." And they embraced him, and kissed
+him.
+
+And after many days were passed, he said to the youths, "What is it that
+ye do here?" And they said to him: "We spend our time in this: we climb
+up, and he who shall reach the window of the daughter of the chief of
+Naharaina, to him will be given her to wife." He said to them, "If it
+please you, let me behold the matter, that I may come to climb with you."
+They went to climb, as was their daily wont: and the youth stood afar off
+to behold; and the face of the daughter of the chief of Naharaina was
+turned to them. And another day the sons came to climb, and the youth came
+to climb with the sons of the chiefs. He climbed, and he reached the
+window of the daughter of the chief of Naharaina. She kissed him, she
+embraced him in all his limbs.
+
+And one went to rejoice the heart of her father, and said to him, "One of
+the people has reached the window of thy daughter." And the prince
+inquired of the messenger, saying, "The son of which of the princes is
+it?" And he replied to him, "It is the son of an officer, who has come as
+a fugitive from the land of Egypt, fleeing from before his stepmother when
+she had children." Then the chief of Naharaina was exceeding angry; and he
+said: "Shall I indeed give my daughter to the Egyptian fugitive? Let him
+go back whence he came." And one came to tell the youth, "Go back to the
+place thou camest from." But the maiden seized his hand; she swore an oath
+by God, saying, "By the being of Ra Harakhti, if one takes him from me, I
+will not eat, I will not drink, I shall die in that same hour." The
+messenger went to tell unto her father all that she said. Then the prince
+sent men to slay the youth, while he was in his house. But the maiden
+said: "By the being of Ra, if one slay him I shall be dead ere the sun
+goeth down. I will not pass an hour of life if I am parted from him." And
+one went to tell her father. Then the prince made them bring the youth
+with the maiden. The youth was seized with fear when he came before the
+prince. But he embraced him, he kissed him all over, and said: "Oh, tell
+me who thou art; behold, thou art to me as a son." He said to him: "I am a
+son of an officer of the land of Egypt; my mother died, my father took to
+him a second wife; she came to hate me, and I fled a fugitive from before
+her." He then gave to him his daughter to wife; he gave also to him a
+house, and serfs, and fields, also cattle and all manner of good things.
+
+But after the days of these things were passed, the youth said to his
+wife, "I am doomed to three fates--a crocodile, a serpent, and a dog." She
+said to him, "Let one kill the dog which belongs to thee." He replied to
+her, "I am not going to kill my dog, which I have brought up from when it
+was small." And she feared greatly for her husband, and would not let him
+go alone abroad.
+
+And one went with the youth toward the land of Egypt, to travel in that
+country. Behold the crocodile of the river, he came out by the town in
+which the youth was. And in that town was a mighty man. And the mighty man
+would not suffer the crocodile to escape. And when the crocodile was
+bound, the mighty man went out and walked abroad. And when the sun rose
+the mighty man went back to the house; and he did so every day, during two
+months of days.
+
+Now when the days passed after this, the youth sat making a good day in
+his house. And when the evening came he lay down on his bed, sleep seized
+upon his limbs; and his wife filled a bowl of milk, and placed it by his
+side. Then came out a serpent from his hole, to bite the youth; behold his
+wife was sitting by him, she lay not down. Thereupon the servants gave
+milk to the serpent, and he drank, and was drunk, and lay upside down.
+Then his wife made it to perish with the blows of her dagger. And they
+woke her husband, who was astonished; and she said unto him: "Behold thy
+God has given one of thy dooms into thy hand; he will also give thee the
+others." And he sacrificed to God, adoring him, and praising his spirits
+from day to day.
+
+And when the days were passed after these things, the youth went to walk
+in the fields of his domain. He went not alone, behold his dog was
+following him. And his dog ran aside after the wild game, and he followed
+the dog. He came to the river, and entered the river behind his dog. Then
+came out the crocodile, and took him to the place where the mighty man
+was. And the crocodile said to the youth, "I am thy doom, following after
+thee...."
+
+(_Here the papyrus breaks off._)
+
+
+
+
+Anpu And Bata
+
+
+Once there were two brethren, of one mother and one father; Anpu was the
+name of the elder, and Bata was the name of the younger. Now, as for Anpu
+he had a house, and he had a wife. But his little brother was to him as it
+were a son; he it was who made for him his clothes; he it was who followed
+behind his oxen to the fields; he it was who did the ploughing; he it was
+who harvested the corn; he it was who did for him all the matters that
+were in the field. Behold, his younger brother grew to be an excellent
+worker, there was not his equal in the whole land; behold, the spirit of a
+god was in him.
+
+Now after this the younger brother followed his oxen in his daily manner;
+and every evening he turned again to the house, laden with all the herbs
+of the field, with milk and with wood, and with all things of the field.
+And he put them down before his elder brother, who was sitting with his
+wife; and he drank and ate, and he lay down in his stable with the cattle.
+And at the dawn of day he took bread which he had baked, and laid it
+before his elder brother; and he took with him his bread to the field, and
+he drave his cattle to pasture in the fields. And as he walked behind his
+cattle, they said to him, "Good is the herbage which is in that place";
+and he listened to all that they said, and he took them to the good place
+which they desired. And the cattle which were before him became exceeding
+excellent, and they multiplied greatly.
+
+Now at the time of ploughing his elder brother said unto him: "Let us make
+ready for ourselves a goodly yoke of oxen for ploughing, for the land has
+come out from the water, it is fit for ploughing. Moreover, do thou come
+to the field with corn, for we will begin the ploughing in the morrow
+morning." Thus said he to him; and his younger brother did all things as
+his elder brother had spoken unto him to do them.
+
+And when the morn was come, they went to the fields with their things; and
+their hearts were pleased exceedingly with their task in the beginning of
+their work. And it came to pass after this that as they were in the field
+they stopped for corn, and he sent his younger brother, saying, "Haste
+thou, bring to us corn from the farm." And the younger brother found the
+wife of his elder brother, as she was sitting tying her hair. He said to
+her: "Get up, and give to me corn, that I may run to the field, for my
+elder brother hastened me; do not delay." She said to him: "Go, open the
+bin, and thou shalt take to thyself according to thy will, that I may not
+drop my locks of hair while I dress them."
+
+The youth went into the stable; he took a large measure, for he desired to
+take much corn; he loaded it with wheat and barley; and he went out
+carrying it. She said to him, "How much of the corn that is wanted, is
+that which is on thy shoulder?" He said to her: "Three bushels of barley,
+and two of wheat, in all five; these are what are upon my shoulder." Thus
+said he to her. And she conversed with him, saying, "There is great
+strength in thee, for I see thy might every day." And her heart knew him
+with the knowledge of youth. And she arose and came to him, and conversed
+with him, saying, "Come, stay with me, and it shall be well for thee, and
+I will make for thee beautiful garments." Then the youth became like a
+panther of the south with fury at the evil speech which she had made to
+him; and she feared greatly. And he spake unto her, saying: "Behold thou
+art to me as a mother, thy husband is to me as a father, for he who is
+elder than I has brought me up. What is this wickedness that thou hast
+said to me? Say it not to me again. For I will not tell it to any man, for
+I will not let it be uttered by the mouth of any man." He lifted up his
+burden, and he went to the field and came to his elder brother; and they
+took up their work, to labor at their task.
+
+Now afterward, at eventime, his elder brother was returning to his house;
+and the younger brother was following after his oxen, and he loaded
+himself with all the things of the field; and he brought his oxen before
+him, to make them lie down in their stable which was in the farm. And
+behold the wife of the elder brother was afraid for the words which she
+had said. She took a parcel of fat, she became like one who is evilly
+beaten, desiring to say to her husband, "It is thy younger brother who has
+done this wrong." Her husband returned in the even, as was his wont of
+every day; he came unto his house; he found his wife ill of violence; she
+did not give him water upon his hands as he used to have, she did not make
+a light before him, his house was in darkness, and she was lying very
+sick. Her husband said to her, "Who has spoken, with thee?" Behold she
+said: "No one has spoken with me except thy younger brother. When he came
+to take for thee corn he found me sitting alone; he said to me, 'Come, let
+us stay together, tie up thy hair.' Thus spake he to me. I did not listen
+to him, but thus spake I to him: 'Behold, am I not thy mother, is not thy
+elder brother to thee as a father?' And he feared, and he beat me to stop
+me from making report to thee, and if thou lettest him live I shall die.
+Now behold he is coming in the evening; and I complain of these wicked
+words, for he would have done this even in daylight."
+
+And the elder brother became as a panther of the south; he sharpened his
+knife; he took it in his hand; he stood behind the door of his stable to
+slay his younger brother as he came in the evening to bring his cattle
+into the stable.
+
+Now the sun went down, and he loaded himself with herbs in his daily
+manner. He came, and his foremost cow entered the stable, and she said to
+her keeper, "Behold thou thy elder brother standing before thee with his
+knife to slay thee; flee from before him." He heard what his first cow had
+said; and the next entering, she also said likewise. He looked beneath the
+door of the stable; he saw the feet of his elder brother; he was standing
+behind the door, and his knife was in his hand. He cast down his load to
+the ground, and betook himself to flee swiftly; and his elder brother
+pursued after him with his knife. Then the younger brother cried out unto
+Ra Harakhti, saying, "My good Lord! Thou art he who divides the evil from
+the good." And Ra stood and heard all his cry; and Ra made a wide water
+between him and his elder brother, and it was full of crocodiles; and the
+one brother was on one bank, and the other on the other bank; and the
+elder brother smote twice on his hands at not slaying him. Thus did he.
+And the younger brother called to the elder on the bank, saying: "Stand
+still until the dawn of day; and when Ra ariseth, I shall judge with thee
+before him, and he discerneth between the good and the evil. For I shall
+not be with thee any more forever; I shall not be in the place in which
+thou art; I shall go to the valley of the acacia."
+
+Now when the land was lightened, and the next day appeared, Ra Harakhti
+arose, and one looked unto the other. And the youth spake with his elder
+brother, saying: "Wherefore earnest thou after me to slay me in
+craftiness, when thou didst not hear the words of my mouth? For I am thy
+brother in truth, and thou art to me as a father, and thy wife even as a
+mother: is it not so? Verily, when I was sent to bring for us corn, thy
+wife said to me, 'Come, stay with me'; for behold this has been turned
+over unto thee into another wise." And he caused him to understand of all
+that happened with him and his wife. And he swore an oath by Ra Harakhti,
+saying, "Thy coming to slay me by deceit with thy knife was an
+abomination." Then the youth took a knife, and cut off of his flesh, and
+cast it into the water, and the fish swallowed it. He failed; he became
+faint; and his elder brother cursed his own heart greatly; he stood
+weeping for him afar off; he knew not how to pass over to where his
+younger brother was, because of the crocodiles. And the younger brother
+called unto him, saying: "Whereas thou hast devised an evil thing, wilt
+thou not also devise a good thing, even like that which I would do unto
+thee? When thou goest to thy house thou must look to thy cattle, for I
+shall not stay in the place where thou art; I am going to the valley of
+the acacia. And now as to what thou shalt do for me; it is even that thou
+shalt come to seek after me, if thou perceivest a matter, namely, that
+there are things happening unto me. And this is what shall come to pass,
+that I shall draw out my soul, and I shall put it upon the top of the
+flowers of the acacia, and when the acacia is cut down, and it falls to
+the ground, and thou comest to seek for it, if thou searchest for it seven
+years do not let thy heart be wearied. For thou wilt find it, and thou
+must put it in a cup of cold water, and expect that I shall live again,
+that I may make answer to what has been done wrong. And thou shalt know of
+this, that is to say, that things are happening to me, when one shall give
+to thee a cup of beer in thy hand, and it shall be troubled; stay not
+then, for verily it shall come to pass with thee."
+
+And the youth went to the valley of the acacia; and his elder brother went
+unto his house; his hand was laid on his head, and he cast dust on his
+head; he came to his house, and he slew his wife, he cast her to the dogs,
+and he sat in mourning for his younger brother.
+
+Now many days after these things, the younger brother was in the valley of
+the acacia; there was none with him; he spent his time in hunting the
+beasts of the desert, and he came back in the even to lie down under the
+acacia, which bore his soul upon the topmost flower. And after this he
+built himself a tower with his own hands, in the valley of the acacia; it
+was full of all good things, that he might provide for himself a home.
+
+And he went out from his tower, and he met the Nine Gods, who were walking
+forth to look upon the whole land. The Nine Gods talked one with another,
+and they said unto him: "Ho! Bata, bull of the Nine Gods, art thou
+remaining alone? Thou hast left thy village for the wife of Anpu, thy
+elder brother. Behold his wife is slain. Thou hast given him an answer to
+all that was transgressed against thee." And their hearts were vexed for
+him exceedingly. And Ra Harakhti said to Khnumu, "Behold, frame thou a
+woman for Bata, that he may not remain alive alone." And Khnumu made for
+him a mate to dwell with him. She was more beautiful in her limbs than any
+woman who is in the whole land. The essence of every god was in her. The
+seven Hathors came to see her: they said with one mouth, "She will die a
+sharp death."
+
+And Bata loved her very exceedingly, and she dwelt in his house; he passed
+his time in hunting the beasts of the desert, and brought and laid them
+before her. He said: "Go not outside, lest the sea seize thee; for I
+cannot rescue thee from it, for I am a woman like thee; my soul is placed
+on the head of the flower of the acacia; and if another find it, I must
+fight with him." And he opened unto her his heart in all its nature.
+
+Now after these things Bata went to hunt in his daily manner. And the
+young girl went to walk under the acacia which was by the side of her
+house. Then the sea saw her, and cast its waves up after her. She betook
+herself to flee from before it. She entered her house. And the sea called
+unto the acacia, saying, "Oh, would that I could seize her!" And the
+acacia brought a lock from her hair, and the sea carried it to Egypt, and
+dropped it in the place of the fullers of Pharaoh's linen. The smell of
+the lock of hair entered into the clothes of Pharaoh; and they were wroth
+with the fullers of Pharaoh, saying, "The smell of ointment is in the
+clothes of Pharaoh." And the people were rebuked every day, they knew not
+what they should do. And the chief fuller of Pharaoh walked by the bank,
+and his heart was very evil within him after the daily quarrel with him.
+He stood still, he stood upon the sand opposite to the lock of hair, which
+was in the water, and he made one enter into the water and bring it to
+him; and there was found in it a smell, exceeding sweet. He took it to
+Pharaoh; and they brought the scribes and the wise men, and they said unto
+Pharaoh: "This lock of hair belongs to a daughter of Ra Harakhti: the
+essence of every god is in her, and it is a tribute to thee from another
+land. Let messengers go to every strange land to seek her: and as for the
+messenger who shall go to the valley of the acacia, let many men go with
+him to bring her." Then said his Majesty, "Excellent exceedingly is what
+has been said to us"; and they sent them. And many days after these things
+the people who were sent to strange lands came to give report unto the
+King: but there came not those who went to the valley of the acacia, for
+Bata had slain them, but let one of them return to give a report to the
+King. His Majesty sent many men and soldiers, as well as horsemen, to
+bring her back. And there was a woman among them, and to her had been
+given in her hand beautiful ornaments of a woman. And the girl came back
+with her, and they rejoiced over her in the whole land.
+
+And his Majesty loved her exceedingly, and raised her to high estate; and
+he spake unto her that she should tell him concerning her husband. And she
+said, "Let the acacia be cut down, and let one chop it up." And they sent
+men and soldiers with their weapons to cut down the acacia; and they came
+to the acacia, and they cut the flower upon which was the soul of Bata,
+and he fell dead suddenly.
+
+And when the next day came, and the earth was lightened, the acacia was
+cut down. And Anpu, the elder brother of Bata, entered his house, and
+washed his hands; and one gave him a cup of beer, and it became troubled;
+and one gave him another of wine, and the smell of it was evil. Then he
+took his staff, and his sandals, and likewise his clothes, with his
+weapons of war; and he betook himself forth to the valley of the acacia.
+He entered the tower of his younger brother, and he found him lying upon
+his mat; he was dead. And he wept when he saw his younger brother verily
+lying dead. And he went out to seek the soul of his younger brother under
+the acacia tree, under which his younger brother lay in the evening. He
+spent three years in seeking for it, but found it not. And when he began
+the fourth year, he desired in his heart to return into Egypt; he said, "I
+will go to-morrow morn." Thus spake he in his heart.
+
+Now when the land lightened, and the next day appeared, he was walking
+under the acacia; he was spending his time in seeking it. And he returned
+in the evening, and labored at seeking it again. He found a seed. He
+returned with it. Behold this was the soul of his younger brother. He
+brought a cup of cold water, and he cast the seed into it: and he sat
+down, as he was wont. Now when the night came his soul sucked up the
+water; Bata shuddered in all his limbs, and he looked on his elder
+brother; his soul was in the cup. Then Anpu took the cup of cold water, in
+which the soul of his younger brother was; Bata drank it, his soul stood
+again in its place, and he became as he had been. They embraced each
+other, and they conversed together.
+
+And Bata said to his elder brother: "Behold I am to become as a great
+bull, which bears, every good mark; no one knoweth its history, and thou
+must sit upon my back. When the sun arises I shall be in the place where
+my wife is, that I may return answer to her; and thou must take me to the
+place where the King is. For all good things shall be done for thee; for
+one shall lade thee with silver and gold, because thou bringest me to
+Pharaoh, for I become a great marvel, and they shall rejoice for me in all
+the land. And thou shalt go to thy village."
+
+And when the land was lightened, and the next day appeared, Bata became in
+the form which he had told to his elder brother. And Anpu sat upon his
+back until the dawn. He came to the place where the King was, and they
+made his Majesty to know of him; he saw him, and he was exceeding joyful
+with him. He made for him great offerings, saying, "This is a great wonder
+which has come to pass." There were rejoicings over him in the whole land.
+They presented unto him silver and gold for his elder brother, who went
+and stayed in his village. They gave to the bull many men and many things,
+and Pharaoh loved him exceedingly above all that is in this land.
+
+And after many days after these things, the bull entered the purified
+place; he stood in the place where the princess was; he began to speak
+with her, saying, "Behold, I am alive indeed." And she said to him, "And,
+pray, who art thou?" He said to her, "I am Bata. I perceived when thou
+causedst that they should destroy the acacia of Pharaoh, which was my
+abode, that I might not be suffered to live. Behold, I am alive indeed, I
+am as an ox." Then the princess feared exceedingly for the words that her
+husband had spoken to her. And he went out from the purified place.
+
+And his Majesty was sitting, making a good day with her: she was at the
+table of his Majesty, and the King was exceeding pleased with her. And she
+said to his Majesty, "Swear to me by God, saying, 'What thou shalt say, I
+will obey it for thy sake.' " He hearkened unto all that she said, even
+this. "Let me eat of the liver of the ox, because he is fit for naught."
+Thus spake she to him. And the King was exceeding sad at her words, the
+heart of Pharaoh grieved him greatly. And after the land was lightened,
+and the next day appeared, they proclaimed a great feast with offerings to
+the ox. And the King sent one of the chief butchers of his Majesty, to
+cause the ox to be sacrificed. And when he was sacrificed, as he was upon
+the shoulders of the people, he shook his neck, and he threw two drops of
+blood over against the two doors of his Majesty. The one fell upon the one
+side, on the great door of Pharaoh, and the other upon the other door.
+They grew as two great Persea trees, and each of them was excellent.
+
+And one went to tell unto his Majesty, "Two great Persea trees have grown,
+as a great marvel of his Majesty, in the night by the side of the great
+gate of his Majesty." And there was rejoicing for them in all the land,
+and there were offerings made to them.
+
+And when the days were multiplied after these things, his Majesty was
+adorned with the blue crown, with garlands of flowers on his neck, and he
+was upon the chariot of pale gold, and he went out from the palace to
+behold the Persea trees: the princess also was going out with horses
+behind his Majesty. And his Majesty sat beneath one of the Persea trees,
+and it spake thus with his wife: "Oh thou deceitful one, I am Bata, I am
+alive, though I have been evilly entreated. I knew who caused the acacia
+to be cut down by Pharaoh at my dwelling. I then became an ox, and thou
+causedst that I should be killed."
+
+And many days after these things the princess stood at the table of
+Pharaoh, and the King was pleased with her. And she said to his Majesty,
+"Swear to me by God, saying, 'That which the princess shall say to me I
+will obey it for her.' " And he hearkened unto all she said. And he
+commanded, "Let these two Persea trees be cut down, and let them be made
+into goodly planks." And he hearkened unto all she said. And after this
+his Majesty sent skilful craftsmen, and they cut down the Persea trees of
+Pharaoh; and the princess, the royal wife, was standing looking on, and
+they did all that was in her heart unto the trees. But a chip flew up, and
+it entered into the mouth of the princess; she swallowed it, and after
+many days she bore a son. And one went to tell his Majesty, "There is born
+to thee a son." And they brought him, and gave to him a nurse and
+servants; and there were rejoicings in the whole land. And the King sat
+making a merry day, as they were about the naming of him, and his Majesty
+loved him exceedingly at that moment, and the King raised him to be the
+royal son of Kush.
+
+Now after the days had multiplied after these things, his Majesty made him
+heir of all the land. And many days after that, when he had fulfilled many
+years as heir, his Majesty flew up to heaven. And the heir said, "Let my
+great nobles of his Majesty be brought before me, that I may make them to
+know all that has happened to me." And they brought also before him his
+wife, and he judged with her before him, and they agreed with him. They
+brought to him his elder brother; he made him hereditary prince in all his
+land. He was thirty years King of Egypt, and he died, and his elder
+brother stood in his place on the day of burial.
+
+_Excellently finished in peace, for the ka of the scribe of the treasury
+Kagabu, of the treasury of Pharaoh, and for the scribe Hora, and the
+scribe Meremapt. Written by the scribe Anena, the owner of this roll. He
+who speaks against this roll, may Tahuti smite him._
+
+
+
+
+Setna And The Magic Book
+
+
+The mighty King User.maat.ra (Rameses the Great) had a son named Setna
+Kha.em.uast who was a great scribe, and very learned in all the ancient
+writings. And he heard that the magic book of Thoth, by which a man may
+enchant heaven and earth, and know the language of all birds and beasts,
+was buried in the cemetery of Memphis. And he went to search for it with
+his brother An.he.hor.eru; and when they found the tomb of the King's son,
+Na.nefer.ka.ptah, son of the King of Upper and Lower Egypt, Mer.neb.ptah,
+Setna opened it and went in.
+
+Now in the tomb was Na.nefer.ka.ptah, and with him was the _ka_ of his
+wife Ahura; for though she was buried at Koptos, her _ka_ dwelt at Memphis
+with her husband, whom she loved. And Setna saw them seated before their
+offerings, and the book lay between them. And Na.nefer.ka.ptah said to
+Setna, "Who are you that break into my tomb in this way?" He said, "I am
+Setna, son of the great King User.maat.ra, living forever, and I come for
+that book which I see between you." And Na.nefer.ka.ptah said, "It cannot
+be given to you." Then said Setna, "But I will carry it away by force."
+
+Then Ahura said to Setna, "Do not take this book; for it will bring
+trouble on you, as it has upon us. Listen to what we have suffered for
+it."
+
+
+
+Ahura's Tale
+
+
+"We were the two children of the King Mer.neb.ptah, and he loved us very
+much, for he had no others; and Na.nefer.ka.ptah was in his palace as heir
+over all the land. And when we were grown, the King said to the Queen, 'I
+will marry Na.nefer.ka.ptah to the daughter of a general, and Ahura to the
+son of another general.' And the Queen said, 'No; he is the heir, let him
+marry his sister, like the heir of a king; none other is fit for him.' And
+the King said, 'That is not fair; they had better be married to the
+children of the general.'
+
+"And the Queen said, 'It is you who are not dealing rightly with me.' And
+the King answered, 'If I have no more than these two children, is it right
+that they should marry one another? I will marry Na.nefer.ka.ptah to the
+daughter of an officer, and Ahura to the son of another officer. It has
+often been done so in our family.'
+
+"And at a time when there was a great feast before the King, they came to
+fetch me to the feast. And I was very troubled, and did not behave as I
+used to do. And the King said to me, 'Ahura, have you sent someone to me
+about this sorry matter, saying, "Let me be married to my elder brother"?'
+I said to him, 'Well, let me marry the son of an officer, and he marry the
+daughter of another officer, as it often happens so in our family.' I
+laughed, and the King laughed. And the King told the steward of the
+palace, 'Let them take Ahura to the house of Na.nefer.ka.ptah to-night,
+and all kinds of good things with her.' So they brought me as a wife to
+the house of Na.nefer.ka.ptah; and the King ordered them to give me
+presents of silver and gold, and things from the palace.
+
+"And Na.nefer.ka.ptah passed a happy time with me, and received all the
+presents from the palace; and we loved one another. And when I expected a
+child, they told the King, and he was most heartily glad; and he sent me
+many things, and a present of the best silver and gold and linen. And when
+the time came, I bore this little child that is before you. And they gave
+him the name of Mer-ab, and registered him in the book of the 'House of
+life.'
+
+"And when my brother Na.nefer.ka.ptah went to the cemetery of Memphis, he
+did nothing on earth but read the writings that are in the catacombs of
+the kings, and the tablets of the 'House of life,' and the inscriptions
+that are seen on the monuments, and he worked hard on the writings. And
+there was a priest there called Nesi-ptah; and as Na.nefer.ka.ptah went
+into a temple to pray, it happened that he went behind this priest, and
+was reading the inscriptions that were on the chapels of the gods. And the
+priest mocked him and laughed. So Na.nefer.ka.ptah said to him, 'Why are
+you laughing at me?' And he replied, 'I was not laughing at you, or if I
+happened to do so, it was at your reading writings that are worthless. If
+you wish so much to read writings, come to me, and I will bring you to the
+place where the book is which Thoth himself wrote with his own hand, and
+which will bring you to the gods. When you read but two pages in this you
+will enchant the heaven, the earth, the abyss, the mountains, and the sea;
+you shall know what the birds of the sky and the crawling things are
+saying; you shall see the fishes of the deep, for a divine power is there
+to bring them up out of the depth. And when you read the second page, if
+you are in the world of ghosts, you will become again in the shape you
+were in on earth. You will see the sun shining in the sky, with all the
+gods, and the full moon.'
+
+"And Na.nefer.ka.ptah said: 'By the life of the King! Tell me of anything
+you want done and I'll do it for you, if you will only send me where this
+book is.' And the priest answered Na.nefer.ka.ptah, 'If you want to go to
+the place where the book is, you must give me 100 pieces of silver for my
+funeral, and provide that they shall bury me as a rich priest.' So
+Na.nefer.ka.ptah called his lad and told him to give the priest 100 pieces
+of silver; and he made them do as he wished, even everything that he asked
+for. Then the priest said to Na.nefer.ka.ptah: 'This book is in the middle
+of the river at Koptos, in an iron box; in the iron box is a bronze box;
+in the bronze box is a sycamore box; in the sycamore box is an ivory and
+ebony box; in the ivory and ebony box is a silver box; in the silver box
+is a golden box, and in that is the book. It is twisted all round with
+snakes and scorpions and all the other crawling things around the box in
+which the book is; and there is a deathless snake by the box.' And when
+the priest told Na.nefer.ka.ptah, he did not know where on earth he was,
+he was so much delighted.
+
+"And when he came from the temple he told me all that had happened to him.
+And he said: 'I shall go to Koptos, for I must fetch this book; I will not
+stay any longer in the north.' And I said, 'Let me dissuade you, for you
+prepare sorrow and you will bring me into trouble in the Thebaid.' And I
+laid my hand on Na.nefer.ka.ptah, to keep him from going to Koptos, but he
+would not listen to me; and he went to the King, and told the King all
+that the priest had said. The King asked him, 'What is it that you want?'
+and he replied, 'Let them give me the royal boat with its belongings, for
+I will go to the south with Ahura and her little boy Mer-ab, and fetch
+this book without delay.' So they gave him the royal boat with its
+belongings, and we went with him to the haven, and sailed from there up to
+Koptos.
+
+"Then the priests of Isis of Koptos, and the high-priest of Isis, came
+down to us without waiting, to meet Na.nefer.ka.ptah, and their wives also
+came to me. We went into the temple of Isis and Harpokrates; and
+Na.nefer.ka.ptah brought an ox, a goose, and some wine, and made a
+burnt-offering and a drink-offering before Isis of Koptos and Harpokrates.
+They brought us to a very fine house, with all good things; and
+Na.nefer.ka.ptah spent four days there and feasted with the priests of
+Isis of Koptos, and the wives of the priests of Isis also made holiday
+with me.
+
+"And the morning of the fifth day came; and Na.nefer.ka.ptah called a
+priest to him, and made a magic cabin that was full of men and tackle. He
+put the spell upon it, and put life in it, and gave them breath, and sank
+it in the water. He filled the royal boat with sand, and took leave of me,
+and sailed from the haven: and I sat by the river at Koptos that I might
+see what would become of him. And he said, 'Workmen, work for me, even at
+the place where the book is.' And they toiled by night and by day; and
+when they had reached it in three days, he threw the sand out, and made a
+shoal in the river. And then he found on it entwined serpents and
+scorpions and all kinds of crawling things around the box in which the
+book was; and by it he found a deathless snake around the box. And he laid
+the spell upon the entwined serpents and scorpions and all kinds of
+crawling things which were around the box, that they should not come out.
+And he went to the deathless snake, and fought with him, and killed him;
+but he came to life again, and took a new form. He then fought again with
+him a second time; but he came to life again, and took a third form. He
+then cut him in two parts, and put sand between the parts, that he should
+not appear again.
+
+"Na.nefer.ka.ptah then went to the place where he found the box. He
+uncovered a box of iron, and opened it; he found then a box of bronze, and
+opened that; then he found a box of sycamore wood, and opened that; again,
+he found a box of ivory and ebony, and opened that; yet, he found a box of
+silver, and opened that; and then he found a box of gold; he opened that,
+and found the book in it. He took the book from the golden box, and read a
+page of spells from it. He enchanted the heaven and the earth, the abyss,
+the mountains, and the sea; he knew what the birds of the sky, the fish of
+the deep, and the beasts of the hills all said. He read another page of
+the spells, and saw the sun shining in the sky, with all the gods, the
+full moon, and the stars in their shapes; he saw the fishes of the deep,
+for a divine power was present that brought them up from the water. He
+then read the spell upon the workmen that he had made, and taken from the
+haven, and said to them, 'Work for me, back to the place from which I
+came.' And they toiled night and day, and so he came back to the place
+where I sat by the river of Koptos; I had not drunk nor eaten anything,
+and had done nothing on earth, but sat like one who is gone to the grave.
+
+"I then told Na.nefer.ka.ptah that I wished to see this book, for which we
+had taken so much trouble. He gave the book into my hands; and when I read
+a page of the spells in it I also enchanted heaven and earth, the abyss,
+the mountains, and the sea. I also knew what the birds of the sky, the
+fishes of the deep, and the beasts of the hills all said. I read another
+page of the spells, and I saw the sun shining in the sky with all the
+gods, the full moon, and the stars in their shapes; I saw the fishes of
+the deep, for a divine power was present that brought them up from the
+water. As I could not write, I asked Na.nefer.ka.ptah, who was a good
+writer, and a very learned one; he called for a new piece of papyrus, and
+wrote on it all that was in the book before him. He dipped it in beer, and
+washed it off in the liquid; for he knew that if it were washed off, and
+he drank it, he would know all that there was in the writing.
+
+"We returned back to Koptos the same day, and made a feast before Isis of
+Koptos and Harpokrates. We then went to the haven and sailed, and went
+northward of Koptos. And as we went on Thoth discovered all that
+Na.nefer.ka.ptah had done with the book; and Thoth hastened to tell Ra,
+and said, 'Now know that my book and my revelation are with
+Na.nefer.ka.ptah, son of the King Mer.neb.ptah. He has forced himself into
+my place, and robbed it, and seized my box with the writings, and killed
+my guards who protected it.' And Ra replied to him, 'He is before you,
+take him and all his kin.' He sent a power from heaven with the command,
+'Do not let Na.nefer.ka.ptah return safe to Memphis with all his kin.' And
+after this hour, the little boy Mer-ab, going out from the awning of the
+royal boat, fell into the river: he called on Ra, and everybody who was on
+the bank raised a cry. Na.nefer.ka.ptah went out of the cabin, and read
+the spell over him; he brought his body up because a divine power brought
+him to the surface. He read another spell over him, and made him tell of
+all what happened to him, and of what Thoth had said before Ra.
+
+"We turned back with him to Koptos. We brought him to the Good House, we
+fetched the people to him, and made one embalm him; and we buried him in
+his coffin in the cemetery of Koptos like a great and noble person.
+
+"And Na.nefer.ka.ptah, my brother, said: 'Let us go down, let us not
+delay, for the King has not yet heard of what has happened to him, and his
+heart will be sad about it.' So we went to the haven, we sailed, and did
+not stay to the north of Koptos. When we were come to the place where the
+little boy Mer-ab had fallen into the water, I went out from the awning of
+the royal boat, and I fell into the river. They called Na.nefer.ka.ptah,
+and he came out from the cabin of the royal boat; he read a spell over me,
+and brought my body up, because a divine power brought me to the surface.
+He drew me out, and read the spell over me, and made me tell him of all
+that had happened to me, and of what Thoth had said before Ra. Then he
+turned back with me to Koptos, he brought me to the Good House, he fetched
+the people to me, and made one embalm me, as great and noble people are
+buried, and laid me in the tomb where Mer-ab my young child was.
+
+"He turned to the haven, and sailed down, and delayed not in the north of
+Koptos. When he was come to the place where we fell into the river, he
+said to his heart: 'Shall I not better turn back again to Koptos, that I
+may lie by them? For, if not, when I go down to Memphis, and the King asks
+after his children, what shall I say to him? Can I tell him, "I have taken
+your children to the Thebaid, and killed them, while I remained alive, and
+I have come to Memphis still alive"?' Then he made them bring him a linen
+cloth of striped byssus; he made a band, and bound the book firmly, and
+tied it upon him. Na.nefer.ka.ptah then went out of the awning of the
+royal boat and fell into the river. He cried on Ra; and all those who were
+on the bank made an outcry, saying: 'Great woe! Sad woe! Is he lost, that
+good scribe and able man that has no equal?'
+
+"The royal boat went on, without anyone on earth knowing where
+Na.nefer.ka.ptah was. It went on to Memphis, and they told all this to the
+King. Then the King went down to the royal boat in mourning, and all the
+soldiers and high-priests of Ptah were in mourning, and all the officials
+and courtiers. And when he saw Na.nefer.ka.ptah, who was in the inner
+cabin of the royal boat--from his rank of high scribe--he lifted him up. And
+they saw the book by him; and the King said, 'Let one hide this book that
+is with him.' And the officers of the King, the priests of Ptah, and the
+high-priest of Ptah, said to the King, 'Our Lord, may the King live as
+long as the sun! Na.nefer.ka.ptah was a good scribe, and a very skilful
+man.' And the King had him laid in his Good House to the sixteenth day,
+and then had him wrapped to the thirty-fifth day, and laid him out to the
+seventieth day, and then had him put in his grave in his resting-place.
+
+"I have now told you the sorrow which has come upon us because of this
+book for which you ask, saying, 'Let it be given to me.' You have no claim
+to it; and, indeed, for the sake of it, we have given up our life on
+earth."
+
+                  -------------------------------------
+
+And Setna said to Ahura, "Give me the book which I see between you and
+Na.nefer.ka.ptah; for if you do not I will take it by force." Then
+Na.nefer.ka.ptah rose from his seat and said: "Are you Setna, to whom my
+wife has told of all these blows of fate, which you have not suffered? Can
+you take this book by your skill as a good scribe? If, indeed, you can
+play games with me, let us play a game, then, of 52 points." And Setna
+said, "I am ready," and the board and its pieces were put before him. And
+Na.nefer.ka.ptah won a game from Setna; and he put the spell upon him, and
+defended himself with the game board that was before him, and sunk him
+into the ground above his feet. He did the same at the second game, and
+won it from Setna, and sunk him into the ground to his waist. He did the
+same at the third game, and made him sink into the ground up to his ears.
+Then Setna struck Na.nefer.ka.ptah a great blow with his hand. And Setna
+called his brother An.he.hor.eru and said to him, "Make haste and go up
+upon earth, and tell the King all that has happened to me, and bring me
+the talisman of my father Ptah, and my magic books."
+
+And he hurried up upon earth, and told the King all that had happened to
+Setna. The King said, "Bring him the talisman of his father Ptah, and his
+magic books." And An.he.hor.eru hurried down into the tomb; he laid the
+talisman on Setna, and he sprang up again immediately. And then Setna
+reached out his hand for the book, and took it. Then--as Setna went out
+from the tomb--there went a Light before him, and Darkness behind him. And
+Ahura wept at him, and she said: "Glory to the King of Darkness! Hail to
+the King of Light! all power is gone from the tomb." But Na.nefer.ka.ptah
+said to Ahura: "Do not let your heart be sad; I will make him bring back
+this book, with a forked stick in his hand, and a fire-pan on his head."
+And Setna went out from the tomb, and it closed behind him as it was
+before.
+
+Then Setna went to the King, and told him everything that had happened to
+him with the book. And the King said to Setna, "Take back the book to the
+grave of Na.nefer.ka.ptah, like a prudent man, or else he will make you
+bring it with a forked stick in your hand, and a fire-pan on your head."
+But Setna would not listen to him; and when Setna had unrolled the book he
+did nothing on earth but read it to everybody.
+
+[Here follows a story of how Setna, walking in the court of the temple of
+Ptah, met Tabubua, a fascinating girl, daughter of a priest of Bast, of
+Ankhtaui; how she repelled his advances, until she had beguiled him into
+giving up all his possessions, and slaying his children. At the last she
+gives a fearful cry and vanishes, leaving Setna bereft of even his
+clothes. This would seem to be merely a dream, by the disappearance of
+Tabubua, and by Setna finding his children alive after it all; but on the
+other hand he comes to his senses in an unknown place, and is so terrified
+as to be quite ready to make restitution to Na.nefer.ka.ptah. The episode,
+which is not creditable to Egyptian society, seems to be intended for one
+of the vivid dreams which the credulous readily accept as half realities.]
+
+So Setna went to Memphis, and embraced his children for that they were
+alive. And the King said to him, "Were you not drunk to do so?" Then Setna
+told all things that had happened with Tabubua and Na.nefer.ka.ptah. And
+the King said, "Setna, I have already lifted up my hand against you
+before, and said, 'He will kill you if you do not take back the book to
+the place you took it from.' But you have never listened to me till this
+hour. Now, then, take the book to Na.nefer.ka.ptah, with a forked stick in
+your hand, and a fire-pan on your head."
+
+So Setna went out from before the King, with a forked stick in his hand,
+and a fire-pan on his head. He went down to the tomb in which was
+Na.nefer.ka.ptah. And Ahura said to him, "It is Ptah, the great god, that
+has brought you back safe." Na.nefer.ka.ptah laughed, and he said, "This
+is the business that I told you before." And when Setna had praised
+Na.nefer.ka.ptah, he found it as the proverb says, "The sun was in the
+whole tomb." And Ahura and Na.nefer.ka.ptah besought Setna greatly. And
+Setna said, "Na.nefer.ka.ptah, is it aught disgraceful (that you lay on me
+to do)?" And Na.nefer.ka.ptah said, "Setna, you know this, that Ahura and
+Mer-ab, her child, behold! they are in Koptos; bring them here into this
+tomb, by the skill of a good scribe. Let it be impressed upon you to take
+pains, and to go to Koptos to bring them here." Setna then went out from
+the tomb to the King, and told the King all that Na.nefer.ka.ptah had told
+him.
+
+The King said, "Setna, go to Koptos and bring back Ahura and Mer-ab." He
+answered the King, "Let one give me the royal boat and its belongings."
+And they gave him the royal boat and its belongings, and he left the
+haven, and sailed without stopping till he came to Koptos.
+
+And they made this known to the priests of Isis at Koptos and to the
+high-priest of Isis; and behold they came down to him, and gave him their
+hand to the shore. He went up with them and entered into the temple of
+Isis of Koptos and of Harpokrates. He ordered one to offer for him an ox,
+a goose, and some wine, and he made a burnt-offering and a drink-offering
+before Isis of Koptos and Harpokrates. He went to the cemetery of Koptos
+with the priests of Isis and the high-priest of Isis. They dug about for
+three days and three nights, for they searched even in all the catacombs
+which were in the cemetery of Koptos; they turned over the steles of the
+scribes of the "double house of life," and read the inscriptions that they
+found on them. But they could not find the resting-place of Ahura and
+Mer-ab.
+
+Now Na.nefer.ka.ptah perceived that they could not find the resting-place
+of Ahura and her child Mer-ab. So he raised himself up as a venerable,
+very old, ancient, and came before Setna. And Setna saw him, and Setna
+said to the ancient, "You look like a very old man; do you know where is
+the resting-place of Ahura and her child Mer-ab?" The ancient said to
+Setna: "It was told by the father of the father of my father to the father
+of my father, and the father of my father has told it to my father; the
+resting-place of Ahura and of her child Mer-ab is in a mound south of the
+town of Pehemato(?)." And Setna said to the ancient, "Perhaps we may do
+damage to Pehemato, and you are ready to lead one to the town for the sake
+of that." The ancient replied to Setna: "If one listens to me, shall he
+therefore destroy the town of Pehemato! If they do not find Ahura and her
+child Mer-ab under the south corner of their town may I be disgraced."
+They attended to the ancient, and found the resting-place of Ahura and her
+child Mer-ab under the south corner of the town of Pehemato. Setna laid
+them in the royal boat to bring them as honored persons, and restored the
+town of Pehemato as it originally was. And Na.nefer.ka.ptah made Setna to
+know that it was he who had come to Koptos, to enable them to find out
+where the resting-place was of Ahura and her child Mer-ab.
+
+So Setna left the haven in the royal boat, and sailed without stopping,
+and reached Memphis with all the soldiers who were with him. And when they
+told the King he came down to the royal boat. He took them as honored
+persons escorted to the catacombs, in which Na.nefer.ka.ptah was, and
+smoothed down the ground over them.
+
+_This is the completed writing of the tale of Setna Kha.em.uast, and
+Na.nefer.ka.ptah, and his wife Ahura, and their child Mer-ab. It was
+written in the 35th year, the month Tybi._
+
+
+
+
+Tales Of The Magicians
+
+
+One day, when King Khufu reigned over all the land, he said to his
+chancellor, who stood before him, "Go call me my sons and my councillors,
+that I may ask of them a thing." And his sons and his councillors came and
+stood before him, and he said to them, "Know ye a man who can tell me
+tales of the deeds of the magicians?"
+
+Then the royal son Khafra stood forth and said, "I will tell thy Majesty a
+tale of the days of thy forefather Nebka, the blessed; of what came to
+pass when he went into the temple of Ptah of Ankhtaui."
+
+
+
+Khafra's Tale
+
+
+"His Majesty was walking unto the temple of Ptah, and went unto the house
+of the chief reciter Uba-aner, with his train. Now when the wife of
+Uba-aner saw a page, among those who stood behind the King, her heart
+longed after him; and she sent her servant unto him, with a present of a
+box full of garments.
+
+"And he came then with the servant. Now there was a lodge in the garden of
+Uba-aner; and one day the page said to the wife of Uba-aner, 'In the
+garden of Uba-aner there is now a lodge; behold, let us therein take our
+pleasure.' So the wife of Uba-aner sent to the steward who had charge over
+the garden, saying, 'Let the lodge which is in the garden be made ready.'
+And she remained there, and rested and drank with the page until the sun
+went down.
+
+"And when the even was now come the page went forth to bathe. And the
+steward said, 'I must go and tell Uba-aner of this matter.' Now when this
+day was past, and another day came, then went the steward to Uba-aner, and
+told him of all these things.
+
+"Then said Uba-aner, 'Bring me my casket of ebony and electrum.' And they
+brought it; and he fashioned a crocodile of wax, seven fingers long: and
+he enchanted it, and said, 'When the page comes and bathes in my lake,
+seize on him.' And he gave it to the steward, and said to him, 'When the
+page shall go down into the lake to bathe, as he is daily wont to do, then
+throw in this crocodile behind him.' And the steward went forth bearing
+the crocodile.
+
+"And the wife of Uba-aner sent to the steward who had charge over the
+garden, saying, 'Let the lodge which is in the garden be made ready, for I
+come to tarry there.'
+
+"And the lodge was prepared with all good things; and she came and made
+merry therein with the page. And when the even was now come, the page went
+forth to bathe as he was wont to do. And the steward cast in the wax
+crocodile after him into the water; and, behold! it became a great
+crocodile seven cubits in length, and it seized on the page.
+
+"And Uba-aner abode yet seven days with the King of Upper and Lower Egypt,
+Nebka, the blessed, while the page was stifled in the crocodile. And after
+the seven days were passed, the King of Upper and Lower Egypt, Nebka, the
+blessed, went forth, and Uba-aner went before him.
+
+"And Uba-aner said unto his Majesty, 'Will your Majesty come and see this
+wonder that has come to pass in your days unto a page?' And the King went
+with Uba-aner. And Uba-aner called unto the crocodile and said, 'Bring
+forth the page.' And the crocodile came forth from the lake with the page.
+Uba-aner said unto the King, 'Behold, whatever I command this crocodile he
+will do it.' And his Majesty said, 'I pray you send back this crocodile.'
+And Uba-aner stooped and took up the crocodile, and it became in his hand
+a crocodile of wax. And then Uba-aner told the King that which had passed
+in his house with the page and his wife. And his Majesty said unto the
+crocodile, 'Take to thee thy prey.' And the crocodile plunged into the
+lake with his prey, and no man knew whither he went.
+
+"And his Majesty the King of Upper and Lower Egypt, Nebka, the blessed,
+commanded, and they brought forth the wife of Uba-aner to the north side
+of the harem, and burned her with fire, and cast her ashes in the river.
+
+"This is a wonder that came to pass in the days of thy forefather the King
+of Upper and Lower Egypt, Nebka, of the acts of the chief reciter
+Uba-aner."
+
+His Majesty the King of Upper and Lower Egypt, Khufu, then said, "Let
+there be presented to the King Nebka, the blessed, 1,000 loaves, 100
+draughts of beer, an ox, two jars of incense; and let there be presented a
+loaf, a jar of beer, a jar of incense and a piece of meat to the chief
+reciter Uba-aner; for I have seen the token of his learning." And they did
+all things as his Majesty commanded.
+
+
+
+Bau-F-Ra's Tale
+
+
+The royal son Bau-f-ra then stood forth and spake. He said, "I will tell
+thy Majesty of a wonder which came to pass in the days of thy father
+Seneferu, the blessed, of the deeds of the chief reciter Zazamankh. One
+day King Seneferu, being weary, went throughout his palace seeking for a
+pleasure to lighten his heart, but he found none. And he said, 'Haste, and
+bring before me the chief reciter and scribe of the rolls Zazamankh;' and
+they straightway brought him. And the King said, 'I have sought in my
+palace for some delight, but I have found none.' Then said Zazamankh to
+him, 'Let thy Majesty go upon the lake of the palace, and let there be
+made ready a boat, with all the fair maidens of the harem of thy palace;
+and the heart of thy Majesty shall be refreshed with the sight, in seeing
+their rowing up and down the water, and seeing the goodly pools of the
+birds upon the lake, and beholding its sweet fields and grassy shores;
+thus will thy heart be lightened. And I also will go with thee. Bring me
+twenty oars of ebony inlaid with gold, with blades of light wood inlaid
+with electrum; and bring me twenty maidens, fair in their limbs, their
+bosoms, and their hair, all virgins; and bring me twenty nets, and give
+these nets unto the maidens for their garments.' And they did according to
+all the commands of his Majesty.
+
+"And they rowed down the stream and up the stream, and the heart of his
+Majesty was glad with the sight of their rowing. But one of them at the
+steering struck her hair, and her jewel of new malachite fell into the
+water. And she ceased her song, and rowed not; and her companions ceased,
+and rowed not. And his Majesty said, 'Row you not further?' And they
+replied, 'Our little steerer here stays and rows not.' His Majesty then
+said to her, 'Wherefore rowest thou not?' She replied, 'It is for my jewel
+of new malachite which is fallen in the water.' And he said to her, 'Row
+on, for behold I will replace it.' And she answered, 'But I want my own
+piece back in its setting.' And his Majesty said, 'Haste, bring me the
+chief reciter Zazamankh,' and they brought him. And his Majesty said,
+'Zazamankh, my brother, I have done as thou sayedst, and the heart of his
+Majesty is refreshed with the sight of their rowing. But now a jewel of
+new malachite of one of the little ones is fallen in the water, and she
+ceases and rows not, and she has spoiled the rowing of her side. And I
+said to her, "Wherefore rowest thou not?" and she answered to me, "It is
+for my jewel of new malachite which is fallen in the water." I replied to
+her, "Row on, for behold I will replace it;" and she answered to me, "But
+I want my own piece again back in its setting." ' Then the chief reciter
+Zazamankh spake his magic speech. And he placed one part of the waters of
+the lake upon the other, and discovered the jewel lying upon a shard; and
+he took it up and gave it unto its mistress. And the water, which was
+twelve cubits deep in the middle, reached now to twenty-four cubits after
+he turned it. And he spake, and used his magic speech; and he brought
+again the water of the lake to its place. And his Majesty spent a joyful
+day with the whole of the royal house. Then rewarded he the chief reciter
+Zazamankh with all good things. Behold, this is a wonder that came to pass
+in the days of thy father, the King of Upper and Lower Egypt, Seneferu, of
+the deeds of the chief reciter, the scribe of the rolls, Zazamankh."
+
+Then said the majesty of the King of Upper and Lower Egypt, Khufu, the
+blessed, "Let there be presented an offering of 1,000 cakes, 100 draughts
+of beer, an ox, and two jars of incense to the King of Upper and Lower
+Egypt, Seneferu, the blessed; and let there be given a loaf, a jar of
+beer, and a jar of incense to the chief reciter, the scribe of the rolls,
+Zazamankh; for I have seen the token of his learning." And they did all
+things as his Majesty commanded.
+
+
+
+Hordedef's Tale
+
+
+The royal son Hordedef then stood forth and spake. He said: "Hitherto hast
+thou only heard tokens of those who have gone before, and of which no man
+knoweth their truth. But I will show thy Majesty a man of thine own days."
+And his Majesty said, "Who is he, Hordedef?" And the royal son Hordedef
+answered, "It is a certain man named Dedi, who dwells at Dedsneferu. He is
+a man of 110 years old; and he eats 500 loaves of bread and a side of
+beef, and drinks 100 draughts of beer, unto this day. He knows how to
+restore the head that is smitten off; he knows how to cause the lion to
+follow him trailing his halter on the ground; he knows the designs of the
+dwelling of Tahuti. The majesty of the King of Upper and Lower Egypt,
+Khufu, the blessed, has long sought for the designs of the dwelling of
+Tahuti, that he may make the like of them in his pyramid."
+
+And his Majesty said, "Thou, thyself, Hordedef, my son, bring him to me."
+Then were the ships made ready for the King's son Hordedef, and he went up
+the stream to Dedsneferu. And when the ships had moored at the haven, he
+landed, and sat him in a litter of ebony, the poles of which were of cedar
+wood overlaid with gold. Now when he drew near to Dedi, they set down the
+litter. And he arose to greet Dedi, and found him lying on a palmstick
+couch at the door of his house; one servant held his head and rubbed him,
+and another rubbed his feet.
+
+And the King's son Hordedef said, "Thy state is that of one who lives to
+good old age; for old age is the end of our voyage, the time of embalming,
+the time of burial. Lie, then, in the sun, free of infirmities, without
+the babble of dotage: this is the salutation to worthy age. I come from
+far to call thee, with a message from my father Khufu, the blessed, for
+thou shalt eat of the best which the King gives, and of the food which
+those have who follow after him; that he may bring thee in good estate to
+thy fathers who are in the tomb."
+
+And Dedi replied to him: "Peace to thee! Peace to thee! Hordedef, son of
+the King, beloved of his father. May thy father Khufu, the blessed, praise
+thee, may he advance thee among the elders, may thy _ka_ prevail against
+the enemy, may thy soul know the right road to the gate of him who clothes
+the afflicted; this is the salutation to the King's son." Then the King's
+son, Hordedef, stretched forth his hands to him, and raised him up, and
+went with him to the haven, giving unto him his arm. Then said Dedi, "Let
+there be given me a boat, to bring me my youths and my books." And they
+made ready for him two boats with their rowers. And Dedi went down the
+river in the barge in which was the King's son, Hordedef. And when he had
+reached the palace, the King's son, Hordedef, entered in to give account
+unto his Majesty the King of Upper and Lower Egypt, Khufu, the blessed.
+Then said the King's son Hordedef, "O King, life, wealth, and health! My
+lord, I have brought Dedi." His Majesty replied, "Bring him to me
+speedily." And his Majesty went into the hall of columns of Pharaoh (life,
+wealth, and health), and Dedi was led before him. And his Majesty said,
+"Wherefore is it, Dedi, that I have not yet seen thee?" And Dedi answered:
+"He who is called it is that comes; the King (life, wealth, and health)
+calls me, and behold I come." And his Majesty said, "Is it true, that
+which men say, that thou canst restore the head which is smitten off?" And
+Dedi replied, "Truly, I know that, O King (life, wealth, and health), my
+lord." And his Majesty said, "Let one bring me a prisoner who is in
+prison, that his punishment may be fulfilled." And Dedi said: "Let it not
+be a man, O King, my lord; behold we do not even thus to our cattle." And
+a duck was brought unto him, and its head was cut off. And the duck was
+laid on the west side of the hall, and its head on the east side of the
+hall. And Dedi spake his magic speech. And the duck fluttered along the
+ground, and its head came likewise; and when it had come part to part the
+duck stood and quacked. And they brought likewise a goose before him, and
+he did even so unto it. His Majesty caused an ox to be brought, and its
+head cast on the ground. And Dedi spake his magic speech. And the ox stood
+upright behind him, and followed him with his halter trailing on the
+ground.
+
+And King Khufu said, "And is it true what is said, that thou knowest the
+number of the designs of the dwelling of Tahuti?" And Dedi replied,
+"Pardon me, I know not their number, O King (life, wealth, and health),
+but I know where they are." And his Majesty said, "Where is that?" And
+Dedi replied: "There is a chest of whetstone in a chamber named the
+plan-room, in Heliopolis; they are in this chest." And Dedi said further
+unto him, "O King (life, wealth, and health), my lord, it is not I that is
+to bring them to thee." And his Majesty said, "Who, then, is it that shall
+bring them to me?" And Dedi answered to him, "It is the eldest of the
+three children who are in the body of Rud-didet who shall bring them to
+thee." And his Majesty said: "Would that it may be as thou sayest! And who
+is this Rud-didet?" And Dedi replied: "She is the wife of a priest of Ra,
+lord of Sakhebu. And she has conceived these three sons by Ra, lord of
+Sakhebu, and the god has promised her that they shall fulfil this noble
+office (of reigning) over all this land, and that the eldest of them shall
+be high-priest in Heliopolis." And his Majesty's heart became troubled for
+this; but Dedi spake unto him: "What is this that thou thinkest, O King
+(life, wealth, health), my lord? Is it because of these three children? I
+tell thee thy son shall reign, and thy son's son, and then one of them."
+His Majesty said, "And when shall Rud-didet bear these?" And he replied,
+"She shall bear them on the twenty-fifth of the month Tybi." And his
+Majesty said, "When the banks of the canal of Letopolis are cut, I will
+walk there that I may see the temple of Ra, lord of Sakhebu." And Dedi
+replied, "Then I will cause that there be four cubits of water by the
+banks of the canal of Letopolis." When his Majesty returned to his palace,
+his Majesty said: "Let them place Dedi in the house of the royal son
+Hordedef, that he may dwell with him, and let them give him a daily
+portion of 1,000 loaves, 100 draughts of beer, an ox, and 100 bunches of
+onions." And they did everything as his Majesty commanded.
+
+And one day it came to pass that Rud-didet felt the pains of birth. And
+the majesty of Ra, Lord of Sakhebu, said unto Isis, to Nebhat, to
+Meskhent, to Hakt, and to Khnumu: "Go ye, and deliver Rud-didet of these
+three children that she shall bear, who are to fulfil this noble office
+over all this land; that they may build up your temples, furnish your
+altars with offerings, supply your tables of libation, and increase your
+endowments." Then went these deities; their fashion they made as that of
+dancing-girls, and Khnumu was with them as a porter. They drew near unto
+the house of Ra-user, and found him standing, with his girdle fallen. And
+they played before him with their instruments of music. But he said unto
+them, "My ladies, behold, here is a woman who feels the pains of birth."
+They said to him, "Let us see her, for we know how to help her." And he
+replied, "Come, then." And they entered in straightway to Rud-didet, and
+they closed the door on her and on themselves. Then Isis stood before her,
+and Nebhat stood behind her, and Hakt helped her. And Isis said, "O child,
+by thy name of User-ref, do not do violence." And the child came upon her
+hands, as a child of a cubit; its bones were strong, the beauty of its
+limbs was like gold, and its hair was like true lapis-lazuli. They washed
+him, and prepared him, and placed him on a carpet on the brickwork. Then
+Meskhent approached him and said, "This is a king who shall reign over all
+the land." And Khnumu gave strength to his limbs. Then Isis stood before
+her, and Nebhat stood behind her, and Hakt helped her. And Isis said, "O
+child, by thy name of Sah-ra, stay not in her." Then the child came upon
+her hands, a child of a cubit; its bones were strong, the beauty of its
+limbs was like gold, and its hair was like true lapis-lazuli. They washed
+him, and prepared him, and laid him on a carpet on the brickwork. Then
+Meskhent approached him and said, "This is a king who shall reign over all
+the land." And Khnumu gave strength to his limbs. Then Isis stood before
+her, and Nebhat stood behind her, and Hakt helped her. And Isis said, "O
+child, by thy name of Kaku, remain not in darkness in her." And the child
+came upon her hands, a child of a cubit; its bones were strong, the beauty
+of its limbs was like gold, and its hair was like true lapis-lazuli. And
+Meskhent approached him and said, "This is a king who shall reign over all
+the land." And Khnumu gave strength to his limbs. And they washed him, and
+prepared him, and laid him on a carpet on the brickwork.
+
+And the deities went out, having delivered Rud-didet of the three
+children. And they said, "Rejoice! O Ra-user, for behold three children
+are born unto thee." And he said unto them, "My ladies, and what shall I
+give unto ye? Behold, give this bushel of barley here unto your porter,
+that ye may take it as your reward to the brew-house." And Khnumu loaded
+himself with the bushel of barley. And they went away toward the place
+from which they came. And Isis spake unto these goddesses, and said,
+"Wherefore have we come without doing a marvel for these children, that we
+may tell it to their father who has sent us?" Then made they the divine
+diadems of the King (life, wealth, and health), and laid them in the
+bushel of barley. And they caused the clouds to come with wind and rain;
+and they turned back again unto the house. And they said, "Let us put this
+barley in a closed chamber, sealed up, until we return northward,
+dancing." And they placed the barley in a close chamber.
+
+And Rud-didet purified herself, with a purification of fourteen days. And
+she said to her handmaid, "Is the house made ready?" And she replied, "All
+things are made ready, but the brewing barley is not yet brought." And
+Rud-didet said, "Wherefore is the brewing barley not yet brought?" And the
+servant answered, "It would all of it long since be ready if the barley
+had not been given to the dancing-girls, and lay in the chamber under
+their seal." Rud-didet said, "Go down, and bring of it, and Ra-user shall
+give them in its stead when he shall come." And the handmaid went, and
+opened the chamber. And she heard talking and singing, music and dancing,
+quavering, and all things which are performed for a king in his chamber.
+And she returned and told to Rud-didet all that she had heard. And she
+went through the chamber, but she found not the place where the sound was.
+And she laid her temple to the sack, and found that the sounds were in it.
+She placed it in a chest, and put that in another locker, and tied it fast
+with leather, and laid it in the storeroom, where the things were, and
+sealed it. And Ra-user came returning from the field; and Rud-didet
+repeated unto him these things; and his heart was glad above all things;
+and they sat down and made a joyful day.
+
+And after these days it came to pass that Rud-didet was wroth with her
+servant, and beat her with stripes. And the servant said unto those that
+were in the house: "Shall it be done thus unto me? She has borne three
+kings, and I will go and tell this to his Majesty King Khufu the blessed."
+And she went, and found the eldest brother of her mother, who was binding
+his flax on the floor. And he said to her, "Whither goest thou, my little
+maid?" And she told him of all these things. And her brother said to her:
+"Wherefore comest thou thus to me? Shall I agree to treachery?" And he
+took a bunch of the flax to her, and laid on her a violent blow. And the
+servant went to fetch a handful of water, and a crocodile carried her
+away.
+
+Her uncle went therefore to tell of this to Rud-didet; and he found
+Rud-didet sitting, her head on her knees, and her heart beyond measure
+sad. And he said to her, "My lady, why makest thou thy heart thus?" And
+she answered, "It is because of this little wretch that was in the house;
+behold she went out saying, 'I will go and tell it.' " And he bowed his
+head unto the ground, and said, "My lady, she came and told me of these
+things, and made her complaint unto me; and I laid on her a violent blow.
+And she went forth to draw water, and a crocodile carried her away."
+
+(_The rest of the tale is lost._)
+
+
+
+
+The Peasant And The Workman
+
+
+There dwelt in the Sekhet Hemat--or Salt Country--a peasant called the
+Sekhti, with his wife and children, his asses and his dogs; and he
+trafficked in all good things of the Sekhet Hemat to Henenseten. Behold
+now he went with rushes, natron, and salt, with wood and pods, with stones
+and seeds, and all good products of the Sekhet Hemat. And this Sekhti
+journeyed to the south unto Henenseten; and when he came to the lands of
+the house of Fefa, north of Denat, he found a man there standing on the
+bank, a man called Hemti--the workman--son of a man called Asri, who was a
+serf of the high-steward Meruitensa. Now said this Hemti, when he saw the
+asses of Sekhti, that were pleasing in his eyes, "Oh that some good god
+would grant me to steal away the goods of Sekhti from him!"
+
+Now the Hemti's house was by the dike of the tow-path, which was
+straightened, and not wide, as much as the width of a waistcloth: on the
+one side of it was the water, and on the other side of it grew his corn.
+Hemti said then to his servant, "Hasten! bring me a shawl from the house,"
+and it was brought instantly. Then spread he out this shawl on the face of
+the dike, and it lay with its fastening on the water and its fringe on the
+corn.
+
+Now Sekhti approached along the path used by all men. Said Hemti: "Have a
+care, Sekhti! you are not going to trample on my clothes!" Said Sekhti, "I
+will do as you like, I will pass carefully." Then went he up on the higher
+side. But Hemti said, "Go you over my corn, instead of the path?" Said
+Sekhti: "I am going carefully; this high field of corn is not my choice,
+but you have stopped your path with your clothes, and will you then not
+let us pass by the side of the path?" And one of the asses filled its
+mouth with a cluster of corn. Said Hemti: "Look you, I shall take away
+your ass, Sekhti, for eating my corn; behold it will have to pay according
+to the amount of the injury." Said Sekhti: "I am going carefully; the one
+way is stopped, therefore took I my ass by the inclosed ground; and do you
+seize it for filling its mouth with a cluster of corn? Moreover, I know
+unto whom this domain belongs, even unto the lord steward Meruitensa. He
+it is who smites every robber in this whole land; and shall I then be
+robbed in his domain?"
+
+Said Hemti, "This is the proverb which men speak: 'A poor man's name is
+only his own matter.' I am he of whom you spake, even the lord steward of
+whom you think." Thereon he took to him branches of green tamarisk and
+scourged all his limbs, took his asses, and drave them into the pasture.
+And Sekhti wept very greatly, by reason of the pain of what he had
+suffered. Said Hemti, "Lift not up your voice, Sekhti, or you shall go to
+the demon of silence." Sekhti answered: "You beat me, you steal my goods,
+and now would take away even my voice, O demon of silence! If you will
+restore my goods, then will I cease to cry out at your violence."
+
+Sekhti stayed the whole day petitioning Hemti, but he would not give ear
+unto him. And Sekhti went his way to Khenensuten to complain to the lord
+steward Meruitensa. He found him coming out from the door of his house to
+embark on his boat, that he might go to the judgment-hall. Sekhti said:
+"Ho! turn, that I may please thy heart with this discourse. Now at this
+time let one of thy followers, whom thou wilt, come to me that I may send
+him to thee concerning it." The lord steward Meruitensa made his follower,
+whom he chose, go straight unto him, and Sekhti sent him back with an
+account of all these matters. Then the lord steward Meruitensa accused
+Hemti unto the nobles who sat with him; and they said unto him: "By your
+leave: As to this Sekhti of yours, let him bring a witness. Behold thou it
+is our custom with our Sekhtis; witnesses come with them; behold, that is
+our custom. Then it will be fitting to beat this Hemti for a trifle of
+natron and a trifle of salt; if he is commanded to pay for it, he will pay
+for it." But the high steward Meruitensa held his peace; for he would not
+reply unto these nobles, but would reply unto the Sekhti.
+
+Now Sekhti came to appeal to the lord steward Meruitensa, and said, "O my
+lord steward, greatest of the great, guide of the needy:
+
+
+    When thou embarkest on the lake of truth--
+    Mayest thou sail upon it with a fair wind;
+    May thy mainsail not fly loose.
+    May there not be lamentation in thy cabin;
+    May not misfortune come after thee.
+    May not thy mainstays be snapped;
+    Mayest thou not run aground.
+    May not the wave seize thee;
+    Mayest thou not taste the impurities of the river;
+    Mayest thou not see the face of fear.
+
+    May the fish come to thee without escape;
+    Mayest thou reach unto plump water-fowl.
+    For thou art the orphan's father, the widow's husband,
+    The desolate woman's brother, the garment of the motherless.
+    Let me celebrate thy name in this land for every virtue,
+    A guide without greediness of heart;
+    A great one without any meanness.
+
+    Destroying deceit, encouraging justice;
+    Coming to the cry, and allowing utterance.
+
+    Let me speak, do thou hear and do justice;
+    O praised! whom the praised ones praise.
+
+    Abolish oppression, behold me, I am overladen,
+    Reckon with me, behold me defrauded."
+
+
+Now the Sekhti made this speech in the time of the majesty of the King
+Neb-ka-n-ra, blessed. The lord steward Meruitensa went away straight to
+the King and said: "My lord, I have found one of these Sekhti, excellent
+of speech, in very truth; stolen are his goods, and he has come to
+complain to me of the matter."
+
+His Majesty said: "As thou wishest that I may see health! lengthen out his
+complaint, without replying to any of his speeches. He who desireth him to
+continue speaking should be silent; behold, bring us his words in writing,
+that we may listen to them. But provide for his wife and his children, and
+let the Sekhti himself also have a living. Thou must cause one to give him
+his portion without letting him know that thou art he who is giving it to
+him."
+
+There were given to him four loaves and two draughts of beer each day;
+which the lord steward Meruitensa provided for him, giving it to a friend
+of his, who furnished it unto him. Then the lord steward Meruitensa sent
+the governor of the Sekhet Hemat to make provision for the wife of the
+Sekhti, three rations of corn each day.
+
+Then came the Sekhti a second time, and even a third time, unto the lord
+steward Meruitensa; but he told two of his followers to go unto the
+Sekhti, and seize on him, and beat him with staves. But he came again unto
+him, even unto six times, and said:
+
+
+    "My Lord Steward--
+    Destroying deceit, and encouraging justice;
+    Raising up every good thing, and crushing every evil;
+    As plenty comes removing famine,
+    As clothing covers nakedness,
+    As clear sky after storm warms the shivering;
+    As fire cooks that which is raw,
+    As water quenches the thirst;
+    Look with thy face upon my lot; do not covet, but content me
+                without fail; do the right and do not evil,"
+
+
+But yet Meruitensa would not hearken unto his complaint; and the Sekhti
+came yet, and yet again, even unto the ninth time. Then the lord steward
+told two of his followers to go unto the Sekhti; and the Sekhti feared
+that he should be beaten as at the third request. But the lord steward
+Meruitensa then said unto him: "Fear not, Sekhti, for what thou hast done.
+The Sekhti has made many speeches, delightful to the heart of his Majesty,
+and I take an oath--as I eat bread, and as I drink water--that thou shalt be
+remembered to eternity." Said the lord steward, "Moreover, thou shalt be
+satisfied when thou shalt hear of thy complaints." He caused to be written
+on a clean roll of papyrus each petition to the end, and the lord steward
+Meruitensa sent it to the majesty of the King Neb-ka-n-ra, blessed, and it
+was good to him more than anything that is in the whole land: but his
+Majesty said to Meruitensa: "Judge it thyself; I do not desire it."
+
+The lord steward Meruitensa made two of his followers to go to the Sekhet
+Hemat, and bring a list of the household of the Sekhti; and its amount was
+six persons, beside his oxen and his goats, his wheat and his barley, his
+asses and his dogs; and moreover he gave all that which belonged unto the
+Hemti to the Sekhti, even all his property and his officers, and the
+Sekhti was beloved of the King more than all his overseers, and ate of all
+the good things of the King, with all his household.
+
+
+
+
+The Shipwrecked Sailor
+
+
+The wise servant said: "Let thy heart be satisfied, O my lord, for that we
+have come back to the country; after we have long been on board, and rowed
+much, the prow has at last touched land. All the people rejoice, and
+embrace us one after another. Moreover, we have come back in good health,
+and not a man is lacking; although we have been to the ends of Wawat, and
+gone through the land of Senmut, we have returned in peace, and our
+land--behold, we have come back to it. Hear me, my lord; I have no other
+refuge. Wash thee, and turn the water over thy fingers; then go and tell
+the tale to the Majesty."
+
+His lord replied: "Thy heart continues still its wandering words! but
+although the mouth of a man may save him, his words may also cover his
+face with confusion. Wilt thou do then as thy heart moves thee? This that
+thou wilt say, tell quietly."
+
+The sailor then answered: "Now I shall tell that which has happened to me,
+to my very self. I was going to the mines of Pharaoh, and I went down on
+the sea on a ship of 150 cubits long and forty cubits wide, with 150
+sailors of the best of Egypt, who had seen heaven and earth, and whose
+hearts were stronger than lions. They had said that the wind would not be
+contrary, or that there would be none. But as we approached the land the
+wind arose, and threw up waves eight cubits high. As for me, I seized a
+piece of wood; but those who were in the vessel perished, without one
+remaining. A wave threw me on an island, after that I had been three days
+alone, without a companion beside my own heart. I laid me in a thicket,
+and the shadow covered me. Then stretched I my limbs to try to find
+something for my mouth. I found there figs and grapes, all manner of good
+herbs, berries and grain, melons of all kinds, fishes and birds. Nothing
+was lacking. And I satisfied myself; and left on the ground that which was
+over, of what my arms had been filled withal. I dug a pit, I lighted a
+fire, and I made a burnt-offering unto the gods.
+
+"Suddenly I heard a noise as of thunder, which I thought to be that of a
+wave of the sea. The trees shook, and the earth was moved. I uncovered my
+face, and I saw that a serpent drew near. He was thirty cubits long, and
+his beard greater than two cubits; his body was as overlaid with gold, and
+his color as that of true lazuli. He coiled himself before me.
+
+"Then he opened his mouth, while that I lay on my face before him, and he
+said to me: 'What has brought thee, what has brought thee, little one,
+what has brought thee? If thou sayest not speedily what has brought thee
+to this isle, I will make thee know thyself; as a flame thou shalt vanish,
+if thou tellest me not something I had not heard, or which I knew not,
+before thee.'
+
+"Then he took me in his mouth and carried me to his resting-place, and
+laid me down without any hurt. I was whole and sound, and nothing was gone
+from me. Then he opened his mouth against me, while that I lay on my face
+before him, and he said, 'What has brought thee, what has brought thee,
+little one, what has brought thee to this isle which is in the sea, and of
+which the shores are in the midst of the waves?'
+
+"Then I replied to him, and holding my arms low before him, I said to him:
+'I was embarked for the mines by the order of the majesty, in a ship; 150
+cubits was its length, and the width of it forty cubits. It had 150
+sailors of the best of Egypt, who had seen heaven and earth, and the
+hearts of whom were stronger than lions. They said that the wind would not
+be contrary, or that there would be none. Each of them exceeded his
+companion in the prudence of his heart and the strength of his arm, and I
+was not beneath any of them. A storm came upon us while we were on the
+sea. Hardly could we reach to the shore when the wind waxed yet greater,
+and the waves rose even eight cubits. As for me, I seized a piece of wood,
+while those who were in the boat perished without one being left with me
+for three days. Behold me now before thee, for I was brought to this isle
+by a wave of the sea.'
+
+"Then said he to me: 'Fear not, fear not, little one, and make not thy
+face sad. If thou hast come to me, it is God who has let thee live. For it
+is he who has brought thee to this isle of the blest, where nothing is
+lacking, and which is filled with all good things. See now, thou shalt
+pass one month after another, until thou shalt be four months in this
+isle. Then a ship shall come from thy land with sailors, and thou shalt
+leave with them and go to thy country, and thou shalt die in thy town.'
+
+" 'Converse is pleasing, and he who tastes of it passes over his misery. I
+will therefore tell thee of that which is in this isle. I am here with my
+brethren and my children around me; we are seventy-five serpents, children
+and kindred; without naming a young girl who was brought unto me by
+chance, and on whom the fire of heaven fell, and burnt her to ashes.
+
+" 'As for thee if thou art strong, and if thy heart waits patiently, thou
+shalt press thy infants to thy bosom and embrace thy wife. Thou shalt
+return to thy house, which is full of all good things; thou shalt see thy
+land, where thou shalt dwell in the midst of thy kindred.'
+
+"Then I bowed, in my obeisance, and I touched the ground before him.
+'Behold now that which I have told thee before. I shall tell of thy
+presence unto Pharaoh, I shall make him to know of thy greatness, and I
+will bring to thee of the sacred oils and perfumes, and of incense of the
+temples with which all gods are honored. I shall tell, moreover, of that
+which I do now see (thanks to him), and there shall be rendered to thee
+praises before the fulness of all the land. I shall slay asses for thee in
+sacrifice, I shall pluck for thee the birds, and I shall bring for thee
+ships full of all kinds of the treasures of Egypt, as is comely to do unto
+a god, a friend of men in a far country, of which men know not.'
+
+"Then he smiled at my speech, because of that which was in his heart, for
+he said to me: 'Thou art not rich in perfumes, for all that thou hast is
+but common incense. As for me I am Prince of the land of Punt, and I have
+perfumes. Only the oil which thou sayest thou wouldst bring is not common
+in this isle. But, when thou shalt depart from this place, thou shalt
+never more see this isle; it shall be changed into waves.'
+
+"And, behold, when the ship drew near, according to all that he had told
+me before, I got me up into an high tree, to strive to see those who were
+within it. Then I came and told to him this matter; but it was already
+known unto him before. Then he said to me: 'Farewell, farewell; go to thy
+house, little one, see again thy children, and let thy name be good in thy
+town; these are my wishes for thee.'
+
+"Then I bowed myself before him, and held my arms low before him, and he,
+he gave me gifts of precious perfumes, of cassia, of sweet woods, of kohl,
+of cypress, an abundance of incense, of ivory tusks, of baboons, of apes,
+and all kinds of precious things. I embarked all in the ship which was
+come, and, bowing myself, I prayed God for him.
+
+"Then he said to me, 'Behold thou shalt come to thy country in two months,
+thou shalt press to thy bosom thy children, and thou shalt rest in thy
+tomb.' After this I went down to the shore unto the ship, and I called to
+the sailors who were there. Then on the shore I rendered adoration to the
+master of this isle and to those who dwelt therein.
+
+"When we shall come, in our return, to the house of Pharaoh, in the second
+month, according to all that the serpent has said, we shall approach unto
+the palace. And I shall go in before Pharaoh, I shall bring the gifts
+which I have brought from this isle into the country. Then he shall thank
+me before the fulness of all the land. Grant them unto me a follower, and
+lead me to the courtiers of the King. Cast thy eye upon me, after that I
+am come to land again, after that I have both seen and proved this. Hear
+my prayer, for it is good to listen to people. It was said unto me,
+'Become a wise man, and thou shalt come to honor,' and behold I have
+become such."
+
+This is finished from its beginning unto its end, even as it was found in
+a writing. It is written by the scribe of cunning fingers Ameni-amen-aa;
+may he live in life, wealth, and health!
+
+
+
+
+The Adventures Of Sanehat
+
+
+The hereditary prince, royal seal-bearer, confidential friend, judge,
+keeper of the gate of the foreigners, true and beloved royal acquaintance,
+the royal follower Sanehat says:
+
+I attended my lord as a follower of the King, of the house of the
+hereditary princess, the greatly favored, the royal wife,
+Ankhet-Usertesen, who shares the dwelling of the royal son Amenemhat in
+Kanefer.
+
+In the thirtieth year, the month Paophi, the seventh day the god entered
+his horizon, the King Sehotepabra flew up to heaven and joined the sun's
+disk, the follower of the god met his maker. The palace was silenced, and
+in mourning, the great gates were closed, the courtiers crouching on the
+ground, the people in hushed mourning.
+
+His Majesty had sent a great army with the nobles to the land of the
+Temehu (Lybia), his son and heir, the good god King Usertesen as their
+leader. Now he was returning, and had brought away living captives and all
+kinds of cattle without end. The councillors of the palace had sent to the
+West to let the King know the matter that had come to pass in the inner
+hall. The messenger was to meet him on the road, and reach him at the time
+of evening: the matter was urgent. "A hawk had soared with his followers."
+Thus said he, not to let the army know of it. Even if the royal sons who
+commanded in that army send a message, he was not to speak to a single one
+of them. But I was standing near, and heard his voice while he was
+speaking. I fled far away, my heart beating, my arms failing, trembling
+had fallen on all my limbs. I turned about in running to seek a place to
+hide me, and I threw myself between two bushes, to wait while they should
+pass by. Then I turned me toward the south, not from wishing to come into
+this place--for I knew not if war was declared--nor even thinking a wish to
+live after this sovereign, I turned my back to the sycamore, I reached
+Shi-Seneferu, and rested on the open field. In the morning I went on and
+overtook a man, who passed by the edge of the road. He asked of me mercy,
+for he feared me. By the evening I drew near to Kher-ahau (? old Cairo),
+and I crossed the river on a raft without a rudder. Carried over by the
+west wind, I passed over to the east to the quarries of Aku and the land
+of the goddess Herit, mistress of the red mountain (Gebel Ahmar). Then I
+fled on foot, northward, and reached the walls of the prince, built to
+repel the Sati. I crouched in a bush for fear of being seen by the guards,
+changed each day, who watch on the top of the fortress. I took my way by
+night, and at the lighting of the day I reached Peten, and turned me
+toward the valley of Kemur. Then thirst hasted me on; I dried up, and my
+throat narrowed, and I said, "This is the taste of death." When I lifted
+up my heart and gathered strength, I heard a voice and the lowing of
+cattle. I saw men of the Sati, and one of them--a friend unto Egypt--knew
+me. Behold he gave me water and boiled me milk, and I went with him to his
+camp; they did me good, and one tribe passed me on to another. I passed on
+to Sun, and reached the land of Adim (Edom).
+
+When I had dwelt there half a year Amu-an-shi--who is the Prince of the
+Upper Tenu--sent for me and said: "Dwell thou with me that thou mayest hear
+the speech of Egypt." He said thus for that he knew of my excellence, and
+had heard tell of my worth, for men of Egypt who were there with him bore
+witness of me. Behold he said to me: "For what cause hast thou come
+hither? Has a matter come to pass in the palace? Has the King of the two
+lands, Sehetepabra, gone to heaven? That which has happened about this is
+not known." But I answered with concealment, and said: "When I came from
+the land of the Tamahu, and my desires were there changed in me, if I fled
+away it was not by reason of remorse that I took the way of a fugitive; I
+have not failed in my duty, my mouth has not said any bitter words, I have
+not heard any evil counsel, my name has not come into the mouth of a
+magistrate. I know not by what I have been led into this land." And
+Amu-an-shi said: "This is by the will of the god (King of Egypt); for what
+is a land like if it know not that excellent god, of whom the dread is
+upon the lands of strangers, as they dread Sekhet in a year of
+pestilence?" I spake to him, and replied: "Forgive me; his son now enters
+the palace, and has received the heritage of his father. He is a god who
+has none like him, and there is none before him. He is a master of wisdom,
+prudent in his designs, excellent in his decrees, with good-will to him
+who goes or who comes; he subdued the land of strangers while his father
+yet lived in his palace, and he rendered account of that which his father
+destined him to perform. He is a brave man, who verily strikes with his
+sword; a valiant one, who has not his equal; he springs upon the
+barbarians, and throws himself on the spoilers; he breaks the horns and
+weakens the hands, and those whom he smites cannot raise the buckler. He
+is fearless, and dashes the heads, and none can stand before him. He is
+swift of foot, to destroy him who flies; and none who flees from him
+reaches his home. His heart is strong in his time; he is a lion who
+strikes with the claw, and never has he turned his back. His heart is
+closed to pity; and when he sees multitudes, he leaves none to live behind
+him. He is a valiant one who springs in front when he sees resistance; he
+is a warrior who rejoices when he flies on the barbarians. He seizes the
+buckler, he rushes forward, he never needs to strike again, he slays and
+none can turn his lance; and when he takes the bow the barbarians flee
+from his arms like dogs; for the great goddess has given to him to strike
+those who know her not; and if he reaches forth he spares none, and leaves
+naught behind. He is a friend of great sweetness, who knows how to gain
+love; his land loves him more than itself, and rejoices in him more than
+in its own god; men and women run to his call. A king, he has ruled from
+his birth; he, from his birth, has increased births, a sole being, a
+divine essence, by whom this land rejoices to be governed. He enlarges the
+borders of the South; but he covets not the lands of the North: he does
+not smite the Sati, nor crush the Nemau-shau. If he descends here, let him
+know thy name, by the homage which thou wilt pay to his majesty. For he
+refuses not to bless the land which obeys him."
+
+And he replied to me: "Egypt is indeed happy and well settled; behold thou
+art far from it, but whilst thou art with me I will do good unto thee."
+And he placed me before his children, he married his eldest daughter to
+me, and gave me the choice of all his land, even among the best of that
+which he had on the border of the next land. It is a goodly land, Iaa is
+its name. There are figs and grapes; there is wine commoner than water;
+abundant is the honey, many are its olives; and all fruits are upon its
+trees: there are barley and wheat, and cattle of kinds without end. This
+was truly a great thing that he granted me, when the prince came to invest
+me, and establish me as prince of a tribe in the best of his land. I had
+my continual portion of bread and of wine each day, of cooked meat, of
+roasted fowl, as well as the wild game which I took, or which was brought
+to me, beside what my dogs captured. They made me much butter, and
+prepared milk of all kinds. I passed many years, the children that I had
+became great, each ruling his tribe. When a messenger went or came to the
+palace, he turned aside from the way to come to me; for I helped every
+man. I gave water to the thirsty, I set on his way him who went astray,
+and I rescued the robbed. The Sati who went far, to strike and turn back
+the princes of other lands, I ordained their goings; for the Prince of the
+Tenu for many years appointed me to be general of his soldiers. In every
+land which I attacked I played the champion, I took the cattle, I led away
+the vassals, I carried off the slaves, I slew the people, by my sword, my
+bow, my marches and my good devices. I was excellent to the heart of my
+prince; he loved me when he knew my power, and set me over his children
+when he saw the strength of my arms.
+
+A champion of the Tenu came to defy me in my tent: a bold man without
+equal, for he had vanquished the whole country. He said, "Let Sanehat
+fight with me"; for he desired to overthrow me; he thought to take my
+cattle for his tribe. The prince counselled with me. I said: "I know him
+not. I certainly am not of his degree, I hold me far from his place. Have
+I ever opened his door, or leaped over his fence? It is some envious
+jealousy from seeing me; does he think that I am like some steer among the
+cows, whom the bull overthrows? If this is a wretch who thinks to enrich
+himself at my cost, not a Bedawi and a Bedawi fit for fight, then let us
+put the matter to judgment. Verily a true bull loves battle, but a
+vainglorious bull turns his back for fear of contest; if he has a heart
+for combat, let him speak what he pleases. Will God forget what he has
+ordained, and how shall that be known?" I lay down; and when I had rested
+I strung my bow, I made ready my arrows, I loosened my poniard, I
+furbished my arms. At dawn the land of the Tenu came together; it had
+gathered its tribes and called all the neighboring people, it spake of
+nothing but the fight. Each heart burnt for me, men and women crying out;
+for each heart was troubled for me, and they said: "Is there another
+strong one who would fight with him? Behold the adversary has a buckler, a
+battle-axe, and an armful of javelins." Then I drew him to the attack; I
+turned aside his arrows, and they struck the ground in vain. One drew near
+to the other, and he fell on me, and then I shot him. My arrow fastened in
+his neck, he cried out, and fell on his face: I drove his lance into him,
+and raised my shout of victory on his back. While all the men of the land
+rejoiced, I, and his vassals whom he had oppressed, gave thanks unto
+Mentu. This prince, Amu-an-shi, embraced me. Then I carried off his goods
+and took his cattle, that which he had wished to do to me, I did even so
+unto him; I seized that which was in his tent, I spoiled his dwelling. As
+time went on I increased the richness of my treasures and the number of my
+cattle.
+
+Petition To The King Of Egypt
+
+"Now behold what the god has done for me who trusted in him. Having once
+fled away, yet now there is a witness of me in the palace. Once having
+fled away, as a fugitive--now all in the palace give unto me a good name.
+After that I had been dying of hunger, now I give bread to those around. I
+had left my land naked, and now I am clothed in fine linen. After having
+been a wanderer without followers, now I possess many serfs. My house is
+fine, my land wide, my memory is established in the temple of all the
+gods. And let this flight obtain thy forgiveness; that I may be appointed
+in the palace; that I may see the place where my heart dwells. How great a
+thing is it that my body should be embalmed in the land where I was born!
+To return there is happiness. I have made offering to God to grant me this
+thing. His heart suffers who has run away unto a strange land. Let him
+hear the prayer of him who is afar off, that he may revisit the place of
+his birth, and the place from which he removed.
+
+"May the King of Egypt be gracious to me that I may live of his favor. And
+I render my homage to the mistress of the land, who is in his palace; may
+I hear the news of her children. Thus will my limbs grow young again. Now
+old age comes, feebleness seizes me, my eyes are heavy, my arms are
+feeble, my legs will not move, my heart is slow. Death draws nigh to me,
+soon shall they lead me to the city of eternity. Let me follow the
+mistress of all (the queen, his former mistress); lo! let her tell me the
+excellencies of her children; may she bring eternity to me."
+
+Then the majesty of King Kheper-ka-ra, the blessed, spake upon this my
+desire that I had made to him. His Majesty sent unto me with presents from
+the King, that he might enlarge the heart of his servant, like unto the
+province of any strange land; and the royal sons who are in the palace
+addressed themselves unto me.
+
+Copy of the Decree Which Was Brought, To Me Who Speak To You, To Lead Me
+Back Into Egypt
+
+"The Horus, life of births, lord of the crowns, life of births, King of
+Upper and Lower Egypt, Kheper-ka-ra, son of the Sun, Amen-em-hat, ever
+living unto eternity. Order for the follower Sanehat. Behold this order of
+the King is sent to thee to instruct thee of his will.
+
+"Now, although thou hast gone through strange lands from Adim to Tenu, and
+passed from one country to another at the wish of thy heart--behold, what
+hast thou done, or what has been done against thee, that is amiss?
+Moreover, thou reviledst not; but if thy word was denied, thou didst not
+speak again in the assembly of the nobles, even if thou wast desired. Now,
+therefore, that thou hast thought on this matter which has come to thy
+mind, let thy heart not change again; for this thy Heaven (queen), who is
+in the palace is fixed, she is flourishing, she is enjoying the best in
+the kingdom of the land, and her children are in the chambers of the
+palace.
+
+"Leave all the riches that thou hast, and that are with thee, altogether.
+When thou shalt come into Egypt behold the palace, and when thou shalt
+enter the palace, bow thy face to the ground before the Great House; thou
+shalt be chief among the companions. And day by day behold thou growest
+old; thy vigor is lost, and thou thinkest on the day of burial. Thou shalt
+see thyself come to the blessed state, they shall give thee the bandages
+from the hand of Tait, the night of applying the oil of embalming. They
+shall follow thy funeral, and visit the tomb on the day of burial, which
+shall be in a gilded case, the head painted with blue, a canopy of cypress
+wood above thee, and oxen shall draw thee, the singers going before thee,
+and they shall dance the funeral dance. The weepers crouching at the door
+of thy tomb shall cry aloud the prayers for offerings: they shall slay
+victims for thee at the door of thy pit; and thy pyramid shall be carved
+in white stone, in the company of the royal children. Thus thou shalt not
+die in a strange land, nor be buried by the Amu; thou shalt not be laid in
+a sheepskin when thou art buried; all people shall beat the earth, and
+lament on thy body when thou goest to the tomb."
+
+When this order came to me, I was in the midst of my tribe. When it was
+read unto me, I threw me on the dust, I threw dust in my hair; I went
+around my tent rejoicing and saying: "How may it be that such a thing is
+done to the servant, who with a rebellious heart has fled to strange
+lands? Now with an excellent deliverance, and mercy delivering me from
+death, thou shalt cause me to end my days in the palace."
+
+Copy Of The Answer To This Order
+
+"The follower Sanehat says: In excellent peace above everything consider
+of this flight that he made here in his ignorance; Thou, the Good God,
+Lord of both Lands, Loved of Ra, Favorite of Mentu, the Lord of Thebes,
+and of Amen, lord of thrones of the lands, of Sebek, Ra, Horus, Hathor,
+Atmu, and of his fellow-gods, of Sopdu, Neferbiu, Samsetu, Horus, lord of
+the east, and of the royal uraeus which rules on thy head, of the chief
+gods of the waters, of Min, Horus of the desert, Urrit, mistress of Punt,
+Nut, Harnekht, Ra, all the gods of the land of Egypt, and of the isles of
+the sea. May they give life and peace to thy nostril, may they load thee
+with their gifts, may they give to thee eternity without end,
+everlastingness without bound. May the fear of thee be doubled in the
+lands of the deserts. Mayest thou subdue the circuit of the sun's disk.
+This is the prayer to his master of the humble servant who is saved from a
+foreign land.
+
+"O wise King, the wise words which are pronounced in the wisdom of the
+majesty of the sovereign, thy humble servant fears to tell. It is a great
+thing to repeat. O great God, like unto Ra in fulfilling that to which he
+has set his hand, what am I that he should take thought for me? Am I among
+those whom he regards, and for whom he arranges? Thy majesty is as Horus,
+and the strength of thy arms extends to all lands.
+
+"Then let his Majesty bring Maki of Adma, Kenti-au-ush of Khenti-keshu,
+and Tenus from the two lands of the Fen-khu; these are the princes who
+bear witness of me as to all that has passed, out of love for thyself.
+Does not Tenu believe that it belongs to thee like thy dogs? Behold this
+flight that I have made: I did not have it in my heart; it was like the
+leading of a dream, as a man of Adehi (Delta) sees himself in Abu
+(Elephantine), as a man of the plain of Egypt who sees himself in the
+deserts. There was no fear, there was no hastening after me, I did not
+listen to an evil plot, my name was not heard in the mouth of the
+magistrate; but my limbs went, my feet wandered, my heart drew me; my god
+commanded this flight, and drew me on; but I am not stiff-necked. Does a
+man fear when he sees his own land? Ra spread thy fear over the land, thy
+terrors in every strange land. Behold me now in the palace, behold me in
+this place; and lo! thou art he who is over all the horizon; the sun rises
+at thy pleasure, the water in the rivers is drunk at thy will, the wind in
+heaven is breathed at thy saying.
+
+"I who speak to thee shall leave my goods to the generations to follow in
+this land. And as to this messenger who is come even let thy majesty do as
+pleaseth him, for one lives by the breath that thou givest. O thou who art
+beloved of Ra, of Horus, and of Hathor; Mentu, lord of Thebes, desires
+that thy august nostril should live forever."
+
+I made a feast in Iaa, to pass over my goods to my children. My eldest son
+was leading my tribe, all my goods passed to him, and I gave him my corn
+and all my cattle, my fruit, and all my pleasant trees. When I had taken
+my road to the south, and arrived at the roads of Horus, the officer who
+was over the garrison sent a messenger to the palace to give notice. His
+Majesty sent the good overseer of the peasants of the King's domains, and
+boats laden with presents from the King for the Sati who had come to
+conduct me to the roads of Horus. I spoke to each one by his name, and I
+gave the presents to each as was intended. I received and I returned the
+salutation, and I continued thus until I reached the city of Thetu.
+
+When the land was brightened, and the new day began, four men came with a
+summons for me; and the four men went to lead me to the palace. I saluted
+with both my hands on the ground; the royal children stood at the
+courtyard to conduct me: the courtiers who were to lead me to the hall
+brought me on the way to the royal chamber.
+
+I found his Majesty on the great throne in the hall of pale gold. Then I
+threw myself on my belly; this god, in whose presence I was, knew me not.
+He questioned me graciously, but I was as one seized with blindness, my
+spirit fainted, my limbs failed, my heart was no longer in my bosom, and I
+knew the difference between life and death. His Majesty said to one of the
+companions, "Lift him up, let him speak to me." And his Majesty said,
+"Behold thou hast come, thou hast trodden the deserts, thou hast played
+the wanderer. Decay falls on thee, old age has reached thee; it is no
+small thing that thy body should be embalmed, that the Pedtiu shall not
+bury thee. Do not, do not, be silent and speechless; tell thy name; is it
+fear that prevents thee?" I answered in reply, "I fear, what is it that my
+lord has said that I should answer it? I have not called on me the hand of
+God, but it is terror in my body, like that which brings sudden death. Now
+behold I am before thee; thou art life; let thy Majesty do what pleaseth
+him."
+
+The royal children were brought in, and his Majesty said to the Queen,
+"Behold thou Sanehat has come as an Amu, whom the Sati have produced."
+
+She cried aloud, and the royal children spake with one voice, saying,
+before his Majesty, "Verily it is not so, O King, my lord." Said his
+Majesty, "It is verily he." Then they brought their collars, and their
+wands, and their sistra in their hands, and displayed them before his
+Majesty; and they sang--
+
+
+    "May thy hands prosper, O King;
+    May the ornaments of the Lady of Heaven continue.
+    May the Goddess Nub give life to thy nostril;
+    May the mistress of the stars favor thee, when thou sailest south
+                and north.
+    All wisdom is in the mouth of thy Majesty;
+    Thy uraeus is on thy forehead, thou drivest away the miserable.
+    Thou art pacified, O Ra, lord of the lands;
+    They call on thee as on the mistress of all.
+                    Strong is thy horn,
+                    Thou lettest fly thine arrow.
+    Grant the breath to him who is without it;
+    Grant good things to this traveller, Samehit the Pedti, born in
+                the land of Egypt,
+    Who fled away from fear of thee,
+    And fled this land from thy terrors.
+    Does not the face grow pale, of him who beholds thy countenance;
+    Does not the eye fear, which looks upon thee."
+
+
+Said his Majesty, "Let him not fear, let him be freed from terror. He
+shall be a Royal Friend amongst the nobles; he shall be put within the
+circle of the courtiers. Go ye to the chamber of praise to seek wealth for
+him."
+
+When I went out from the palace, the royal children offered their hands to
+me; we walked afterward to the Great Gates. I was placed in a house of a
+king's son, in which were delicate things, a place of coolness, fruits of
+the granary, treasures of the White House, clothes of the King's
+guardrobe, frankincense, the finest perfumes of the King and the nobles
+whom he loves, in every chamber. All the servitors were in their several
+offices.
+
+Years were removed from my limbs: I was shaved, and polled my locks of
+hair; the foulness was cast to the desert with the garments of the
+Nemau-sha. I clothed me in fine linen, and anointed myself with the fine
+oil of Egypt; I laid me on a bed. I gave up the sand to those who lie on
+it; the oil of wood to him who would anoint himself therewith. There was
+given to me the mansion of a lord of serfs, which had belonged to a royal
+friend. There many excellent things were in its buildings; all its wood
+was renewed. There were brought to me portions from the palace, thrice and
+four times each day; beside the gifts of the royal children, always
+without ceasing. There was built for me a pyramid of stone among the
+pyramids. The overseer of the architects measured its ground; the chief
+treasurer wrote it; the sacred masons cut the well; the chief of the
+laborers on the tombs brought the bricks; all things used to make a strong
+building were there used. There were given to me peasants; there were made
+for me a garden, and fields in it before my mansion, as is done for the
+chief royal friend. My statue was inlaid with gold, its girdle of pale
+gold; his majesty caused it to be made. Such is not done to a man of low
+degree.
+
+May I be in the favor of the King until the day shall come of my death!
+
+(_This is finished from beginning to end, as was found in the writing_.)
+
+
+
+
+
+THE TELL AMARNA TABLETS
+
+
+           Translated by C. R. Conder, D.C.L., LL.D., M.R.A.S.
+
+
+
+
+The Hittite Invasion Of Damascus
+
+
+No. 36 B. M.--"To King _Annumuria_(127) (Amenophis III) Son of the Sun, my
+Lord thus (says) this thy servant _Akizzi_.(128) Seven times at the feet
+of my Lord I bow. My Lord in these my lands I am afraid. Mayst thou
+protect one who is thy servant under the yoke of my Lord. From the yoke of
+my Lord I do not rebel. Lo! there is fear of my foes. The people of this
+thy servant are under thy yoke: this country is among thy lands: the city
+_Katna_(129) is thy city: I am on the side of my Lord's rule (yoke). Lo!
+the soldiers and the chariots of my Lord's government have received corn
+and drink, oxen and beasts (oil and honey?), meeting the soldiers and the
+chariots of my Lord's dominion (coming?) to me. And now let my Lord ask
+the great men of his dominion. My Lord, all lands tremble before thy
+soldiers and thy chariots. If these lands are under the dominion of my
+Lord's land, and they are seizing them, let him order his soldiers and his
+chariots this year, and let him take the land of _Marhasse_,(130) the
+whole of it, to the yoke of my Lord, when--my Lord--the soldiers of the
+slaves(131) are(132) ... For six days ago he went out into the land of
+_Hu(ba)_, and truly _Aziru_ is sending them, and if in this year my Lord
+does not send out the soldiers and the chariots of his government ... to
+meet _Aziru_ (and) make him flee ... all will rebel ... My Lord, know him.
+My Lord (know) the men who are his foes ... And lo! now the King of the
+land of the _Hittites_ ... with pride rebels against his gods. And men who
+are destroyers serve the King of the land of the _Hittites_: he sends them
+forth. My Lord, my servants, the men of the city of _Katna_, _Aziru_
+expels, and all that is theirs, out of the land of the dominion of my
+Lord; and behold (he takes?) the northern lands of the dominion of my
+Lord. Let (my Lord) save the ... of the men of the city _Katna_. My Lord
+truly they made ... he steals their gold my Lord; as has been said there
+is fear, and truly they give gold. My Lord--Sun God, my fathers'
+god(133)--the men have made themselves your foes, and they have wasted from
+over against the abode of their camp (or fortress); and now behold--O Sun
+God of my fathers--the King of the _Hittites_ makes them march. And know of
+them, my Lord--may the gods make slack their hand. As has been said there
+is fear. And lo! perchance the Sun God of my fathers will turn his heart
+toward me. My Lord's word is sure, and let the (increase or tithe of
+gold?) be given him, as we have purposed for the Sun God of my fathers. As
+has been said they have done to me; and they have destroyed the ... of my
+Lord. For this corner--the dwelling of their fortress (or camp)--is out of
+sight of the Sun God."
+
+37 B. M.--"To King _Annumuria_, Son of the Sun, my Lord, thus (says)
+_Akizzi_ thy servant: seven times ... at the feet of my Lord I bow. My
+Lord, now there is flight and no breathing of the ... of the King my Lord.
+And behold now the ... of this dominion of my Lord, in these lands ... and
+behold now ... the King of the land of the _Hittites_ ... sends forth ...
+and the heart of ... smites him. And now behold the King my Lord sends to
+me, and is complaining ... with me as to the rule of the King of the land
+of the _Hittites_. And as for me ... the King of the land of the
+_Hittites_. As for me I am with the King my Lord, and with the land of
+Egypt. I sent and ... as to the rule of the King of the land of the
+_Hittites_."
+
+This text is much damaged; it goes on to speak of _Aidugama_,(134)the
+Hittite King, in the country of the King of Egypt, who has taken various
+things--enumerated, but not intelligible--including, perhaps, ships or
+boats, and dwellings; and it mentions _Neboyapiza_. It then continues:
+
+"My Lord: _Teuiatti_ of the city of _Lapana_,(135) and _Arzuia_ of the
+city _Ruhizzi_,(136) minister before _Aidugama_; but this land is the land
+of the dominion of my Lord. He is burning it with fire. My Lord, as said,
+I am on the side of the King my Lord. I am afraid also because of the King
+of the land of _Marhasse_, and the King of the land of _Ni_, and the King
+of the land of _Zinzaar_,(137) and the King of the land of _Canaan_. And
+all of these are kings under the dominion (or, of the rule) of my
+Lord--chiefs who are servants. As said let the King my Lord live and become
+mighty, and so O King my Lord wilt not thou go forth? and let the King my
+Lord despatch the _bitati_(138) soldiers, let them expel (them) from this
+land. As said, my Lord, these kings have ... the chief of my Lord's
+government, and let him say what they are to do, and let them be
+confirmed. Because my Lord this land ministers heartily to the King my
+Lord. And let him speed soldiers, and let them march; and let the
+messengers of the dominion of the King my Lord arrive. For my Lord
+_Arzuia_ of the city _Ruhizzi_, and _Teuiatti_ of the city _Lapana_, dwelt
+in the land of _Huba_,(139) and _Dasru_ dwelt in the land _Amma_,(140) and
+truly my Lord has known them. Behold the land of _Hobah_ was at peace my
+Lord in the days of this government. They will be subject to _Aidugama_.
+Because we ask, march thou here and mayest ... all the land of _Hobah_. My
+Lord, as said, the city _Timasgi_,(141) in the land of _Hobah_, is without
+sin at thy feet; and aid thou the city _Katna_ which is without sin at thy
+feet. It has been feeble. And my Lord in presence of my messenger the
+master shall ordain (our) fate. As has been said, have not I served in the
+presence of the _bitati_ soldiers of my Lord? Behold, as said, my Lord has
+promised soldiers to this my land, and they shall ... in the city
+_Katna_."
+
+96 B., a letter mainly complimentary, from _Neboyapiza_(142) to the King
+of Egypt, ends as follows:
+
+"Behold I myself, with my soldiers and my chariots, with my brethren and
+with (men of blood?) and with my people the men of my kindred go to meet
+the Egyptian soldiers, as far as the ground which the King my Lord will
+name."
+
+142 B.--"To the King my Lord thus saith this thy servant. At the feet of my
+Lord my Sun seven times on my face, seven times I bow. My Lord I am thy
+servant, and they will devour me--_Neboyapiza_: we abide before thy face,
+my Lord, and lo! they will devour me in your sight. Behold every fortress
+of my fathers is taken, by the people out of the city _Gidisi_.(143) And
+my fortresses (say) 'Speed us avengers.' I make ready, and (because that?)
+the _Pakas_(144) of the King my Lord, and the chiefs of his land have
+known my faithfulness, behold I complain to the ruler being one approved;
+let the ruler consider that (_Neboyapiza_) has given proof ... for now
+they have cast thee out. As for me, I have (gathered?) all my brethren,
+and we have made the place strong for the King my Lord. I have caused them
+to march with my soldiers and with my chariots, and with all my people.
+And behold _Neboyapiza_ has sped to all the fortresses of the King my
+Lord. Part of the men of blood are from the land _Ammusi_,(145) and (part)
+from the land of _Hubi_, and it is won (or reached). But march fast, thou
+who art a God(146) and a Sun in my sight, and restore the strongholds
+holds to the King my Lord from the men of blood. For they have cast him
+out; and the men of blood have rebelled, and are invaders of the King my
+Lord. We were obedient to thy yoke, and they have cast out the King my
+Lord, and all my brethren."
+
+It appears, from other letters, that the city of this chief was the
+important town _Cumidi_, now _Kamid_, in the southern Lebanon, at the
+south end of the Baalbek plain, west of Baal Gad. In Abu el Feda's time
+this town was the capital of the surrounding district.
+
+189 B. is much broken. It is from _Arzana_, chief of the city
+_Khazi_.(147) He speaks of an attack on _Tusulti_, by bloody soldiers
+fighting against the place, and perhaps of the city _Bel Gidda_ (Baal
+Gad),(148) and mentions a _Paka_, or Egyptian official, called _Aman
+Khatbi_, named after the Egyptian god Amen. The foes are spoiling the
+valley (of Baalbek) in sight of the Egyptian general, and are attacking
+_Khazi_, his city. They had already taken _Maguzi_,(149) and are spoiling
+Baal Gad. It seems that he asks the King not to blame his general, and
+speaks finally of friendly and faithful men.
+
+43 B. M., broken at the top, reads thus:
+
+"... his horses and his chariots ... to men of blood and not ... As for
+me, I declare myself for the King my Lord, and a servant to preserve these
+to the King entirely. _Biridasia_ perceives this, and has betrayed it, and
+he has secretly passed beyond my city _Maramma_;(150) and the great pass
+is open behind me. And he is marching chariots from the city
+_Astarti_,(151) and commands them for the men of blood, and does not
+command them for the King my Lord. Friendly to him is the King of the city
+_Buzruna_;(152) and the King of the city of _Khalavunni_(153) has made
+promises to him: both have fought with _Biridasia_ against me. Wickedly
+they vex us. I have marched our kinsmen--the people of _Neboyapiza_--but his
+success never fails ... and he rebels. As for me from ... and he sends out
+from ... the city _Dimasca_ (Damascus) behold ... they complain ... they
+afflict. I am complaining to the King of Egypt as a servant; and
+_Arzaiaia_ is marching to the city _Gizza_,(154) and _Azi_ (_ru_) takes
+soldiers ... The Lord of the city _Saddu_(155) declares for the men of
+blood, and her chief does not declare for the King my Lord; and as far as
+this tribe marches it has afflicted the land of _Gizza_. _Arzaiaia_ with
+_Biridasia_ afflicts the land (which is wretched? or _Abitu_), and the
+King witnesses the division of his land. Let not men who have been hired
+disturb her. Lo! my brethren have fought for me. As for me, I will guard
+the town of _Cumidi_ (Kamid), the city of the King my Lord. But truly the
+King forgets his servant ... his servant, O King ... have arrayed kings
+... the men of the wretched land" (or of the land _Abitu_).
+
+152 B.--"... thus _Ara_ (_ga?_) chief of the city _Cumidi_(156) (Kamid) ...
+at the feet of the King my Lord seven times seven times I bow. Behold as
+to me I am thy faithful servant: let the King my Lord ask of his _Pakas_
+(chiefs) as to me, a faithful servant of the King my Lord, one whom they
+have ruined. Truly I am a faithful servant of the King my Lord, and let
+the King my Lord excuse this dog, and let him (bear me in remembrance?).
+But never a horse and never a chariot is mine, and let this be considered
+in sight of the King my Lord; and closely allied(157) is his servant; and
+to explain this I am despatching my son to the land of the King my Lord,
+and let the King my Lord deign to hear me."
+
+46 B. M.--"At the feet of the King my Lord seven and seven (times) I bow.
+Behold what this our saying tells, as to the land _Am_ (Ham) the
+fortresses of the King my Lord. A man named _Eda_ ... has arisen, a chief
+of the land _Cinza_ east of the land of the _Hittites_, to take the
+fortresses of the King my Lord ... and we made the fortresses for the King
+my Lord my God my Sun, and we have lived in the fortresses of the King my
+Lord."
+
+125 B.--"To the King my Lord thus _Arzaiaia_, chief of the city
+_Mikhiza_.(158) At the feet of my Lord I bow. King my Lord, I have heard
+as to going to meet the Egyptian (_bitati_) soldiers of the King my Lord
+who are with us, to meet the general (_Paka_) with (all the infantry?) ...
+all who have marched to overthrow the King my Lord. Truly a (great
+strength to the people?) are the Egyptian (_bitati_) soldiers of the King
+my Lord, and his commander (_Paka_). As for me, do I not order all to ...
+after them? Behold they have been speedy, O King my Lord, and his foes are
+delayed by them by the hand of the King my Lord."
+
+126 B.--The same writer, in a broken letter, calls himself a faithful
+servant of the King. This was perhaps at an earlier period of the war,
+before the events recorded by Neboyapiza (189 B., 43 B. M.).
+
+75 B. M.--A short letter from _Dasru_ to say he has heard the King's
+message. He lived in the land of _Ham_ (37 B. M.).
+
+127 B. M.--The same writer says that all that the King does for his land is
+of good omen.
+
+171 B.--"A message and information from the servant of the King my Lord my
+God.... And behold what the chief of _Simyra_ has done to my brethren of
+the city of _Tubakhi_;(159) and he marches to waste the fortresses of the
+King my Lord my God my Sun ... the land of the _Amorites_. He has wearied
+out our chiefs. The fortresses of the King my Lord my God ... are for men
+of blood. And now strong is the god of the King my Lord my God my Sun; and
+the city of _Tubakhi_ goes forth to war, and I have stirred up my
+brethren, and I guard the city of _Tubakhi_ for the King my Lord my God my
+Sun. And behold this city of _Tubakhi_ is the city of the plains of my
+fathers."
+
+132 B.--"To the King my Lord by letter thus (says) _Artabania_, chief of
+the city _Ziribasani_(160) thy servant. At the feet of the King my Lord
+seven times, on my face, seven times I bow. Behold a message to me to
+speed to meet the Egyptian (_bitati_) soldiers. And who am I but a dog
+only, and shall I not march? Behold me, with my soldiers and my chariots
+meeting the Egyptian soldiers at the place of which the King my Lord
+speaks."
+
+78 B. M.--"To the King my Lord thus the chief of the city _Gubbu_(161) thy
+servant. At the feet of the King my Lord my Sun (permit?) that seven
+times, on my face, seven times I bow. Thou hast sent as to going to meet
+the Egyptian soldiers, and now I with my soldiers and my chariots meet the
+soldiers of the King my Lord, at the place you march to."
+
+64 B. M.--"To _Yankhamu_(162) my Lord by letter thus _Muu-taddu_ thy
+servant. I bow at my Lord's feet as this says, announcing that the enemy
+is hastening speedily as--my Lord--was announced to the King of the city
+_Bikhisi_(163) from friends(164) of his Lord. Let the King my Lord speed:
+let the King my Lord fly: for the foe is wasting in the city _Bikhisi_
+this two months, there is none ... On account of (_Bibelu_?) having told
+me this one has asked then ... until by the arrival of _Anamarut_
+(Amenophis IV)(165) the city of _Ashtoreth_ is occupied.(166) Behold they
+have destroyed all the fortresses of neighboring lands: the city
+_Udumu_,(167) the city _Aduri_,(168) the city _Araru_,(169) the city
+_Meis_(_pa?_),(170) the city _Macdalim_,(171) the city _Khini_.(172) I
+announced that they had taken the city _Zaar_.(173) They are fighting this
+city, the city _Yabisi_.(174) Moreover, fearing the force against me, I am
+watching it till you arrive. One has come from your way to the city
+_Bikhisi_,(175) and he has made us hear the news."
+
+134 B.--"To the King my Lord by letter thus _Abdmelec_ the chief of this
+city _Saskhi_(176) thy servant. At the feet of the King my Lord ... on my
+face seven times I bow. Thou hast sent as to going to meet the Egyptian
+soldiers, accordingly I with my soldiers and my chariots (am) meeting the
+soldiers of the King my Lord, at the place to which you will march."
+
+143 B.--"To the King our Lord thus (says) _Addubaya_ and thus also
+_Betili_. At the feet of our Lord we bow. Peace indeed to the face of our
+Lord. And (as is fit?) from the lands of our Lord, much they salute. O our
+Lord, will not you settle everything in your heart? Will not you harden
+your heart as to this combat O our Lord? But their intention is clear--to
+make war on the stations, as in our country they do not follow after thee.
+_Lupackhallu_(177) has removed the soldiers of the _Hittites_; they will
+go against the cities of the land of Ham (_Am_) and from _Atadumi_ they
+will (take?) them. And let our Lord know, since we hear that _Zitana_(178)
+the Phoenician (_Kharu_) has deserted, who will march. And nine chiefs of
+the soldiers of the government are with us, who march, and the message is
+unfavorable: a gathering in the land they have made; and they will arrive
+from the land of _Marhasse_ (_Mer'ash_). But I cause _Betili_ to send
+against this (foe). Thus we wage war against them. And my trusty messenger
+I cause to be sent to your presence, as said; for you to return an order
+whether we shall do so or whether not. To _Raban_ and _Abdbaal_, to
+_Rabana_ and _Rabziddu_ thus: behold to all of you be peace indeed, and
+will not you harden your hearts, and will not you settle all in your
+hearts, and do what is fitting from your places? Much peace; and to (the
+people?) peace be increased."
+
+91 B.--"To the King my Lord thus (says) the city _Gebal_(179) (and) thus
+_Rabikhar_ ('the Lord of Phoenicia') thy servant. At the feet of my Lord
+the Sun seven times I bow. Do not be angry, O King my Lord, with the city
+of _Gebal_ (_Gubla_) thy handmaid--a city of the King from of old, obeying
+what the King commands as to _Aziru_, and it did as he wished. Behold
+_Aziru_ slew _Adunu_, Lord of the land of _Ammia_,(180) and the King of
+the land of _Ardata_,(181) and has slain the great men, and has taken
+their cities for himself. The city _Simyra_ is his. Of the cities of the
+King only the city _Gebal_ escapes for the King. Behold the city _Simyra_
+is subjected. He has smitten the city _Ullaza_.(182) The captains of both
+have gone into exile. Behold this sin _Aziru_ wrought. Sinful are his
+strivings against her ... he has smitten all the lands of _Ham_ (_Am_),
+lands of the King; and now he has despatched his men to destroy all the
+lands of _Ham_; and the King of the land of the _Hittites_, and the king
+of the land of _Nereb_ (_Nariba_)(183) (have made?) the land conquered
+land."
+
+From these letters we learn clearly that the Mongol kings near the
+Euphrates (and, as appears later, in Armenia) were leagued with the
+Hittites of Mer'ash in the extreme north of Syria, and of Kadesh on the
+Orontes, and were supported by the Amorites of the northern Lebanon and by
+some of the Phoenicians; that the enemy marched south, a distance of 300
+miles, taking all the towns in the Baalbek Valley, reaching Damascus by
+the gorge of the Barada River, and advancing into the land of Ham--in
+Bashan--where all the chief towns fell. This serves to make clear the
+treachery of Aziru's letters which follow. The Amorite advance on the
+Phoenician coast was contemporary, and extended to Tyre. It appears,
+however, that the Amorites were a Semitic people, while the names of the
+Hittites are Mongolic.
+
+
+
+
+The Amorite Treachery
+
+
+No. 35 B.--"To the King my Lord my God my Sun _Aziru_ thy servant; and
+seven times at the feet of my Lord my God my Sun I bow." The letter is
+much broken, but promises he will never rebel, and says he is sincere. He
+desires land of the King (at Simyra), and says the men of the government
+are friendly, but that the city of Simyra is to be made promptly to fulfil
+its engagements.
+
+35 B. M.--"To the Great King my Lord my God my Sun thus (says) this thy
+servant _Aziru_. Seven times and seven times at the feet of my Lord my God
+my Sun I bow. My Lord I am thy servant, and (from my youth?) in the
+presence of the King my Lord, and I fulfil all my orders to the sight of
+my Lord. And what they who are my (agents?) shall say to my Lord as to the
+chiefs who are faithful, in the sight of the King my Lord, will not you
+hear me speak, I who am thy servant sincere as long as I live? But when
+the King my Lord sent _Khani_,(184) I was resting in the city of _Tunip_
+(_Tennib_) and there was no knowledge behold of his arriving. Whereupon he
+gave notice, and coming after him also, have I not reached him? And let
+_Khani_ speak to testify with what humility, and let the King my Lord ask
+him how my brethren have prepared to tend (him), and _Betilu_ will send to
+his presence oxen and beasts and fowls: his food and his drink will be
+provided. I shall give horses and beasts for his journey; and may the King
+my Lord hear my messages, with my assurances in the presence of the King
+my Lord. _Khani_ will march much cared for in my sight, he accompanies me
+as my comrade, like my father; and lo! my Lord says, 'You turn away from
+the appearance of Khani.' Thus thy Gods and the Sun-God truly had known if
+I did not stay in the city of _Tunip_. Moreover because of the intention
+to set in order the city of Simyra, the King my Lord has sent word (and)
+the Kings of the land of _Marshasse_ (_Mer'ash_) have been foes to me.
+They have marched on my cities: they have observed the desire of
+_Khatib_,(185) and has not he promised them? lo! hastily he has promised
+them. And truly my Lord has known that half of the possessions that the
+King my Lord has given _Khatib_ takes: the tribute, and the gold and the
+silver that the King my Lord has given me; and _Khatib_ takes all the
+tribute; and truly my Lord has known. Moreover as against my Lord the
+King's having said, 'Why dost thou yield service to the messenger of the
+King of the land of the _Hittites_, and dost not yield service to my
+messenger?' this region is the land of my Lord, he establishes me in it,
+with men of government. Let a messenger of my Lord come, and all that I
+speak of in the sight of my Lord let me give. Tin and ships, men(186) and
+weapons, and trees let me give."
+
+40 B.--"To _Dudu_(187) my Lord my father thus (says) _Aziru_ your son your
+servant: at the feet of my father I bow. Lo! let _Dudu_ send the wishes of
+my Lord ... and I ... Moreover behold thou shalt not reject (me) my
+father, and whatever are the wishes of _Dudu_ my father, send, and will
+not I ... Behold thou art my father and my Lord: I am thy son: the land of
+the Amorites is your land; and my house is your house.(188) Say what you
+wish and I will truly perform your wishes." The latter part is broken, but
+states that he will not rebel against the wishes of the King or those of
+Dudu.
+
+38 B.--"To _Dudu_ my Lord my father thus _Aziru_ thy servant. At my lord's
+feet I bow. _Khatib_ will march, and has carefully followed the messages
+(or orders) of the King my Lord before (he goes); and what is good
+increases; and I have been gladdened very much; and my brethren, men
+serving the King my Lord, and men who are servants of _Dudu_ my Lord. They
+had feared exceedingly. Behold he will march, to command for the King my
+Lord with me. From the orders of my Lord my God and my Sun, and from the
+orders of _Dudu_ my Lord, I will never depart. My Lord now _Khatib_ goes
+forth with me, and also he will march to strengthen me. My Lord, the King
+of the land of the _Hittites_ will march from the land of _Marhasse_
+(_Mer'ash_), and has he not boasted to meet me? and the King of the
+_Hittites_ will rebel, and behold I and _Khatib_ will march. Let the King
+my Lord hear my messages. I have feared without the countenance of the
+King my Lord, and without the countenance of _Dudu_; and now (my Gods and
+my messenger(189)). And truly these are my brethren--_Dudu_ and the great
+men of the King my Lord; and truly I will march; and since O _Dudu_ both
+the King my Lord and the chiefs thus are ready, everything against _Aziru_
+is forgiven which has been unfavorable for my God,(190) and for us. And
+now I and _Khatib_ have appeared servants of the King. Truly thou knowest
+_Dudu_, behold I go forth mightily."
+
+31 B.--"To _Khai_(191) my brother thus (says) this thy brother _Aziru_.
+With thee (be) peace indeed, and from the Egyptian soldiers of the King my
+Lord there is much safety. Whoever (is) against it the promise remains, in
+sight of the King my Lord; being formerly promised it remains. I and my
+sons and my brethren are all servants of the King: it is good for me. Now
+I and _Khatib_ will both march, behold, with speed. O _Khai_, as among you
+truly it is known, lo! I have been troubled. From the orders of my Lord
+there is no rebellion, nor from your orders. I am a servant of my Lord.
+The King of the land of the _Hittites_ dwells in the land of _Marhasse_
+(_Mer'ash_) and I have feared his appearance. They who are in the West
+lands(192) have armed. He gathers; and while the city of _Tunip_ is
+unoccupied, he dwells two swift marches from the city. And I have been
+afraid of his appearance; and contrary to messages of promise he goes
+forth to his rebellions. But now we shall both march, I and _Khatib_, with
+speed."
+
+32 B. repeats the preceding--perhaps to another correspondent: it mentions
+_Dudu_, and says: "I have been afraid of this rebel son of a dog, and I
+have been troubled. Now he has sent a message from the Western land--the
+land of my Lord: they will both march together, and I have been afraid for
+my Lord's land."
+
+33 B., much broken at the top, refers to the existing promise or treaty,
+and continues: "I cause the land of my Lord to be guarded, and my
+countenance is toward the men who are servants of the King my Lord in
+peace. My Lord now I and _Khatib_ are made friends,(193) and let my Lord
+know behold I have ... in haste. The King of the land of the _Hittites_
+dwells ... and I have been afraid ... have armed ... of the land ... my
+Lord I remain quietly ... in the West land ... King my Lord to defend his
+land ... and now behold in the land of _Marhasse_ he dwells--two swift
+marches from the city of _Tunip_; and I fear his wastings. Let the city of
+_Tunip_ be defended: my Lord is a shield to men who serve him; mayst thou
+hear what is said and my sons will ... forever."
+
+39 B., broken at the top. "I have strengthened this ... I have
+strengthened this wall in front of the mouth of the great pass,(194) and
+my Lord's fortress. And let my Lord hear as to the servants of his
+servant--thy servant _Aziru_: they will keep watch: strife surrounds us: I
+trust there will be an expedition; and let us watch the lands of the King
+our Lord. Moreover to _Dudu_ my Lord. Hear the message of the King of the
+land of _Marhasse_ to me. They said: 'Your father(195) what gold has this
+King of Egypt given him, and what has his Lord promised him out of the
+Land of Egypt; and all the lands, and all the soldier slaves they have
+fought against?' (thus) they said ... to _Aziru_ ... out of the Land of
+Egypt, and behold the slaves come round from the Land of ... _Ni_(196):
+they have rebelled; and I repeat that thirty chiefs push on against me ...
+land of Egypt he remains ... my Lord to _Aziru_ ... soldiers ...
+_Marhasse_."
+
+34 B.--"To the King my Lord my God my Sun thus (says) this _Aziru_ thy
+servant: seven times and seven times at the feet of my Lord I bow. Now
+what you wish is desirable. Sun God my Lord I am thy servant forever; and
+my sons serve thee.... Now two men ... I have commanded as envoys ... what
+he says ... and let him rule ... in the land of the Amorites."
+
+34a B.--The salutation of the usual type is here injured. The letter
+continues: "My Lord my God my Sun, I am thy servant and my sons and my
+brethren, to serve the King my Lord forever. Now all my Lord's wishes, and
+what he causes to be despatched, duly ... the King my Lord having
+despatched. Now eight chiefs who are great, and many (decrees?) we ... all
+of which ... from ... the King my Lord ... And the Kings of the Land of
+_Marhasse_ will follow with ... and are these not promised (or leagued) to
+the city _Simyra_ these thirty years? I turn me to the city _Simyra_. My
+Lord I am thy servant forever, and a King of men who are friends; will not
+my (agents?) ... my Lord (wilt not thou hear?). And the King is my Lord my
+God and my Sun: let him send his messenger with my messenger, and let them
+go up who serve the King ..."
+
+36 B.--"To the King ... thus _Aziru_: seven times and seven times at ... of
+my God and Sun. Behold truly thou hast known this, O King my Lord; behold
+I am thy servant forever; from my Lord's commands I never rebel: my Lord
+from of old (it has been) thus. I am kind to the men who are servants of
+my King; but the chiefs of the city _Simyra_ have not kept faith
+righteously with us; and behold neither one nor all are with us: my Lord
+the King did not you cause to be asked? The King my Lord has known that
+the chiefs are sinful; and why ask, 'What does he contend for?' I say nay
+..."
+
+From these letters by Aziru, we must conclude either that he was a great
+liar or that he was induced to change sides later. The other
+correspondents seem to have believed that he had long deceived the King of
+Egypt; but, in the end, his invasion of Phoenicia--perhaps cloaked by
+pretences of hostility to the Hittite league--caused him, as we shall see,
+to be proclaimed a rebel. The quarrel with Simyra may have been due to his
+being pushed south, out of his dominions, but is here said to be due to a
+Phoenician league with his foes. It does not appear who Khatib was. Perhaps
+the name was Hittite,(197) and he may have been the Prince of Hamath or of
+Emesa. The following letter from Aziru's father, Abdasherah, belongs to a
+later period of the war, when Ullaza and all the cities north of Gebal had
+been conquered by the Amorites. It is couched in the same insidious
+language; and the letters of Ribadda, which follow, show that Amenophis
+was not open to conviction for a long time, though warned by his true
+friends. The proclamation is still later, after the attack on Sidon, and
+may fitly conclude the Amorite correspondence.
+
+97 B.--"To the King my Son my Lord thus _Abdasratu_(198) thy servant, the
+dust of thy feet. At the feet of the King my Lord seven times and seven
+times I bow. Behold I am the King's servant, and a dog who is his neighbor
+(or his 'friend'?); and all the land of the Amorites is his. I often said
+to _Pakhanati_(199) my _Paka_ (Egyptian resident), 'Let him gather
+soldiers to defend the people of this King.' Now all (cursed?) as King,
+the King of the Phoenician (_Kharri_) soldiers ... _Kharri_: the King shall
+ask if I do not guard the city of _Simyra_ (and) the city _Ullaza_. Lo my
+_Paka_ is in her: I proclaim the Sun-King; and I have (given orders?) to
+obey. The city _Simyra_ is a neighbor,(200) and all the lands are the
+King's--my Sun, my Lord; I watch for him: and I know that the King my Lord
+is very glorious; and _Pakhanati_ my _Paka_ is established to judge
+therein."
+
+COPY OF A PROCLAMATION AGAINST AZIRU, SENT TO EGYPT BY KHANNI, WHEN SENT
+AGAIN TO SYRIA
+
+92 B.--"To the Chief of the Amorite city by letter thus (says) your Lord. A
+chief of the city of _Gebal_ has said thus in his petition: 'Send him away
+from my gate (he says); he is robbing me and disputes with me in my chief
+city.'(201) And I have heard this and much beside which they have said to
+me as I now speak to say.
+
+"Thou hast sent to the King thy Lord (saying thus), 'I am thy servant as
+all former guardians(202) who have been in this city.' And you do well to
+say thus. (But) I hear so to say a ruler of ours whose petition (is),
+'Send him away from my gate, (he is) out of his city.' And in the city
+_Zituna_ (Sidon) he abides, and has subjected himself among chiefs who are
+governors; and, though certainly knowing what is said, thou dost not
+confess the persecution of these chiefs. If thou art, as is assured, a
+servant of the King, how is his cutting off lawful in the sight of the
+King your Lord? Thus this ruler beseeches me, 'Let a supplicant be
+protected, for he is disputing my chief city with me.' And if you do as is
+asserted, and not according to all the messages that I send against these
+things, you are hindering the King traitorously. So will be understood all
+that has been said.
+
+"And now a certain Chief hears of a gathering with the Chief of the city
+of _Ciidsa_ (Kadesh on Orontes, the capital of the southern Hittites);
+devising hostilities, ready to fight, you have made alliance. And if so,
+why dost thou so? Why should a chief foregather with a chief save that he
+is on his side? But if you cause what is assured to be done, and you
+respect the orders to yourself and to him, I say nothing more as to the
+messages you formerly made (and) as to what was pretended by you in them.
+But thou art not on the side of the King thy Lord.
+
+"Lo! this is the message, that their fortress burns in flames through
+(your burning?) and thou ragest against everything grievously. But if thou
+dost service to the King thy Lord, what is it that I will not do to
+interceding with the King? If then thou ragest against everything, I make
+God my witness; and if you persist, God is my witness, that messages of
+war (will be) in your midst, and by the might of the King thou diest, and
+as many as are with thee.
+
+"But do service to the King thy Lord and live. And thou thyself knowest
+that the King does not deem needful a subjection of the land of
+Canaan.(203) So he is wroth. And as I sent, truly was commanded me of the
+King my Lord this year and not ... in another year. My son (this)
+contumacy in the sight of the King thy Lord is vain.
+
+"And now the King thy Lord is anxious as to thee this year. If it is
+difficult for thee to come, then send thy son. And thou beholdest a King
+at whose commands many lands tremble: and dost not thou (fear?): thus
+truly is ordered this year concerning us; failing to go to the presence of
+the King thy Lord, send thy son to the King thy Lord as a hostage, and let
+him not delay at all.
+
+"And now the King thy Lord hears, for I send to the King. Thus truly has
+the King commanded me--Khanni--a second time a messenger of the King. Truly
+it is to fetch to his hands men who are the foes of his house. Behold now
+I have been sent, as they are troublous; and moreover thou shalt bind
+them, and shalt not leave one among them. Now I am desired by the King thy
+Lord to name the men who are foes of the King in the letter from Khanni
+the King's messenger; and once more I am obeying the King thy Lord; and
+thou shalt not leave one among them. A chain of bronze exceeding heavy
+shall shackle their feet. Behold the men thou shalt fetch to the King thy
+Lord. _Sarru_ with all his sons; _Tuia_; _Lieia_ with all his sons:
+_Pisyari_(204) with all his sons: the son-in-law of _Mania_ with all his
+sons, with his wives, the women of his household: the chief of
+_Pabaha_,(205) whose wickedness is abhorred, who made the trumpet to be
+blown: _Dasarti: Paluma: Numahe_--a fugitive in the land of the Amorites.
+
+"And knowest thou not that the glory of the King is as the Sun in heaven;
+his soldiers and his chariots are many. From the shore lands to the land
+of Gutium,(206) from the rising of the Sun to the going down of the same,
+there is much salutation."
+
+The attack on Sidon was thus apparently the fact which opened the eyes of
+Amenophis. It appears to have preceded the final success, when the wealthy
+city of Gebal was taken by Aziru.
+
+
+
+
+The War In Phoenicia
+
+
+LETTERS FROM CITIES NEAR GEBAL
+
+No. 42 B. M.--"This letter is the letter of the city _Irkata_(207) to the
+King. O our Lord, thus (says) the city of _Irkata_, and her men, her
+(flock? or lords?). At the feet of the King our Lord seven times seven
+times they bow. To the King our Lord thus (saith) the city of _Irkata_.
+Knowing the heart of the King our Lord we have guarded the city of
+_Irkata_ for him ... Behold the King our Lord orders _Abbikha_ ... he
+speaks to us thus, O King ... to guard it. The city of _Irkata_ answers
+... the man ruling for the King.... 'It is well. Let us save ... the city
+of _Irkata_. It is well to save (a city?) faithful to the King.' ...
+Behold many fight ... the people ... are frightened ... Thirty horses and
+chariots enter the city of _Irkata_. Lo! has arrived ... a letter of the
+King as to arriving ... thy land they reach. The men of the city ...
+(belonging) to the King have made ... to fight with us for the King our
+Lord. You send your chief to us that he may be our protector. Let the King
+our Lord hear the message of these his servants, and appoint us provision
+for his servant, and thou shalt exult over our foes and thou shalt
+prevail. The message of command of the King thou shalt not deny us. Our
+destroyer was troubled at the coming of the King's order to us. Mightily
+he has fought against us, exceeding much."
+
+128 B.--"To _Yankhamu_ by letter thus (says) _Yapaaddu_.(208) Why is it
+spoken? Lo! from the city of _Simyra_ a destruction by _Aziru_ of all the
+lands, in length from the city of _Gebal_ to the city of _Ugariti_;(209)
+and the destruction of this the city _Sigata_,(210) and of the city
+_Ambi_.(211) Behold ... the slave has (broken?) the ships ... in the city
+_Ambi_ and in the city _Sigata_, and in all which dispute for the lands
+with the city of _Simyra_: and shall we not arise to enter the city
+_Simyra_,(212) or what shall we ourselves do? But send this news to your
+great city (or palace).(213) It is regretted that the ... is unfortunate."
+
+44 B. M.--This letter seems to be an appeal by the cities of Phoenicia on
+behalf of Ribadda, the brave King of Gebal, during the time of his
+resistance to Aziru, which failed because no help was given to him from
+Egypt, where Aziru was still thought faithful. The spokesman Khaia is
+perhaps the same Egyptian mentioned in Aziru's letters.
+
+"Thus (saith) our confederacy to the King and the men of _Sidon_ and the
+men of _Beruta_ (_Beirut_). Whose are these cities--are not they the
+King's? Place a chief one chief in the midst of the city, and shall not he
+judge the ships of the land of the _Amorites_? and to slay _Abdasherah_
+the King shall set him up against them. Does not the King mourn for three
+cities and the ships of the men of _Misi_?(214) and you march not to the
+land of the _Amorites_, and _Abdasherah_ has gone forth to war; and judge
+for thine own self, and hear the message of thy faithful servant.
+Moreover, who has fought as a son for the King--is it not _Khaia_? Will you
+gather us ships of men of _Misi_ for the land of the _Amorites_ and to
+slay _Abdasherah_? Lo! there is no message as to them and no memorial:
+they have shut the road--they have closed the way. In order to give passage
+to the land of _Mitana_(215) he has left the fleet which he has built. Was
+not this a plot against me of the men of _Arada_?(216) But if behold they
+are with you, seize the ships of the men of the city of _Arada_ which they
+have made in the land of Egypt. Again behold _Khaiya_ laments ... for you
+do not ... and as for us we ... by the land of the _Amorites_."
+
+45 B. M., a broken letter with passages of interest as follows:
+
+"Moreover, now this city of _Gula_(217) is afflicted. The region behold of
+the city of _Gula_ is for the King my Lord. Cannot you do what we desire?
+But he has done as his heart (desired) with all the lands of the King.
+Behold this sin which _Aziru_ ... with the King; (he has slain) the King
+of the land of _Ammiya_(218) and (the King of _Ar_) _data_: and the King
+of the Land of _Ni_ ... (has slain?) a _Paka_ ('chief') of the King my
+Lord ... and the King knows his faithful servant, and he has despatched a
+garrison from his city, thirty men and fifty chariots, to the city of
+_Gebal_. I have been right. He had turned, O King, his heart from
+everything that _Aziru_ orders him. For everything that he orders, the
+messages are unanswered. But every governor of the King he has ordered to
+be slain. I am forgotten. Behold _Aziru_ has cursed the King my Lord."
+
+158 B.--The greater part of this letter is too broken to read, but refers
+to Abdasherah, and appears to be written to Yankhamu. The city of _Simyra_
+is mentioned, and the city _Arpad_,(219) and the palace or fortress of the
+former, with certain men therein. The soldiers of a city _Sekhlali_ are
+also noticed, but it is not clear where this place is to be sought.
+
+RIBADDA'S LETTERS FROM GEBAL
+
+47 B.--"_Ribadda_(220) of the city of _Gebal_(221) (Gubla) to his Lord the
+King of many lands, the prosperous King. Baalath of Gebal she hath given
+power to the King my Lord. At the feet of the King my Lord my Sun seven
+times seven times I bow. Behold this ... it will grieve me ... our city
+... my foes ... the chief ... watches O King ... no men of garrison ...
+were given to the King's chiefs, or preservation by the King against him,
+and this I (say) is not defended, and the King has not preserved me; and
+being angry _Pakhura_ has gathered and has despatched men of the land
+_Umuti_ (Hamath).(222) They have slain a chief servant; and three chiefs
+(he has bound?) without appeal to the land of Egypt; and he has made gifts
+seducing the city against me; and woe to the place, she has become
+ungrateful: the city which was not base in old times is base to us. But
+the King shall hear the message of his servant and you shall give orders
+to the chiefs. Do not you ... this sin they do? ... my destruction is
+before me, and is it not my order that chiefs in the sight of the King
+should ... my destruction. Behold now since I shall gather to ... and
+(perchance I shall repel this?)."
+
+46 B.--The salutation, as in the preceding letter, is peculiar to Ribadda.
+"Lo! the King is sending to me _Irimaia_(223): maybe, he will arrive to
+gladden us from before thee: he has not come before me. The King sends to
+me the most distinguished of thy great men, the chiefest of the city of
+the King that thou hast, who shall defend me ... mighty before my foes ...
+Now they will make a government: the city they rule shall be smitten like
+as (is smitten?) a dog, and none that breathes shall be left behind him,
+for what they have done to us. I am laid waste (by foes?) by men of blood:
+thus on account of this slave there was no help from the King for me.
+(But?) my free men of the lands have fought for me. If the heart of the
+King is toward the guarding of his city, and of his servant, thou wilt
+order men to guard, and thou shalt defend the city, thou shalt guard my
+... made prosperous ..."
+
+18 B. M.--The salutation as in the first letter (47 B.). "Again behold thy
+faithful city of _Gebal_. _Abdasherah_ was coming out against me aforetime
+and I sent to thy father who ordered soldiers of the King (_bitati_) to
+speed, and I went up over all his land. No allies marched to _Abdasherah_.
+But behold this: _Aziru_ has chosen all the men of blood and has said to
+them: 'If the city of _Gebal_ is not ... he has come ..., then _Yankhamu_
+is with thee, and ... if I am not obedient to his wishes. Thou art
+deceived ... _Abdasherah_ has marched without stopping to ... but he has
+watched the city of the King his Lord obediently. So now as to _Paia_ ...
+and is it not heard from the messages of _Kha_ ... their father, as he
+desires ... This _Khaib_ gave to the city _Simyra_. Lo! I lament that the
+King is not able to do this (for) the _Paka_ (general) when behold it has
+been asked. And _Bikhura_ has not marched from the city _Cumidi_ (Kamid).
+I have been friends with all the men of thy Government ... Lo whereas I
+was upright to the King ... and he makes no sign (to me?) Despatch
+soldiers: thou shalt march with every ... Five thousand men and 3,000 ...
+fifty chariots, 1,000 ... the _bitati_ soldiers, and cause (them) to take
+captive ... the land.' "
+
+13 B. M.--The usual salutation, as given in the first letter. "Does the
+King know? Behold _Aziru_ has fought my chiefs, and has taken twelve of my
+chiefs, and has insisted on receiving at our expense fifty talents; and
+the chiefs whom I despatched to the city _Simyra_ he has caused to be
+seized in the city. Both the city _Beruta_ (Beirut) and the city _Ziduna_
+(Sidon) are sending ships to the city _Simyra_. All who are in the land of
+the _Amorites_ have gathered themselves. I am to be attacked; and behold
+this: _Yapaaddu_ has fought for me with _Aziru_, but afterward behold he
+was entangled in the midst of the enemy when my ships were taken. And the
+King sees as to his city and his servant, and I need men to save the
+rebellion of this land if you will not come up to save from the hands of
+my enemies (or destroyers). Send me back a message, and know the deed that
+they have done. Now as they send to thee concerning the city _Simyra_ he
+now marches. But (give?) me soldiers for ... and these shall deliver her
+... they have tried but ... now."
+
+61 B.--The usual salutation precedes, here much broken. "Does the King my
+Lord know? Lo! we know that he has fought mightily. Lo! they tell of us in
+thy presence what the city _Simyra_ has done to the King. Know O King
+boldly marching they have contrived to seize her--the sons of _Abdasherah_,
+and (there is) none who lives to carry the message to the King. But
+counsel now thy faithful servant. I say also the whole of the fortress
+they have destroyed ... I sent to the King ... of advice as to the city
+_Simyra_. As a bird in the midst of the net she has remained. The siege of
+the usurpers is exceeding strong, and the messenger who from..."
+
+The letter is much broken. It refers to Yapaaddu and to his own
+faithfulness to the _Pakas_ ("chiefs") of the King. He also appears to
+refer to the King destroying the Amorites, and goes on:
+
+"The ruins perchance he will assign to his servant; and he has been
+constant and is upright against this thing--to subdue all the King's
+(provinces?). He has lost all the cities which ... this has befallen to
+... and from the destruction ... against me none who ... them. The two or
+three that have held fast are turning round. But he hears his faithful
+servant's message, and a servant who has been constant in all labor, and
+his handmaid the city of _Gebal_ (is) the only one that holds fast for me.
+The evils of this deed are equally thine, but I am broken in pieces.
+Henceforth _Aziru_ is the foe of _Yapaaddu_. They have marched; and (there
+is) news that they have been cruel in their ravages against me. They rest
+not: they desire the evil of all that are with me. So they have waxed
+strong, powerful against me (a servant) faithful to the King from of old
+... Moreover, behold I am a faithful servant: this evil is wrought me:
+behold this message: lo! I am the dust of the King's feet. Behold thy
+father did not wring, did not smite the lands of his rulers (_Khazani_)
+and the Gods established him--the Sun God, the God ... and Baalath of
+Gebal. But the sons of _Abdasherah_ have destroyed from ... us the throne
+of thy father's house, and ... to take the King's lands for themselves.
+They have joined the King of the land of _Mitana_,(224) and the King of
+the land of _Casi_(225) and the King of the land of the _Hittites_ ... the
+King will order soldiers (_bitati_). _Yankhamu_ with the ... of my poor
+land ... The _Paka_ of the city _Cumidi_ ... and they have marched ...
+_Gebal_ ... to a faithful servant."
+
+83 B.--A much broken fragment, referring to the taking of Simyra, appears
+to belong to this period.
+
+43 B.--"_Ribadda_ speaks to the King of many lands. At the feet (of my
+Lord) seven times and seven times I bow (a servant) forever. Lo! the city
+of _Gebal_ is his place--the Sun-God revered by many lands. Lo! I am the
+footstool at the feet of the King my Lord; I am also his faithful servant.
+Now as to the city _Simyra_ the sword of these fellows(226) has risen very
+strong against her and against me. And so now the destruction of the city
+of _Simyra_ is at her gates. She has bowed down before them and they have
+conquered her power.
+
+"To what purpose have they sent here to _Ribadda_ a letter (saying) thus:
+'Peace to the palace from its brethren before _Simyra_.' Me! they have
+fought against me _for five years_, and thus they have sent to my Lord. As
+for me not (to be forgotten is?) _Yapahaddu_ not to be forgotten is
+_Zimridi_.(227) All the fortresses they have ruined ... there was no cause
+of strife with the city of _Simyra_..." The next passage is much damaged.
+"And as said to what purpose have they sent a letter to _Ribadda_? In the
+sight of the King my Lord they have feigned to please me, they have
+pretended to please me, and now they proclaim peace. Truly thus behold it
+is with me. Let me learn the intention of my Lord, and will not he order
+_Yankhamu_ with the _Paka_, _Yankhamu_ joined beside the King my Lord, to
+lay waste? From before the chiefs of the _Hittite_ chief men have fled and
+all the chiefs are afraid thereat. May it please my Lord also shall not he
+be (degraded?) who was thy commander of the horse with thy servant, to
+move the chiefs when we two went forth to the wars of the King my Lord, to
+occupy my cities which I name before my Lord. Know my Lord when they went
+forth with the ally he has left your soldiers fighting hard, and all have
+been slain."
+
+52 B.--The ordinary salutation. The letter is much damaged. It states that
+the land of _Mitana_ had formerly fought against the King's enemies; that
+the sons of the dog _Abdasherah_ destroy the cities and the corn, and
+attack the governors, and had demanded fifty talents. It appears that
+Yankhamu has arrived, and has known the chief whom the King had
+established. Apparently a written letter has been sent "to the Amorite
+land for them to swallow." He continues: "Behold I am a faithful servant
+of the King, and there was none was like me a servant, before this man
+lied to the King of the Land of Egypt. But they have mastered the lands of
+our home." They have slain Egyptians, he continues, and have done
+something (the verb is lost) to the temples of the Gods of _Gebal_; they
+have carried off a chief and shed his blood. He finally mentions his son
+_Khamu_.
+
+25 B. M., a short letter with the usual salutation. He requests soldiers
+to guard the lands for the rulers, which have been torn in pieces. The
+King sends no messages about himself to the writer or to _Yankhamu_. The
+governor's men have gathered to fight (for the _Khar_ or Phoenicians?).
+
+42 B. begins with the usual salutation given in the first letter. "Having
+just heard the chiefs from the presence of the King it is fit that I send
+back a messenger (or message). Behold O Sun descending from heaven, the
+Sons of _Abdasherah_ are wasting (shamefully?), as among them there is not
+one of the horses of the King or chariots, and the chiefs have devised
+evil--a rebellious race. And a chief is here with us of the Amorite
+country, with a written message from the allies which is with me. They
+have demanded what is shameful. Hereby is spoken a friendly message in the
+presence of the King--the Sun God. As for me I am thy faithful servant, and
+the news which is known, and which I hear, I send to the King my Lord.
+(What are they but dogs trembling?) in the presence of the Egyptian
+soldiers (_bitati_) of the King--the Sun God. I sent to your father and he
+... 'to my servant ... soldiers' ... they have not marched ...
+_Abdasherah_ ... the chiefs of this government ... their faces against
+him. So now they have joined ... But the _Misi_ men (Egyptians) ... have
+brought us, with speed, corn ... So now not without favor ... I have
+become a great man, behold: strong and powerful in their sight we have
+been made. But mighty and rebellious to the King is this power. (His land
+does not intend to help the land?) Behold I am despatching two men to the
+city of _Simyra_, and all the men of its chief have gathered in order to
+consult as to messages to the King, who will know why you hear from us
+your chiefs. Good is the letter they have brought us, and the letter which
+the messengers of the King have uttered to us.(228) Through the
+pretensions of this dog the King's heart has been grieved with men, and
+... has been unrighteously set up, devising in their hearts ... and ...
+(your chief?). I go against the men of blood from the city _Simyra_ ... to
+keep ... and whatsoever I have been commanded. And let the King ... the
+news of his servant. I have despatched ten chiefs of the Land of
+_Nubia_,(229) twenty chiefs of the Land of Egypt, as a guard to the King.
+Sun-God and Lord thy servant is faithful to thee."
+
+73 B.--"To the King ... thus says _Ribadda_ thy servant, the footstool of
+the feet of the Sun-God my Lord. Seven times and seven times at his feet I
+bow. Grievous it is to say what, in the sight of the King, he has done--the
+dog _Abdasherah._ Behold what has befallen the lands of the King on
+account of him; and he cried peace to the land, and now behold what has
+befallen the city of _Simyra_--a station of my Lord, a fortress ... and
+they spoil our fortress ... and the cries of the place ... a violent man
+and a dog."
+
+The next message is too broken to read, but refers to the city of _Gebal_.
+The letter continues:
+
+"Will not the King order his _Paka_ to pronounce judgment? and let him
+guard the chief city of my Lord, and order me as I (say), and let my Lord
+the Sun set free the lands, and truly my lord shall order the wicked men
+all of them to go out. I present my memorial in the sight of my Lord, but
+this dog has not taken any of thy Gods. Prosperity has fled which abode in
+_Gebal_, which city of _Gebal_ was as a city very friendly to the King. It
+is grievous. Behold I have associated _Abdbaal_ the prefect with _Ben
+Khia_ (or _Ben Tobia_) a man of (war?); but despatch thou him to thy
+servant..."
+
+57 B.--The salutation as usual mentions Baalath of Gebal. "Why shall the
+King my Lord send to me? The best indeed trembles, of those who watch for
+him against my foes, and of my freemen. What shall defend me if the King
+will not defend his servant?... if the King will order for us chiefs of
+the Land of Egypt, and of the Land of _Nubia_, and horses, by the hand of
+this my chief as I hope, and preservation for the servants of the King my
+Lord. If none at all ... to me ... to march horses ... my land is
+miserable. By my soul's life! if the King cared at heart for the life of
+his servant, and of his chief city, he would have sent a garrison, and
+they had guarded thy city and thy servant. That the King shall know ... of
+our lands; and Egyptian soldiers (_bitati_) shall be ordered; and to save
+all that live in his land, therefore it is spoken as a message to the King
+(with thy messengers?) As to the ... of this dispute of _Khaia_ with the
+city of _Simyra_, that they should send us without delay thirteen talents
+(or pieces of gold): I gave the proclamation. The men of blood are named
+in the letter to the city of _Simyra_.(230) It avails not. Ask _Khaia_ as
+to the letter of our previous dispute with the city of _Simyra_--to satisfy
+the King, and to give security to the King, they are sending again,
+and..."
+
+24 B. M.--This is broken at the top.
+
+"And King my Lord, soldiers are moving to the city of _Gebal_, and behold
+the city _Durubli_(231) has sent forth soldiers to war to the city
+_Simyra_. If the heart of the King my Lord is toward the city of _Durubli_
+my Lord will also order many soldiers, thirty chariots and an hundred
+chief men of your land; and you will halt at the city _Durubli_, my Lord's
+city. If the lands are to be defended, the King will order the departure
+of Egyptian soldiers (_bitati_) to the city of _Gebal_, and (I doubt not?)
+you will march to us. And I ... to slay him, and ... behold the King my
+Lord ... faithful; and they have warred with the men _Kau Paur_(232)
+(Egyptian magnates) of the King. Lo! they have slain _Biari_ the _Paur_
+(magnate) of the King, and he has given gifts to my ... and they are
+helping. And none are servants of the King. And evil in our eyes behold is
+this. I am spoiled, and I fear lest ... no wish of the faithful chief be
+granted to him. Lo! you will make my kindred to be afflicted. The King
+shall arm the land ... thy soldiers great and small, all of them; and
+_Pakhamnata_(233) did not listen to me and they do a deed that ... and
+thou shalt tell him this, that he shall set free the city of _Simyra_; and
+(the King) will listen to the message of his servant, and shall (send)
+Egyptian soldiers. Behold he will say to the King that the Egyptian
+soldiers have no corn or food to eat, all the enemies have cut off from
+the midst of the cities of the King my Lord the food and the corn ... and
+(I) have raised soldiers gathering (in) the city of _Gebal_ ... there is
+not ... you shall send to us ... and to march to it, and I have stopped
+... and not one of the lands of the _Canaanites_ helps _Yankhamu_ though
+he is for the King."
+
+58 B.--This is a large and important tablet, but much broken; it begins
+with a short salutation, and then says at once, "I am laid low." It refers
+to the loss of the city _Abur_,(234) and mentions the names of _Aziru_ and
+_Abdasherah_, and says there is no garrison. The enemy are marching on to
+the capital. He says: "I sent to the palace (or capital of Egypt) for
+soldiers and you gave me no soldiers." "They have burned the city _Abur_,
+and have made an end in the sight of _Khamu_ my son." "The man of sin
+Aziru has marched ... he has remained in the midst ... I have despatched
+my son to the palace more than three months (ago) who has not appeared
+before the King. Thus (says) my chief of the city of _Takhida_(235)--they
+are reaching him: of what use are the fortifications to the men left
+therein?" "The chief who came out of the lands of Egypt to inform, whom
+you announced us on account of _Aziru_ formerly, I shall send to the King.
+You will not have heard this message as to the city _Abur_. The dogs are
+wasting, as is said, do you not mark the news? If the King had thought of
+his servant, and had given me soldiers. .." The next passages are much
+damaged, but refer to the same general subject of complaint. The next
+intelligible sentence is: "The people have been enraged expecting that the
+King my Lord would give me for my chief city corn for the food of the
+people of the strongholds." He then protests his good faith, and says
+finally: "And my sons are servants of the King, and our expectation is
+from the King ... The city is perishing, my Lord has pronounced our death
+..."
+
+77 B.--After a short salutation: "Let the King hear the news of his
+faithful servant. It is ill with me: mightily fighting, the sons of
+_Abdasherah_ have striven in the land of the _Amorites_. They had subdued
+all the land of the city of _Simyra_, and they have wrecked the city
+_Irkata_ (Arkah) for its ruler. And now they are coming out of the city of
+_Simyra_, and it is ill for the ruler (who is) in face of the foes who
+come out." The tablet is here broken, but refers to _Gebal_ and to the
+rulers _Zimridi_ and _Yapaaddu_. The writer hopes for the arrival of
+troops. "Egyptian soldiers; and the Sun-King will protect me. Friendly men
+have been (shut up?) in the midst of his land. Moreover, the King my Lord
+shall hear the message of his servant, and deliver the garrison of
+_Simyra_ and of _Irkata_: for all the garrison have ... out of the city
+_Simyra_ and ... Sun-God Lord of the lands will order for me also twenty
+(companies?--_tapal_) of horse, and, as I trust, to the city of _Simyra_
+(to defend her) you will speed (a division?) instructing the garrisons to
+be strong and zealous, and to encourage the chiefs in the midst of the
+city. If also you grant us no Egyptian soldiers no city in the plains will
+be zealous for thee. But the chain of the Egyptian soldiers has quitted
+all the lands--they have disappeared to the King."(236)
+
+14 B. M.--"_Ribadda_ speaks to his Lord the King of many lands the Great
+King. Baalath of Gebal has given power to the King my Lord: at the feet of
+my Lord, my Sun, seven times seven times I bow. Why wilt not thou utter
+for us a message to me? And (now) know the demand which my chief is
+despatched to make in presence of the King my Lord; and his division of
+horse has marched, but the man has delayed marching--its chief--as the
+letters to the King were not given to the hand of my chief ... as to what
+has been said ... of your land, is it not needful that the allies of the
+_Paka_ should march to the men of blood; have not all the lands been
+grieved? It will be necessary for the allies, but they come not being
+slow. Moreover I sent for men of garrison and for horses, but you care not
+for us (even) to return us a message for me. And I am destroyed by
+_Abdasherah_ like _Yapaaddu_ and _Zimridi_--and they are fugitives.
+Moreover, the revolt of the city of _Simyra_ and of the city _Saarti_(237)
+continues against him. We remain under the hand of _Yankhamu_; and he
+gives us corn for my eating. We two guard the King's city for him, and he
+collects for the King, and orders my chief, appointing chiefs to assist
+for me, fulfilling the decree which thou hast thyself appointed. We have
+trusted in the King. And two chiefs of the city have been despatched to be
+sent, having come down bound from the camp of _Yankhamu_. Moreover, as to
+this assistance to _Yankhamu_, _Ribadda_ is in your hands, and all that is
+done for him (is) before you; it is not for me to punish thy soldiers. My
+superior is over me. And I will send to him if you do not speak about
+this, or he gives up the city, or I depart. Moreover, if you do not utter
+for us a message for me, both the city will be surrendered, and I shall go
+away with the men who support me. And learn that our corn also is failing,
+and _Milcuru_ has measured the corn--measure of _Baalath_(238) ... very
+much ..."
+
+89 B.--This is much broken. After the usual salutation he says that
+Abdasherah has fought strongly, and has seized cities belonging to Gebal;
+that news has reached the city as to what has befallen the city _Ammia_
+(_Amyun_) from the men of blood. A certain _Berber_(239) chief is
+mentioned. He speaks of "two months," apparently as the limit of time in
+which he expects to be aided by the _bitati_, or Egyptian soldiers.
+Abdasherah is marching on Gebal.
+
+79 B.--Also broken. With the usual salutation, speaks of a great fight with
+the men of blood, who made an end of men, women, and soldiers of his poor
+country. He sent men, and they were beaten. The city of _Irkata_ (Arkah)
+is mentioned, and the King of the _Hittites_, who is making war on all the
+lands. The King of _Mitani_ will be king of the weak (or false) land of
+the writer's people. He concludes by calling _Abdasherah_ a dog.
+
+44 B.--After the usual salutation, this letter appears perhaps to refer to
+the coming of Irimaia. "Lo the King shall send the choicest of thy
+chiefs--a son of Memphis (_Nupi_) to guard the city." The text is then much
+broken, referring to the palace and to cavalry, and to guarding the city
+for the King. He will fulfil the wishes of the _Pakas_, and is a faithful
+servant, as they would testify. The lands are to be made quiet again. "I
+say as to myself, lo! my heart is not at all changed as to my intention to
+serve the King my Lord. Now pronounce this judgment O Lord of justice.
+Cause all to be told that whoever crosses over from his own place the King
+my Lord will ... My Lord shall decide that this evil shall not go on. Who
+shall say anything against it? Now return a letter, and all my possessions
+that are with _Yapaaddu_ (he will make equally safe?) in the sight of the
+King."
+
+72 B.--"To _Khaia_(240) the _Pa_ ... (an Egyptian title) thus says
+_Ribadda_. I bow at thy feet. The God _Amen_ and the God _Sa_ ...(241)
+have given you power in the presence of the King. Behold thou art a man of
+good ... the King knows, and through your zeal the King sends you for a
+_Paka_. Why is it asked and you will not speak to the King? that he should
+order for us Egyptian soldiers to go up to the place--the city _Simyra_.
+Who is _Abdasherah?_--a slave, a dog, and shall the King's land be smitten
+by him? Who set him up? And mighty with men of blood is the strength of
+his power. But send reinforcements: fifty _tapal_ (companies?) of horse
+and 200 foot soldiers; and both shall go forth from the city _Sigata_(242)
+(Shakkah). Know his intentions. Until the (_bitati_) Egyptian soldiers are
+sent he will not be mastered, (nor) any of the men of blood, and the city
+of _Sigata_ and the city of _Ambi_(243) are both taken, and thus ..."
+
+17 B. M.--"_Ribadda_ speaks to ... (Amenophis IV?(244)) the King of many
+Lands: at the feet of ... my Sun-God. And I repeat as to ... (the
+expedition?) against the city of _Kappa_(245) ... and against the city
+_Amma_ ... cities faithful to the King my Lord. Who is this
+_Abdasherah_?--a slave, a dog, and shall he ... in the midst in the lands
+of my Lord? ... the King my Lord has asked as to his servant, and ... I
+send my messenger. Lo ... my cities, and with the letter ... my messages.
+And now behold he is marching to the city _Batruna_(246) and he will cut
+it off from my rule. They have seized the city of _Kalbi_(247)--the great
+pass of the city of Gebal. Truly the confederates are pushing on secretly
+from the great pass, and they have not made an end--mightily contumacious.
+For they have promised to take the city of _Gebal_ ... And let the King my
+Lord hear ... this day ... they have hastened chariots and ... I trust and
+... and the fate of the city of _Gebal_ ... by them, and all the lands ...
+as far as the land of Egypt have been filled with men of blood. My Lord
+has sent no news as to this decree as I hoped by letter. And we desire
+that the city be saved, and the villages of the city, from him, for my
+inhabiting. I have been hard pushed. Help speedily O King my Lord ...
+soldiers and chariots, and you will strengthen the chief city of the King
+my Lord. Behold the city of _Gebal_: there is not, as is said, of chief
+cities (like) the city _Gebal_ a chief city with the King my Lord from of
+old. The messenger of the King of the city of _Acca_(248) (Accho) honor
+thou with (my) messenger. And we have given cavalry at his pleasure ...
+and a division of horse ... because of pleasuring him(249) ..."
+
+60 B.--After salutation: "The King my Lord shall know: behold
+_Benmabenat_(250) son of _Abdasherah_ strives for the city _Gatza_.(251)
+They have subdued the city of _Ardata_, the city _Yahlia_, the city
+_Ambi_, the city _Sigata_,(252) all the cities are theirs; and the King
+shall order the cutting off of the city _Simyra_, so that the King may
+rule his land. Who is this _Abdasherah_?--a slave, a dog. O King it is thy
+land, and they have joined the King of the land of _Mitani_. But come to
+us to the King's land to ... before the cities of your rulers are
+destroyed; and lo! this has been said ... thy _Paka_, and not ... his
+cities to them. Now they have taken the city of _Ullaza_(253) for it is as
+has been said, until you shall march to this city of _Simyra_. And they
+have slain for us the _Paka_ and the Egyptian (_bitati_) soldiers who
+(were) in the city of _Simyra_ ... they have done to us, and shall not I
+go up ... to the city of _Simyra?_ The cities _Ambi_, _Sigata_, _Ullaza_,
+(_Caphar?_) _Yazu_(254) have fought for me. Their destruction for us by
+them, will be pleaded against the city of _Simyra_, these cities ... and
+the sons of _Abdasherah_ ... Alas! and the city of Gebal demands of the
+men of blood as to the city _Tikhedi_.(255) I marched; but there befell an
+entering-in to spoil by the men of blood."
+
+23 B. M.--The usual salutation is absent, and it seems to be written to an
+official: "To ... as a letter thus _Ribadda_. I bow at thy feet. Baalath
+of Gebal the God of the King my Lord may (she?) strengthen thy power in
+the presence of the King thy Lord--the Sun of the lands. You know behold
+that a (covenant?) has been engraved. But why was it sent? And lo! this
+thou shalt announce: I am left in fear that an end will be made of all.
+Thou shalt make the whole known. Behold it was sent to me. 'Do not wait to
+go forth to the city _Simyra_ till I come.' Behold you know, the wars are
+exceeding mighty against me, but he comes not. I did march, and lo! the
+city of _Ambi_ (_'Aba_) has been burned by me. You know that the chief and
+the principal men of this city have gathered with _Abdasherah_, and behold
+I did not march farther. Behold you know all that has been; and on this
+account ... having asked my question of my prophet(256) behold I feared
+accordingly. Hear me speak--favorably as I trust (as to) coming; and you
+know that they strive with our country, who behold are men of good will.
+Because ... your favor is strong ... do not you urge ... a message to this
+city, and out of its midst she sends to ..."
+
+86 B., a much-broken letter, supposed to be from _Ribadda_, mentions
+_Batruna_ and _Ambi_.(257) Toward the end it reads continuously: "The King
+of the land of the _Hittites_ behold is ... to the sons of _Abdasherah_,
+for he hastens to despatch soldiers of the royal ... and the neighboring
+places have joined: the lands of the King my Lord are made a desert, which
+the dogs bring to naught: they have mourned. If _Neboyapiza_ fears the
+King my Lord will he not march on them, if the King my Lord will speak to
+the great man of the chief city--to the great man of the chief city of
+_Cumidi_(258) (_Kamid_) ... to march to join ... to me..."
+
+41 B. begins with the usual salutation from _Ribadda_. "Behold I am a
+faithful servant of the Sun-King, and I confess that my messages have been
+sad for the King, as you own. The King my Lord shall hear the messages of
+his faithful servant, and _Buri_ is sending out in the direction of the
+city _Simyra_ and _Hadar_ ... has marched against you, and they have
+beaten us, and they have brought us low. (These foes?) are destroying in
+my sight, and I was ready (to go out?) with the _Paka_ to keep watch in
+the presence of the chiefs of the governments. And my Lord shall hear the
+news. Now _Aziru_ the son of _Abdasherah_ is marching with his brethren
+from(259) the city _Gebal_: and despatch Egyptian soldiers (_bitati_), and
+thou shalt march against him and smite him--the land is the King's land;
+and since one has talked thus and you have not moved, the city of _Simyra_
+has been lost. The King my Lord shall hear the news of his faithful
+servant. There is no money to buy me horses, all is finished, we have been
+spoiled. Give me thirty (companies--_tapal?_) of horse with chariots ...
+men ... there is none of this with me ... not a horse ..."
+
+22 B. M.--"To _Amanabba_(260) ... as a letter, thus says this _Ribadda_ thy
+servant. I bow at my Lord's feet. The God _Amen_ and _Baalath_ of _Gebal_
+have established your power in the presence of the King my Lord. To what
+purpose is thy messenger with me to go to the King your Lord? And may I
+indeed expect horses and chariots to be ordered of thee? Will not you
+fortify the city? And this is heard by your message, and I am sincere, but
+the covenant is mocked and no soldiers are heard of with it. And they have
+routed the ... The city of _Batruna_ (_Batrun_) is his; and bloody
+soldiers and chariots have established themselves in the midst of the
+city, and I had lain in wait for them outside the great pass of the city
+of _Gebal_(261) ... to the King my Lord ... with thee the soldiers of the
+prefect ... chariots and ... here with ..."
+
+45 B. begins with the usual salutation, and continues: "The King my Lord
+will be sad. Why will you not send him to me? Behold I have no ruler over
+my fugitives. The city of _Simyra_ they have (shut up?); all have turned
+on me: and two chiefs of the land of Egypt, who travelled from the palace,
+went not forth. No man has travelled to the King who might carry my letter
+to the palace. Now these two chiefs brought us letters for the King, and
+the two have not gone forth, as being now afraid, and (refusing?) to my
+face ... I send to the palace (or capital), and _Azru_ (_Aziru?_) is
+laying snares, gathering soldiers: has not _Abdasherah_ marched with
+whatever he had? As I am told they will send friendly messages to my Lord,
+but thou wilt say 'Why do ye send friendly messages to me when you refuse
+my message?'(262)
+
+"I have been afraid of the snare. _Azaru_ (is) like ... Lo! I am strong
+through the King ... The sons of _Abdasherah_--the slave dog--have pretended
+that the cities of the governments of the King are given to them--our
+cities. The fortress has not opened to _Aziru_ ... O King as to their
+cities are they not subject to them? From the city Simyra, to the city
+_Ullaza_, the city _Sapi_(263) ... chariots ... land of Egypt ... from
+their hands for me. So now I am despatching this chief: he has left: do I
+not send to the King? Now the two chiefs of the land of Egypt, they whom
+you sent us remain with me, and have not gone out, since no soldiers are
+(intended for?) me, and ... the lands for the men of blood. And since the
+King's heart altogether has forgotten my Egyptian soldiers (_bitati_) I
+send to _Yankhamu_ and to _Biri_. They have taken those that were with the
+governors. Lo! may the land of the _Amorites_ become (their) conquest. The
+corn which they have threshed for me has been stored up, a part of the
+whole with my ... and one part with me; and ... the King will order ... we
+... all whatever breathes; (it is not right to shut them up?) for the
+King; he is not coming to him: the chief must help himself to what was
+ordered to be stored up for the King. The King shall order a memorial as
+to the innocence of his servant. And as to the produce of the city O King
+there is none at all with me; all is finished from being distributed for
+(my own subsistence?). But as to this chief, the King will order him as I
+trust, and will give us men of garrison for ... to guard his faithful
+servant and his chief city, and the men of _Nubia_ who are with us, as
+those who are your foes (exult?). Moreover behold (much to say?) ...
+Thinking this, I shall send to the palace for a garrison--men of _Nubia_
+... The King will ... men of garrison ... of the land of _Nubia_ for its
+guarding, you will not ... this city to the men of blood."
+
+51 B.--The ordinary salutation: the letter goes on in an eloquent strain:
+"The storm (or a tumult) has burst forth. Let the King behold the city of
+_Simyra_. Lo! the city of _Simyra_ has remained as a bird caught in the
+snare: so her ... is left to the city of _Simyra_. The sons of
+_Abdasherah_ by their devices, and the men of the city of _Arada_ (Arvad)
+by their hostility have made her wroth, and a fleet has sped ... in the
+sight of _Yankhamu_ ... men of the city ... they have seized, and ... Lo!
+the men of the city _Arvad_ searched for the coming forth of the Egyptian
+soldiers (_bitati_); _Abdasherah_ is with them, has he not marched? and
+their ships are set against the reinforcements from the Land of Egypt. So
+now there is no navigation. Let them make haste. Now they have seized the
+city _Ullaza_ (_Kefr Khullis_) and all whatsoever _Abdasherah_ has ... to
+the chiefs. And lo! we ... and the ships of the men of _Misi_ (the
+Delta?)(264) have been broken, with whatsoever was theirs. And as for me
+they went not up to fight for the mastery of the city of _Simyra_.
+_Yapaaddu_ has fought on my side, against whosoever was not faithful (or
+constant). They have trodden me down ... So now in sight of _Zabandi_(265)
+and of _Ibikhaza_ also, I have (joined?) myself to _Yankhamu_; and you
+will know their (good opinion?) of my faithfulness: as to what he thinks
+of my zeal make him confess, so he will (make it known?). He has fought
+for me and lo! they are wasting the city _Ullaza_ (to make an end
+thereof?)."
+
+The back of this long letter is unfortunately quite destroyed. The final
+sentences are on the edge, the tablet being of considerable thickness:
+
+"I have desired peace (like?) a faithful servant of the King. The men of
+Egypt, expelled from this city of our neighbor, are with me; and there is
+no ... for them to eat. _Yapaaddu_ has not granted my servants this ...
+this poor country; but we have been swift to help the city _Simyra_ ...
+they have gone up to fight the ships (of the city) of _Arada_ (Arvad) ...
+(it was grievous?) ... _Riib_ ..."
+
+55 B.--A much-broken letter appears to refer to a message from the King
+being seized, and that 300 men poured out and burned a city. It speaks of
+a _Paka_ and of Egyptian soldiers, and of the city _Beruti_ (_Beirut_) and
+of _Abdasherah's_ forces.
+
+16 B. M.--"To the King my Lord thus says _Ribadda_ thy servant, the dust of
+thy feet. I bow seven times and seven times at the feet of my Lord. And
+will not my Lord hear the message of thy servant? Men of the city of
+_Gebal_, and my family; and a wife whom I loved, they have taken away
+after the son of _Abdasherah_; and we have made a gathering; we have
+searched; and I cannot hear a word spoken about them. I am sending to the
+King my Lord, and once more, despatch thou men of garrison, men of war,
+for thy servant; and will you not defend the city of the King my Lord? But
+news has not arrived from the King my Lord for his servant. But he will be
+generous; he will remember me; and the advice (I speak) comes from my
+heart. The region near (us) _Ammunira_(266) has traversed throughout, and
+I went to him, for he gave assistance. And I myself searched for my
+family, but it has been made to vanish from my sight; and the King my Lord
+shall counsel his servant. Lo! the ally is zealous; and he has decreed a
+gathering of the Egyptian soldiers (_bitati_) of the King my Lord; and the
+King my Lord will counsel his servant. If there is no wish to be kind on
+the part of the King my Lord, I myself am helpless; and the King has no
+servants. Moreover, my son and my wife have been subjected to a man who
+sins against the King."(267)
+
+15 B. M.--"To _Amanabba_ my father, thus _Ribadda_ thy son. I bow at my
+father's feet. Baalath of the city _Gebal_ strengthens your favor in the
+sight of the King your Lord. Why has it been asked, and no complaint (is
+made) to the King? and you hesitate about the Egyptian soldiers
+(_bitati_), and you are brought low before the land of the _Amorites_. If
+you had heard of us (that) the Egyptian soldiers (are) strong, and that
+they have deserted their towns, and gone away, you know not the land of
+the _Amorites_. Behold they have taken these places from us, and I am ill
+at ease. Behold now do not they support _Abdasherah_? behold they have
+deceived us about them, and you promise us, day and night to send the
+Egyptian soldiers, and we are made sad about it, and all the chiefs of the
+Government. Thou shalt promise us to do this thing to _Abdasherah_: lo! he
+sends to the chiefs of the city of _Ammiya_ (_Amyun_) to slay him who was
+established as Lord, and they submitted to the men of blood. So now thou
+shalt say for us--the Chiefs of the Government; so now they are doing to
+us, and thou shalt announce to him (that) all the lands are for men of
+blood, and speak thou this message in the presence of the King my Lord.
+Lo! a father and a lord this thou art to me; and as for thee my face I
+bend, you know, to my master: behold what is done in the city of _Simyra_,
+lo! I am ... with thee. But complain to the King thy Lord, and you will
+send ... to me as I trust."
+
+20 B. M.--"_Ribadda_ sends to his Lord the Great King, the King of many
+lands to the prosperous King. Baalath of Gebal has confirmed the power of
+the King my Lord. At the feet of my Lord the Sun seven times seven times
+he bows him. A petition has been made long ago, made for the city of
+_Gebal_, to despatch _Bikuru_ (to the) chiefs of the Land of _Egada_(268)
+... served me, which ... I ... three of the chiefs ... they strove ... the
+Land of Egypt ... and ... then the King my Lord ... a sin against....
+
+"If the King my Lord supports his faithful servant; and despatch thou ...
+this her chief (speedily?); and we two watch the city for the King. The
+King shall send the choicest of thy great men, from among those who guard
+him. The three chiefs whom _Bikhuru_ strove to despatch, but who have
+fled, (are) _Abdirama_, _Iddinaddu_, _Abdmelec_, these are sons of
+_Abdasherah_;(269) and they have taken the King's land for themselves. He
+shall send the _bitati_..."
+
+21 B. M.--"To _Amanabba_ ... (by letter) thus (says) this _Ribadda_ thy
+servant. I bow (at my Lord's feet). The god _Amen_ ... of thy Lord, builds
+up thy favor (with) the King thy Lord. Hear ... (they have fought)
+mightily, and over the Egyptian soldiers are victorious, and ... to the
+Land of the _Amorites_." The letter becomes too broken to read
+consecutively, but refers to the Land of _Mitana_, and apparently to a
+defeat of _Yankhamu_. He asks for corn, and speaks of having nothing to
+eat, in connection with the city of _Gebal_; and refers to three years of
+(dearth?), and to the corn failing.
+
+19 B. M.--After the usual salutation to the King, this letter reads: "The
+King my Lord will say that the choicest of thy great men, and the choicest
+of thy city that thou hast are among those who guard us. My great men and
+(those of?) the city, were formerly men of garrison with me; and the King
+asked of us corn for them to eat, from my poor country. But now behold
+_Aziru_ is destroying me, and I repeat there (are) no oxen, nor ... for
+me; _Aziru_ has taken all. And there is no corn for my eating. And the
+chiefs--the _Pakas_--also have been nourished by the cities, exhausting the
+corn for their eating. Again: (being faithful), the King shall establish
+for me, as men of government, the men of government of their own cities,
+the men who at first were with their subjects. But as for me my cities are
+Aziru's, and they long for me, to whom destruction is made by him, who is
+a dog of the sons of _Abdasherah_, and either you shall do for us as they
+wish, or you shall give orders for us to the King's cities in these
+matters."
+
+48 B.--This begins with the usual salutation, and then continues: "If
+perchance I send a message to the King my Lord, do not thou refuse the
+request of my memorial. Lo! thrice has come upon me a year of storms (or
+tumults), and again a year of storms begins. My wheat is naught; the wheat
+for us to eat: that which was for sowing for my freemen is finished; their
+beasts, their herbs, the trees of their gardens, are wretched, in my
+unhappy land. Our corn has failed. Once more the King will hear the
+message of his faithful servant, and will order wheat in ships, and his
+servant shall live; and be thou moved and send us com. The chiefs (will
+send?) horses, as commanded, to _Zu_ ... And thou shalt defend the city
+(by so doing?) ... behold _Yankhamu_ says (or asks) ... that wheat be
+given to _Ribadda_ ... to him ... corn (the bread of men?) ... and now
+with _Yapaaddu_ ... their money henceforth ... ask him, he will tell all
+in your presence. Mayest thou know when it is spoken in the presence of
+the King my Lord. And this year of storms makes the wheat scarce (in) my
+unhappy land ... there was scarcity before in the city _Simyra_, and now
+behold in the city _Gebal_."
+
+The text is here too broken to be read. It seems, perhaps, to refer to the
+enemy having possession of the sea, and to the entreaties of _Yankhamu_,
+and to certain waters, and the general wretchedness. A paragraph then
+begins:(270)
+
+"The King of the Land _Taratzi_(271) has coveted the city of _Simyra_; and
+they desired to march to the city of _Gebal_; and none now has urged him,
+and he has stayed in his land. Now as he is strong he will send to the
+great ... by my wish ... they have returned to us." The letter is again
+much broken; it refers to a ruler, saying: "His heart is with my heart;
+but _Abdasherah_ has conquered beyond the land of the _Amorites_, also
+since the time of your father the city of _Sidon_ has submitted to the
+occupation by his allies: the lands are for the men of blood, so now there
+is none who is a friend (or kin) to me. Let the King regard the message of
+his servant. Let him give men to guard his city. Is not she insulted by
+all the men of blood?"
+
+The latter part, referring to allies, is much broken.
+
+54 B.--This is broken at the top, and considerably injured. It demands
+soldiers, and the restoration of the rulers. "The city of (_Sidon?_), and
+the city of _Beirut_, the sons of _Abdasherah_ have silenced: they fought
+for the King, but the city of _Sidon_ and the city of _Beirut_ are not the
+King's. We sent a _Paka_: he did not desert his duty to you, but she has
+rebelled to your face: for it was permitted by the freemen. The men of
+blood have seized the city.(272) Behold as for me this is my repetition
+... city _Atsar_ ... restraint ..."
+
+49 B.--This letter is much damaged; it begins with the usual salutation,
+and continues: "Lo! he makes the chiefs of (_Ukri?_) to dwell in fear of
+making an end. Lo! the King asked from his rulers as to my brethren. O
+King, is it not right to approach them, when the King shall ask? and we
+have set our faces fast toward thy servants. I desire this to strengthen
+my neighbor ... the city of (_Ukri?_).(273) Their ruler will go out then
+from my presence. They have interfered with my sister (town), and the
+waters of my brother's growing corn. I am despatching to the city _Ukri_
+... from the presence of Abdasherah ... The King ... all the lands ... if
+as to my brethren ... the King will ask ... a neighbor ... I shall send to
+the King this ... Blame us not for his weakness (or affliction), and in
+time past we have ruled over him, and if you will ask as to my brethren,
+and shall be grieved, this city (has) no (government that the King should
+ask after it?). Do not we know this day (what) he did to all? and trust
+me, if the King will not ask of the rulers. Lo! if he ceases oppression as
+an enemy I am well pleased. Behold the land of the city of _Ukri_: there
+are no lands (or towns) of rulers ... his ... spoiled the land for us."
+The next passage about servants, governors, and the _Paka_ is too broken
+to read. The letter concludes by asking support, and asks excuse on
+account of the enemy's success.
+
+75 B.--The usual salutation is here damaged, and the middle of the text.
+"Behold since the arrival of _Amanappa_ in my presence all the men of
+blood have set their faces to me; they have fulfilled the wishes of
+_Abdasherah_; and my Lord shall hear the messages of his servant; and ...
+men of garrison, for the defence of the royal city. Send the Egyptian
+soldiers (_bitati_) ... as there are no Egyptian soldiers it befalls thee,
+that the lands ... to the men of blood; since the seizing of the city
+_Maar_ ... (274) at the command of _Abdasherah_; and so our limits are the
+city of _Gebal_ and the city of _Batruna_;(275) but so not all the lands
+are to the men of blood--two chief cities which are (still) to be wrecked
+for (us). And they have turned back(276) to take from us ... She has
+remained peaceful to the King, and my Lord shall order men of garrison for
+his two cities, till the Egyptian soldiers march forth. But everything
+fails me, of the food of the land (our teeth have gnawed nothing at all?).
+As the heart of a bird fails, seeing the snare, this city has remained.
+She is helpless before them ... lamenting. Once more ... they have shut up
+my ... it has come to pass ... the lands ... _Abdasherah_, the slave dog
+... the lands of the King to himself."
+
+84 B. is much broken; all the cities are taken except _Gebal_ and
+_Batruna_, which remain like birds in the snare. But he still "trusts."
+
+12 B. M.--"_Ribadda_ speaks to the King of Lands, of many lands, the great
+King the prosperous King. The Lady (Ballath) of Gebal gives power to the
+King my Lord. I bow at my Lord's feet--the Sun-God--seven times seven times.
+Let the King know! behold! the city _Gebal_ his handmaid, faithful to the
+King, has gathered because of the allies who are his foes. And I am ill at
+ease: behold the King lets slip from his hand the chief city that is
+faithful to him. Let the King smite the lands of those who rob him. Lo! is
+not he a faithful servant, her chief who abides in the city of _Gebal_? Do
+not you say so to your servant, when there is a mighty fighting against
+him of men of blood, and the Gods of the land are (evilly disposed?), and
+our sons have been worn out, and our daughters have fled, and there is
+weakness in my unhappy land. For our living, my fields gave sustenance,
+which no ... secured. For as many as I possess, all my cities which are in
+flames, also the foe has overthrown: they submitted to the bloody
+soldiers. The city of _Gebal_ with two cities, remains to me; and I am ill
+at ease because _Abdasherah_ is marching. The city of _Sigata_ (is) his;
+and he is saying to the chiefs of the city of _Ammia_ (_Amyun_), 'They
+have slain your chief and you have done like us, and you have rebelled,
+and you obeyed his order, and they will punish you as men of blood.' And I
+am ill at ease. Lo! now _Abdasherah_ sends for soldiers. I have remained
+alone--they will be rejoiced at it, and there is ruin before the city of
+_Gebal_, if there is no great man to gain me safety from his hands. And
+the chiefs of the government are expelled from the midst of the lands; and
+you relinquish all the lands to the men of blood, squandering the wealth
+of all the lands; and they have torn away sons and daughters nobly born;
+and (this) while the King is pondering about it, and all the lands have
+fought for him. And from what they have done to us, behold now thou wilt
+become naked to their destructions. And so now I am exceedingly afraid.
+Behold now there is no great man who wins me salvation from their hands.
+As birds that are in the midst of the snares this place has remained. I
+myself am in the city of _Gebal_. Why is there this overthrow of thy land?
+Now I send (complaint?) to the palace (or great city) and you will not
+hear us. Now this (is) my message. _Amanabba_ is with thee, ask him: he
+has fled,(277) and he will show the evils that are against me. Let the
+King hear his servant's message; and he shall establish his servant's
+life, and his servant shall live, and shall defend the ... with him."
+
+The remainder of the letter is broken. It asks for advice and information,
+and for consideration of the memorial. Ribadda's letters increase in
+pathetic eloquence as the great catastrophe approaches.
+
+56 B., a much-broken letter. They are advancing to take _Gebal_. Money has
+been given to a certain chief who has turned against _Ribadda_.
+
+62 B., a mere fragment. The enemy are advancing on _Gebal_ with the
+intention of taking it.
+
+63 B.--This also is much broken. It refers to _Yapaaddu_, to the King's
+_Paka_ receiving orders, and to the rulers, and contains the statement,
+"They have cut off two of my ships, with my sons (or men) and all that was
+mine."
+
+80 B. begins with the usual salutation, and continues: "Does the King my
+Lord know? Behold the city of _Gebal_ has gathered, she has gathered those
+faithful to the King, and very mighty was the battle of the men of blood
+against me, and there is no rest through the city of _Simyra_. (Defeat has
+not befallen?) the men of blood, through the King's _Paka_ (chief), whom
+they cast out from the city of _Simyra_. The chief city is troubled. Now
+_Pakha_(_mnata_), the King's _Paka_, who (was) in the city of _Simyra_,
+has sent a message--he has failed. Sixty minas (_mana_)(278) it is that
+they are asking the city of _Gebal_, from my unhappy land. The battle was
+waged very mightily against us, and the King is not defended by his
+fortress."
+
+81 B.--"To _Rabzabi_(279) ... thus _Ribadda_ thy son." The letter is much
+broken. He refers to money, and asks him to complain to the King. He says
+he is afraid that the freemen are not (faithful?) to the King's governor,
+if the broken portion may be so understood.
+
+82 B.--"To _Ribadda_ my son thus by letter (says) King _Rabzabi_ thy
+father. May our Gods prosper thee, prosper thy fortress. Let him ask to
+know. The sons of our Lord have spoken accordingly. They have spoken of
+the strife of the chiefs of the city of _Simyra_. (He has vanquished my
+fears?) of being made to perish by the city of _Simyra_, of our perishing
+by these chiefs; and lo! they have allotted decrees, they are creating a
+memorial. Have I not been bent upon the decrees? and decrees of the King
+have followed. And unless they have destroyed everything, the King makes
+sure to show them their master. For the King is imposing decrees. The
+decrees of the King are saying: 'Why do ye make a waste land to those who
+are servants of the King? I shall despatch men. I shall send a garrison
+for the chief city.' I am sending the King's ... to you ... soldiers ...
+in ... A gathering they are making of all."
+
+In spite of his father's zealous assistance in Egypt, this favorable
+intention came too late.
+
+76 B.--"From _Riibiddi_ as a letter to the King my Lord: beneath the feet
+of my Lord seven times and seven times I bow. Behold my Lord's message
+from this (remnant?): from the lands of the despised, and from the chief
+city of fugitives, they have wandered. To go for us, accordingly I have
+ordered my ships to go out from shore (or wall). Lo! _Aziru_ has fought
+with me. And all the chiefs of the government gathered, hardening their
+hearts. I have gathered to us their ships; and as they go to us in haste
+their abodes are deserted, which are subject (to) this _Amorite_ race; and
+they have been suddenly destroyed. I am chosen chief of the chiefs of the
+government. To me accordingly they have subjected everything; and they
+have removed--on account of the success of the chiefs of my enemies--the
+silver from the palaces, and all else, on account of his destructions. But
+the King shall order soldiers for them, and now I shall send to my Lord
+for soldiers; and soldiers of garrison do not thou ..."
+
+The letter is much broken here. It refers to the son of _Abdasherah_, and
+to the chief city of the _Giblites_, to his messenger, and to there being
+no news of soldiers coming. "You will not (even) glance at us ... and
+despatch him. The lean soldiers are growling. 'When (is) the King to feed
+this city? and he thinks evil of her.' Speed your chief to ... her. Why is
+he not ordered from the palace, being said that soldiers (are to be) sent?
+They have destroyed us, and they ravage the lands ... I cause to be sent
+repeatedly; a message is not returned us for me. They have seized all the
+lands of the King my Lord; and my Lord has said that they are to repent.
+But now behold the soldiers of the land of the _Hittites_ have trampled
+down our papyrus.(280) The chief city of _Gebal_ (has) no food. But
+counsel the city ... and accordingly I will listen. O King! for the _Misi_
+(Delta) men--all of them, you ordered of me presents of the royal gold,
+because of the sons of _Abdasherah_; and when you ordered me they were
+subjecting the sons of _Abdasherah_ to the King; and so now it is lawful."
+
+85 B.--This is a list of various articles, with a broken name, apparently
+(_Rib_)_adda's_, at the top, including perhaps either presents or his own
+property sent to Egypt. The tablet is much injured. It appears to mention
+precious stones and articles of gold, and includes male and female slaves.
+_Yazimi_, "the servant of God," with _Abdaddu_, is mentioned near the end.
+
+71 B.--"_Ribadda_ ... to the King my Lord ... at the feet ... seven times
+and seven times(281) ... I send and I repeat (the message), and you listen
+not thereto ... The King my Lord shall hear the message, and it explains
+to the _Paur_ (magnate) ... to the Lords of the Palace, because in vain
+the soldiers of garrison have hasted to him. And you will remember my ...
+Lo! it is not granted to my sons to take root for me, as the prophets have
+perceived of old; and the race of the foes (will) remain. I being asked am
+going to those who are free, to _Khamu_ my son, and to my younger brother,
+who have both left the city of _Gebal_. There was good-fortune for the
+sons of _Abdasherah_, as to the subjugation of the capital city; behold my
+brother has commanded, he went out as my envoy. It is no use: the soldiers
+of the garrison failed with him; and they have defeated me; and so the
+evil is done; and they make me flee from the city: it is not defended from
+the power of the enemy. Now I say do not prevent a descent to the Lands of
+Egypt, and a settlement. And you will help me very much. My great men
+consent; and the King my Lord will consider. Lo! the Gods of _Gebal_ (be
+with him) and you will help me very much; and 'It is well' they have said:
+good are my wishes to the Gods. So now I shall not come down to the
+presence of the King my Lord. But now my son, a servant of the King my
+Lord, I am sending to the presence of the King my Lord, and the King shall
+hear the desire of his faithful servant, and appoint us Egyptian soldiers
+(_bitati_). And request (has been made) to the King of _Babeli_
+(Babylon,(282) an ally of Egypt); but he ... no soldiers of his host ...
+in her midst.... Egyptian soldiers of the King my Lord ... to come to her.
+Behold the entanglement of the chiefs friendly to my (throne?) in the
+midst of the city. A son of one of the chiefs is a friend in her midst.
+The Egyptian soldiers are strong; and they have heard of those who are
+reaching her; and the city has remained to the King my Lord; and the King
+my Lord knows that it is against him that they have (cried war?). Now I am
+going to a town (that) I defend for my Lord, determined in heart, before
+the King my Lord, that the chief city shall not be given to the sons of
+Abdasherah. So my brother has fought him: the city is stubborn against the
+sons of _Abdasherah_. He is not able to leave the town,(283) when there is
+plenty of silver and gold in her midst in the Temple of Gods, plenty of
+everything if they take her. O King my Lord what is done to his servant by
+them is done. But appoint the town of _Buruzizi_(284) for my dwelling. Lo!
+_Khamu_ my son (sets forth?) the request in the presence. Behold! this
+dwelling of the chief city--the town of _Buruzizi_--the sons of _Abdasherah_
+have been afraid to smite. Lo! _Khamu_ my son is going to the presence:
+for the sons of _Abdasherah_ have pricked against me, and none remains to
+mourn, O King, for me. And I mourn to the King my Lord. Behold the city of
+_Gebal_ is a city truly like our eye: there is plenty of all that is royal
+in her midst: the servants of the chief city were at peace, the chiefs
+were our well-wishers before time when the King's voice was for all. It is
+the chief city of the land they have wasted for me--and is none of his.
+Will not this desire prevail with the King? Behold thy servant, my son, I
+am despatching to the presence of the King my Lord; and there shall be
+ordered him protection of the King by soldiers ... you will come marching
+to us. For the King my Lord will protect me. And restore thou me to the
+chief city, and to my house as of old. O King my Lord ... of the King my
+Lord in her midst; and ... the city from (shame?) ... as ... _Khamu_ ...
+till ... shall hear ... their servant ... to her midst ... the soldiers
+(_bitati_) of the King my Lord; and you will strengthen the soldiers of
+this place speedily ... the chief city, as I trust; and you will march to
+the city ... Lo! what he is saying in the presence of the King cannot it
+be done? O King my Lord ... the chief city of a neighbor (_Gur_); and
+which has been laid low to the demands of those that hate the same ... it
+is not just to see what is done to the lands ... the soldiers of the King
+my Lord; and she trusts the King my Lord."
+
+This seems to be the last of Ribadda's fifty letters. There is no mention
+of any return to Gebal, or of victory over the Amorites. We do not know
+that he got safe to Buruzizi, but can only hope he did. It was too late
+when his father obtained promise of aid. So energetic a writer would
+probably have written again if he had been alive to do so. The Amorite
+letters had blinded the eyes of Amenophis so long that their position was
+secured. As we shall see also, there were other appeals from every part of
+the country.
+
+SUBANDI'S LETTERS
+
+If Subandi be the Zabandi of Ribadda's letter (51 B.), the following also
+belong to the Phoenician-Amorite war:
+
+38 B. M.--"To the King my Lord my God my Sun, the Sun from heaven, thus
+says _Subandi_ thy servant, the captain of thy horse: at the feet of the
+King my Lord, the Sun from heaven, seven times and seven times is made to
+bow both the heart and also the body. I hear all the messages of the King
+my Lord, the Sun from heaven, and now I shall guard the land of the King
+that is with me, and ... I hear ... exceeding much."
+
+39 B. M. is an almost identical letter from the same writer.
+
+40 B. M.--The salutation by _Subandi_ is the same. The letter is broken. He
+speaks of a message from the King, and of fighting. He speaks of assisting
+the King's servant and the fortresses, and mentions the arrival of the
+King as expected, and the _Kau Mas_. These latter words are evidently
+Egyptian, _Kau_ meaning "men" and _Masa_ "infantry."
+
+116 B.--The same salutation. It is a short letter acknowledging the receipt
+of a letter, and ends by speaking of men of blood, and that the "King
+knows about his cities."
+
+117 B.--The same salutation: "The King my Lord, the Sun from heaven, has
+sent _Khanni_ to me." It is injured, but seems to refer to "an hundred
+oxen and thirty women. For the King my Lord, the Sun from heaven, has
+instructed."
+
+118 B.--A similar salutation. He will defend the King's land. "(Ask?) the
+great man if we have not listened to the King's _Paka_: now he has been
+listened to exceeding much--the _Paka_ of the King my Lord, Son of the Sun
+from heaven."
+
+120 B., a short letter from _Subandi_, merely saying that he has received
+the King's message.(285)
+
+
+
+
+Northern Palestine
+
+
+LETTERS FROM BEIRUT
+
+No. 26 B. M.--"To the King my Lord my Sun my God, to the King my Lord by
+letter thus _Ammunira_, chief of the city of _Burutu_, thy servant, the
+dust of thy feet: at the feet of the King my Lord my Sun my God--the King
+my Lord--seven and seven times I bow. I hear the messages of ... of the
+King my Lord my Sun my God--the ruler of my life, and they have drawn the
+heart of thy servant, and the dust of the feet of the King my Lord my Sun
+and my God--the King my Lord--exceeding much. Sufficient is the order of the
+King my Lord my Sun my God, for his servant and the dust of his feet.
+Behold the King my Lord my Sun has sent to his servant, and the dust of
+his feet, 'Speed to the presence of the Egyptian soldiers (_bitati_) of
+the King thy Lord.' I listen exceeding much, and now I have sped, with my
+horses, and with my chariots, and with all who march with the servant of
+the King my Lord, to meet the Egyptian soldiers of the King my Lord. And
+art not thou confident of the event? The breast of the enemies of the King
+my Lord my Sun my God shall be troubled. And shall not the eyes of thy
+servant behold this, through the mastery of the King my Lord; and the King
+my Lord my Sun my God, the King my Lord, shall see. Thou increasest the
+favors of thy servant. Now as to the servant of the King my Lord, and the
+footstool of his feet, now let him fortify the city of the King my Lord my
+Sun--the ruler of my life, and her gardens (that is to say the
+mulberries),(286) till the eyes behold the Egyptian soldiers of the King
+my Lord, and ... the servant of the King I proclaim" (or predict).
+
+27 B. M.--"To the King ... my Lord thus says _Ammunira_ thy servant, the
+dust of thy feet. At the feet of the King my Lord seven and seven times I
+bow. I hear the message of the letter, and what is thereby commanded to me
+O King my Lord. And I hear (the precept?) of the message of the scribe of
+my Lord, and my heart is eager, and my eyes are enlightened exceedingly.
+Now I have watched much, and have caused the city of _Burutu_ to be
+fortified for the King my Lord, until the coming of the Egyptian soldiers
+(_bitati_) of the King my Lord. As to the chief of the city of _Gebal_ who
+is in trouble together with me, now they defend him till there shall be
+counsel of the King to his servant. The King my Lord is shown the grief of
+one's brother, which troubles us both. From the city of Gebal, lo! the
+sons of _Ribaadda_ who is in trouble with me, are subjected to chiefs who
+are sinners to the King, who (are) from the land of the _Amorites_. Now I
+have caused them to haste with my horses and with my chariots and with all
+who are with me, to meet the soldiers (_bitati_) of the King my Lord. At
+the feet of the King my Lord seven and seven times I bow."
+
+Ammunira was Ribadda's friend (see 16 B. M.), and his letter agrees with
+Ribadda's: clearly, therefore, the seizure of Ribadda's sons comes
+historically before the loss of Beirut, Mearah, and Sidon (54 B., 75 B.).
+
+LETTER FROM SIDON
+
+90 B.--"To the King my Lord my God my Sun--the King my Lord(287)--by letter
+thus _Zimridi_, the Governor of the city of Sidon (_Ziduna_): at the feet
+of the King my Lord my God my Sun--the King my Lord--seven times and seven
+times I bow. Does not the King my Lord know? Lo! the city of _Sidon_ has
+gathered. I am gathering, O King my Lord, all who are faithful to my hands
+(power). And lo! I hear the message of the King my Lord. Behold, he causes
+it to be sent to his servant, and my heart rejoices, and my head is
+raised, and my eyes are enlightened; my ears hear the message of the King
+my Lord; and know O King I have proclaimed in presence of the Egyptian
+soldiers (_bitati_) of the King my Lord, I have proclaimed all, as the
+King my Lord has spoken; and know O King my Lord lo! mighty has been the
+battle against me: all ... who are faithful to the King in ... it has come
+to pass, and the chiefs ... sons, and are faithful to the King ... and her
+chief who goes out in the presence of the King's Egyptian soldiers
+(_bitati_). The greatest of the fortresses deserts to the enemies: which
+has gone well for the men of blood, and they are gaining them from my
+hands, and my destruction is before me. O King my Lord as said the chiefs
+who are my foes have done."
+
+From the letters of the King of Tyre which follow (99 B. and 28-31 B. M.)
+we see that Zimridi was a weak ruler. His own letter agrees with one from
+Ribadda (54 B.) as showing that Sidon fell by treachery, not by war.
+
+LETTERS FROM TYRE
+
+These appear to begin early, before the appearance of Aziru, and show that
+the rivalry of Tyre and Sidon was of early origin. None of the letters
+mention Tyre except those written by her King.
+
+99 B.--"To the King my Lord my God my Sun thus (says) _Abimelec_(288) thy
+servant: seven and seven (times) at the feet of the King my Lord (I bow).
+The King my Lord sends (to ask) if I have finished what is doing with me.
+I present to the King my Lord 100 ornaments (or 'crowns,' perhaps
+'shekels'--_tacilal_); and let the King my Lord give his countenance to his
+servant, and let him give the city _Huzu_(289) to his servant--a fountain
+to supply water for his drinking: let the King my Lord grant (a chief a
+subject?)(290) to guard his town; and let me plead, and let the face of
+the King my Lord regard my explanation before the King my Lord. As said
+behold let the King my Lord confide in me to defend his city. Lo! the King
+of the city of _Sidon_ is taking the people who are my subjects--a chief
+who is my inferior (or foe). Let the King give his countenance to his
+servant, and let him order his _Paka_ (chief), and let him give the city
+of _Huzu_ for waters to his servant, to take trees for our use for the
+dwellings. Lo! he has made war: nothing is left. In vain have they
+threshed corn if the King of Sidon despoils the King's land. The King of
+the city of _Khazura_ (Hazor)(291) is leaving his city, and goes out with
+men of blood. Let the King show their borders to the hostile (or inferior)
+chiefs. The King's land is vexed by men of blood. Let the King send his
+_Paka_ (chief) who is in our land."
+
+29 B. M.--"To the King my Lord, my God, my Sun thus (says) _Abimelec_ thy
+servant: seven and seven (times) at the feet of the King my Lord I bow. I
+(am) the dust beneath the shoes of the King my Lord my master--the Sun-God
+who comes forth in presence of the world from day to day, as the
+manifestation of the Sun-God his gracious father: who gives life by his
+good word, and gives light to what is obscure: who frees all lands from
+dissensions by just rule of a free country; who gives this his compassion
+from heaven, like the God Adonis, and causes all lands to rest through his
+mercy. This is the message of a servant to his Lord. Lo! I hear the
+gracious messenger of the King who reaches his servant, and the good
+utterance which comes from the hands of the King my Lord for his servant;
+and the utterance it makes clear, since the arrival of the messenger of
+the King my Lord. Does not he make it clear?--the utterance is clear. The
+lands of my fathers behold it records. Lo! the utterance of the King comes
+to me, and I rejoice exceedingly and (my heart has risen?) from day to day
+because the land is not ... Behold I heard the gracious messenger from my
+Lord, and all my land has been afraid as to my Lord's countenance. Lo! I
+heard the good utterance; and the gracious messenger who reaches me,
+behold he said, O King my Lord, that the region (is) to be established by
+the presence of many soldiers; and the servant says for his Lord that my
+plain is my land over against my highlands, over against the plain of my
+cities. He has borne the order of the King my Lord listening to the King
+his Lord, and has served him (in his integrity?), and the Sun-God he has
+proclaimed before him; and he makes clear the good utterance from the
+hands of his Lord, and does he not listen to the order of his Lord? The
+portion of his town his Lord has divided. His word none shall overthrow in
+all the lands forever. Behold (this is) the duty that he heard from his
+Lord. His city will rest, will rest from overthrowing his utterance for
+all time. Thou art the Sun-God whom he has proclaimed before him; and the
+decision which shall set at rest is lasting for one. And because she
+judges that the King my Lord is just our land obeys--the land that I am
+given. This Abimelec says to the Sun-God. My Lord I am given what appears
+before the King my Lord. And now the city _Zarbitu_(292)is to be guarded
+by the city of Tyre (_Tsuru_) for the King my Lord."
+
+31 B. M.--"To the King the Sun ... thus says _Abimel_(_ec_) ... seven times
+and seven times at the feet ... I am the dust from ... below ... and the
+King the Sun forever ... The King spoke to his servant (and) to his
+servant my comrade: he has granted that extension be given, and as to
+waters for (his servant's) drinking And they did not as the King my Lord
+has said; and we arrive at no fulfilment. And let the King counsel his
+servant my comrade. He has granted that the waters be given, because of
+the abundance there to drink. My Lord the King, behold, there is no one to
+tend my trees, no one (to tend) my waters, no one to make ... Let the King
+my Lord know." The next lines are much broken, and the letter then
+continues: "... As the King has said. And let the King assign to his
+servant and to the city of Tyre (_Tsuru_) the city that my comrade has
+given, and what the order lays down on the side of the King for his
+servant, which the King made an order (less than a year ago?). The King is
+the eternal Sun-God, and to his faithful servant the King my Lord shall
+... for guardians of the town that my comrade has granted. My requests as
+to this town ... Moreover, my Lord ... soldiers against me ... to my
+desire ... King ... Lo! his heart is evil ... King my Lord; and he turns
+away from my wish; and O King my Lord (thou knowest the hearts of all
+those in the land?), and let the King give his countenance to his servant;
+and to the city of _Tyre_ the town that my comrade has granted (is) to be
+given ... waters for (irrigation?). Moreover, my Lord ... Let the King ask
+his _Paka_. Lo! the chief of the city of _Zar_(_epta_) has followed the
+city of _Simyra_ (with) a ship. I am marching, and the chief of the city
+of _Sidon_ marches out; and as for me he has marched with all ... and let
+the King counsel his servant ..."
+
+30 B. M.--_Abimelec_ begins with his ordinary salutation. "Thus far I
+defend the King's city which he confides to my hands very much. My
+intention (has been) to walk in sight of the face of the King my Lord, and
+not to take by force from the hands of _Zimridi_ of the city of _Sidon_.
+Lo! I hear me that he will strive, and has made war with me. Let the King
+my Lord send down to me ... chiefs for guards of the city of the King my
+Lord; and let me strive (or plead) for the dwellings of the King my Lord,
+with those who deceive his gracious countenance. I set my face to
+(encourage?) the region of those who are peaceful with the King my Lord;
+and let the King my Lord ask his _Paka_ (chief). Lo! I set my face (or,
+confirm my intention) forever, O King my Lord. Now a messenger I am
+despatching to ... of the King my Lord, and ... the King my Lord the
+messenger ... ... his letter ... and may it be the means of ... the King
+my Lord ... (that) he sets his face ... forever to ... the face of the
+King my Lord. His servant will not let slip ... from (his) hands ... Let
+the King my Lord give his countenance ... and (he) shall ... waters for
+the drawing ... and woods for his servant.... Know O King my Lord behold
+they are plucking the fruit that we left. There are no waters and no woods
+for us. Now _Elisaru_ the messenger to the presence of the King my Lord
+has hasted, and I have made bold to present five precious things of
+copper, this agate, one throne of gold. The King my Lord sends to me
+(saying) 'Send to me all you hear from the land of Canaan' (_Cina'ana_).
+The King of _Danuna_(293) has been destroyed, and his brother is ruling
+after him, and his land has broken out, and they have seized the King of
+the town of _Hugarit_,(294) and mighty is the slaughter that follows him.
+He is strong, and none are saved from him, nor any from the chiefs of the
+army of the land of the _Hittites_. The proud _Edagama_(295) of the city
+_Ciidzi_ (Kadesh on Orontes, the capital of the Southern Hittites, now
+_Kades_) and _Aziru_ have fought--they have fought with _Neboyapiza_; they
+have come to the regions of _Zimridi_. Lo! he gathers ships of soldiers
+against me from the fortresses of _Aziru_. And lo! they have grievously
+opposed my Lord's subjects, and all will break out. Let the King give
+countenance to his servant, and let him leap forth to go out a conqueror"
+(or "to the region").
+
+28 B. M.--"To the King my Lord my Sun my God thus (says) _Abimelec_ thy
+servant; seven and seven (times) at the feet of the King my Lord I bow. I
+am the dust beneath the feet. Consider me O King my Lord. The King my Lord
+(is) like the Sun; like the air god (or Adonis) in heaven art thou. Let
+the King advise his servant: the King my Lord confides in me. I watch the
+city of _Tyre_ the handmaid of the King. And I send a hasty letter to the
+King my Lord, and no order does he return to me. I am the _Paka_(296)
+(chief) of the King my Lord, and I have diligently followed what was
+ordered. But as to our silence to the King my Lord let the King be
+assured. As a subject I guard his city. And let me plead (or strive)
+before the King my Lord, and let him see his face. Who shall preserve one
+born a subject? Lo there has gone forth no command from the hands of the
+King his Lord; and he may not know when the King sends to his servant. He
+may never know. As for me ..."
+
+The letter is here too broken to read consecutively. It refers to the
+"west," and apparently to "burning," to _Aziru_, and to someone, perhaps a
+king's messenger, called _Khabi_. The letter becomes readable on the back
+of the tablet.
+
+"... by _Elisaru_ the messenger it is confirmed that the city of _Simyra_
+is _Aziru's_. And is not the King nourished by his city of _Tyre_, by his
+country? Lo! if I shall be destroyed the King is destroyed. But thus his
+fortress has been wasted, and there has been great fear, and all the lands
+have feared; for he has not walked after (_i.e._, obeyed) the King my
+Lord. O King know: desolation has remained with me--with the _Paka_ in the
+city of _Tyre_. _Zimridi_ is gone to the city _Irib_.(297) He has escaped
+from slavery; and there is no water or wood for us; and alas! there is
+none remaining to stand up for me. The chief is helpless. And let the King
+my Lord advise his servant by a letter he sends to me, whom you thus hear.
+And _Zimrida_ of the city of _Sidon_ has sent to the King, and _Aziru_ is
+a man sinful against the King, and the chiefs of the city _Arada_ (Arvad)
+destroy me,(298) and (everything is altered?) through their ravages; and
+they will gather their ships, their chariots, their foot soldiers, to
+seize the city of _Tyre_ the King's handmaid. She has been very constant
+to the King's hand, and the city of _Tyre_ has been crushed by them. Were
+they not violent in taking the city of _Simyra_? They took from the hands
+of _Zimrida_ him who bore the King's order to _Aziru_; and I sent a letter
+to the King my Lord, and he returns me not an order for his servant. They
+have fought (for a long time?) against me. There are no waters(299) and no
+trees. Let there be ordered a letter for his servant, and let me plead,
+and let me see his face, and the King ... to his servant, and to his city,
+and not ... his city and his land. Why do they ... the King our Lord from
+the land, and ... and he has known that I honor the King's power, who ...
+no ... to my letter--a subject before the King my Sun, my Lord; and let the
+King answer his servant."
+
+LETTERS FROM ACCHO
+
+93 B.--_Surata_, chief of _Acca_, sends the usual formula of compliment,
+and continues: "What chief is there who when the King his Lord sends to
+him will not hear? As this is sent out by desire of the Sun-God from
+heaven, so now it is promised him."
+
+32 B. M., a short letter from _Zitatna_, of Accho, merely says that he
+bows seven times and seven times at the King's feet.
+
+94 B., another short letter by the same, states that he listens to the
+King's wishes.
+
+95 B.--"To the King my Lord my ... the Sun from heaven thus says _Zatatna_
+chief of the city of _Acca_, thy servant, the King's servant, and the dust
+at the feet trampled under the feet of the King my Lord--the Sun-God from
+heaven: seven times and seven times he bows both heart and body. The King
+my Lord shall hear the message of his servant; the woman my wife ... He
+has left from ... _Neboyapiza_ ... with _Suta_ ... of the King, in the
+city of _Acca_ ... to say anything ... him. She has urged (that) soldiers
+of the King my Lord shall go out with her from the city _Magid_ ... No
+word is mentioned as to him or explanation before me; and now we two are
+sending. My reason (is) to assure her--_Ziza_ the woman my wife--as to
+_Neboyapiza_, and she has not slept because of him. Behold the city of
+_Acca_ like the city of _Makdani_(300) (is) with the Land of Egypt, and
+the King will not refuse ... and will send ... before me, and is it not
+that the King my Lord ... his _Paka_, and let him empower him."
+
+LETTERS FROM HAZOR
+
+48 B. M.--"To the King my Lord by letter thus says _Iebaenu_ (Jabin) chief
+of the city _Khazura_ (Hazor) thy servant. At the feet of the King my Lord
+I bow, who behold am one of the faithful servants of the King my Lord; and
+all those who guard the city of _Hazor_(301) with her fortresses belonging
+to the King my Lord; and let him expect this. Let him recall to the King
+my Lord all that the city _Hazor_--thy city, and thy servant is made to
+suffer."
+
+47 B. M.--"To the King my Lord thus (says) the King of the city of _Hazor_:
+I bow at the feet of my Lord. Lo! I am guarding the fortresses belonging
+to the King my Lord, until the arrival of my Lord my God; and lo! I hear
+all these messages, and I am departing O Sun-God my God ... and I am being
+brought low: the ... that they have taken is increased, and the Gods have
+nodded to his revolt over me, and now I am causing all to be despatched
+till the coming of the King my Lord. Behold this, lo! they come ... your
+envoy ... very much ... my Lord ... safety ... the city of _Hazor_ ...
+when the land ... and all ... Lo ... Moreover behold ... and my place ...
+with soldiers."
+
+Unfortunately King Jabin does not mention the nationality of the enemy.
+From the Tyre letters he seems to have been an enemy of the Phoenicians,
+being perhaps on the side of Aziru; but the date of the present letters is
+not fixed by any reference to persons mentioned in the other letters. It
+is quite possible that the Hebrews, and not the Hittites, were his foes,
+since the Hebrew conquest took place in the lifetime of _Yankhamu_ and
+_Suta_, who are noticed in the northern letters also. If he was a friend
+of _Aziru's_, the enemy, though enemies of Egypt, could not well have been
+Hittites or Amorites; and the name of the King is that of Joshua's enemy,
+Jabin of Hazor. It is clear that the Egyptians, though expected, were not
+in Hazor at the time. The kings of Hazor ruled lower Galilee, where they
+had a force of chariots a century later. In Joshua's time (Josh. xi.)
+there were also many chariots in and near Hazor.
+
+It is remarkable that none of the letters from Tell Amarna refer to
+central Palestine. There is no mention of any town in lower Galilee or in
+Samaria, except Zabuba and Megiddo. Taanach, Shechem, Jezreel, Dothan,
+Bethel, and other such places are unnoticed, as well as Heshbon, Medeba,
+Rabbath-Ammon, Ramoth Gilead, and other places in Moab and Gilead. The
+Egyptians probably had no stations in these wild mountains, where their
+chariots could not pass. The Egyptian traveller mentions no town between
+Megiddo and Joppa in the time of Rameses II, and no towns in the regions
+of Samaria or Gilead or Moab occur in the list of places taken by Thothmes
+III; nor were there any stations in the Hebron mountains.(302) On the
+other hand, many places in Sharon and Philistia, and in the lower hills to
+the east, and in the Negeb hills south of Hebron, were conquered by the
+last-mentioned king, and are again mentioned by the traveller of the time
+of Rameses II, and these occur in the present letters. We are thus at once
+transported to the south of the country.
+
+
+
+
+Southern Palestine
+
+
+LETTERS FROM JOPPA
+
+No. 57 B. M.--"To the King my Lord my God my Lord of Hosts, by letter thus
+(says) _Yabitiri_ (Abiathar?) thy servant, the dust of the feet of the
+King my Lord my God my Lord of Hosts. Seven times and seven times I bow.
+As thou seest I am among the faithful servants of the King my Lord. I am
+arraying. But if I am arraying has not he been furious? and I am arraying
+before the King; and he has been furious. Shall the brick (letter) hide it
+under deceptions? But I will not conceal under deep sayings (_emiki_) to
+the King my Lord. And the King my Lord shall ask _Yankhamu_ his _Paka_.
+Lo! I am a warrior, and I am casting down the rebellion, O King my Lord,
+and I am sending out from the pass belonging to the King my Lord. And let
+the King my Lord ask his _Paka_ ('head man'). Lo! I am defending the pass
+(or great gate) of the city of _'Azati_ (Gaza) and the passage of the city
+of _Yapu_ (Joppa), and I myself and the soldiers (_bitati_) of the King my
+Lord have marched to the lands. I myself (am) with them, and now, and lo!
+now, I myself (am) with them. The yoke of the King my Lord (is) on my neck
+and I will bear it."
+
+71 B. M.--The usual salutation from a servant of the King, whose name is
+broken, but reads _Mus_ ... _ni_. "I hear the messages of the King my Lord
+which he sends to his servant, hearing what is spoken by thy chief (_Ka_),
+and (it is) 'Strengthen thou the fortresses of the King thy Lord which are
+with thee.' Now they have minded the message of the King my Lord to me,
+and the King my Lord learns of his servant. Now _Biia_ the son of the
+woman _Gulata_(303) was my ... of my brethren whom I am despatching to go
+down from the city _Yapu_ (Joppa), and to be the defenders of the
+messengers returning to the King my Lord; and now _Biia_ is the son of
+_Gulata_, he took them; and the King my Lord shall learn this message of
+his servant. Thus since the King my Lord said to me, 'Make him leave thy
+city, on the appearance of _Biia_.' He also indeed is made to leave; and
+both go, and indeed both are sent down O King my Lord day and night till
+they reach the place."
+
+Joppa is not mentioned in the history of Joshua's wars in the south, but
+the "border before (east of) Japho" is noticed in the later topographical
+charter (Josh. xix. 46).
+
+LETTERS FROM ASCALON
+
+129 B.--"To the Great King my Lord _Dagantacala_(304) thy servant speaks.
+Seven times and seven times at the feet of the Great King my Lord I bow.
+And now behold _Dagantacala_ is thy servant O Great King my Lord. He hears
+carefully the message of the Great King his Lord ... like my fathers,
+(and) what my fathers have not done for the Great King I have done for the
+Great King my Lord. And the Great King my Lord says to me, 'Listen thou
+for us to the head man (_Ka_) thy governor.'(305) I hear this carefully as
+to the chief governor, and the ruler knows it."
+
+74 B. M.--This begins with the same salutation from _Dagantacala_, and
+continues: "Redeem me from the strong foes, from the hands of men of
+blood. The chiefs are hiding and the chiefs are flying, and redeem thou me
+O Great King my Lord. And the son of a dog has ... But thou (art) the
+Great King my Lord. Come down redeem me, and I shall rejoice because of
+the Great King my Lord."
+
+118 B.--From _Yadaya_ of _Ascalon_, a captain of the horse of the "King--the
+Sun from Heaven." The usual salutation is much broken. The letter
+continues: "Now I shall defend the places of the King that are with me.
+The strong chiefs who are not foes of the Law (or throne) have cherished
+greatly the King's _Paka_. Now both they and I listen to him very
+exceedingly--to the _Paka_ of the King my Lord the Son of the Sun from the
+heavens."
+
+119 B.--From the same _Yadaya_, chief of the city of _Ascalon_, with the
+usual salutation. He is a captain of the horse and the dust of the King's
+feet. He continues: "The trusty adherent--the chief of the King my Lord,
+who is sent by the King my Lord--the Sun from heaven--to me, I listen
+exceeding much to his messages; now I will defend the King's land which is
+with me."
+
+121 B.--From the same writer, with the same salutations. "Now the King's
+land which is with me is defended, and all that the King has sent to me
+they hear. The decree is very powerful. Who am I but a dog, and shall such
+a one not listen to the message of the King his Lord, the Son of the Sun?"
+
+122 B.--From _Yadia_, the captain of the horse, with the usual salutation;
+it continues: "Now they guard ... my. May the Gods of the King my Lord
+grant to all his lands not to be confounded. I hear the message of the
+King my Lord to his _Paka_. Lo! without resting he has caused the land of
+the King my Lord to be defended; and now establish O King my Lord one who
+is in favor in the sight of the _Paka_ of the King my Lord, who is mighty
+in the sight of the King my Lord. He will work with joy to ... whatever is
+(proclaimed?) by desire of the King my Lord. Now he will watch the land
+carefully."
+
+54 B. M.--From the same _Yadaya_, captain of the horse, with the usual
+salutation; it continues: "Now (they watch for a message?) of the King my
+Lord the Son of the Sun. And now I am sending drink, oil, sheep, oxen,
+beasts, to meet the soldiers of the King my Lord ... with all for the
+soldiers of the King my Lord. Who am I--a dog, and shall such a one not
+hear the messages of the King my Lord the Son of the Sun?"
+
+53 B. M.--The same salutation from _Yadaya_, captain of horse and "dust of
+the King's feet." "Now they guard the land of the King my Lord, and the
+King's chief city, as has asked the King my Lord--the Sun from Heaven.
+Behold what the King my Lord has said to his servant--to take arms: I am
+now sending to the King my Lord thirty bands to carry weapons. Moreover,
+who am I but a dog, and shall such a one not hear the message of the King
+my Lord the Sun from Heaven? the Sun--Son of the Sun whom you adore."
+
+52 B. M. is very similar to 54 B. M. _Yadia_ watches the land and the
+city, and is a dog unworthy to hear the King's message; he sends drink
+(beer, according to one value of the sign--and the Egyptians drank
+beer)(306) and oxen, and beasts, and (beans?), and all that the King
+requires for the soldiers.
+
+It is to be remarked that Ascalon was not among the cities that Joshua
+took, but we learn that the region submitted to the Hebrews (B. 103) and
+Ascalon was lost before 1360 B.C.
+
+LETTERS FROM MAKKEDAH
+
+These letters appear to be early. They have been supposed to come from
+Megiddo, but the topography (111 B. and 72 B. M.) cannot be reconciled
+with the latter, and applied exactly to the former town (now _El Mughar_);
+in addition to which Megiddo appears as _Makdani_ in the letter from Accho
+(95 B.).
+
+113 B.--"To the King my Lord ... and my Sun by letter thus (says) _Biridi_
+a faithful servant, that I bow at the feet of the King my Lord and my Sun
+and my God, seven times and seven times. I have heard (literally, the
+servant has heard) the messages of the King my Lord and my Sun, and now
+they guard the city of _Makidah_, the chief city of the King my Lord." The
+text is broken, but seems to read probably "without rest, and is set right
+... without rest they watch with chariots, and they guard with chariots of
+the King my Lord, from those who do injury. And now behold a battle of
+chiefs in (or from) the land (below Mizpah?).(307) The King is my Lord for
+his land."
+
+114 B.--"To the King my Lord and my Sun by letter thus (says) Biridia,
+Chief of the city _Makidda_, a faithful servant of the King. At the feet
+of the King my Lord and my Sun seven times and seven times prostrated. I
+have been obedient then, zealous for the King ... thirty oxen ... they
+have gathered, and I (too) to fight."
+
+115 B.--_Biridia_ sends the usual salutation without mentioning his city.
+The text is rather worn and broken, but may be read as follows: "Let the
+King my Lord know this. Lo! since the Egyptian soldiers (_bitati_) have
+gone down (or away) _Labaya_ makes war against me and (without cause?)
+coming angrily and (without cause?). Thereupon the entrance (of gate) has
+been closed through the appearance of _Labaya_. Behold learn this, and
+there are no men of the Egyptian soldiers with us. So now it is desired to
+see them sent into the city of _Magiid_(_da_) and let the King see
+accordingly whether (it is to be) done. Let not _Labaya_ seize the city.
+If there is no word the city will open its gates. (For two years?) he
+rebels; and will not the King grant this also--chiefs of his guard as
+defenders of his chief city. Let not Labaya take her, though those who
+have fled from _Labaya_ have failed in this. Moreover those who disgraced
+the city _Ma_ ... are slain."
+
+112 B.--"To the King my Lord and my Sun thus _Labaya_ thy servant, and the
+dust of thy feet. At the feet of the King my Lord and my Sun seven times
+seven times I bow. I have heard the message which the King sent to me; and
+who am I? and the King will afflict his country before me. (I swear?) I am
+myself a faithful servant, and I have not sinned, and I have not murmured
+at my tribute, and I have not murmured at the wishes of my friends (or
+subjects). Lo! this province my destroyers eat up, and I have had no food.
+The King my Lord (says) it is my fault. Once more he makes it my fault.
+Lo! I strive with the city Gezer (_Gazri_)(308) and I complain of the
+young men. The King one hears will march. I restrained the band of
+_Milcilu_ and my band desirous to fight. The quarrel of _Milcilu_ against
+me is relinquished; as to _Ben Zachariah_ the King has sent not to attack.
+Lo! _Ben Zachariah_ with men of blood was known to us to march, and I
+marched, and we are conquering him. He gives up _Abukasu_. Once more he
+has made peace. The King has sent to my band (saying) 'I order peace.' I
+am desirous of peace, since the King has sent to me. Stay thy sword,
+ponder in thy heart, and is the peace hollow. Nay, the King's messages
+have been done."
+
+59 B. M.--"To the King my Lord and my Sun and my God thus _Yasdata_ a
+faithful servant to the King, and (he is) dust of the King's feet. At the
+feet of the King my Lord and Sun and my God seven times and seven times I
+bow. Let the King my Lord know this. Lo! all whatsoever things the King my
+Lord judges for his servant ... him ... the chiefs of the city of
+_Tabu_(309) have slain a hundred of my oxen, and they have wasted me. And
+with _Biridia_ I have caused (men) to go forth. Let the King my Lord know
+this as to his servant."
+
+This letter shows that the writer lived near _Biridia_, who was attacked
+by _Labaya_, and that the Hebron hills were inhabited by marauders.
+
+72 B. M.--"Lo! a letter as to destruction of my brethren because of what
+the Gods of the King our Lord have done. And the people of _Labaya_ are
+conquered; and so we have ordered _Khaia_(310) that this be borne by him
+to the King our Lord. And a (company?) of my horse was placed, and the
+people are sent out after him, and he rides with _Yasdata_ also till I
+come. And he is gone away to smite him, and now _Yasdata_ is thy servant,
+and he strives mightily with me in battle array, and has not he ... the
+rule of the King my Lord, and let there be ... to the King my Lord ... and
+_Zurata_ is stopping the way of _Labaya_ from the city _Makidda_. And he
+asked me to gather ships--my fleet, and it will go straight to inform the
+King; and _Zurata_ marches on him and hinders him; from the city of
+_'Anana_ which is his. _Zurata_ is damming the marshes. They have
+contrived a stoppage of the head (waters) from his drinking. Behold what
+thus I have done for the King my Lord. Lo! possession is possible for me,
+but it is difficult. My brethren (have become few?) but _Zurata_ delays
+_Labaya_, and _Zurata_ hinders _Addumemur_ from them. And does not the
+King my Lord know this?"
+
+This letter (confirmed by 154 B.) shows that a town near the sea, not like
+Megiddo, inland, is intended. Labaya had apparently taken Makkedah from
+Biridia, who had been afraid of it (115 B.). The writer of the present
+letter was probably Biridia and he was perhaps blockading the province by
+sea on the west, while Yasdata, who was on the east (which agrees with 59
+B. M.), blocked up the stream near 'Anana. This site would be the Enam of
+the Bible (Josh. xv. 34), which is thus fixed at the ruin of _Kefr 'Ain_,
+by the numerous head springs which feed the river _Rubin_, which passes
+close to Makkedah on the south. The marshes here between the hills would
+easily be dammed, and the water supply of Makkedah (_el Mughar_) so cut
+off. Makkedah is close to the only stream of perennial water south of
+Joppa, and stands high on a cliff, not far from the sea. It is in the
+centre of the province, the boundaries of which Labaya's sons describe
+(154 B.).
+
+149 B.--"(To the) King my Lord thus (says) _Addu_(_urbilu_) thy servant at
+the feet of my Lord I bow--to the King my Lord. And know thou, behold I
+have raised my ... what I desire as to _Milcilu_. Lo! my chiefs are going
+against his servants. As to _Takanu_ a chief will march out to subject his
+servants for me.(311) And I have requited to this slave what they did to
+us." The letter then becomes broken, but refers to Milcilu, who was the
+King of Gezer. Takanu (or Tagi) is mentioned again in connection with
+_Givti_ (B. 199).
+
+61 B. M.--"To the King (my master?) by letter thus (says) _Labaya_ thy
+servant. I bow at the feet of the King my Lord. Lo! a message as to me.
+Strong were the chiefs who have taken the city. As when a snake coils
+round one, the chiefs, by fighting, have taken the city. They hurt the
+innocent, and outrage the orphan. The chief man is with me. They have
+taken the city (and he receives sustenance?). My destroyers exult in the
+face of the King my Lord. He is left like the ant whose home is destroyed.
+You (will be displeased?), but I have extended to the hand of her chief
+that which is asked of him: like me he is ruined and unfortunate; and this
+same taking of my city had been stopped if you had spoken against it. This
+wickedness (or foolishness) you caused, and thou hast destroyed thy city.
+They have desired to throttle (or persecute) us--the chiefs who have taken
+the city from him. It is the city of my fathers also (that) they
+persecute."
+
+154 B.--"To the King my Lord by letter thus (says) _Addurbilu_ thy servant,
+at the feet of the King my Lord seven times and seven times I bow. The
+King my Lord will know the hate which is desired by the son of the sinful
+chief who hated me--the second son of _Labaya_. His face is estranged. I
+foresee estrangement of the land of the King my Lord. He has plotted as
+plotted (against me?) the chief who was his father; and the King my Lord
+shall know it. Lo! he has built a fort ... against me. The second son of
+_Labaya_ (says) 'Why has a vain papyrus(312) taken from us the lowlands of
+the _Gitties?_ ... thy Lord, O city of those who besieged the chief our
+father.' As I am saying speaks to us the second son of _Labaya_. He has
+made war for me with the chiefs of the Land of _Gina_ (causing a chief our
+friend to be slain?). And when (there was) a battle he has not been
+confounded, and the fight was great, but he has made it his dwelling,
+bereaving me in the sight of the King my Lord: for he has made war in ...
+of _Gina_ (with?) the servants of the King my Lord. And truly alone of the
+chiefs exceeding strong (is) _Biruyapiza_.(313) (And thou shalt hear?)
+what is said as to him." The text becomes broken, but still refers to the
+doings of the second son of _Labaya_, and continues with an important
+passage on the back of the tablet:
+
+"And as I say speaks to us the second son of _Labaya_ who is making war.
+'As to our possessions from the King thy Lord, lo! this is the boundary:
+over against the city of _Sunasu_ and over against the city _Burku_ and
+over against the city _Kharabu_. And behold the boundary of the dwelling
+of my race. So it was defined by our Lord; and it includes the city of
+_Giti_ Rimuna (Gath Rimmon). And the King thy Lord is (breaking the bond
+of our...?).' And I answered him. It is known that he deprives me of it in
+sight of the King my Lord. Because of his making wars with the King my
+Lord--my King my Lord--I and my brethren have gone down as you heard of us
+by me. And did not the messenger of _Milcilu_ speak to him before the face
+of the second son of _Labaya?_ It was made complete. I foresee
+estrangement of the land of the King my Lord. They disturb a peaceful
+region, and in vain I repeat the letter about me. The guard of my Lord ...
+to go down, and the King my Lord shall hear what the message says."
+
+This letter settles the site of Gath Rimmon (the full name of Gath, so
+called as standing on a height)--now _Tell es Safi_. The land of _Gina_ was
+near the present _Umm Jina_--probably Engannim of Judah (Josh. xv. 34)--in
+the low hills about six miles to the northeast. Sunasu is _Sanasin_, a
+ruin in the hills east of the Valley of Elah. Burka is _Burkah_, in the
+plain northeast of Ashdod. Kharabu is _el Khurab_, a village east of
+Jaffa, and just north of the Valley of Jaffa. Gath stood over the Valley
+of Elah, and Burka close to the same. The province extended from the hills
+of Hebron to the sea, and from the Valley of Elah to the Valley of Jaffa;
+and just in the middle of this province was Makkedah.
+
+111 B., a fragment of a letter from _Biridia_. He is a faithful servant,
+and sends the usual salutation. He has heard of (peace?), and he is
+marching. The son of _Labaya_ is noticed, and there is a reference to
+gold. Biridia has already appeared as one of the enemies of Labaya.
+
+73 B. M.--This seems to come from the same region on account of its
+topography. The letter is injured at the top, and probably not addressed
+to the King himself. "I say the dog is marching ... from their ravages
+against me. Now behold from (being loosed?) ... from the wastings against
+... Lo! consider thou thyself my chief cities. Mighty against me ... he
+has made ... to the city _Macdalim_.(314) And soldiers of the city
+_Cuuzbe_(315) have destroyed east of me. And now there is no commander to
+lead me forth from their hands. Moreover, _Abbikha_ (or _Abbinebo_) smites
+my western region. They have sinned against me and all the passes he
+marches against ... _Abbikha_..."
+
+LETTERS FROM GEZER
+
+63 B. M.--"To the King my Lord my God my Sun by letter thus (says)
+_Milcili_ thy servant the dust of thy feet. At the feet of the King my
+Lord my God my Sun seven times seven times I bow. I hear what the King my
+Lord has sent to me, and the King my Lord despatches Egyptian soldiers
+(_pitati_) to his servants, and the King my Lord despatches (them) to
+dwell as guards. It is apportioned for my honor."
+
+108 B., with the same salutation, is broken. It appears to refer to
+despatching six females, five chiefs, sons of ... and five trusty chiefs
+led to the King.(316)
+
+109 B.--Begins with the same salutation as the preceding, and continues:
+"The message of the King my Lord my God my Sun to me being brought, now
+his command they have done for the King my Lord--the Sun from heaven; and
+truly the King my Lord my God my Sun knows, that peaceful is the land of
+the King my Lord which is with me."
+
+110 B.--Begins with the same salutation, and continues: "The King my Lord
+shall know. Behold mighty is the war against me, and against
+_Suardata_;(317) but the King my Lord shall pluck his land from the hands
+of men of blood. Since there are none, the King my Lord shall despatch
+chariots to march to us ... you will restrain our slaves for us ...
+_Yankhamu_ his servant..."
+
+This may refer to the submission of Gezer to the Hebrews mentioned in a
+letter from Jerusalem (B. 103).
+
+62 B. M.--Begins with the same salutation as the preceding, and continues:
+"Know O King my Lord the demands made to me by _Yankhamu_ since my going
+forth from before the King my Lord. Lo! he ... let him take from my hands.
+And they say to me (give us?) thy wife and thy sons. And does the King
+know this? And does the King my Lord demand despatch of chariots, and that
+I shall go to his presence? Nay! Let it be brought to nothing by thee."
+
+70 B. M., if not from Gezer, must come from near that town. It is written
+by _Takanu_, who is mentioned in connection with Milcilu (149 B.) in a
+letter from near Makkedah, which was the next great town to Gezer on the
+south.
+
+"To the King my Lord thus (says) _Takanu_(318) thy servant: at the feet of
+the King my Lord seven times and seven times I bow. Lo! I am the King's
+servant, and the guard of the whole of my roads was in the hands of my
+people, but they are now without refuge: they have not come up to guard my
+roads for the King my Lord; and ask the chiefs thy _Tarkas_,(319) if they
+are not now without refuge for my people. Moreover, behold us. My eyes are
+toward thee when I beseech the God of heaven: for we are cast from the
+land, and have been needy. We have lacked at thy hand, and behold this
+now, the guard that guards my roads is in the hands of a chief who hates
+me because of the King my Lord, and the King my Lord shall instruct;
+behold send down a host and it shall watch."
+
+Though the date is doubtful, within limits, this letter probably refers to
+the departure of the Egyptian soldiers mentioned in the Jerusalem letters.
+
+155 B.--A much-damaged letter. The name of the writer is lost. He sends the
+usual salutation, and speaks of a letter: of transgression and sin; and
+mentions the city _Gazri_ (Gezer). He speaks of the going down of the king
+(or casting down), and of the _Paka_. (See note.)
+
+50 B. M.--"To the King my Lord my God my Sun, the Sun from the heavens,
+thus (says) _Yapa'a_(320) the chief of the city of _Gazri_ (Gezer) thy
+servant, the dust of thy feet, a chief captain of thy horse. At the feet
+of the King my Lord--the Sun from the heavens, seven times and seven times
+bow indeed both this heart and this body; and whatever the King my Lord
+says to me I listen to exceeding much. I am the King's servant, the dust
+of thy feet. And the King my Lord shall learn. Behold the chief of my
+brethren; fellows foreign to me also strive for the city of
+_Mu(ra)'azi_;(321) and the delivery of the same is the demand of men of
+blood; and now behold what has arisen against me, and counsel as to thy
+land. Let the King send to the chief who is his friend against one (who is
+a foe?)."
+
+49 B. M.--After the same salutation from _Yapa'a_, chief of _Gezer_, master
+of the horse, the letter continues: "I hear the message of the messenger
+of the King my Lord exceeding much. And let the King my Lord, the Sun from
+heaven, counsel his servant as to his land. Now strong is the chief of the
+men of blood against us; and send thou to destroy him O King my Lord for
+me; and will not the King restore from the hand of the chief of bloody
+ones? We are not quite made an end of by the chief of the bloody ones."
+
+51 B. M.--With the usual salutation from _Yapa'a_, the letter continues:
+"Whatever the King my Lord says to me I listen to him exceedingly. It is
+gracious. But as I fear what shall befall, help thou my region from the
+power of the people of the desert lands. And now I hear that the _Pauri_
+(chiefs; see the Jerusalem letter B. 103) of the King gather a multitude;
+and it suffices for me. And they have enlarged my heart very much."
+
+From these letters we gather that there had been a withdrawal of the
+Egyptian troops about the time when the "desert people" attacked _Yapa'a_.
+That these desert people were the Hebrews under Joshua, who was the
+contemporary of Japhia, we learn more clearly from the Jerusalem letters.
+That Gezer submitted to them is also shown by the same.
+
+LETTERS FROM JERUSALEM
+
+105 B.--"To the King my Lord ... thus (says) _Adonizedek_(322) thy servant
+... at the feet of my Lord ... seven times and seven times ... Behold
+_Milcilu_ is not rid from the sons of _Labaya_, and from the sons of
+_Arzaya_, as to their desire of the King's land for themselves. A ruling
+man who makes demand thereof, why has he not asked it of the King? Lo!
+_Milcilu_ and _Takanu_ have desired the doing thereof. Lo! he has marched
+to it. Not having desired to strive ..." The lower half of the front is
+here lost, and the rest is on the back.
+
+"So now, failing those who were chiefs of the garrison of the King, let me
+fly to the King.(323) Truly _Ben Piru_ (or _Ben Carru_) has fled his being
+led captive by my destroyers, he goes from the city _'Azati_ (Gaza): let
+him remind the King in his presence of a garrison to guard the land. All
+the King's land is rebellious. _Yagu Balaam_ is sent, and let the King's
+land know from the King's scribe ... Thus says _Adonizedek_ thy servant
+... the messages."
+
+102 B.--"To the King my Lord is mourning thus this _Adonizedek_ thy
+servant. At the feet of my Lord, of the King, seven times and seven times
+I bow. What shall I ask of the King my Lord? They have prevailed, they
+have (taken the fortress of Jericho(324)) they who have gathered against
+the King of Kings, which Adonizedek has explained to the King his Lord.
+Behold, as to me, my father is not and my army is not.(325) The tribe that
+has ground me in this place is very rebellious to the King, the same is
+struggling with me for the house of my father. Why has the tribe sinned
+against the King my Lord? Behold O King my Lord arise! I say to the _Paka_
+(resident) of the King my Lord, 'Why should you tremble before the chief
+of the _'Abiri_(326) (Hebrews) and the rulers fear the end? So now they
+must send from the presence of the King my Lord.' Behold I say that the
+land of the King my Lord is ruined. So now they must send to the King my
+Lord, and let the King my Lord know this; behold the King my Lord has
+placed a garrison to stop the way ... (_Bel'amu_ or _Yankhamu_?) ... of
+kings ... chiefs of the garrison ... the king as master to his land ... as
+to his land she has rebelled, the (lands) of the King my Lord--the whole of
+it. _Ilimelec_(327) cuts off all the King's land. And let one warn the
+King as to his land. I myself speak pleading with the King my Lord and
+(for once?) let the King my Lord behold the entreaties. And the wars are
+mighty against me, and (I am not receiving any pledge?) from the King my
+Lord. And let an order return from the King (my Lord). Whether will he not
+order chiefs for garrison? And let him be kind, and let the King my Lord
+regard the entreaties. This tribe behold O King my Lord has risen up. Lo
+the _Paka_ they have expelled. I say the lands of the King my Lord are
+ruined. Dost not thou hear this same of me? They have destroyed all the
+rulers. There is no ruler now O King my Lord. Let the King give his
+countenance to the chiefs; and whether shall the chiefs of the Egyptian
+soldiers (_pitati_) remain at rest? They have lingered O King my Lord. The
+lands are failing to the King my Lord. The _Hebrew_ chiefs plunder all the
+King's lands. Since the chiefs of the Egyptian soldiers (_pitati_) have
+gone away quitting the lands this year O King my Lord, and since there is
+no chief of the Egyptian soldiers (_pitati_) there is ruin to the lands of
+the King my Lord. They have ... O King my Lord, and _Adonizedek_ (is) dust
+... messages (are asked?) of the King my Lord, there is destruction by the
+foe of the lands of the King my Lord."
+
+This letter, like others, clearly indicates a withdrawal of the Egyptian
+troops shortly before the appearance of the Hebrews.
+
+106 B.--The salutation is broken, but is the same as before--from
+_Adonizedek_. The text continues: "... which have done for me _Milcilu_,
+and _Suardata_(328) for the land of the King my Lord. They have hired
+soldiers of the city of _Gezer_, soldiers of the city _Givti_(329) and
+soldiers of the city _Kielti_.(330) They have gone out to (or seized) the
+city of _Rubute_.(331) The King's land rebels to the chiefs of the
+_Hebrews_, and now against this capital city _U-ru-sa-lim_ (Jerusalem) the
+city called _Beth Baalath_,(332) a neighbor of the city of the King--has
+rebelled, to delay the chiefs of the city of _Kielti_. Let the King hear
+as to _Adonizedek_; and will not he order Egyptian soldiers (_pitati_),
+and shall not the King's land turn to the King? And because there are no
+Egyptian soldiers (_pitati_) the King's land has rebelled to the chiefs of
+the tribe of the _Hebrews_. They have demanded to dwell in the same with
+me. They have gone out against (or seized) _Milcilu_ ... and the city....
+And let the King do justice to (or purify) his land."
+
+104 B.--The same salutation from _Adonizedek_. He continues: "Lo! the King
+my Lord has established his law from the (rising?) of the Sun to the going
+down of the Sun. He is a flatterer who deceives as to me. Lo! am not I a
+ruler myself, a man allied to the King my Lord? Lo! I myself am a good
+chief of the King, and I have sent tribute to the King. There is no chief
+to join me, and my friends (or army) fail; they have been fighting for the
+King mightily. I remain ... in this _Beth Amilla_(333) ... from before me
+thirteen ... I am giving ten slaves ... _Suuta_ the King's _Paka_
+(resident) takes charge from before me of twenty-one slave women. Twenty
+chiefs who remain trusty to my hand _Suuta_ has led away to the King my
+Lord,(334) which the King advises to his country. The whole of the King's
+country, which is seized from me, is ruined. They have fought against me
+as far as the lands of _Seeri_ (Seir)(335) as far as the city _Givti
+Kirmil_ (Gibeah of Carmel?).(336) They have banded together against all
+the chiefs of the governments, and they have fought with me. Behold I, the
+chief of the lords (or of the Amorites), am breaking to pieces,(337) and
+the King my Lord does not regard entreaties, while they have fought
+against me (unceasingly?). Behold array O mighty King a fleet in the midst
+of the sea. Thou shalt march to our land, the land of _Nahrima_ and the
+land of _Cazib_, and behold these are fortresses of the King.(338) Thou
+shalt march against the chieftains of the _Hebrew_. There is not a single
+ruler for the King my Lord. They have destroyed all. Lo _Tuurbazu_(339)
+(is slaughtered?...): in the great pass of the city of _Ziluu_(340) they
+have bowed down. Behold _Zimridi_ of the city of _Lachish_. The slaves
+have subjected him; they have done as they chose(341).... The region of
+_Rimmon_(342) laments: slaughter (is) in the midst ... the fort of _Zilu_
+is overthrown ... let the King take heed ... let the King give his
+countenance to.... Egyptian soldiers (_pitati_) to the land.... Since
+there are no Egyptian soldiers (_pitati_) in this same year destruction
+has destroyed the people of all the lands of the King my Lord. Do not they
+say to the face of the King my Lord, 'Behold the land of the King my Lord
+has been ruined, and all the rulers have been slain, within this same
+year.' Will the King not order his _Paka_? And let the fleet come to me as
+helpers, and let them take care of the port (with the King commanding?)
+... (to) the scribe of the King my Lord, (lo!) _Adonizedek_ is his
+servant, at his feet (he bows). Translate the messages now to the King. I
+am thy ... myself."
+
+103 B.--The salutation is much broken, but part of the name of _Adonizedek_
+is left. It then speaks of messages, and continues: "Let him know that
+they have fought all the lands that have been at peace with me; and let me
+warn the King as to his land. Lo! the land of the city of _Gezer_, and the
+land of the city of _Ascalon_, and the land of the city of (_Lachish?_)
+they have given (or settled) for themselves. Corn and oil (or fruit), and
+all things, this race has altogether gathered. And let me warn the King as
+to Egyptian soldiers (_pitati_). Will not he order Egyptian soldiers
+(_pitati_) against the chiefs who have done wrong to the King my Lord?
+Since within this year the Egyptian soldiers (_pitati_) have gone away,
+and quit the lands, the ruler of the King my Lord--since there were no
+Egyptian soldiers--(_pitati_) is brought to naught. Yea and the rulers of
+the King.... Behold the land of the city of _Jerusalem_.(343) No man is my
+subject. No people is subject to me. His tribe is arrayed (or prepared).
+They are not subject to me. Lo! my desire is the same as the desire of
+_Milcilu_ and the desire of the sons of _Labaya_, that the chiefs of the
+_Hebrews_ be subject to the King's land. Lo! the King my Lord will be just
+to me, because the chiefs are sorcerers.(344) Let the King ask his _Pakas_
+(or let one ask of the King's _Pakas_). Lo he is strong, very
+(determined?) and (men) have feared. The sinful fort (or camp) is very
+arrogant. They have burst forth from their pasture (or border) and ... to
+the land of the habitation of the people (night?).... Will not there be
+sent from the land (of Egypt?) ... (soldiers?): thou shalt come up with
+... let the servants be defended ... to them. The tribe is pouring out ...
+lands from the city of _As_(_calon_). Let the King ask about them. Plenty
+of corn, plenty of fruit (or oil), plenty.... Up to the province of my
+Lord _Pauru_(345) the King's _Paka_ for the land of the city of
+_Jerusalem_ my foe is rebelling. Up to the chiefs of the garrison this
+chief has surged up. Let the King's (foe) perish by the King ... for me my
+foe ... revolted from me. Do not desert this ... send me a chief of
+garrison--a _Paka_ of the King, despatched to this thy people. (The women?)
+are despatched(346) to the King my Lord (with) men who have been upright.
+Four messengers(347) ... to go out. The chiefs of the fort (or camp) are
+closing the roads of the pass ... the tribe who have caused the
+destruction of the city of _Ajalon_.(348) Let this be known to the King my
+Lord. Have not I shown the people despatched a road for the King, though
+it is not easy?(349) Lo! the King my Lord has established his law in the
+land of the city of _Jerusalem_ forever, and is not the desertion of the
+lands of the city of _Jerusalem_ manifest? To the scribe of the King my
+Lord this lamentation thus (speaks) _Adonizedek_ thy servant--the
+afflicted. Translate the messages well to the King my Lord. O, scribe of
+the King my Lord (I am) afflicted, greatly am I afflicted. And thou shalt
+perform the desire of our people before the chiefs of the land of
+Cush(350) (_Casi_). Truly is not there slaughter with us? Thou shalt make
+it ... clear to the chiefs of the land of Cush (_Casi_) ... midst of my
+land the people to take ... the King to ... seven times and seven times
+... my Lord to me..."
+
+199 B. appears to be from _Adonizedek_, and speaks of _Jerusalem_. Only
+the lower third of the tablet remains. The clay is different to that of
+the preceding, and it may have been written after the city was left.
+
+"And lo now! the city of _Jerusalem_ when these went away from the land
+(was) faithful to the King. Lo! the city of _Gaza_ has remained to the
+King. Behold the land of _Harti Cirmiel_(351) belonging to _Takanu_ and
+the men of the city _Givti_,(352) they have bowed down, going away from
+the land quietly. And truly we do so (or but whether do we do so?). Behold
+_Labaya!_(353) and the land _Salabimi_(354) are inhabited by the _Hebrew_
+chiefs. _Milcilu_ has sent for (tribute?)(355) and the fellows (say) 'Have
+we not indeed dwelt in (or spoiled?) this land?' They are adjudging all
+that they desire to the men of the city of _Keilah_. And truly we are
+leaving the city of _Jerusalem_. The chiefs of the garrison have
+left--without an order--through the wastings of this fellow whom I fear.
+These march to _Addasi_.(356) He has remained in his land (or camp) in the
+city of _Gaza_ ... (women?) ... to the land of Egypt..."
+
+This letter was written apparently after the defeat of Ajalon, perhaps
+from Makkedah, where the kings hid in the cave. It is clear from this
+correspondence that when they fled, after sending away their harems, the
+intention was to reach Egypt. Gaza is not mentioned as taken by Joshua,
+and it was here that they expected to find safety.
+
+SUYARDATA'S LETTERS FROM (_Keilah_?)(357)
+
+69 B. M.--"To the King my Lord my God my Sun by letter thus (says)
+_Suyardata_ thy servant, the dust of thy feet. At the feet of the King my
+Lord my God my Sun seven times and seven times I bow. The message which is
+sent by the King my Lord the Sun from heaven (has come?). His order shall
+be done for the King my Lord the Sun from heaven."
+
+67 B. M.--Is a broken letter. It appears to begin as follows: "To the King
+my Lord thus (says) this _Suyardata_ thy servant: at the feet of the King
+my Lord seven times and seven times this soul and this body bow. An
+announcement to the King my Lord that I am causing one to make to bring
+all the soldiers of the King my Lord; and now this _Ra_(358) the overseer,
+my prince, has caused the countries of the King my Lord to be stripped. I
+am sending them to the King; to (inform myself?) of the King, I am sending
+to the King my Lord. Let him know this. Who are we ... of the King my Lord
+to the hands ... it is ruled. At the feet of the King my Lord seven times
+and seven times I bow."
+
+100 B.--"... to the King my Lord ... my Sun ... letter thus (says)
+_Suyardata_ thy servant, the dust of thy feet: at the feet of the King my
+Lord my God my Sun seven times seven times I bow. O King (the message?) is
+despatched by me, as to there having been made a war. With the city of
+_Cielti_ (Keilah) I am warring.(359) My chief city has gathered and has
+turned to me: against which has sent _Adonizedek_ who is greedy of
+silver--against the chiefs of the city of _Keilah_. And they have marched
+on me behind (or to the west of) me. And know O King my Lord lo! he is
+marching--_Adonizedek_--to remove my city from my hands. Let the King ask if
+he is marching--this chief; and if there is one ox or a beast before
+him.(360) And _Labaya_ has deserted his faith. The weak (or the gate) he
+is marching against we have succored. But now _Labaya_ is with
+_Adonizedek_. I march to a city of my brethren.... Know O King as to his
+servant. Order thou this my desire. And do they not gather? They have put
+all to shame. The news (is true?): let there be an order of the King for
+his servant."
+
+107 B.--Begins with the same salutation from _Suyardata_. It is much
+injured, but the following words are clear: "Know O King my Lord lo! his
+land has ... the city of _Keilah_ ... against me, chiefs ... the ... our
+ruler ... and truly we ... against them; and truly we guide the friendly
+chiefs from the land of the King my Lord."
+
+It seems from this that the previous letter brought assistance to the
+writer.
+
+68 B. M.--Perhaps earlier than the preceding; reads: "To the King my Lord
+my God my Sun thus (says) _Suyardata_ thy servant: seven and seven times
+this soul and this body bow. Let the King my Lord learn. I am one (put to
+shame?). There shall be Egyptian soldiers (_pitati_) despatched of the
+King my Lord. I am hard pressed; and consider thou me (come out to me?)
+and I shall be established by the King my Lord."
+
+101 B.--With the usual salutation is from _Suyardata_, and, though broken,
+appears to read: "It is my desire to approach, as taking refuge with the
+King my Lord. Who am I to regard (being seen?)? Let me approach the King
+my Lord with these things (articles) of silver--and the silver is pure. O
+King my Lord _Yankhamu_ (is) thy right hand; and I am mourning for him,
+since, wholly having gone away, no Egyptian soldiers (_bitati_) will come
+back to me from the King my Lord. Let the King my Lord learn how thirty
+temples of the gods he has put to shame--he who fights against me. I am
+left alone. Mightily he has fought against.... Give me rest O King my Lord
+from his hand. The King my Lord shall send Egyptian soldiers (_bitati_).
+Now _Yankhamu_ also has returned to the house of the King my Lord. He
+shall come back--soldiers of the King my Lord with him. Mighty is he who
+has fought against _Suyardata_ and (men) fail."
+
+The enemy must have been of another race to destroy the temples. The
+letter is valuable because it shows that _Yankhamu_ was a contemporary of
+_Suyardata_, who was a contemporary with _Adonizedek_, for _Yankhamu_ was
+also contemporary with _Aziru_, who was living about twenty years after
+the death of Thothmes IV.
+
+LETTERS OF THE LADY BASMATH
+
+137 B.--"To the King my Lord my God my Sun by letter thus (says) the Lady
+whose name is _Basmatu_,(361) thy handmaid. At the feet of the King my
+Lord my God my Sun, seven times seven times, I bow. Know O King my Lord
+behold! there has been war in the land, and the land of the King my Lord
+has been wearied by rebels, by men of blood. And know O King as to his
+land, and know my foolishness (or disgrace). Behold the men (or chiefs) of
+blood have sent to the city of _Ajalon_, and to the city of _Zar'a_
+(Zorah),(362) and (this is) to show that there is no place of refuge for
+the two sons of _Milcilu_; and know O King my Lord this request."
+
+138 B.--"To the King my Lord my God my Sun by letter thus (says) the Lady
+whose name is _Basmatu_, thy handmaid, the dust of thy feet, and at the
+feet of the King my Lord my God my Sun seven times seven times I bow. Let
+the King my Lord pluck his land from the hands of the men of blood. Am not
+I tired marching to the town of _Zabuba_; and because of not resting O
+King my Lord?"
+
+There is only one place in Palestine called Zabuba; it is the Sububa of
+the fourteenth century, the modern Ezbuba, south of Taanach, west of the
+plain of Esdraelon. Poor Basmath had to go some sixty miles by road to
+reach it from her home. This interesting little letter, which shows she
+was not one of the ladies sent to Egypt, though probably a person of
+importance, seems perhaps to indicate that the central part of the
+country, from which no appeals for help occur in the letters, was
+undisturbed. The Amorite-Hittite league came down to Bashan and to Tyre,
+but not apparently as far as Accho. The Hebrews, on the other hand, coming
+from Seir, are said to have gone as far north as Rimmon and Shiloh, but
+were mainly fighting southward from Ajalon. Between the two theatres of
+war lay the whole of Samaria and lower Galilee, in which Basmath found a
+refuge.
+
+OTHER LETTERS FROM THE SOUTH OF PALESTINE
+
+136 B.--"To the King my Lord (my God?), the Sun from heaven, by letter thus
+(says) _Yamirdagan_ thy servant: at the feet of the King my Lord seven
+times seven times I bow. I hear the message of the King my Lord to me, and
+now I will guard the city of the King my Lord till the coming of a message
+of the King my Lord for me."
+
+Comparing the name with that of Dagontacala of Ascalon, it appears that
+this writer was probably a Philistine.
+
+151 B.--A letter from the "Chief of the town _Naziba_" to say he goes with
+his chariots and horses to meet the King's soldiers. This place must,
+therefore, have been in or near the plains. It may be the Nezib of the
+Bible (Josh. xv. 43), now _Beit Nusib_, eight miles northwest of Hebron,
+close to Keilah. The chariots could easily reach this vicinity from the
+plain, by the broad flat highway of the Valley of Elah.
+
+55 B. M.--With the usual salutation, _Ben Addu_, captain of the King's
+horse, says: "Now they watch the land of the King my Lord exceedingly. And
+who am I--a dog.... He will hear the messages of the King my Lord and of
+the _Ka-pa_ (for _Paka?_) of the King my Lord. To (_Sagusi Khasi?_) ...
+thus (says) _Ben Addu_: I bow at thy feet. All is failing. So now those
+who are our friends are fleeing to the King; will not he despatch ... the
+road.... Now they guard the road: it is cleared for thee."
+
+56 B. M.--The usual salutation from _Ben Addu_, of the city of _Pitazza_;
+continues: "Now they guard the city, and land of the King my Lord, the Sun
+from heaven: all that the King has said they watch--the allies. And the
+decree of the message of the King my Lord _Bel Anapa_ (Baal Anubis) the
+_Paka_ of the King my Lord has uttered. The King my Lord is mighty as the
+Sun in heaven. Whom I but a dog, and shall such a one not mind the message
+of the King my Lord the Sun from heaven?"
+
+153 B.--From the same _Ben Addu_, of _Pitazza_, with the usual salutation,
+and to the same effect as the preceding, but too broken to read.
+
+The only site which seems to be suggested by Pitazza is the important ruin
+of _Futeis_, southeast of Gaza. It is near the road to Egypt and in the
+plains. The letters probably refer to arrangements for the flight of the
+kings of Jerusalem and Gezer, or of their wives.
+
+77 B. M.--A short broken letter by _Satiya_, who was apparently chief of
+the city (or chief town) of _Eni-Saam_(_si_), which is perhaps En-Shemesh,
+close to Zorah, in the Valley of Sorek, now _'Ain Shems_. It is the
+Ir-Shemesh of the Bible (Josh. xix. 41), otherwise Beth-Shemesh (Josh. xv.
+10). Here, again, we find an Egyptian station in an open valley, on one of
+the main roads to Jerusalem.
+
+133 B.--"To the King my Lord by letter thus (says) the chief of _Kanu_ thy
+servant: at the feet of the King my Lord seven times and seven times I
+bow. Thou thyself hast sent to me, to muster to meet the Egyptian soldiers
+(_bitati_); and now I with my soldiers and with my chariots (am) in sight
+of the soldiers of the King my Lord, as far as the place you will march
+to."
+
+This town cannot well be any of the Kanahs of Palestine, since the word
+would then be "_Kanatu_." It is more probably the important ruin _Kanya_,
+close to Rabbath of Judah, immediately west of the Valley of Elah;
+chariots would be possible in this vicinity.
+
+LETTERS FROM UNCERTAIN SITES
+
+33 B. M.--"To the King my Lord by letter thus (says) _Abd Istar_(?)(363)
+the King's servant. At the feet of the King my Lord I bow, seven times at
+the feet of the King my Lord, and seven more, both heart and body. And
+this is to show the King my Lord how mightily he fights against me, and
+destroys the rulers from the presence of the King my Lord; and the great
+King shall give orders for my defenders. Moreover, it sends messages to
+the King my Lord as to me, and I shall hear all the messages of the King
+my Lord. I will listen. Now ten women (concubines?) I am retaining."
+
+Perhaps these were some of the ladies on their way to Egypt: "_tumiki_"
+seems to come from the root "_wamak_," an Arabic root meaning "to love."
+The Amorite words with an initial "_vau_" are nearer to Arabic than to
+Hebrew or Aramaic. One of the commonest is "_uras_," "to desire" or "ask,"
+whence one of the names of Istar, the goddess of desire.
+
+34 B. M.--Is a short letter broken at the end; it merely acknowledges a
+message, and is from _Abd Astati_. There was a deity _As_, or _Ast_,
+apparently of Egyptian origin.
+
+60 B. M.--"To the King my Lord my Sun my God thus _Mayaya_." The important
+part of this short letter is broken, but it appears to say: "Have not they
+devoured _Yankhamu_ ... this conquest of all the lands from men of blood,
+and the devouring of thy land."
+
+65 B. M.--(_Sibtiaddu?_) writes as a servant of the King with the usual
+salutation, and has heard the message. "Behold what _Yankhamu_ (says). I
+am a faithful servant at the foot of the King. Let the King my Lord know
+it. I guard much the King's city which is with me."
+
+147 B.--From (_Khiziri?_), the King's servant. He will meet the soldiers,
+and has received a message from _Maya_ about a tax.
+
+148 B.--_Ruzbanya_, of _Taruna_, is a servant of the King. The letter is
+broken. He was of old a servant of the King.
+
+150 B.--From _Nurtu_.... He listens to the _Paka_, and will fortify until
+the King comes to his tribe. He fills a good-sized tablet, without giving
+any information of interest.
+
+76 B. M.--_Zidriyara_ writes, with the usual compliments, to acknowledge a
+message.
+
+141 B.--_Zidriyara_ is faithful, as of old, and a friend of the rulers, and
+listens to all the King's messages.
+
+140 B.--_Zidriyara_ hears the message of the King, whose servant he is--"the
+Sun from among the Heavenly Gods who has spoken"--and he will not neglect
+the messages of the King his lord, or of the _Paka_ who is established
+with him.
+
+135 B.--Apparently without a name. He is only a dog, but will march with
+chariots and horses to meet the Egyptian soldiers (_bitati_).
+
+130 B.--_Sutarnamu_, of his city _Zicaruenu_,(364) bows to the King. He
+asks for soldiers of garrison, as they are obstructing the district of the
+King's land near him. Probably the site is the present village _Dhikerin_,
+near Gath on the south, which was the Caphar Dikerin of the Talmud (Tal.
+Jer. "_Taanith_," iv. 8), in the region of Daroma (now _Deiran_), near
+Ekron (see Ekha ii. 2). He asks for soldiers.
+
+131 B.--_Samuaddu_, of the town of _Sama'una_, listens to all the King's
+messages. Perhaps _Sammunieh_, an ancient and important ruin immediately
+east of Kirjath Jearim (_'Erma_), on the way to Jerusalem, by the Valley
+of Sorek, is the place intended.
+
+Nos. 79, 80, 81 B. M. are short and broken letters, which appear only to
+acknowledge messages received. No. 80 is from a certain _Nebo_...; in No.
+79 there appears to be no personal name, and in No. 81 it is destroyed.
+
+The names of these villages establish a regular chain of posts from Gaza,
+by Lachish, to the valleys of Sorek and Elah, which seem to have been the
+most eastern parts of the country in which chariots were to be found.
+There is no mention of chariots at Jerusalem, or at any village which was
+not accessible by a flat valley-road. By these posts communication was
+kept up, it would seem, with Jerusalem; and the messengers probably
+travelled by this route, avoiding Ajalon. It was by this route that
+Adonizedek proposed that Amenophis should come up to help him. Whether any
+such expedition was attempted, none of the letters seem to indicate. The
+troops had been withdrawn, and the Egyptian policy seems to have been to
+call out the native levies of the Amorite charioteers. Perhaps, when the
+five kings had been killed at Makkedah, no further steps were taken, but
+the lowlands remained unconquered till the time of Samuel and David. Even
+in Solomon's time Gezer was only received as the dower of the daughter of
+the Pharaoh (1 Kings ix. 16) who had burned the place and killed its
+Canaanite population. In Judges we read that Judah "could not drive out
+the inhabitants of the Shephelah (or lowlands) because they had chariots
+of iron" (i. 19). The coast road was still open when Dusratta was writing
+to his son-in-law Amenophis IV twenty years later; and all lower Galilee
+was, for some few years, with Philistia and Syria, reconquered by Rameses
+II, who, however, never entered the Judaean mountains.
+
+                  -------------------------------------
+
+This concludes the sum of 176 letters from Palestine, the translation of
+which has occupied me for nearly two years. I have no doubt that it may be
+improved upon in detail; but the general results seem to be too well
+corroborated, by comparison of the numerous epistles, which throw light on
+one another, to admit of any very important changes.
+
+
+
+
+Royal Letters
+
+
+DUSRATTA'S LETTERS
+
+No. 9 B. M.--"To _Neb-mat-ra_ (Amenophis III) King of _Egypt_ my brother,
+by letter, thus _Tuseratta_(365) King of _Mitani_(366) thy brother. I am
+at peace. Peace be to thee; to _Gilukhipa_ my sister be peace. To thy
+house, thy wives, thy sons, thy lords, thy terrible army, thy horses, thy
+chariots, and in thy land, be much peace. Since I have sat on my father's
+throne, and have conquered. But (_Pirkhi?_) made a lawless command in my
+land, and smote his Lord; and because of these things, they have striven
+to right me, with who so loved us well; and because my land submitted to
+this lawless order I was not afraid, but the chiefs who supported
+_Artasu-mara_ my brother, with all that were theirs, I slew. As thou wast
+well with my father, and because of these things, I send this. I say to
+you, as my brother hears, and will rejoice; my father loved thee, and thou
+therefore didst love my father; and my father, as he saw this, gave thee
+my sister; and now ... as thou wast with my father. When my brother saw
+these things, he brought all those in the land of the _Hittites_ as foes
+to my land; and _Rimmon_ my Lord gave them to my hand; and I slew him
+among them, so that not one returned to his land.(367) Now I have sent
+thee a chariot with two horses, a young man and a young woman, of the
+spoil of the land of the _Hittites_. I have sent thee, as a present to my
+brother, five chariots, and five yoke of horses; and as a present to
+_Gilukhipa_(368) my sister, I have sent her (trinkets?) of gold, a pair of
+gold earrings, and ... of gold, and goodly stones, each(?). Now _Gilia_, a
+prudent man, and _Tunipripi_(369) I send to my brother; speedily let him
+reply to me; so I shall hear my brother's salutation, and shall rejoice.
+Let my brother wish me well; and let my brother send envoys: so my
+brother's salutation shall come to me, and I shall hear."(370)
+
+22 B.--The salutation calls Amenophis III his "kinsman," but does not name
+his sister.
+
+"_Mani_ my brother's envoy has come to honor me: to take my brother's wife
+the Queen of _Egypt_;(371) and I received the letter that came: I learned
+the declaration of his (order?). My heart has been much gladdened by my
+brother's message, as my brother will see; and it rejoiced that day
+exceeding much: that day and night they made (rejoicings?).
+
+"And, my brother, all the message that _Mani_ came to bring has been
+performed. This same year behold, my brother, I will ... his wife, the
+Queen of _Egypt_, and I will send ... hence forth the land of _Khanirabbe_
+and the land of _Egypt_. And because of these things that _Mani_ has
+spoken, I send back, my brother, _Gilia_ and _Mani_ with speed, to ...
+these things; and let not my brother blame them ... as to delay in being
+despatched; for there was no delay to ... for my brother's wife; and lo!
+delay is.... In the sixth month I have sent _Gilia_ my envoy, and _Mani_
+my brother's envoy: I will send my brother's wife to my brother. So may
+_Istar_ the Lady of Ladies my Goddess, and _Amanu_(372) my brother's God,
+give peace ... I have sent to my brother; and my brother as ... increased
+his (love?) very much, and ... as the heart of my brother was satisfied;
+and ... (for our children?) my brother ... more than before ... I have
+despatched _Khai_, my brother, trusting his ... and I give the letter to
+his hands ... and let him bear his message ... I have sent ... going to my
+brother ... my brother, are not his soldiers..."
+
+The next five lines referring to the wife are too broken to read. The back
+of the tablet continues:
+
+"... which my brother sent ... all that my brother has caused to be
+collected ... in presence of all of them they have been (given?) us ...
+all these things, beyond expectation thereof, and the gold ... which they
+have paid--and he has indeed lavished very much ... them, any or all these
+things; was not the gold ... They say 'In the land of _Egypt_ there is
+plenty more gold for thee my brother, because he loves thee very much ...
+and will love (and being so?) is not there, behold, anything needful,
+anything beside, from the land of Egypt in addition? So send to me,
+accordingly, him by whom these are given, and there shall be no lack.'
+Thus indeed (said) I 'As to anything (further?) do not I say to your
+faces--He loves me, and my land, exceeding much, does this King of
+_Egypt_?'
+
+"And my brother has taken me to his heart: all is as my heart desired; and
+is it not understood; when he sends shall not I hasten me for my brother:
+shall not I increase in longing toward my brother: as my brother does
+also? _Mani_, my brother's envoy, has brought my brother's ... which was
+with _Mani_. I have honored their ... and I have honored them very much.
+Now _Mani_ will take this; and my brother we direct him to ... how I have
+received from him very much: he will tell my brother this, and my brother
+will hear what we have done (as I have sent list of gifts of this and
+that, and he shall not refuse it?).
+
+"And may my brother send untold gold; and may my father's power increase
+with me, as my brother has increased my favor, as my brother has cherished
+me much, in the sight of my country, in the sight of the whole of my
+brethren. May _Rimmon_ and _Amanu_ appoint that my brother's wishes be
+ever fulfilled; and for myself, my brother, that my wishes may be
+fulfilled, as men whom the Sun-God loves. And so now the Gods shall indeed
+decree for us this prayer, ... we shall join as friends forever.
+
+"For my brother's present I have sent to my brother a (double-edged
+weapon?) ... and (?) of emeralds, and pure gold ... enclosed in a box, and
+... of alabaster, and pure gold, for a box ..."
+
+21 B.--"To _Amenophis III_, the Great King, King of _Egypt_, my brother, my
+kinsman(373) whom I love, and who loves me, by letter thus _Dusratta_, the
+Great King, King of _Mitani_, thy brother, thy kinsman who also loves
+thee. I am at peace, etc.
+
+"To my brother whom I love I have given his young wife.(374) May the
+Sun-God and _Istar_ ... her face. As my brother desires: may ... and may
+my brother rejoice, in the day when ... the Sun-God and the God ... giving
+joy to my noble brother, ... let them grant it to be ... and may my
+brother ... forever.
+
+"_Mani_ my brother's envoy, and _Khani_(375) my brother's interpreter, as
+you cause them to be sent, plenty of (provisions?) I shall give them ...
+them much; as they performed their orders I made all the people protect
+them. If they do not may my Gods, and my brother's Gods, guard them. Now I
+have sent _Nahramani_ who is careful in my brother's affairs, and I have
+sent (an ornament?) of precious stones--of precious stones and gold, as a
+present to my brother; and may my brother be granted to live a hundred
+years."
+
+8 B. M.--The salutation is the same as before, but the writer's name is
+spelt "_Tusratta_" instead of _Dusratta_. The letter is the best preserved
+in the whole collection.
+
+"Since your forefathers were friendly with my forefathers, thou therefore
+wast very greatly friendly with my father. So you love me: we are zealous
+friends. Ten times more you increase it than to my father. The heavenly
+Gods shall decree that we shall be friends. May _Rimmon_ my God, and
+_Amanu_, so pronounce, even forever.
+
+"And so my brother sent _Mani_ his envoy. Thus indeed my brother (said)
+'Does not my brother's heart desire that thy daughter (be) the wife of my
+young son(376)--as a princess of _Egypt_' and I spoke as to my intention
+about it; and my brother desiring that she should be made ready for
+_Mani_, and to show her, so he beheld her, and praised her much. And may
+they lead her in peace into the land of my brother. May _Istar_ and
+_Amanu_ make her agreeable to my brother's heart.
+
+"_Gilia_, my envoy, set forth my brother's message before me. So I heard
+and it was very good; and so I rejoiced very much. Thus truly I say 'This
+is thus arranged between us so that we may be zealous friends.' Now with
+firm faith forever let us be friends.
+
+"So I shall send to my brother, and I say thus myself, so let us be much
+more friendly; and do not you respond to us? And I say thus, that my
+brother has enriched me ten times more than my father.
+
+"And I have asked much gold of my brother: so he has given me more than to
+my father. My brother indeed sent to me; and to my father you sent much
+gold: much (merchandise?) of gold; and besides all the gold you sent him
+you have sent me bricks of gold (lavished?) like copper.
+
+"I sent _Gilia_ (humbly?) to my brother, and asked for gold. Thus indeed I
+(said) 'Truly my brother has given me more than to my father, and may he
+send me untold gold.'
+
+"May my brother send me more than to my father; and now I say thus to my
+brother: the (loan?) that my grandfather made, so I may (say), as (one
+thinking little of wealth?) he made it for thee; and now as regards (what)
+I say, the gold that my brother shall send, let him send it when he likes.
+
+"Lo my brother has sent the gold saying 'It is due to you,' But no. No
+more was due; and he had satisfied the account; and when he had satisfied
+the account I was glad thereof exceedingly; and whatever my brother sends
+I have been very glad thereof.
+
+"Now behold I sent to my brother--and may my brother extend his kindness to
+me more than to my father; now I asked gold of my brother, and whatever
+gold I asked of my brother, he has sent the double of what was asked. One
+(sum) for the (loan?), and a second of good-will.
+
+"And may my brother send me untold gold; and may he send me more than to
+my father; and so may the Gods decree, that much more gold beside be in my
+brother's land, as there now is in my brother's land; and ten times more
+than there now is, may it increase.(377) And let not my brother refuse the
+gold that I ask by my brother's wish; and, as for me, let me not refuse my
+brother's wish; and may my brother send me very much gold uncounted; and
+whatever my brother needs let him send and take. Let me return the gift
+that my brother desires for his household. This land is my brother's land,
+and this house is my brother's house.
+
+"Now I send _Gilia_ my envoy to my brother. Let him not refuse him. Let
+him speedily command him: let him send him away. So hearing my brother's
+salutation let me rejoice exceeding much. Let me ever hear my brother's
+salutation. And these messages that we send, let my God _Rimmon_ and
+_Amanu_ decree that they may arrive through their mercy. And as now it is
+prayed therefor, so we are friends; and as now so forever may we be
+friends.
+
+"Now as to the gifts for my brother: I have sent as my brother's gifts a
+quantity of solid gold, and precious stones: (its value?) includes the
+amount of twenty precious stones, and nineteen pieces of gold. The weight
+of precious stones and gold remaining includes the amount of forty-two
+precious stones and twenty pieces of gold _Zuzas_ of Istar: (this is) the
+weight of precious stones and gold remaining; and ten yoke of horses, and
+ten chariots, with all that belongs to them, and thirty female slaves."
+
+27 B.--This is the longest letter in the collection, including six lines in
+Aramaic, and 512 lines in Dusratta's native language (see "Journal Royal
+Asiatic Society," October, 1892, for my translation). The important
+passages of the letter appear to me to read as follows, and the meaning is
+confirmed by statements in other letters by this writer concerning his
+daughter's marriage. The letter was addressed to Amenophis III, and sent
+by the same two envoys, _Mani_ and _Gilias_,(378) already noticed.
+
+"_Gilias_ the envoy, who takes the messages is ordered to utter it, his
+duty being to go out, because Amenophis III the Egyptian (ally?) rules a
+far off land, and I rule in the city _Ikhibin_(379) the city of the God
+_Simigis_(380) the paternal deity.
+
+"To proceed: as _Mani_ my brother's envoy says, it is understood that my
+brother is very desirous that it should be speedily completed.
+
+"Brother, I gladly empower the envoy to take back this woman, whom _Mani_
+says my brother commanded him to bring, when he was ordered as an envoy.
+
+"Understanding that my brother desires now to take her home, is it not
+necessary, understanding this decision to be preferred; as twenty-three
+months have gone by, is not her taking home to be hastened? My Court
+having decided to accept, and being satisfied as well as my wife, and
+resolved to accept the agreement; and the girl being heartily pleased--how
+happy she is words cannot tell--the decision is from the Gods, brother, for
+me the decision is from the mighty Gods, my brother. Surely you know
+whether I do not desire that she should be so brilliantly exalted, the
+girl being so fortunately (married): surely you know that I shall be glad.
+
+"Proclaim thou for me that whatever people of _Khalci_,(381) west of the
+_Minyan_(382) country--whatever people of _Khalci_ I have conquered, are
+made subject.
+
+"I being the great chief of the power of the land of the _Hittites_ taking
+to me, my brother, all the people that are conquered. Let it extend to the
+city of _Harran_(383) and let the land possessed by no king be taxed.
+
+"My son-in-law being married in the city of Thebes in presence of the
+image of the deity."
+
+"Is it not thus that _Dusratta_ dwelling afar arranges the marriage of
+_Tadukhipa_(384)--_Dusratta_ the favored (friend?) from the Minyan land,
+consenting to the wish of _Amenophis III_ the Egyptian (friend) that the
+son of _Amenophis III_ be so married to her, in the presence of the image
+of the deity."
+
+As this letter is written in what is called by scholars an "unknown
+language," these renderings may be questioned. The dialect appears,
+however, to be closely related to the Akkadian and to other Mongol
+dialects of western Asia, and to be also the same used (B. 10) by the
+Hittites.
+
+10 B. M.--Written, as the Egyptian docket at the bottom of the tablet on
+the back states, in the thirty-sixth year of Amenophis III which appears
+to have been probably the last of his reign.
+
+"To Amenophis III King of Egypt my brother, my kinsman whom I love, and
+who loves me, by letter thus _Dusratta_ King of _Mitani_ who loves thee,
+thy kinsman. I am at peace. Peace be to thee, to thy house, to the woman
+_Tachikhipa_ my daughter to the wife thou lovest be peace.(385) To thy
+wives, to thy sons, to thy Lords, to thy chariots, to thy horses, to thy
+army, to thy land, and to all that is thine, be much, much, much peace.
+
+"Thus (I say) _Istar_ of _Nineveh_, the lady of the lands, is kind of
+heart to the land of _Egypt_. In the land that I love do not they walk
+after her?(386) Do not they cry aloud to her? Now behold it has brought
+thee prosperity.
+
+"Now from the time of my father they have besought _Istar_ in her land for
+thy prosperity; and, as of old so now, it continues. They honor her.
+
+"And now may my brother receive of her ten times more than before. Let my
+brother receive with joy: let it be hastened for him: let it endure.
+
+"_Istar_ is the Lady of Heaven my brother, and as for me let me be guarded
+by her for a hundred years; and may great joy be given. Let it be granted
+by her that I may not fail; and as you desire may it (befall?).
+
+"Is not _Istar_ my God, and has not she (prospered?) my brother (or been
+with my brother?)."
+
+24 B.--The second longest of Dusratta's letters, 185 lines in all, is
+unfortunately very much damaged, as it is perhaps the most important,
+giving as it does historical information extending over three generations,
+during which the kings of Egypt and of Mitani were allied by marriage.
+
+"To ... _ya_(387) my kinsman, whom I love and who loves me ... the great
+King (King of) _Mitani_ thy kinsman who loves thee. I am at peace ... to
+the Lady _Teie_ ... to _Tadukhipa_ my daughter thy wife be peace, to ...
+be peace. To thy sons, to thy Lords, to thy chariots, to thy horses, to
+thy ... and to all that is thine, be much, much, much peace ... of
+_Amenophis III_ thy father he sent to me; he explained ... of all that he
+sent there was no message at all that I ... to your father as to what he
+sent to me; and _Teie_ the chief wife of _Amenophis III_ your mother knew
+all of them. All these have been seen by _Teie_ your mother ... the
+messages that your father caused to be addressed to me.
+
+"... and ten times more than with _Amenophis III_ your father caused him
+to tell me whatsoever wish ... and whatever message I spoke, faithfully in
+the same day ... he himself did not turn away his heart from any message
+... but faithfully in the same day he caused it to be done.
+
+"... the father of _Amenophis III_ sent to _Sitatama_(388) my grandfather,
+and ... a daughter. He sent to my grandfather five or six times, and he
+was not given her, when ... he sent; and at length he was given her.
+_Amenophis III_ your father sent (humbly?) to _Sut(tarna)_ my father ...
+and so for my father's daughter, my own sister, his heart was desirous;
+and five (or six) times he ... her: when he had sent five or six times at
+length he was given her. So _Amenophis III_ ... sent to me, and so desired
+a daughter(389) and I ... I said in ... of his envoy 'Thus I say I have
+(sworn?) to give her: by our wish ... to take, and the ... which he has
+known: and she is a sister so it is lawful;' and I give ... _Amenophis
+III_ thy (father's) ... if these are not truths ... heaven and earth bear
+witness ... to give her; and _Khai_(390) the envoy of my brother ... to
+the (Queen?) and to _Amenophis III_ I sent with her ... in three months
+with the greatest speed ... and the gold ... truly was not ... which I
+sent.
+
+"When you favored a daughter, and so (sent for) her, and as _Amenophis
+III_ your father knew her ... I rejoiced being exceeding glad, and he said
+'My brother, is not it thy wish thus to give the handmaid'; and he made
+public agreement with this his land, in presence of my envoy ... so men
+... when they beheld; and I received from him; and _Amenophis III_
+established us ... for the future; and so receiving ... I was made great;
+and in the cities which for _Tadukhipa_ ... in all of them he made us
+dwell as conquerors,(391) and among the envoys who went down ... none that
+_Gilia_ ... the gold of one (_limzu_) was given by weight. Truly to
+_Amenophis III_ for _Tadukhipa_ it was given; and _Tadukhipa_ ... was
+given ... and ... my envoys _Amenophis III_ with ... I received; there was
+no one ... _Amenophis III_ sent _Nizik_ his envoy ... myself; and he ...
+(refusing?) to my face the ... of gold ... the gold which ... of _Gilia_
+and ... he established us ... my envoys ... to be despatched ... he did
+not cease to (deny?) ... and ... he took her... I was not able to refuse
+to please him ... he sent this to me ... they sent was wonderful, and then
+... _Amenophis III_ your father in every message ... the lord of the place
+to protect her. Did not he order all these as I say ... do not I say that
+_Teie_(392) ... has known ... and _Teie_ is your mother, ask her if, among
+the messages that I spake, there is one message which is not vindicated by
+her, as to these (messages) to _Amenophis III_ your father ... if to
+_Amenophis III_ your father brotherhood was made by me: if it was said by
+_Amenophis III_ your father 'If at all (there is) gold that ... in the
+land of _Khani Rabbe_ I will despatch it; and order thou thus the ... do
+not I desire to cause it to be sent': the ... bore what was ordered to be
+given of _Amenophis III_ your father; and _Amenophis III_ said to me '...
+the treasures of gold ... all that my ... desires is sent ... and ... to
+do this I have sent to thee' ... there by _Amenophis III_ with a message.
+Never was there a message without a reply. I never refused any of the
+messages.
+
+"(And when) _Amenophis III_ was obliged to be taken to his fate, and they
+told (me) ... I tore my cheeks, and I mourned on that same day; I sat (in
+the dust?); I (took) no food or water that same day; and I was grieved ...
+I said 'Let me perish myself from earth, and from my ... and that he loved
+me God knows, and he was loved' (and because of) these things we are cast
+down in our hearts."
+
+"... to me the eldest son of _Amenophis III_ by his wife _Teie_ ... was
+made, and I said 'Has not _Amenophis III_ died ... the eldest son of his
+chief wife _Teie_ (is) in his stead ... shall not we be sent news ... from
+her abode as of old.'
+
+"... I say thus _Amenophis IV_ is my brother whom we shall love in our
+hearts ... the son of _Amenophis III_ more than his father, because of
+_Teie_ his mother, who was the wife ... as she desires a message to the
+presence of _Amenophis IV_ (_Abkhuriya_) the son of _Amenophis III_ her
+husband. I (rejoice) very exceeding much that we shall be friends
+
+"(As they have sent me this message?) As they have ordered it, _Gilias_ is
+humbly (sent?) ... they have sent _Mani_ (as an envoy?), and treasures of
+woods (or trees) my brother has sent, and gold ... without gold and
+without..."
+
+The next passage is too broken to read, but refers to the continuance of
+friendship since the time of the ancestors of both kings, and for the
+future. The back of the tablet is very much broken, the whole of one
+paragraph, and the greater part of the next, which refers to _Teie_ as the
+mother of _Amenophis IV_ being destroyed. It continues:
+
+"... the message of your mother which to _Gilias_ ... He has desired a
+message to be despatched and (as he desires) ... have not I sent my
+envoys, and have not I ... (and it is not my fault?) and the treasures ...
+which he asked of him I have caused to be given, not being desired ... my
+envoys four years since you(393) ..."
+
+Eight lines are here almost entirely destroyed, referring to some speedy
+message, and to the former king, with a reference to certain persons,
+including the "father of _Teie_ (your elders?) with me," with professions
+of friendship. The end of the paragraph (lines 40, 41) contains the words,
+"as thus he set us up over all her many lands ... all the lands are all
+hers in his sight."(394) The next paragraph continues:
+
+"... the (treasures?) of gold (allowed to be despatched?) previously by
+_Amenophis III_ ... he has sent. Lo! very exceedingly my brother has
+desired that treasures ... to us; and much of his gold ... very
+exceedingly my brother ... as intending for me ... whatever among ... and
+your father; was not he given by me; and lo! now let my brother see that I
+was not at all ... to your father: the treasures that he desired were
+given, and lo! ... I am sending back my message: there shall be nothing
+done to cause the heart to turn away ... all the messages ... _Teie_ has
+been a witness, and _Teie_ your mother ... plenty. Lo! I asked your
+father, and did not your father grant me? and ... let this gold be given,
+and let not my brother's heart ... let him not turn from my ... when the
+(loan?) ... was not made, and what had ...
+
+"... Let _Gilia_ know this day what my brother's heart desires. I have
+made Gilia travel ... thus I have made my brother's envoys to obey him,
+travelling with speed. If ever, my brother, my envoys ... if ever I send
+my envoys ... (the fault is not mine?) ... I have sent _Mani_ and _Gilia_
+to my brother as before. If at all by my brother my envoys to him, and if
+by us they shall be received, I also shall so hasten him ... Lo! as
+regards messages from my brother, which he makes about anything as to my
+brother's intentions ... thence; and on the throne of his father he sits
+this day; and let me do my brother's will.
+
+"I say thus, my brother, have not I sent my envoys, and much in their
+keeping which is for thee; and my brother let ... which is for thee.
+_Mazipalali_(395) my envoy is the paternal uncle of _Gilia_ and for ... my
+brother I have sent him, and my brother am not I (the surer?) as _Gilia_
+is not ... And the other envoy whom I shall send to my brother is the
+brother of _Gilia_ the son of his mother(396) ... I sent him. So my
+brother have not I despatched him speedily without stopping, and, my
+brother, as to my wishes that I wish (it is not my fault?) and because of
+these things did not I send _Gilia_ ... for security, and for all this am
+not I the surer.
+
+"_Mazipalali_ whom I shall send to my brother is the uncle of _Gilia_; and
+the treasures (allowed to be despatched?) ... and plenty of untold gold of
+the (loan?) which I desire from my brother let my brother give ... and let
+him not refuse; and with my brother gold in addition ... ten times more
+may it increase to me exceedingly ... let these things be ordered; and
+_Mani_ (with) my envoy my brother ... let be given of my brother; and let
+him send _Gilia_ to me; and ... and all the news about my brother's mother
+that they shall speak, and (especially?) let me (hear?) ... that they did.
+And lo! as before I sent not to thee my brother, so let him ... me. Let
+not my brother ... and to my brother's pleasure ... and I meditate a
+message of consolation for my brother.
+
+"Let both _Artessupa_(397) and ... thus relate in my brother's land this
+thing. I have been sent (under escort?) ... _Mani_ (brought?) before me
+all my wicked slaves, who have dwelt in _Egypt_, and I examined them(398)
+as to ... and they said ... and I said before them 'Why is your insolence
+so great?' ... So they put them in chains, and ... one of my ... one from
+my city who has angered the land ... and another ... did not I slay
+because of these things? My brother, did not he say ... was not I wroth?
+Behold my brother they were wicked ... and ... my brother it was necessary
+and now let me (afflict them?).
+
+"As to a present for my brother. My brother's presents (are)--a (weight?)
+of solid gold from the land _Ris Burkhis_, a weapon with a stone head(399)
+... of precious stone ... (an ornament?) for the hands of precious stones,
+one part of gold: three cloths: three ... three ... (with fastenings?) of
+gold, ... of refined bronze (or copper) ... two ...
+
+"As a present for _Teie_ your mother an (ornament?) for the hands of
+precious stones ... earrings ... two cloths.
+
+"As a present for (_Tadukhipa_) my (daughter) an ornament for the hands
+... earrings ... two cloths."
+
+23 B.--The salutation is the same as in the last, being addressed to
+_Amenophis IV_, to _Teie_ and to _Tadukhipa_.
+
+"_Mani_ my brother's envoy (has come) to (me). I have heard. I liked much
+the gifts that my brother ... I saw, and I rejoiced very much. My brother
+utters this message and (says) 'As with my father _Amenophis III_ you were
+friends, now behold this day be friends with me thy brother. You will
+continue to be kind,' and I have not delayed ... with my brother. Lo! ten
+times more than to your father I will be a friend.
+
+"And your father _Amenophis III_ spoke this message in his letter (by your
+...) _Mani_, 'Continue thou the friendship,'(400) and when my brother
+_Amenophis III_ said this, lo! what I had sent was nothing at all, and my
+brother shall not consider it anything. And I do not send this present,
+which behold I have sent to thee, as desiring to cause you to send; but
+(humbly?) whatever my brother desires to be given to his wife, they shall
+be made to take away. They shall see her,(401) and I will send ten times
+as much.
+
+"And the treasures of gold (allowed to be despatched?) one treasure for
+me, and another treasure as the treasure of _Tadukhipa_ my daughter, lo! I
+asked of Amenophis III your father. And your father said 'Send for the
+gold that (remains to be remitted?) let the (rest) be given, and the
+precious stones that are to be given thee, and the gold, because we have
+increased the gift, which is marvellous with treasure to be given to you.'
+And the gold of the treasures all my envoys who were in the land of
+_Egypt_ beheld with their eyes; and your father lavishly increased the
+treasures in presence of my envoys. He welcomed them on their way; he
+maintained them! and lavishly expended the ... on my envoys. They gazed,
+and so truly they beheld with their eyes his favor poured out.
+
+"And more gold beside, which was marvellous, which he sent to me, he piled
+up; and he said to my envoys 'Behold the treasures, and behold the gold in
+plenty, and the possessions which are marvellous,(402) which I shall send
+to my brother: behold them also with your eyes.' And my envoys beheld with
+their eyes.
+
+"But now, my brother, the treasures remitted, which your father sent, you
+shall not send, but the woods (or trees) have been received.(403) You are
+sending the possessions that your father sent to me. You shall not send
+them, but shall store them up very much.
+
+"And thinking of all that one has known, how I rejoiced because of my
+brother, none ever brought salutation from him at any time, my brother,
+but the same day return was made to him.
+
+"And _Khamassi_ my brother's envoy he sent (humbly?) to my presence, and
+(humbly?) he spoke my brother's message: I heard and then I said 'As I was
+friends with _Amenophis III_ thy father, lo! now ten times more with
+_Amenophis IV_ (_Nabkhuriya_) shall I be great friends.' So then I said to
+_Khamassi_ your envoy.
+
+"And lo! my brother: the treasures of gold to be remitted you shall not
+send; and there (shall be) respite of gifts which your father spoke of
+sending. It is desired that my brother shall not send them.
+
+"Lo! my brother, the treasures of gold which I asked of your father I may
+say that half of them will be carried off (or stolen) ... The lands are at
+strife(404) ..."
+
+The rest of this letter, including all the back, is too much broken to be
+read. It appears to go on to speak of "destruction" and to refer to a
+state of disturbance. It mentions the envoy _Khamassi_, and says, "Of what
+he has brought the fourth part has been robbed." On the back _Gilia_ is
+mentioned with gold, and relations between the writer and Amenophis III.
+He refers again to the message from Amenophis IV and to _Teie_ his mother;
+and invokes _Rimmon_ and _Amanu_. The words "unless they are conquered"
+seem also to occur. This letter contained altogether 113 lines of writing.
+
+26 B.--A list of presents. On the back, at the bottom of the left hand
+column, is the statement, "These are the things carried by the female
+slaves, all those things which _Dusratta_ King of _Mitani_ gave to
+_Amenophis III_ his brother, his kinsman, when he sent his daughter
+_Tadukhipa_ to the land of Egypt, to Amenophis III for marriage, he gave
+all these that day."
+
+The list is a very long and difficult one. It begins with two horses, and
+a chariot plated with gold and silver, and adorned with precious stones.
+The harness of the horses was adorned in like manner. Two camel litters
+appear to be next noticed, and apparently variegated garments worked with
+gold, and embroidered zones and shawls. These are followed by lists of
+precious stones, and a horse's saddle adorned with gold eagles.(405) A
+necklace of solid gold and gems, a bracelet of iron gilt,(406) an anklet
+of solid gold, and other gold objects follow; and apparently cloths, and
+silver objects, and vases of copper or bronze. An object of jade or jasper
+(_Yaspu_), and leaves of gold, are noticed (both jade and leaves of gold
+have actually been found in the oldest ruins at Troy), the former being
+perhaps noticed as coming from _Elam_, by trade with central Asia, where
+jade was found. Five gems of "stone of the great light" (perhaps diamonds)
+follow, with ornaments for the head and feet, and a number of bronze
+objects, and harness for chariots. Boxes of strong wood to contain
+treasures follow next, and apparently a collar with disks and carved
+lions, objects of silver and gold and strong wood, bronze ornaments for
+horses. The last noticed objects may be written tablets, including some on
+the ritual of the gods.
+
+25 B.--A list similar to the last, perhaps part of the same inventory, as
+it includes women's ornaments. The tablet is much injured. The objects
+noticed include an earring with gems, and others of gold, with a large
+number of precious stones, a necklace with 122 gems set in gold, including
+"green stones"; bracelets and anklets of solid gold with jewels: an
+umbrella adorned with gold: boxes to hold treasures, and numerous objects
+of silver: horns of the wild bull, and wooden objects adorned with gold:
+cups of gold adorned with gems: other bracelets and anklets of gold with
+pendants and stars of jewels: a pair of gold earrings with pendants and
+stars of precious stones: silver anklets for women, and earrings with gold
+pendants. In each case the weight of gold and the numbers of the gems are
+stated.
+
+These inventories of Tadukhipa's marriage outfit show how far advanced was
+the civilization of western Asia in the fourteenth century B.C., and
+indicate not only the native wealth of gold, silver, copper, and bronze,
+from Asia Minor and the Caucasus, but also a trade which brought jade from
+central Asia. The art of the age is similar to that of the objects found
+at Troy and Mycenae, and represented on the Egyptian bas-reliefs, which
+give pictures of the tribute from Phoenicia. From other tablets in the
+collection we obtain similar information, including the use of ivory, as
+also from the records of tribute to Thothmes III in 1600 B.C.
+
+11 B. M.--"To ... Princess of the Land of _Egypt_(407) thus _Dusratta_ King
+of _Mitani_. I am at peace: Peace be to thee.... Peace be to thy son;
+peace be to _Tadukhipa_ thy daughter-in-law. To thy land and to all that
+is thine be much, much peace.
+
+"Thou hast known of me how I loved _Amenophis III_ thy husband, and
+_Amenophis III_ because he was thy husband how he loved me. As for
+_Amenophis III_ thy husband he heard what I said; and _Amenophis III_
+because he was thy husband, sent messages to me; and what he said to thee
+my ... both _Mani_ has known, and thou ... hast known all of these
+things--the messages we zealously uttered. There was nothing thus that he
+has not known of them.
+
+"Now you said to _Gilia_, 'Say to your Lord, _Amenophis III_ was friends
+with your father, and why should his favor be less than to your father?
+Nay, indeed, what he shall send to our place shall not ... will not you
+hasten to ... your friendship with _Amenophis III_ ... making it greater;
+and assure him ... that you will gladly send ...'
+
+"... to your husband friendship ... so now ... your son, ten times more
+... and the messages....
+
+"... why from ... our good faith, and ... is given to me ... thus I ...
+_Amenophis IV_ (_Nabkhuriya_) ... and now behold ... to give is not....
+
+"... when by your desire I ... and to the presence of _Amenophis IV_ ...
+and you wished thus ... do not desire, and ... the treasures of gold to be
+remitted, let _Amenophis IV_ receive. (There is nothing, indeed, he may
+not desire?) that is not ... ten times more than his father let him
+increase in friendship toward me, and in power."
+
+"... you yourself, your envoys, with the envoys of _Amenophis IV_, with
+... let them be sent to _Yuni_ my wife,(408) for what is wished; and the
+envoys of _Yuni_ my wife let them be sent to (thee) as to what is wished.
+
+"Now as to thy present ... a goodly stone, also (a coronet?) and a ... of
+stones."
+
+It seems clear from this letter, and from 24 B., that _Teie_ (or _Thi_)
+the Queen of Egypt, was related to Dusratta, but it is not clear that she
+was his sister. _Gilukhipa_, the sister whom he names, is known from
+Egyptian sources to have been the daughter of _Suttarna_, Dusratta's
+father, and she came to Egypt with 317 ladies in her train.
+
+It is also to be remarked that Dusratta invokes the Egyptian god _Amen_
+both when writing to Amenophis III and also when writing to Amenophis IV,
+so that there does not appear to have been any change of religion in Egypt
+during the reign of the latter--at least, at the time when he wrote.
+
+Amenophis III also married at least one Babylonian princess, as will
+appear in the letters that follow.
+
+RIMMON NIRARI'S LETTER
+
+30 B.--"To the Sun God the King my Lord the King of Egypt, thus
+_Rimmon-Nirari_(_409_)_ thy servant_. I bow at my Lord's feet. Lo!
+_Manakhbiya_ (Thothmes IV) made my father King ... to rule in the Land of
+_Markhasse_ (or _Nukhasse_), and established men to dwell with him; and as
+the King of ... was disputing for the kingdom, which has been made ...
+which he established for him ... he gave him..."
+
+About twenty lines of the letter are here destroyed; the broken lines
+below continue thus:
+
+"And lo! my Lord ... and the King of the land of the _Hittites_ why ... my
+Lord the letters ... and fearing ... and lo! the King of _Egypt_ ... and
+now my Lord against ... and to the hands ... to our Lord ... thy Lord in
+the years that may come.... Do not scorn, since the land was faithful in
+service to the King my Lord. And if God commands my Lord to go forth, let
+my Lord also send a chief, to be sent up to him with his soldiers and with
+his chariots."
+
+CALLIMMASIN'S LETTERS
+
+1 B.--"To _Amenophis III_ the King of _Egypt_ by letter thus
+_(Cal)limmasin_(410) the King of _Carandunias_ (Babylonia) thy brother. I
+am at peace. To thee, to thy house, thy wives, thy land, thy chariots, thy
+horses, thy ... be much peace.
+
+"Because of the youngest of my daughters, whom you send to wed, _Irtabi_
+whom you remember, they took this message. My father formerly sent a
+message. You collected many soldiers, you approved his message, and you
+sent making a present to my father.
+
+"Now I send thee this envoy. In the sixth year you seek for this, and in
+the sixth year you send thirty _manahs_ of gold (instead of?) silver for
+my present. I return the same gold. _Casi_ your envoy has known its
+(value?) which he has seen. I send thy envoy well instructed as to our
+opinion. For I followed ... and the present that he is instructed to ...
+is thirty _manahs_ of gold, which you ... a gift of alliance."
+
+The rest is too broken to read. It mentions five women sent, and ten
+wooden chariots--the latter as presents. The next letter is from Egypt.
+Either a copy or an original never sent.(411)
+
+1 B. M.--"To _Callimmasin_ King of _Carandunias_ my brother, by letter thus
+_Amenophis III_ the great King, the King of _Egypt_ thy brother. There is
+peace to my region. To thy region be peace: to thy house, to thy wives, to
+thy sons, to thy Lords, to thy horses, to thy chariots, and in thy hands
+be much peace. I am at peace. There is much peace to my house, to my
+wives, to my sons, to my Lords, my horses, my chariots, my army; and in my
+lands there is much peace.
+
+"Now I heard the message you sent about her to me. Thus it was, 'Now you
+ask my daughter as your wife, but my sister whom my father gave thee,
+being good to you, has any seen her whether she has lived or whether she
+has died?' This is the message that you send in your letter. But did you
+ever send as your envoy, one who has known your sister, and who has spoken
+with her, and understood her? And let one speak with her. The chiefs you
+send are useless, your envoy _Zakara_ is one who is a chief(?). There is
+not one among them related to your father, and ... concerning this my
+envoy is with thee, and has spoken to her ... her heart ... concerning
+this, and she has given ... to her mother. And lo! you send this, 'You
+spoke to my envoys, and they gathered your wives: a lady appeared before
+you (saying) thus, Behold your queen who is brought out before you all.
+But my envoys knew her not (to be) my sister.' Now satisfy yourself as to
+what you thus send, 'My envoys knew her not,' and you say, 'Who was it
+that was recognized by her?' Why do not you send as your envoy one who
+shall tell you a true message as to the salutation from your sister, I
+pray you? And you said that they disputed as to her appearance. But you
+can see her with the King. And lo! you send thus, 'Who was the princess--a
+daughter of one who was a native, or was she one of the land of (my
+neighbors?), or was she the daughter of the Land of _Khani Rabbatu_, or
+the princess of the Land of _Ugarit_, that my envoys so saw, and who was
+it that spoke to them to satisfy that nothing wrong was done?' And does
+not your message say all this? But if she has died--your sister, and I am
+concealing, as you pretend, her ... in former times, which we ... the God
+_Amanu_ ... (I rejoice that the wife I love?) ... she has been made queen
+... I deny that ... beyond all the wives ... that the Kings of _Egypt_ ...
+in the land of _Egypt_. And lo! you send thus 'Both my daughters ... as
+wives of the Kings of the land of _Carandunias_.' But if the ... of my
+envoys is friendly, and they have said 'With these things our Lord has
+sent us, as a present, to satisfy thee concerning thy message: the
+princess salutes the Kings, and all her friends your daughters.' Take thou
+possession from him of whatever is with them, and send me a letter, and
+arrange with thy sister who is with me, and make sure of everything; and I
+have sent to thee an overseer, so to make known to your daughters, in
+order to perceive the evil that they teach you. And lo! you send 'The
+messages that my father has left, do not these messages of his say
+concerning this, that he established alliance between us?' This is the
+message you send. Now you and I have fulfilled the alliance, and the
+portion is before your envoys as they will say in your presence. Is not
+all to be given by us to her who (is) to come to the land of Egypt (whom)
+they shall bring before me? And (choose?) one of them. (Now) I have sent
+silver, gold, unguents, cloths, all whatsoever the land can give, and the
+overseer will say what is the value of that which he has brought--every
+gift to be weighed to you, that my envoy is to give. And we have been
+shamed by the evils that they speak. They have refuted the
+abominations--the evil things that they told you of us. And I was grieved
+when they ... us all these things. For is it not of their deceit that they
+told you thus? And I appointed them not to ... them about this. And lo!
+you send thus, you say thus to my envoys, 'There are no soldiers of my
+Lord, and is not (a young girl?) to be given them?' This is thy message:
+'Thy envoys said for thee that none are going forth. It might be done
+safely if there were soldiers, if there be none it is impossible to
+arrange for us what I am asked by him. If there are soldiers I grant it
+you, if there are horses I grant you this.' This reason your envoy made
+use of with us, who put me to shame--the evil man whom you sent. I pray
+thee if they feared to be slain, and lamented evils when she went out, lo!
+all was in your hands. Thus let my chariots be granted from among the
+chariots of the ruling chiefs: do not you regard them as a possession? You
+can send them wherever you please. Are not they all a possession? Are not
+there, I pray you also, chariots, are not there I pray you horses with me?
+Demand all my horses: the chariots behold you shall send to meet you at
+the stations. As for me you shall send me the girl, and send out one to
+lead (her) to me."
+
+3 B. M.--This is broken at the top, but supposed to be from _Callimmasin_.
+
+"... my envoys ... the many ... that they send to me I ... Thou my brother
+without ... for thy daughter to wed, as I send ... (you say) thus, 'From
+of old a daughter of the King of Egypt was not given for anything.' Why
+so? Thou art a King, and doest thy will. As they spake this message to me
+I then sent thus, 'Many of (your) daughters are grown up. So send one who
+is grown up as (I ask for) her.' Who says thus, 'There is no daughter of
+the King to give.' Thou hast sent without enquiring as to this. Thou dost
+not rebuke alliance and good-will, as you send approaching me eagerly as
+to a taking to wife. And I sent to you because of these things, in
+brotherhood and good-will, because eagerly approaching me as to taking a
+wife. My brother, why not send a woman? Why am I repulsed? I myself have
+sent like thee, I have intrusted a woman. As there were daughters I did
+not refuse thee. Why associate by taking a wife as ... I have sent to thee
+to know this ... all your ... so ... they said your ... Lo! my daughter
+whom I have sent(412) ... you do not take unwillingly, consenting to
+whatever you desire ... and as for the gold that I send you, your envoy
+has agreed with me as to the amount of the gold I.... Behold speedily,
+within this year, whether in the month of June (_Duzu_) or in the month of
+July (_Ab_),(413) this message being taken away, let her whom I have taken
+be.... If within this year, in June or in July, I send you the gold, you
+shall send ... the daughter whom I am given by you, and you in return
+shall send the gold for your ... But if in June or in July the gold is not
+sent, do not cause her whom I have taken to be sent away. And in return
+for what will you send to be carried away her whom I have taken. Why,
+indeed, is it necessary to trouble about gold? Truly sending 3,000
+(pounds?) of gold have not I completed the exchange for you, and have not
+I given my daughter to take to wife?"
+
+ASSURUBALID'S LETTER
+
+9 B.--"To _Amenophis IV_ (the great King?) the King of _Egypt_ my brother,
+thus _Assurubalid_,(414) King of _Assyria_ the great King thy brother.
+Peace be to thee, to thy house, and to thy land. I was very glad when I
+saw your envoys. Let me send your envoys again with my message. I have
+sent as a present for you a chariot (of the royal forces?) of my ... and
+two horses swift and sure. A chariot (without harness?) and a precious
+stone.
+
+"The sending of gold from your land that has formerly come across to the
+great King has ceased.(415) Why should he be repulsed from your sight?
+They have taken as much gold as there was; as much as I have received,
+which also I have needed, is caused to be sent.
+
+"In the time of _Assurnadinakhi_(416) my ancestor they sent to the land of
+Egypt twenty (pounds?) of gold.
+
+"In the time that the King of _Khani-Rabbatu_ sent to your father, to the
+land of Egypt, they sent him twenty (pounds) of gold.
+
+"... To the King of _Khani-Rabbatu_ and to me ... you have sent gold. I
+sent ... and you ... from the hands of my envoys....
+
+"If fortunately your face is favorable send gold, and let him who executes
+the message take what is needed. In return let our envoys be sent to thee
+from us. Your envoys who have tarried with me needing men to guide them it
+is granted, in order that I may send this. They took from me men to guide
+them as they went down. Do not disgrace my envoys, and do not delay them
+for me. Why should we not in future send out envoys? In future they will
+carry news, in future they will be sent out to the King to carry the news.
+And in future let it be declared 'Whosoever of us is treacherous let him
+be destroyed for the King.' I have received (envoys) thirteen times, why
+should not other envoys beside from the King in future again..."
+
+LETTERS FROM BURNABURIAS
+
+2 B. M.--"To _Amenophis IV_ (_Nibkhuarririya_) King of _Egypt_, by letter
+thus _Burnaburias_ King of _Caradunias_(417) thy brother. I am at peace.
+May there be much peace to thee, to thy house, thy wives, thy sons, thy
+land, thy Lords, thy horses, thy chariots.
+
+"Since my fathers and thy fathers spoke good things zealously, sending
+eagerly to make presents, and making friends--and did not they speak
+eagerly--lo! now my brother has sent two _manahs_ of gold as a present to
+me. Lo! there is much gold beside, which your father sent, and as this has
+increased beyond what your father gave, why should you send two _manahs_
+of gold? Lo! I have received much, even very much gold, which remains in
+the temple. Enough gold has been sent. Why should you send two _manahs_ of
+gold? But as for thee, whatever is needed in thy land send for it, let it
+be taken of me for thee.
+
+"In the time of _Curigalzu_(418) my father, all the Canaanites sent to him
+(saying) thus, 'What sayest thou as to the setting up of the land. It is
+weak. What sayest thou?'
+
+"My father clave to thy (father). He sent to them thus, 'It has been sent
+to me as to your discontent. If you are foes with the King of _Egypt_ my
+brother, you must cleave to some other. Shall not I go out against you for
+this? Shall not I destroy you, as if you were discontented with me?' My
+father heard them not because of your father. Now behold _Assyria_ has
+arrayed against me. Did not I send to you, as to their thoughts about your
+land? Why do they send against me? If you have pity on me it will never be
+done. They will fail to win these things. I have sent to thee, as a
+present for thee, three _manahs_ of precious stones, fifteen pairs of
+horses for five wooden chariots."
+
+3 B. M.--The salutation is the same as in the preceding.
+
+"Since the time of _Caraindas_, since your father's envoys to my father
+came to me, until now there has been good-will. Now I and thou are well
+with each other. Your envoys have come thrice to me, making also presents,
+whatever was sent. And I have sent to thee whatever present has been made.
+As for me, is it not all an honor, and as for thee have not I honored thee
+in all? Your envoy whom you send, has not he paid the twenty _manahs_ of
+gold that he has brought? And as for the gifts that remainder, is not the
+amount five _manahs_ of gold."
+
+Five lines of the letter are here destroyed. On the back of the tablet it
+continues:
+
+"... the forces of the land (of _Egypt?_) ... these let him gather within
+the year, which thy envoy says he has sent, and he shall cause the women
+of the princess to be guided to you, any time that you order. Let me ask
+for her that the speed may be greater; and having been delayed, when he
+has made speed let your envoy take (them), and he shall do more than they
+did before. So I have told my envoy _Sindisugab_ to say. So let them both
+station the chariots speedily. Let them come to me, and let them make
+proper arrangements; so let my envoy and your envoy come to me, speedily
+conveyed.
+
+"As a present for thee I have sent thee two _manahs_ of precious stones;
+and (to enrich?) your daughter my son's wife(419) he gave a ... and (an
+amulet to cause safety?); and I have sent thee as a present precious
+stones to the number of one thousand forty and eight; and I sent, as your
+envoy was sent back with _Sindisugab_."
+
+4 B. M.--With the same salutation as before, is very much broken. It
+contains a list of presents sent in connection with the same royal
+marriage of a daughter of the King of Egypt to the Babylonian prince. The
+envoy's name was _Sutti_; the presents included a throne of strong wood,
+ivory, and gold, and another of wood and gold, with other objects of gold
+and strong wood.
+
+6 B.--The salutation is the same, but the Kings' names are spelled
+"_Nabkhururia_" and "_Burnaburias_." This tablet is very much injured. It
+refers to a daughter and a promise. It continues:
+
+"He takes her people with (him in) seven chariots, with seven chariots
+which he took from me; all that belongs to her behold ... let me send her
+people to you. The Kings who ... of the daughter of the great King, in
+five chariots ... to your father ... three overseers ... us he (sent?)..."
+
+About half the obverse of the letter is then lost, and about a quarter of
+the upper part of the back. It then continues:
+
+"If (the arrangements) are already complete ... if there are no previous
+arrangements let ... to send _Zalmu_ for the Royal Princess, for
+_Zalmu_(420) was your envoy whom I sent out, let him (come) ... let him
+take back the soldiers whom he has sought of me, and let him (take?) ...
+of the people of the neighborhood, who being speedily sent he may take
+back, and let them add as many as ...
+
+"_Khai_(421) your chief, whom you send, is given soldiers and a chariot of
+our ... and send plenty of soldiers with _Khai_, for the King's daughter
+... and otherwise do not send the King's daughter to travel.... Do not
+delay; send speedily ... in the course of this year you shall send a
+chariot and soldiers, so gathering ... let them unite as many as he says
+(are necessary?).
+
+"Your father sent much gold to _Curigalzu_ ... of _Curigalzu_, the
+quantity thereof increased in the palace ... so, because he heard the
+Kings (or great men) who gave advice, thus the gold ... the Kings,
+brotherhood, and good-will, peace, and fealty ... the ... increased the
+silver, increased the gold, increased....
+
+"As thy present I have sent ... of precious stone. To the Lady of thy
+house twenty (?) of precious stones: so my wife causes me to send, because
+very greatly ... and as she desires shall it not be done, as I rejoiced
+being glad ... let them take of me much gold for thyself ... let them take
+of me according as I ... may it come quickly; and has not my lord ordered
+thus, that your envoy should bring to his brother much ... so let me send
+to thee..."
+
+7 B.--The salutation from _Burnaburias_ is the same as in the preceding
+letters. The letter continues:
+
+"On the day that my brother's envoy arrived, and brought me this message,
+his envoy (came) wearied to my presence: he had eaten no food, and (had
+drunk) no strong drink ... the envoy you send told me the news, that he
+had not brought to me the caravan(422) on account of (wicked men?) from
+whom it was not (safe?). So he has not brought to me the caravan. The
+explanation of the (head man?) was, because of fear of being destroyed,
+which my brother has (known of). Thus as I desired explanation, not ...
+why the (chief?) did not ... his envoy, why he had not sent it, had not
+... my brother's envoy he has caused to say this ... 'Is it not that the
+region was at strife?' thus ... your brother heard this. He has sent you
+salutation. Who is it that has told my brother thus that the land has
+risen? Your brother sends with speed to salute you, as wishing to hear
+this. Does not he send his envoy to thee? I have told him then to say to
+my brother, 'A great multitude has arisen, and the land is at strife: the
+thing is true that thy envoy thus said. As thy brother heard not that the
+expedition has marched on thee, he has asked. Has not he sent to salute
+thee?' So as I asked my envoy he said, 'As the foe has arisen let him be
+destroyed.' My brother, have not I ordered this?(423) And so they told me
+all that has happened in my brother's country, and is not all this
+explanation necessary? And all has thus happened in my land, and as for me
+is it not all needful? 'The lawful command that was previously in the
+hands of our kingdom has been opposed,' he said. We have speedily sent
+salutation: an interchange of messages between us has been established ...
+to your presence ..."
+
+Several lines are here missing at the top of the tablet on the back, and
+the letter then continues:
+
+"... my salutation ... and your salutation with ... Thou thyself behold
+hast (sent?) thy envoy, to make known this message. So I made him wait for
+this. I have sent my messenger with speed, when he has rested sixty-one
+days, and as he said to me this 'I saw the foes (but not) at all was I
+afraid.' And to-day he is ... I have sent to thee making many presents. I
+have sent to my brother's hands, as a present for thee, (eighty?) precious
+stones; and I have sent to my brother five yoke of horses, which are
+brought this day by my envoy. I desired to send, making many presents to
+be sent to my brother. And whatever notification (is) needful let this
+notification be sent, let them take it for me from their home. I have
+claimed delay that they may send presenting much gold. I send notice to my
+brother: truly on account of my delay he has remained. The gold I notify I
+have sent. I return explanation to your presence. Have not I despatched
+everything to my brother? Let him behold the notice: let him sign for
+whatever is sent ... I was anxious lest when I sent a notice my brother
+did not see (it) ... thus I have returned that which my brother signed, I
+have sent (it) for the gold that they brought me. As for the gifts I so
+despatch thou shalt thus (reply?); does not ...
+
+"_Zalmu_ my envoy whom I send to you is responsible to us if ... have
+plundered. I have made _Biriyamaza_ responsible for ... (If) again they
+have plundered, I have made _Pamakhu_ responsible in part for ... to your
+land complete.
+
+"... they have sworn ... let my envoy ... to the presence of my brother
+... let him be sent back to me ... his message: let him salute ..."
+
+8 B.--The same salutation from _Burnaburias_ to Amenophis IV. The letter
+continues:
+
+"For this also my brother we speak with good-will eagerly, and we cause
+this to be said thus with eagerness (or speed) in reply. As for us we have
+been troubled indeed. Lo! the merchants who have returned with a charge,
+from the land of Canaan, have spoken in my hearing. They were anxious on
+account of the charge from my brother's presence, as _Sumatta_(424) the
+son of _Malumme_ from the city of _Khinnatunu_,(425) in the land of
+_Canaan_, and _Sutatna_ son of _Sarratu_ of the city of _Acca_(426) sent
+their soldiers: they perceived my merchants, and they spoiled our ... I
+sent to you ... let him tell you.
+
+"The _Canaanites_ in your country, and the Kings ... in your country have
+violently cut off ... the silver that they carried--a present ... And the
+men who are my servants ... has smitten them. He destroyed our (wealth?);
+and as these chiefs he has caused to be slain, it is clear that the man
+is, indeed, my foe. And, indeed, they are slaying a chief of your envoys:
+when he was an envoy between us he was slain, and his people have been
+hostile to you, and the chief my foe, _Sumatta_, dogging his steps, caused
+him to be slain; he saw him and slew him. And the other chief _Sutatna_
+the _Acchoite_ (though at first they repelled him?) sent his chiefs
+against him ... he said thus. Behold this ... ask as to this, truly you
+know ... I have sent thee as a present one _manah_ of precious stones ...
+my envoy speedily ... truly my brother has known ... do not (blame?) my
+envoy ... let him be speedily sent..."
+
+These two last letters of Burnaburias are important as showing the
+disturbances in Syria, also mentioned by Dusratta (23 B.) early in the
+reign of Amenophis IV.
+
+28 B.--A very broken tablet containing a long list of presents supposed to
+have been sent by Burnaburias, and consisting mainly of gold and gems.
+
+LETTERS FROM ALASIYA
+
+7 B. M.--"To the King of _Egypt_ my brother by letter, thus the King of the
+Land of _Alasyia_(427) thy brother. I am at peace. Peace be to my brother.
+May there be much peace to his house, to his wives, to his son, to his
+horses, his chariots, and in his land. My brother's present (is) fifty
+(pounds of bronze?) five yoke of horses. I have sent my brother's present
+(and) my brother's envoy with speed, and let my brother despatch my
+messenger again with speed, and let me ask a gift which ... and.... In his
+letter it is directed what to send. He has sent silver. Let him send, not
+refusing the explanation of my envoy ... _Cuniea_, _Ebiluna_, _Sirumma_,
+_Usbarra_, _Belraam_,(428) the explanation which ... these things which
+are with ... my..."
+
+12 B.--The salutation is the same, mentioning only one son of the King of
+Egypt.
+
+"My brother has speedily sent my envoys (under escort?), and I heard your
+salutation. The chief (and) my merchants my brother has despatched
+speedily (under escort?): has not your chief approached with my merchants
+and my fleet (or ship)?"
+
+15 B.--A much broken letter from the same, referring to the sending of
+copper. The last words appear to be "let him come returning year by year."
+
+11 B.--The salutation is the same, including "thy house, thy
+concubines,(429) thy sons," etc. This is a very difficult letter, but
+appears to read: "Why, my brother, do you utter this message to me? My
+brother has known nothing at all that I have not done. As for me, behold
+the Chiefs of the land of the Lucci(430) whom you confounded in my land, I
+(was) glad should be conquered."
+
+"My brother you say to me, 'Lo the Chiefs of thy land are with them,' but
+I (say) my brother has not known this that they are with them; (or) if
+they are Chiefs of my land. But send thou to me and do as I wish.
+
+"Do not you know the Chiefs of my land? Do not make this message (even) if
+they are Chiefs of my land. But do as you wish.
+
+"Lo! my brother, as you do not send my envoy, this letter will speak for
+me as a brother of the King. It is brought by your envoy.
+
+"Moreover, I have perceived neither hinderance nor evil in what was done,
+and lo! my brother, are not you at rest in your heart?"
+
+5 B. M.--The salutation is in the fullest form--nine lines. The letter is
+almost perfect, and continues:
+
+"Lo I have sent to thy presence five hundred pieces of copper (or bronze)
+as a present for my brother; as brother, little copper is found (is it not
+so) in your midst. When the power of _An-Amar-ut_(431) my Lord smote the
+whole of the men of my land, and none made bronze, also my brother it has
+not been found in thy midst.
+
+"Your envoy with my envoy I hope to despatch, and whatever my brother
+requires of copper I also have sent thee. A Brother thou art to me. Much
+gold and silver he has sent to me. My brother, God (_Elohim_) gives me
+also gold. And to my brother's presence I have sent thee whatever my
+brother desires. Moreover, my brother, do not you desire my envoy? And my
+brother has given me also men of his bosom. My brother has sent me two
+(precious vases?) and has despatched to me one of the Chiefs of
+illustrious birth.(432)
+
+"Moreover, my brother, the Chiefs of my land say to me, that they have
+walked for me according to the letters of the King of Egypt; and, my
+brother, the decrees also, and the ...
+
+"Moreover, as a Chief of the land of _Alasiya_ has died in the land of
+Egypt, and his possessions are in your land, and his son and his wife are
+with me; and, my brother, the possessions of the Chiefs of _Alasiya_ are
+... Give them also, my brother, into the hands of my envoy. My brother,
+has not he abode in your midst, as your envoy abode three years in my
+land, because the power of _An-Amar-ut_ is in my land; and with my family
+(and) my wife, is the son of him who has died even now, my brother. I hope
+to despatch (under escort?) your envoy with my envoy; and I have sent a
+present to thee, my brother. Moreover, my brother has sent the gold that I
+desired of thee--much gold, my brother. And let my brother send the
+possessions that I ask of thee. And, whatever were the messages, my
+brother has done all, and as for thee whatever messages you utter to me, I
+also have done. With the King of the _Hittites_, and with the King of
+_Shinar_, with these I am not familiar. Whatever gifts they have sent to
+me, and I have rendered twice the amount to thee. Thy envoy has been sent
+to me to serve, and my envoy has been sent to thee to serve."
+
+6 B. M.--"Thus the King of _Alasiya_ to the King of _Egypt_ my brother. Let
+him learn: behold I have been at peace, and my land is mighty; and because
+of your salutation peace be to you, peace be to your house, your sons,
+your wives, your horses, your chariots, your land. May there be much peace
+forever, my brother.
+
+"Lo! you shall send to me. Why do not you send your envoy to my city
+again; and I heard not. Lo! how much you afflict me, and I am not made
+acquainted with all in your midst, and I wonder at this. And now I have
+despatched my envoy to your city, and I have also despatched to you, by
+the hands of my envoy for you, one hundred (pounds?) of bronze again. And
+your envoy carries now gifts--a couch of strong wood, enriched with gold,
+and chariots enriched with gold, and two horses, and forty-two (vases?),
+and fifty gold (vases?), and two cups, and fourteen pieces of strong wood,
+and seventeen large vessels of good make ... from the (?); four (vases?),
+and four gold (vases?) ... the gifts of which none ..."
+
+The next thirteen lines are almost entirely destroyed. The letter
+continues on the back of the tablet:
+
+"... _Alasiya_ my merchants with thy merchants, and ... with them; and
+truly there is good faith ... and my envoy will go to your city, and your
+envoy shall go to my city. Moreover, why will you not despatch for me
+(unguents and vases?) I (say), and I will order what you wish, and that
+which is useful (serving well?) in fulfilment of the decree, I order to be
+given thee. Behold you sit on the throne of your Kingdom."
+
+13 B.--A short fragment, too broken to read, includes the names of the
+countries of _Egypt_ and of _Alasiya_, with salutations. It includes a
+reference to merchants, and apparently to presents, nine lines in all.
+
+14 B.--The writing and the clay appear to show that this also came from
+_Alasiya_. It included twenty-two lines, but is much broken. The following
+may be read:
+
+"Lo! as a present to thee I have sent five pieces of copper, three
+(pounds) of good copper, one (?), one (weapon?)--a shipload. Also, my
+brother, these men of this royal ship ... and as for thee, the ship ...
+speedily ... is sent. Thou art my brother. You desire a salutation, and I
+have given it to thee. This man, the servant of the King my Lord, does not
+he approach before them? and thou, my brother, send him speedily (under
+escort?)."
+
+16 B.--The ordinary salutation is much broken, but the writing, and the
+clay of the tablet, seem to show that the letter came from _Alasiya_. The
+second paragraph mentions countries called _Umdhi_ ... and _Tim_ ...
+possibly Hamath and Damascus. The third paragraph continues:
+
+"And now behold why do you ... your fortress more than my fortress; and
+who is it that has vexed us? It is the abode of a hundred sons of
+violence. So now ... my brother, because of this, the city _Khumme_ has
+meditated evil, and if ... why not gather, and ... to preserve, since it
+is necessary that they should be protected from what ..."
+
+The remainder, including a note for the King's scribe, is too broken to
+read.
+
+17 B.--A mere fragment, apparently from _Alasiya_, contains a list of
+presents, including five wooden thrones (or chairs), objects of silver, a
+wooden footstool, and a weight of one _manah_ of some other substance.
+
+
+
+
+
+CUNEIFORM INSCRIPTIONS AND HIERATIC PAPYRI
+
+
+                   Translated by Various Egyptologists
+
+
+
+
+The Great Tablet Of Rameses II At Abu-Simbel
+
+
+                      Translated by Edouard Naville
+
+
+In the great temple of Abu-Simbel, between two pillars of the first hall,
+there is a large tablet, which has been added, evidently, a long time
+after the completion of the temple. This tablet, which is the object of
+the present translation, is covered with a text of thirty-seven lines,
+containing a speech of the god Ptah Totunen to the King Rameses II, and
+the answer of the King.
+
+It was very likely considered by the kings of Egypt to be a remarkable
+piece of literature, as it has been repeated, with slight alterations, on
+the pylons of the temple of Medinet-Habu, built by Rameses III. The
+tablet, which is decaying rapidly, has been published three times: first,
+by Burton, in the "_Excerpta Hieroglyphica_," pl. 60; then from the copies
+of Champollion, in the "_Monuments de l'Egypte et de la Nubie_," I, pl.
+38; and, finally, by Lepsius, "_Denkmaeler_," III, pl. 193. The inscription
+of Medinet-Habu has been copied and published by M. Duemichen, in his
+"_Historische Inschriften_," I, pl. 7-10, and by M. Jacques de Rouge, in
+his "_Inscriptions recueillis en Egypte_," II, pl. 131-138.
+
+I am not aware that any complete translation of this long text has been
+made. The first part has been translated into German by Mr. Duemichen
+("_Die Flotte einer AEgyptischen Koenigin_," _Einleitung_), from the text at
+Medinet-Habu; a portion of it is also to be found in Brugsch, "_AEgyptische
+Geschichte_," p. 538. The present translation I have made from the tablet,
+which, being more ancient than the inscription, is very likely to be the
+original. It contains an interesting allusion to the marriage of Rameses
+with a daughter of the King of the Kheta. The inscription at Medinet-Habu,
+which is written more carefully than the tablet, and with less
+abbreviations, has given me a clue to several obscure passages of the
+ancient text.
+
+The tablet is surmounted by a cornice, with the winged disk. Underneath,
+the god Totunen is seen standing, and before him Rameses, who strikes with
+his mace a group of enemies whom he holds by the hair. Behind the god are
+the ovals of six foreign nations, most likely Asiatics: _Auentem_,
+_Hebuu_, _Tenfu_, _Temuu_, _Hetau_, _Emtebelu_.
+
+The inscription above the god is as follows:
+
+"Said by PTAH-TOTUNEN, with the high plumes, armed with horns, who
+generates the gods every day: (I am) thy father, I have begotten thee like
+a god, to be a king in my stead. I have transmitted to thee all the lands
+which I have created; their chiefs bring thee their tribute, they come
+bearing their presents because of their great fear; all foreign nations
+are united under thy feet, they are to thee eternally; thy eye is fixed on
+their heads forever."
+
+TABLET OF RAMESES II
+
+1 The 35th year, the 13th of the month Tybi, under the reign of
+Ra-Haremakhu, the strong bull, beloved of truth, the Lord of the Thirty
+Years, like his father Ptah, Totunen, the Lord of Diadems, the protector
+of Egypt, the chastiser of foreign lands, Ra, the father of the gods, who
+possesses Egypt, the golden hawk, the Master of Years, the most mighty
+sovereign of Upper and Lower Egypt.
+
+2 Ra-userma-sotep-en-Ra, the son of Ra, the issue of Totunen, the child of
+the Queen Sekhet, Rameses, beloved of Amen, ever living.
+
+Thus speaks Ptah-Totunen with the high plumes, armed with horns, the
+father of the gods, to his son who loves him,
+
+3 the first-born of his loins, the god who is young again, the prince of
+the gods, the master of the thirty years, like Totunen, King Rameses.(433)
+I am thy father, I have begotten thee like a god; all thy limbs are
+divine. I took the form of the ram of
+
+4 Mendes, and I went to thy noble mother. I have thought of thee, I have
+fashioned thee to be the joy of my person, I have brought thee forth like
+the rising sun, I have raised thee among the gods, King Rameses. Num
+
+5 and Ptah have nourished thy childhood, they leap with joy when they see
+thee made after my likeness, noble, great, exalted.(434) The great
+princesses of the house of Ptah and the Hathors of the temple of Tem are
+
+6 in festival, their hearts are full of gladness, their hands take the
+drum with joy, when they see thy person beautiful and lovely like my
+Majesty.
+
+The gods and goddesses exalt thy beauties, they celebrate thee
+
+7 when they give to me their praises, saying: "Thou art our father who has
+caused us to be born; there is a god like thee, the King Rameses."
+
+I look at thee, and my heart is joyful; I embrace thee with my golden
+arms, and I surround thee with life, purity, and duration. I provide thee
+
+8 with permanent happiness. I have fixed in thee joy, enjoyment, pleasure,
+gladness, and delight. I grant thee that thy heart may be young again like
+mine. I have elected thee, I have chosen thee, I have perfected thee; thy
+heart is excellent and thy words are exquisite; there is absolutely
+nothing
+
+9 which thou ignorest, up to this day, since the time of old; thou
+vivifiest the inhabitants of the earth through thy command, King Rameses.
+
+I have made thee an eternal king, a prince who lasts forever. I have
+fashioned thy
+
+10 limbs in electrum, thy bones in brass, and thy arms in iron. I have
+bestowed on thee the dignity of the divine crown; thou governest the two
+countries as a legitimate sovereign; I have given thee a high Nile, and it
+fills Egypt for thee with the abundance of riches and wealth; there is
+
+11 plenty in all places where thou walkest; I have given thee wheat in
+profusion to enrich the two countries in all times; their corn is like the
+sand of the shore, the granaries reach the sky, and the heaps are like
+mountains. Thou rejoicest and thou art praised
+
+12 when thou seest the plentiful fishing, and the mass of fishes which is
+before thy feet. All Egypt is thankful toward thee.
+
+I give thee the sky and all that it contains. SEB shows forth for thee
+what is within him;(435) the birds hasten to thee, the pigeons of Horsekha
+
+13 bring to thee their offerings, which are the first-fruits of those of
+Ra. Thoth has put them on all sides.
+
+Thou openest thy mouth to strengthen whoever thou wishest, for thou art
+Num; thy royalty is living in strength and might like Ra, since he governs
+the two countries.
+
+14 King Rameses, I grant thee to cut the mountains into statues immense,
+gigantic, everlasting; I grant that foreign lands find for the precious
+stone to inscribe(?) the monuments with thy name.
+
+15 I give thee to succeed in all the works which thou hast done. (I give
+thee) all kinds of workmen, all that goes on two and four feet, all that
+flies and all that has wings. I have put in the heart of all nations to
+offer thee what they have done; themselves, princes great and small, with
+one
+
+16 heart seek to please thee, King Rameses.
+
+Thou hast built a great residence to fortify the boundary of the land, the
+city of Rameses; it is established on the earth like the four pillars
+
+17 of the sky; thou hast constructed within a royal palace, where
+festivals are celebrated to thee as is done for me within. I have set the
+crown on thy head with my own hands, when thou appearest in the great hall
+of the double throne;(436) and men and gods have praised thy name
+
+18 like mine when my festival is celebrated.
+
+Thou hast carved my statues and built their shrines as I have done in
+times of old. I have given thee years by periods of thirty;(437) thou
+reignest in my place on my throne; I fill thy limbs with life and
+happiness, I am behind thee to protect thee; I give thee health and
+strength;
+
+19 I cause Egypt to be submitted to thee, and I supply the two countries
+with pure life.
+
+King Rameses, I grant that the strength, the vigor and the might of thy
+sword be felt among all countries; thou castest down the hearts of all
+nations;
+
+20 I have put them under thy feet; thou comest forth every day in order
+that be brought to thee the foreign prisoners; the chiefs and the great of
+all nations offer thee their children. I give them to thy gallant sword
+that thou mayest do with them what thou likest.
+
+21 King Rameses, I grant that the fear of thee be in the minds of all and
+thy command in their hearts. I grant that thy valor reach all countries,
+and that the dread of thee be spread over all lands; the princes tremble
+at thy remembrance, and thy
+
+22 Majesty is fixed on their heads; they come to thee as supplicants to
+implore thy mercy. Thou givest life to whom thou wishest, and thou puttest
+to death whom thou pleasest; the throne of all nations is in thy
+possession. I grant thou mayest show all thy
+
+23 admirable qualities and accomplish all thy good designs; the land which
+is under thy dominion is in joy, and Egypt rejoices continually.
+
+King Rameses, I have exalted thee through such marvellous
+
+24 endowments that heaven and earth leap for joy and those who are within
+praise thy existence; the mountains, the water, and the stone walls which
+are on the earth are shaken when they hear thy excellent name, since they
+have seen what I have accomplished for thee;
+
+25 which is that the land of Kheta should be subjected to thy palace; I
+have put in the heart of the inhabitants to anticipate thee themselves by
+their obeisance in bringing thee their presents. Their chiefs are
+prisoners, all their property is the tribute in the
+
+26 dependency of the living king. Their royal daughter is at the head of
+them; she comes to soften the heart of King Rameses; her merits are
+marvellous, but she does not know the goodness which is in thy heart;
+
+27 thy name is blessed forever; the prosperous result of thy great
+victories is a great wonder, which was hoped for, but never heard of since
+the time of the gods; it was a hidden record in the house of books since
+the time of Ra till the reign of thy
+
+28 living(438) Majesty; it was not known how the land of Kheta could be of
+one heart with Egypt; and behold, I have beaten it down under thy feet to
+vivify thy name eternally, King Rameses.
+
+29 Thus speaks the divine King, the Master of the Two Countries, who is
+born like Khepra-Ra, in his limbs, who appears like Ra, begotten of
+Ptah-Totunen, the King of Egypt; Ra-userma-sotep-en-Ra, the son of Ra,
+Rameses, beloved of Amen, ever living, to his father who appears before
+him, Totunen,
+
+30 the father of the gods:
+
+I am thy son, thou hast put me on thy throne, thou hast transmitted to me
+thy royal power, thou hast made me after the resemblance of thy person,
+thou hast transmitted to me what thou hast created; I shall answer by
+doing all the good things which thou desirest.
+
+31 As I am the only master like thou, I have provided the land of Egypt
+with all necessaries; I shall renew Egypt for thee as it was of old,
+making statues of gods after the substance, even the color of their
+bodies. Egypt will be the possession of their hearts, and will build them
+
+32 temples. I have enlarged thy abode in Memphis, it is decked with
+eternal works, and well-made ornaments in stones set in gold, with true
+gems; I have opened for thee a court on the north side with a double
+staircase;
+
+33 thy porch is magnificent; its doors are like the horizon of the sky, in
+order that the multitude may worship thee.
+
+Thy magnificent dwelling has been built inside its walls; thy divine image
+is in its
+
+34 mysterious shrine, resting on its high foundation; I have provided it
+abundantly with priests, prophets, and cultivators, with land and with
+cattle; I have reckoned its offerings by hundreds of thousands of good
+things; thy festival of thirty years is celebrated there
+
+35 as thou hast prescribed it to me thyself; all things flock to thee in
+the great offering day which thou desirest; the bulls and calves are
+innumerable; all the pieces of their flesh are by millions; the smoke of
+their fat reaches heaven and is received within the sky.
+
+36 I give that all lands may see the beauty of the buildings which I have
+created to thee; I have marked with thy name all inhabitants and
+foreigners of the whole land; they are to thee forever; for thou hast
+created them, to be under the command of thy son, who is on
+
+37 thy throne, the master of gods and men, the lord who celebrates the
+festivals of thirty years like thou, he who wears the double sistrum, the
+son of the white crown, and the issue of the red diadem, who unites the
+two countries in peace, the King of Egypt, Ra-userma-sotep-en-Ra, the son
+of Ra, Rameses, beloved of Amen, living eternally.
+
+
+
+
+Hymn To Osiris
+
+
+                (Stele of Amen-em-ha, Eighteenth Dynasty)
+
+
+                     Translated by M. Francois Chabas
+
+
+This stele is one of the usual funereal tablets which are found in the
+cemeteries at Memphis and Thebes. The upper part of the tablet is round,
+and has the two sacred eyes and symbolical signets, which, as well as the
+winged globe, almost invariably surmount these sacred inscriptions, and of
+which the meaning has not yet been satisfactorily determined.
+
+Immediately below this emblem are two vignettes: in the first a
+functionary named Amen-em-ha ("Amen at the beginning") presents a funereal
+offering to his father Amen-mes ("Amen's son," or, "born of Amen") the
+steward of the deity's flocks,(439) beside whom is his deceased wife
+Nefer-t-aru and a young boy, his son, Amen-em-ua ("Amen in the bark"). In
+the second vignette, a principal priest (_heb_) of Osiris, dressed in the
+sacerdotal leopard's skin, offers incense to the lady Te-bok ("The
+servant-maid"); below is a row of kneeling figures, namely: two sons,
+Si-t-mau ("Son of the mother"), Amen-Ken ("Amon the warlike"), and four
+daughters, Meri-t-ma ("Loving justice"), Amen-Set ("Daughter of Amen"),
+Souten-mau ("Royal Mother"), and Hui-em-neter ("Food for god"). As there
+is no indication of relationship between the subjects of the two
+vignettes, it may be inferred that Te-Bok was a second wife of Amen-em-ha.
+
+The lower portion of the tablet is filled up with the following Hymn to
+Osiris, written in twenty-eight lines of hieroglyphics which are very well
+preserved except wherever the name of the deity Amen occurs, which has
+been hammered out(440) evidently at the time of the religious revolution
+in Egypt under the reign of Amenophis IV, who, assuming the name of
+Chu-en-aten ("Splendor," or, "Glory of the solar disk"), overthrew the
+worship of the older divinities and principally that of Amen-Ra; a change
+which was again overthrown in the period of his successors, who restored
+the former letters. From the style of art and other indications it is
+almost certain that the monument was erected in the reign of Thothmes I of
+the eighteenth dynasty.
+
+The stele is now deposited in the Bibliotheque Nationale, Paris, and has
+been published by M. Chabas in the "_Revue Archeologique_," May-June,
+1857, after a paper stamp taken by the late M. Deveria.
+
+A HYMN TO OSIRIS
+
+1 Adoration of Osiris by the Steward of the flocks, Amen-em-ha, Son of the
+Lady Nefer-t-ari: he says,
+
+Welcome to thee(441) Osiris, Lord of length of times, King of the gods, of
+many names, of holy transformations, of mysterious forms in the temples,
+august being, residing in Tattu, Great One contained
+
+2 in Sokhem, Master of invocations in Ant.(442) Principle of abundance in
+On; who has the right to command in the place of double justice,
+mysterious soul, Lord of Kerer, Holy One of the White Wall, Soul of the
+sun, his very body reposing in
+
+3 Souten-Khnen; author of invocations in the region of the tree Ner: whose
+soul is existing for vigilance; Lord of the great dwelling in
+Sesennou(443) the very awful in Shashotep; Lord of the length of times in
+Abydos.
+
+The road to his dwelling is in the To-sar;(444) his name is stable in
+
+4 men's mouths. He is the _paut-ti_(445) of the world, Atum, feeder of
+beings among the gods, beneficent spirit in the abode of spirits.
+
+From him the heavenly Nile(446) derives its waters; from him comes the
+wind, and respirable air(447) is in his nostrils, for his satisfaction,
+and
+
+5 taste of his heart. For him, the ground brings forth to abundance; in
+obedience to him is the upper heaven and its stars, and he opens the great
+gates; he is the Master of invocations in the south heavens, and of
+adorations in the north heavens: the moving
+
+6 constellations are under the place of his face, they are his dwellings,
+as also the reposing constellations. To him Seb orders offerings to be
+presented: the gods adore him; those who are in the lower heaven bow to
+him, the divine Chiefs(448) doing reverence, all supplicating.
+
+7 They see him, those who are there, the august ones, and stand in awe
+from him; the whole earth glorifies him when his holiness proceeds [on the
+vault of the sky]: he is a Sahou illustrious among the Sahous, great in
+dignity, permanent in empire. He is the excellent master of the gods, fair
+and
+
+8 beloved by all who see him. He imposes his fear to all lands so that
+they like to exalt his name to the first rank. Through him all are in
+abundance; Lord of fame in heaven and on earth. Multiplied (are his)
+acclamations in the feast of Ouak; acclamations are made to him by the
+
+9 two worlds unanimously. He is the eldest, the first of his brothers, the
+Chief of the gods, he it is who maintains justice in the two worlds, and
+who places the son in the seat of his father; he is the praise of his
+father Seb, the love of his mother Nou; very valiant, he overthrows the
+impure; invincible, he strikes
+
+10 his opponent, he inspires his fear to his enemy; he seizes the wicked
+one's boundaries; firm of heart, his feet are vigilant: he is the
+offspring of Seb, ruling the two worlds. He (Seb) has seen his virtues and
+has commanded him to conduct
+
+11 the nations by the hand continually.(449) He has made this world with
+his hand, its waters, its atmosphere, its vegetation, all its flocks, all
+its flying things, all its fish, all its reptiles and quadrupeds. Justice
+is rendered to the
+
+12 Son of Nou and the world is at quiet when he ascends the seat of his
+father like the sun: he shines at the horizon, he enlightens the darkness,
+he illuminates shades by his double plume:(450) he inundates the world
+like
+
+13 the sun every morning. His diadem predominates at top of heaven and
+accompanies(451) the stars: he is the guide(452) of all the gods.
+
+He is beneficent in will and words: he is the praise of the great gods and
+the love of the small gods.
+
+His sister took care of him, by dissipating his enemies,
+
+14 repelling (bad) luck; she sends forth her voice by the virtues(453) of
+her mouth: wise of tongue, no word of hers fails. She is beneficent in
+will and speech: It is Isis the beneficent, the avenger of her brother:
+she unrepiningly sought him:
+
+15 she went the round of the world lamenting him: she stopped not till she
+found him: she shadowed with her wings; her wings caused wind, making the
+invocation of her brother's burial;
+
+16 she raised the remains of the god of the resting heart: she extracted
+his essence: she had a child, she suckled the baby in (loneliness) secret;
+none know where that happened.
+
+The arm (of the child) has become strong in the great dwelling
+
+17 of Seb.(454) The gods are joyous at the arrival of Osiris, son of Horus
+intrepid, justified, son of Isis, heir of Osiris. The divine Chiefs join
+him: the gods recognize the Universal Lad himself. The Lords of justice
+there united
+
+18 to watch over iniquity and sit in Seb's great dwelling are giving
+authority to its Lord.(455) The reign of justice belongs to him. Horus has
+found his justification; given to him is the title of his father, he
+appears with the royal fillet,
+
+19 by the orders of Seb. He takes the royalty of the two worlds; the crown
+of the _superior_ region is fixed on his head. He judges the world as he
+likes: heaven and earth are below the place of his face: he commands
+mankind; the intelligent beings, the race of the Egyptians, and the
+northern barbarians.(456) The circuit
+
+20 of the solar disk is under his management, the winds, the waters, the
+wood of the plants and all vegetables. A god of seeds, he gives all herbs
+and the abundance of the ground. He affords plentifulness(457) and gives
+it to all the earth.
+
+21 All men are in ecstasy, hearts in sweetness, bosoms in joy; everybody
+is in adoration. Everyone glorifies his goodness: mild is his love for us;
+his tenderness environs (our) hearts: great is his love in all bosoms. The
+
+22 Son of Isis has justice rendered him: his foe falls under his fury, and
+the evil-doer at the sound of his voice: the violent is at his final hour,
+the Son of Isis, father avenger, approaches him.
+
+23 Sanctifying, beneficent is his name; veneration finds its place:
+respect immutable for his laws: the path is open, the footpaths are
+opened: both worlds are at rest: evil flies and earth becomes fecundant
+peaceably under its Lord. Justice is confirmed
+
+by its Lord who pursues iniquity.
+
+24 Mild is thy heart, O Ounnefer, son of Isis! he has taken the crown of
+the Upper region: to him is acknowledged his father's authority in the
+great dwelling of Seb: Phra when speaking, Thoth in writing,
+
+25 the divine Chiefs are at rest.
+
+What thy father Seb has commanded for thee, let that be done according to
+his word.
+
+(This Egyptian "So be it" ends the hymn. Below this is the usual formula.)
+
+Oblation to Osiris living in the west, Lord of Abydos: may he allow
+funereal gifts: bread, liquor, oxen, geese, clothes, incense, oil, all
+gifts of vegetation:
+
+To make the transformations, to enjoy the Nile, to appear as a living
+soul, to see the solar disk every morning: to go and to come in the
+Ru-sat: that the soul may not be repulsed in the Neter-Kher. To be
+gratified(458) among the favored ones, in presence of Ounnefer, to take
+the aliments presented on the altars of the great god, to breathe the
+delicious air and to drink of the rivers current. To the steward of the
+flocks of Ammon, Amen-mes, justified "Son of Lady Hen-t, justified, his
+consort, who loves him ..."
+
+(The name of Nefer-t-aru, which ought to end the phrase, has been
+completely chiselled out.)
+
+
+
+
+Travels Of An Egyptian In The Fourteenth Century B.C.
+
+
+                   From a Papyrus in the British Museum
+
+
+             Translated by M. F. Chabas and M. C. W. Goodwin
+
+
+The "Travels of an Egyptian" has first been translated into English by M.
+C. W. Goodwin ("Cambridge Essays," 1858, p. 267-269), from a hieratic
+papyrus in the British Museum, published in fac-simile by the trustees
+(Fo. 1842, pl. 35-61). In 1866, M. F. Chabas, availing himself of the
+collaboration of M. Goodwin, published a full translation of the same in
+French ("_Voyage d'un Egyptien en Syrie, en Phenicie_," etc., 4to, 1866),
+including a copy of the hieratic text with a double transcription into
+hieroglyphic and Coptic types, and a perpetual commentary. Objections were
+made by M. H. Brugsch ("_Revue Critique_," Paris, 1868, _Aout et
+Septembre)._ But M. Chabas strongly vindicated his views in an additional
+work, "_Voyage d'un Egyptien--Reponse a la Critique_," Chalons, 1868, 4to,
+since which the matter seems to be settled among Egyptologists. The debate
+was, however, unimportant in regard to geographical information, as it
+bore merely on the point to ascertain whether the narrative refers to an
+actual journey really effected by the Egyptian officer named a Mohar, or a
+model narrative of a supposed voyage drawn from a previous relation of a
+similar trip extant at the time.
+
+TRAVELS OF AN EGYPTIAN
+
+_Section 1_
+
+18.3 Thy letter which is full of _lacunae_ is loaded with pretentious
+expressions: such is the retribution of those who wish to understand it;
+it is a charge
+
+18.4 which thou hast charged at thy will. "I am a scribe, a Mohar," hast
+thou repeated: let us respect thy word and set off.
+
+18.5 Thou hast put horses to the chariots; thy horses are as swift as
+jackals: their eyes flash; they are like a hurricane bursting; thou takest
+
+18.6 the reins, seizest the bow: we contemplate the deeds of thy hand. I
+send thee back the Mohar's portrait: and make thee know
+
+18.7 his actions. Didst thou not then go to the country of the Kheta? Hast
+thou not seen the land of Aup? Knowest thou not Khatuma, Ikatai
+
+18.8 likewise? how is it? The Tsor of Sesortris, the city of Khaleb on its
+vicinity?--
+
+19.1 How goes it with its ford? Hast thou not made an expedition to Qodesh
+and Tubakkhi? Hast thou not gone to the Shasous?
+
+19.2 with the auxiliary body? Hast thou not trampled the road of Pamakar
+the sky(459) was dark on the day when
+
+19.3 there flourished the cypresses, the oaks and cedars, which reached up
+to heaven: there are many lions, wolves, and hyenas
+
+19.4 which the Shasous track on all sides. Didst thou not ascend the
+mountain of Shaoua? Hast thou not travelled, thy arms
+
+19.5 placed on the back of thy car separated from its harness by the
+horses drawing it?
+
+19.6 Oh! come to ... barta. Thou hastenest to get there: thou crossest
+
+19.7 its ford. Thou seest a Mohar's trials. Thy car
+
+19.8 is placed in thy hand: thy strength fails. Thou arrivest at the
+night: all thy limbs
+
+19.9 are knocked up: thy bones are broken, thou fallest asleep from excess
+of somnolence: thou wakest up--
+
+20.1 'Tis the hour when sad night begins: thou art absolutely alone. Comes
+there not a thief to rob the
+
+20.2 things left aside: he enters the stable: the horses are agitated: the
+thief goes back in the night
+
+20.3 carrying away thy clothes. Thy servant awakes in the night; he
+perceives the thief's actions: he takes away the rest,
+
+20.4 he goes among the bad ones; and joins the tribes of the Shasous: and
+transforms himself to an Asiatic.
+
+20.5 The enemy comes to plunder, he finds only the wreck: Thou wakest,
+dost thou not find them
+
+20.6 in their flight? They take thy baggage. Thou becomest an active and
+quick-eared Mohar?
+
+_Section 2_
+
+20.7 I also describe to thee the holy city, whose name is Kapaon (Gabal).
+How is it? Of their goddess (we will speak) another time. Therein
+
+20.8 hast thou not penetrated? Come then to Berytus, to Sidon, to Sarepta.
+The ford
+
+21.1 of Nazana, where is it? Aoutou, how is it? They are neighbors of
+another city on the sea. Tyre the
+
+21.2 port is its name: water is carried to it in barks, it is richer in
+fish than in sands.
+
+_Section 3_
+
+21.3 I will speak to thee also of two other small chapters. The entrance
+of Djaraou, and the order thou hast given to set this city in flames. A
+Mohar's office is a very painful one.
+
+21.4 Come, set off to return to Pakaikna. Where is the road of Aksaph?
+
+21.5 In the environs of the city; come then to the mountain of Ousor: its
+top,
+
+21.6 how is it? Where is the mountain of Ikama? Who can master it? What
+way has the Mohar
+
+21.7 gone to Hazor? How about its ford? let me go to Hamath,
+
+21.8 to Takar, to Takar-Aar, the all-assembling place of the Mohars; come
+
+22.1 then, on the road that leads there. Make me to see Jah. How has one
+got to Matamim?
+
+22.2 Do not repel us by thy teachings; make us to know them.
+
+_Section 4_
+
+22.3 I will speak to thee of the towns other than the preceding ones.
+Wentest thou not to the land of Takhis, to Cofer-Marlon, to Tamena,
+
+22.4 to Qodesh, to Dapour, to Adjai, and to Harnemata? Hast thou not seen
+Keriath-Anab, near to
+
+22.5 Beith-Tuphar? Knowest them not Odulam and Tsidphoth? Knowest thou not
+the name of
+
+22.6 Khaouretsa, which is in the land of Aup? 'Tis a bull on his frontier,
+the place where one sees the battle (melee)
+
+22.7 of the brave ones. Come then to the image of Sina: let me know Rohob:
+
+22.8 represent to me Beith-Sheal as well as Keriathaal. The fords of the
+
+23.1 Jordan, how does one cross them? let me know the passage to enter
+Mageddo, whereof it remains to speak. Thou art a Mohar,
+
+23.2 expert in courageous deeds. Is there found a Mohar like thee to march
+at the head of the soldiers, a Marina
+
+23.3 superior to thee to shoot an arrow! Take care of the gulf in the
+ravine 2,000 cubits deep, full of rocks and rolling stones.
+
+23.4 Thou makest a _detour_: seizest thy bow; preparest the iron in thy
+left hand; showest thyself to the good chiefs.
+
+23.5 Their eye looks down at thy hand: "Slave, give camel for the Mohar to
+eat." Thou makest thy name of Mohar known,
+
+23.6 master of the captains of Egypt; thy name becomes like that of
+Kadjarti, the Chief of Assur, after his encounter with
+
+23.7 the hyenas in the wood, on the defile infected by the wood-hidden
+Shasous.
+
+23.8 Some of these were four cubits from the nose to the heel: fierce
+without mildness, not listening to caresses.
+
+23.9 Thou art alone, no guide with thee, nor troop behind thee. Didst thou
+not meet the Marmar? He makes thee
+
+24.1 pass: thou must decide on departing, and knowest not the road.
+Anxiety seizes thee, thy hair bristles up:
+
+24.2 thy soul places itself in thy hand: thy way is full of rocks and
+rolling stones, no practicable passage; the road is obstructed by
+
+24.3 hollies, nopals,(460) aloes and bushes called "dog-wolf's shoes." On
+one side is the precipice, on the other rises the vertical wall of the
+mountain.
+
+24.4 Thou must advance going down. Thy car strikes the wall and thy horses
+are startled by the rebound:
+
+24.5 they stop at the bottom of the harness; thy reins are precipitated
+and left behind; all fall down, thou passest on.
+
+24.6 The horses break the pole and move it out of the path; you cannot
+think of refastening them, cannot repair
+
+24.7 them. The seats are precipitated from their places; the horses refuse
+to be loaded with them. Thy heart fails thee. Thou beginnest to
+
+24.8 reel; the sky is clear: thirst torments thee: the enemy is behind
+thee, thou beginnest to quake;
+
+25.1 a thorny bush hinders thee; thou placest it aside; the horses wound
+themselves.
+
+25.2 At this moment thou art stretched flat and beholdest the sad
+satisfaction (of thy state?). Entering Joppa
+
+25.3 thou seest a verdant enclosure in a ripe state. Thou makest an
+opening for eating the fruit. Thou findest a pretty
+
+25.4 young girl who takes care of the gardens: she yields herself to thee
+as a companion, and yields to thee her secret charms.
+
+25.5 Thou art perceived: thou art subjected to an interrogatory; thou art
+recognized as a Mohar. Thy tie of
+
+25.6 sweet servitude, is settled by a compromise. Each night thou liest
+down; a rug of hair
+
+25.7 is on thee: thou imprudently fallest asleep, a robber takes away thy
+bow, thy dagger,
+
+25.8 and thy quiver: thy reins are cut in the night, and thy horses run
+away. Thy valet takes a sliding path: the road mounts before him, he
+breaks
+
+26.1 thy car in pieces ... thy armor-pieces fall on the ground.
+
+26.2 They sink in the sand. Thou must have recourse to prayers, and thou
+gettest puzzled in thy address. Give me victuals and water, and I
+
+26.3 shall reach my safety. They pretend to be deaf, they do not listen:
+they do not consent. Thou orderest:
+
+26.4 "Pass to the forge! Pass through the workshops!" Workmen in wood and
+metals and workmen in leather come before thee: they do
+
+26.5 all thou wishest. They repair thy car, leaving aside all
+unserviceable pieces: they nail on again
+
+26.6 a new pole: they replace the fittings: they replace the leathers of
+the harness, and at the back
+
+26.7 they consolidate thy yoke: they replace the metallic ornaments: they
+incrust the marquetry:
+
+26.8 they put on the handle of thy whip and arrange the thongs. Thou
+leavest very hastily
+
+26.9 to fight at the perilous post; to perform valiant deeds.
+
+_Section 5_
+
+27.1 Mapou, O chosen scribe! Mohar, who knows his hand, conductor of the
+Arunas, chief of Tsebaou, explorer of the most distant limits of the land
+of Pa ... thou dost not
+
+27.2 answer me anyhow: thou givest me no account; come let me tell all
+that happened to thee at the end of thy road. I begin
+
+27.3 for thee at the dwelling of Sestsou (Rameses): hast thou not forced
+thy way therein? Hast thou not eaten fishes of...?
+
+27.4 Hast thou not bathed therein? Oh, come, let us describe Atsion to
+thee: where is its fortress?
+
+27.5 Come to the house of Ouati; to
+Sestsou-em-paif-nakhtou-ousormara;(461) to Sats ... aal,
+
+27.6 also to Aksakaba? I have pictured to you Ainini. Knowest thou not its
+customs? Nekhai,
+
+27.7 and Rehoboth, hast thou not seen them since thy birth, O eminent
+Mohar? Raphia,
+
+27.8 how about its entrenchment? It covers the space of an _aour_ going
+toward Gaza.
+
+27.9 Answer quickly, and speak to me of what I have said of a Mohar
+concerning thee. I have thunderstruck
+
+28.1 the strangers at thy name of Marina: I have told them of thy fierce
+humor, according to which word thou saidst: "I am fit for all works; I
+have been taught by my father, who had verified his judgment millions of
+times. I
+
+28.2 can hold the reins, and also am skilful in action. Courage never
+forsakes my limbs; I am of the race Mentou."
+
+All that issues from thy tongue is very thwarting: thy phrases
+
+28.3 are very puzzling: thou comest to me enveloped in difficulties
+charged with recrimination. Thou cuttest off the discourse of those who
+come in thy presence; thou dost not disgust thyself with fumbling, and
+
+28.4 with a stern face sayest: "Hasten ye: and desist not! How to do not
+to be able to succeed in it, and how to do to succeed in it?"(462) No! I
+stop not, for I arrive; let thy preoccupation get calmed:
+
+28.5 tranquillize thy heart: prepare not privations for him who offerest
+himself to eat. I have mutilated the end of thy book, and I send it to
+thee back, as thou didst request; thy orders accumulate on my tongue, they
+rest on my lips:
+
+28.6 but they are difficult to understand; an unskilful man could not
+distinguish them; they are like the words of a man of Athou with a man of
+Abou. Yet thou art a scribe of Pharaoh; whose goodness reveals the essence
+of the universe.
+
+28.7 Be gracious when seeing this work, and say not, "Thou hast made my
+name repugnant to the rabble, to all men." See I have made for thee the
+portrait of the Mohar: I have travelled for thee through foreign
+provinces. I have collected
+
+28.8 for thee nations and cities after their customs. Be gracious to us:
+behold them calmly: find words to speak of them when thou wilt be with the
+prince Ouah.
+
+
+
+
+Dirge Of Menephtah
+
+
+                      Translated by S. Birch, LL.D.
+
+
+The following short poetical eulogium of a king, apparently of Menephtah
+or Seti II of the nineteenth dynasty, is found in Papyrus Anastasi 4 of
+the British Museum. It is published in "Select Papyri," pl. lxxxiv, l.
+2-9; lxxxv, l. 1. Although not divided by red dots it is clearly poetic in
+style, and is accordingly given in paragraphs. From the final line it
+appears to be addressed to the monarch after his death. Although the
+titles do not exactly correspond with those of Rameses II, or Menephtah,
+it appears to relate to him, as the papyrus is of his reign and that of
+Seti II of the same dynasty. It may indeed refer to this later monarch;
+but as no cartouche is given and the titles after the palatial or
+so-called Horus ones are doubtful, it is uncertain whom the monarch is to
+whom it refers. It has been translated by M. Chabas ("_L'Egypt aux temps
+de l'exode_," Chalons, 1873, p. 118).
+
+
+    DIRGE OF MENEPHTAH
+
+    1 Amen gave thy heart pleasure,
+    2 he gave thee a good old age,
+    3 a lifetime of pleasure followed thee
+    4 blessed was thy lip, sound thy arm
+    5 strong thy eye to see afar
+    6 thou hast been clothed in linen.(463)
+    7 Thou hast guided thy horse and chariot
+    8 of gold with thy hand
+    9 the whip in thy hand, yoked were the steeds
+    10 the Xaru,(464) and Nahsi,(465) marched before thee
+    11 a proof of what thou hadst done
+    12 thou hast proceeded to thy boat of _as_(466) wood
+    13 a boat made of it before and behind
+    14 thou hast approached the beautiful tower which
+    15 thou thyself made
+    16 thy mouth was full of wine, beer, bread and flesh
+    17 were slaughtered cattle and wine opened:
+    18 the sweet song was made before thee
+    19 thy head anointer anointed thee with _kami_(467)
+    20 the chief of thy garden pools brought crown
+    21 the superintendent of thy fields brought birds
+    22 thy fisherman brought fish
+    23 thy galley came from Xaru(468) laden with good things
+    24 thy stable was full of horses(469)
+    25 thy female slaves were strong(470)
+    26 thy enemies were placed fallen
+    27 thy word no one opposed
+    28 Thou hast gone before the gods the victor the justified!(471)
+
+
+
+
+Hymn To The Nile
+
+
+                      Translated by Rev. F. C. Cook
+
+
+This hymn is important as bearing witness to the state of religious
+thought in Egypt in the time of Merneptah, the son of Rameses II,
+nineteenth dynasty, according to the generality of Egyptologers,
+contemporary with Moses. It is extant in two papyri, "Sallier," ii, p. 11,
+"Select Papyri," pls. xx-xxiii, and "Anastasi," vii. "Select Papyri," pls.
+cxxxiv-cxxxix, published by the trustees of the British Museum.
+
+The name of the author Enna is well known. He wrote the "Romance of the
+Two Brothers" and other works preserved in the "Select Papyri," and
+partially translated by Mr. Goodwin, in "Cambridge Essays," 1858, p. 257,
+and M. G. Maspero, in "_Genre epistolaire chez les anciens Egyptiens_,"
+Paris, 1872.
+
+A translation of this hymn was published by Maspero ("_Hymne au Nil_"), in
+1868, with an introduction and critical notes of great value.
+
+The attention of the reader is specially called to the metrical structure
+of this poem. The stanzas, containing upon an average ten couplets, are
+distinctly marked in the original, the first word in each being written in
+red letters; hence the origin of rubricated MSS. Each clause also has a
+red point at the close. The resemblance with the earliest Hebrew poems has
+been pointed out by the translator in the "Introduction to the Book of
+Psalms," and in the "Notes on Exodus," in the "Speaker's Commentary on the
+Bible."
+
+
+    HYMN TO THE NILE
+
+    I. _Strophe_
+    _Adoration of the Nile_
+
+    1 Hail to thee O Nile!
+    2 Thou showest thyself in this land,
+    3 Coming in peace, giving life to Egypt:
+    4 O Ammon, (thou) leadest night unto day,(472)
+    5 A leading that rejoices the heart!
+    6 Overflowing the gardens created by Ra.(473)
+    7 Giving life to all animals;
+    8 Watering the land without ceasing:
+    9 The way of heaven descending:(474)
+    10 Lover of _food_, bestower of corn,
+    11 Giving light to every home, O Ptah!
+
+    II.
+
+    1 Lord of fishes, when the inundation returns
+    2 No fowls fall on the cultures.(475)
+    3 Maker of spelt; creator of wheat:
+    4 who maintaineth the temples!
+    5 Idle hands he loathes(476)
+    6 For myriads, for all the wretched.
+    7 If the gods in heaven are grieved,(477)
+    8 Then sorrow cometh on men.
+
+    III.
+
+    1 He maketh the whole land open to the oxen,(478)
+    2 And the great and the small are rejoicing;
+    3 The response of men at his coming!(479)
+    4 His likeness is Num!(480)
+    5 He shineth, then the land exulteth!
+    6 All bellies are in joy!
+    7 Every creature receives nourishment!
+    8 All teeth get food.
+
+    IV.
+
+    1 Bringer of food! Great lord of provisions!
+    2 Creator of all good things!
+    3 Lord of terrors(481) and of choicest joys!
+    4 All are combined in him.
+    5 He produceth grass for the oxen;
+    6 Providing victims for every god.
+    7 The choice incense is that which he supplies.
+    8 Lord in both regions,
+    9 He filleth the granaries, enricheth the storehouses,
+    10 He careth for the state of the poor.
+
+    V.
+
+    1 He causeth growth to fulfil all desires,
+    2 He never wearies of it.
+    3 He maketh his might a buckler.(482)
+    4 He is not graven in marble,(483)
+    5 As an image bearing the double crown.
+    6 He is not beheld:
+    7 He hath neither ministrants nor offerings:
+    8 He is not adored in sanctuaries:
+    9 His abode is not known:
+    10 No shrine is found with painted figures.(484)
+
+    VI.
+
+    1 There is no building that can contain him!(485)
+    2 There is no counsellor(486) in thy heart!
+    3 Thy youth delight in thee, thy children:
+    4 Thou directest(487) them as King.
+    5 Thy law is established in the whole land,
+    6 In the presence of thy servants in the North:(488)
+    7 Every eye is satisfied with him:(489)
+    8 He careth for the abundance of his blessings.
+
+    VII.
+
+    1 The inundation comes, (then) cometh rejoicing;
+    2 Every heart exulteth:
+    3 The tooth of the crocodiles, the children of Neith(490)
+    4 (Even) the circle of the gods who are counted with thee.
+    5 Doth not its outburst water the fields,
+    6 Overcoming mortals (with joy):
+    7 Watering one to produce another.(491)
+    8 There is none who worketh with him;
+    9 He produces food without the aid of Neith.(492)
+    10 Mortals he causes to rejoice.
+
+    VIII.
+
+    1 He giveth light on his coming from darkness:(493)
+    2 In the pastures of his cattle
+    3 His might produceth all:
+    4 What was not, his moisture bringeth to life,
+    5 Men are clothed to fill his gardens:
+    6 He careth for his laborers.
+    7 He maketh even and noontide,
+    8 He is the infinite Ptah and Kabes.(494)
+    9 He createth all works therein,
+    10 All writings, all sacred words,
+    11 All his implements in the North.(495)
+
+    IX.
+
+    1 He enters with words the interior of his house,(496)
+    2 When he willeth he goeth forth from his mystic fane.
+    3 Thy wrath is destruction of fishes.(497)
+    4 Then(498) men implore thee for the waters of the season.
+    5 "That the Thebaid may be seen like the Delta.
+    6 That every man be seen bearing his tools,
+    7 No man left behind his comrade!
+    8 Let the clothed be unclothed,
+    9 No adornments for the sons of nobles,
+    10 No circle of gods in the night!"
+    11 The response (of the god) is refreshing water,
+    12 Filling all men with fatness.
+
+    X.
+
+    1 Establisher of justice! men rejoice
+    2 With flattering words to worship(499) thee,
+    3 Worshipped together with the mighty water!
+    4 Men present offerings of corn,
+    5 Adoring all the gods:
+    6 No fowls fall on the land.(500)
+    7 Thy hand is adorned with gold,(501)
+    8 As moulded of an ingot of gold,
+    9 Precious as pure lapis lazuli,(502)
+    10 Corn in its state of germination is not eaten.(503)
+
+    XI.
+
+    1 The hymn is addressed to thee with the harp;
+    2 It is played with a (skilful) hand to thee!
+    3 The youths rejoice at thee!
+    4 Thy own children.
+    5 Thou hast rewarded their labor.
+    6 There is a great one adorning the land;
+    7 An enlightener, a buckler in front of men,
+    8 Quickening the heart in depression.
+    9 Loving the increase of all his cattle.
+
+    XII.
+
+    1 Thou shinest in the city of the King;
+    2 Then the householders are satiated with good things,
+    3 The poor man laughs at the lotus.(504)
+    4 All things are perfectly ordered.
+    5 Every kind of herb for thy children.
+    6 If food should fail,
+    7 All enjoyment is cast on the ground,
+    8 The land falls in weariness.
+
+    XIII.
+
+    1 O inundation of Nile, offerings are made to thee:
+    2 Oxen are slain to thee:
+    3 Great festivals are kept for thee;
+    4 Fowls are sacrificed to thee;
+    5 Beasts of the field are caught for thee
+    6 Pure flames are offered to thee;
+    7 Offerings are made to every god,
+    8 As they are made unto Nile.
+    9 Incense ascends unto heaven,
+    10 Oxen, bulls, fowls are burnt!
+    11 Nile makes for himself chasms in the Thebaid;(505)
+    12 Unknown is his name in heaven,
+    13 He doth not manifest his forms!
+    14 Vain are all representations!(506)
+
+    XIV.
+
+    1 Mortals extol (him), and the cycle of gods!
+    2 Awe is felt by the terrible ones;
+    3 His son(507) is made Lord of all,
+    4 To enlighten all Egypt.(508)
+    5 Shine forth, shine forth, O Nile! shine forth!
+    6 Giving life to men by his oxen:
+    7 Giving life to his oxen by the pastures!
+    8 Shine forth in glory, O Nile.
+
+
+
+
+The Solemn Festal Dirge Of The Egyptians
+
+
+                    Translated by C. W. Goodwin, M.A.
+
+
+This dirge or hymn, which is that alluded to by Herodotus,(509) is
+contained in one of the "Harris Papyri" (No. 500), the same from which I
+have already translated the "Story of the Doomed Prince." The first line
+of the hymn ascribes it to the authorship of King Antuf, one of the
+Pharaohs of the eleventh dynasty. The papyrus itself is, however, of the
+time of Thothmes III, eighteenth dynasty, but that is no reason why all
+the texts in the MSS. should be of the latter date. The translation here
+given was printed by myself for the first time in the "Transactions of the
+Society of Biblical Archaeology," Vol. III, part 1, but the hieroglyphic
+text remains yet to be published. A fragment of another copy of this
+identical hymn is to be found in the "_Monumens __ du Musee de Leide_,"
+part iii, pl. 12, and from it several words which were wanting in the
+Harris papyrus have been restored.
+
+
+    FESTAL DIRGE
+
+    1 (Wanting.)
+
+    2 The song of the house of King Antuf, deceased, which is
+                (written) in front of
+
+    3 the player on the harp.(510)
+    All hail to the good Prince,
+    the worthy good (man),
+    the body is fated(?) to pass away,
+    the atoms(511)
+
+    4 remain, ever since the time of the ancestors.
+    The gods who were beforetime rest in their tombs, the
+    mummies
+
+    5 of the saints likewise are enwrapped in their tombs.
+    They who build houses, and they who have no houses, see!
+
+    6 what becomes of them.
+    I have heard the words of Imhotep(512) and Hartatef.(513)
+    It is said in their sayings,
+
+    7 After all, what is prosperity?
+    Their fenced walls are dilapidated.
+    Their houses are as that which has never existed.
+
+    8 No man comes from thence
+    who tells of their sayings,
+    who tells of their affairs,
+    who encourages our hearts.
+    Ye go
+
+    9 to the place whence they return not.(514)
+    Strengthen thy heart to forget how thou hast enjoyed thyself,
+    fulfil thy desire whilst thou livest.
+
+    10 Put oils upon thy head
+    clothe thyself with fine linen adorned with precious metals
+
+    11 with the _gifts_ of God
+    multiply thy good things,
+    yield to thy desire,
+    fulfil thy desire with thy good things
+
+    12 (whilst thou art) upon earth,
+    according to the dictation of thy heart.
+    The day will come to thee,
+    when one hears not the voice
+    when the one who is at rest hears not
+
+    13 their voices.(515)
+    Lamentations deliver not him who is in the tomb.(516)
+
+    14 Feast in tranquillity
+    seeing that there is no one who carries away his goods with him.
+    Yea, behold, none who goes thither comes back again.
+
+
+
+
+Hymns To Amen
+
+
+                    Translated by C. W. Goodwin, M.A.
+
+
+These beautiful poems are contained in the "Anastasi Papyri" in the
+collection at the British Museum. They have been mostly translated in
+French by M. F. Chabas, from whose interpretation I have occasionally
+found reason to differ.
+
+The papyrus itself is considerably mutilated, and bears no date, but from
+the character of the script there can be little doubt that it is of the
+period of the nineteenth dynasty.
+
+These hymns have been published by myself with exegetical notes in the
+"Transactions of the Society of Biblical Archaeology," vol. II, part 2,
+1873, p. 353; and, as before mentioned, in French by M. Chabas in the
+"_Melanges Egyptologiques_," 1870, p. 117.
+
+
+    HYMN TO AMEN(517)
+
+    1 "O Amen, lend thine ear to him
+    2 who is alone before the tribunal,
+    3 he is poor (he is not) rich.
+    4 The court oppresses him;
+    5 silver and gold for the clerks of the book,
+    6 garments for the servants. There is no other Amen, acting as a
+                judge,
+    7 to deliver (one) from his misery;
+    8 when the poor man is before the tribunal,
+    9 (making) the poor to go forth rich."
+
+    HYMN TO AMEN(518)
+
+    1 "I cry, the beginning of wisdom is the way of Amen,(519)
+    2 the rudder of (truth).
+    3 Thou art he that giveth bread to him who has none,
+    4 that sustaineth the servant of his house.
+    5 Let no prince be my defender in all my troubles.
+    6 Let not my memorial be placed under the power
+    7 of any man who is in the house ... My Lord is (my) defender;
+    8 I know his power, to wit, (he is) a strong defender,
+    9 there is none mighty except him alone.
+    10 Strong is Amen, knowing how to answer,
+    11 fulfilling the desire of him who cries to him;
+    12 the Sun the true King of gods,
+    13 the Strong Bull, the mighty lover (of power)."
+
+    HYMN TO AMEN(520)
+
+    1 "Come to me, O thou Sun;
+    2 Horus of the horizon give me (help);
+    3 Thou art he that giveth (help);
+    4 there is no help without thee,
+    5 excepting thou (givest it).
+    6 Come to me Tum,(521) hear me thou great god.
+    7 My heart goeth forth toward An(522)
+    8 Let my desires be fulfilled,
+    9 let my heart be joyful, my inmost heart in gladness.
+    10 Hear my vows, my humble supplications every day,
+    11 my adorations by night;
+    12 my (cries of) terror ... prevailing in my mouth,
+    13 which come from my (mouth) one by one.
+    14 O Horus of the horizon there is no other beside like him,
+    15 protector of millions, deliverer of hundreds of thousands,
+    16 the defender of him that calls to him, the Lord of An.(523)
+    17 Reproach me not(524) with my many sins.
+    18 I am a youth, weak of body.(525)
+    19 I am a man without heart.
+    20 Anxiety comes upon me(526) as an ox upon grass.
+    21 If I pass the night in ...(527) and I find refreshment,
+    22 anxiety returns to me in the time of lying down."
+
+
+
+
+Hymn To Pharaoh
+
+
+[The previous hymns are addressed to the Supreme Being, under the names of
+Amen, Horus, and Tum, all identical with the Sun. But for the old
+Egyptians the ruling Pharaoh of the day was the living image and
+vicegerent of the Sun, and they saw no profanity in addressing the King in
+terms precisely similar to those with which they worshipped their god. The
+following address or petition, which also is found in the "Anastasi
+Papyri," is a remarkable instance of this:]
+
+
+    HYMN TO PHARAOH(528)
+
+    1 "Long live the King!(529)
+    2 This comes to inform the King
+    3 to the royal hall of the lover of truth,
+    4 the great heaven wherein the Sun is.
+    5 (Give) thy attention to me, thou Sun that risest
+    6 to enlighten the earth with this (his) goodness.
+    7 The solar orb of men chasing the darkness from Egypt.
+    8 Thou art as it were the image of thy father the Sun,
+    9 who rises in heaven. Thy beams penetrate the cavern.
+    10 No place is without thy goodness.
+    11 Thy sayings are the law of every land.
+    12 When thou reposest in thy palace,
+    13 thou hearest the words of all the lands.
+    14 Thou hast millions of ears.
+    15 Bright is thy eye above the stars of heaven,
+    16 able to gaze at the solar orb.
+    17 If anything be spoken by the mouth in the cavern,
+    18 it ascends into thy ears.
+    19 Whatsoever is done in secret, thy eye seeth it,
+    20 O Baenra Meriamen,(530) merciful Lord, creator of breath."
+
+
+[This is not the language of a courtier. It seems to be a genuine
+expression of the belief that the King was the living representative of
+Deity, and from this point of view is much more interesting and remarkable
+than if treated as a mere outpouring of empty flattery.]
+
+
+
+
+The Song Of The Harper
+
+
+                        Translated by Ludwig Stern
+
+
+The text of the following song, found in the tomb of Neferhetep at
+Abd-el-Gurnah, is a good specimen of Egyptian poetry of the eighteenth
+dynasty. It was first copied by Mr. Duemichen ("_Historische Inschriften_,"
+ii. 40), and subsequently by myself. In addition to a translation in the
+"_Zeitschrift fuer aegyptische Sprache_," 1873, p. 58, I gave some critical
+observations in the same journal of 1875. Professor Lauth of Munich
+translated it in an appendix to his essay on the music of the ancient
+Egyptians.
+
+The song is very remarkable for the form of old Egyptian poetry, which
+like that of the Hebrews delights in a sublimer language, in parallelisms
+and antitheses, and in the ornament of a burden; no doubt it was sung, and
+it seems to be even rhythmic, forming verses of equal length--
+
+
+    "_Ured urui pu ma,_
+    _Pa shau nefer kheper_
+    _Khetu her sebt ter rek Ra_
+    _Jamau her at r ast-sen._"
+
+
+Though part of the text is unhappily much mutilated, we yet may gather the
+general ideas of the poem from the _disjecta membra_ which remain.
+
+It is a funeral song, supposed to be sung by the harper at a feast or
+anniversary in remembrance of the deceased patriarch Neferhetep, who is
+represented sitting with his sister and wife Rennu-m-ast-neh, his son
+Ptahmes and his daughter Ta-Khat standing by their side, while the harper
+before them is chanting. The poet addresses his speech as well to the dead
+as to the living, assuming in his fiction the former to be yet alive. The
+room of the tomb, on the walls of which such texts were inscribed, may be
+thought a kind of chapel appointed for the solemn rites to be performed by
+the survivors. The song which bears a great resemblance to the "Song of
+the House of King Antef," lately translated by the eminent Mr. Goodwin,
+affords a striking coincidence with the words which Herodotus (ii. 78)
+asserts to have been repeated on such occasions, while a wooden image of
+the deceased, probably the figure called "_usheb_," was circulating among
+the guests. "Look upon this!" they said; "then drink and rejoice, for thou
+shalt be as this is."
+
+
+    THE SONG OF THE HARPER
+
+    [Chanted by the singer to the harp who is in the chapel of the
+    Osirian, the Patriarch of Amen, the blessed Neferhotep.]
+
+    He says:
+
+    The great one is truly at rest,
+    the good charge is fulfilled.
+    Men pass away since the time of Ra(531)
+    and the youths come in their stead.
+    Like as Ra reappears every morning,
+    and Tum(532) sets in the horizon,
+    men are begetting,
+    and women are conceiving.
+    Every nostril inhaleth once the breezes of dawn,
+    but all born of women go down to their places.
+
+    Make a good day, O holy father!
+    Let odors and oils stand before thy nostril.
+    Wreaths of lotus are on the arms and the bosom of thy sister,
+    dwelling in thy heart, sitting beside thee.
+    Let song and music be before thy face,
+    and leave behind thee all evil cares!
+    Mind thee of joy, till cometh the day of pilgrimage,
+    when we draw near the land which loveth silence.
+    Not ...(533) peace of heart ...(534) his loving son.
+
+    Make a good day, O blessed Neferhotep,
+    thou patriarch perfect and pure of hands!
+    He finished his existence ... (the common fate of men).
+    Their abodes pass away,
+    and their place is not;
+    they are as they had never been born
+    since the time of Ra.
+    (They in the shades) are sitting on the bank of the river,
+    thy soul is among them, drinking its sacred water,
+    following thy heart, at peace ...(535)
+    Give bread to him whose field is barren,
+    thy name will be glorious in posterity for evermore;
+    they will look upon thee ...(536)
+    (The priest clad in the skin)(537) of a panther will pour to the
+                ground,
+    and bread will be given as offerings;
+    the singing-women ...(538)
+    Their forms are standing before Ra,
+    their persons are protected ...(539)
+    Rannu(540) will come at her hour,
+    and Shu will calculate his day,
+    thou shalt awake ...(541) (woe to the bad one!)
+    He shall sit miserable in the heat of infernal fires.
+
+    Make a good day, O holy father,
+    Neferhotep, pure of hands!
+    No works of buildings in Egypt could avail,
+    his resting-place is all his wealth ...(542)
+    Let me return to know what remaineth of him!
+    Not the least moment could be added to his life,
+    (when he went to) the realm of eternity.
+    Those who have magazines full of bread to spend,
+    even they shall encounter the hour of a last end.
+    The moment of that day will diminish the valor of the rich
+                ...(543)
+
+    Mind thee of the day, when thou too shalt start for the land,
+    to which one goeth to return not thence.
+    Good for thee then will have been (an honest life,)
+    therefore be just and hate transgressions,
+    for he who loveth justice (will be blessed).
+    The coward and the bold, neither can fly, (the grave)
+    the friendless and proud are alike ...
+    Then let thy bounty give abundantly, as is fit,
+    (love) truth, and Isis shall bless the good,
+    (and thou shalt attain a happy) old age.
+
+
+
+
+Hymn To Amen-Ra
+
+
+                    Translated by C. W. Goodwin, M.A.
+
+
+This hymn is inscribed upon a hieratic papyrus, No. 17, in the collection
+of papyri at the Museum of Boulaq. A fac-simile of the papyrus has been
+published by M. Marriette ("_Les papyrus Egyptiens du Musee de Boulaq_,"
+fo. Paris 1272, pls. 11-13). It is not a very long composition, being
+contained in eleven pages of moderate size, and consisting of only twenty
+verses. It has the advantage of being nearly perfect from beginning to
+end, written in a legible hand, and free from any great difficulties for
+the translator.
+
+From the handwriting of the papyrus it may be judged to belong to the
+nineteenth dynasty, or about the fourteenth century B.C. It purports to be
+only a copy, and the composition itself may be very much earlier.
+
+In the original the beginning of each verse is indicated by rubricated
+letters; each verse is also divided into short phrases by small red
+points; these are indicated in the translation by colons.
+
+This translation has just been published with exegetical notes in the
+"Transactions of the Society of Biblical Archaeology," vol. ii, p. 250.
+
+
+    HYMN TO AMEN-RA
+
+    1 Praise to Amen-Ra:
+    the Bull in An(544) Chief of all gods:
+    the good god beloved:
+    giving life to all animated things:
+    to all fair cattle:
+    Hail to thee Amen-Ra, Lord of the thrones of the earth:
+    Chief in Aptu:(545)
+    the Bull of his mother in his field:
+    turning his feet toward the land of the South:
+    Lord of the heathen, Prince of Punt:(546)
+    the Ancient of heaven, the Oldest of the earth:
+    Lord of all existences, the Support of things, the Support of all
+                things.
+
+    2 The ONE in his works, _single_ among the gods:
+    the beautiful Bull of the cycle of gods:
+    Chief of all the gods:
+    Lord of truth, Father of the gods:
+    Maker of men, Creator of beasts:
+    Lord of existences, Creator of fruitful trees:
+    Maker of herbs, Feeder of cattle:
+    Good Being begotten of Ptah, beautiful youth beloved:
+    to whom the gods give honor:
+    Maker of things below and above, Enlightener of the earth:
+    sailing in heaven in tranquillity:
+    King Ra true speaker, Chief of the earth:
+    Most glorious one, Lord of terror:
+    Chief creator of the whole earth.
+
+    3 Supporter of affairs above every god:
+    in whose goodness the gods rejoice:
+    to whom adoration is paid in the great house:
+    crowned in the house of flame:
+    whose fragrance the gods love:
+    when he comes from Arabia:
+    Prince of the dew, traversing foreign lands:
+    benignly approaching the Holy Land.(547)
+
+    4 The gods attend his feet:
+    while they acknowledge his Majesty as their Lord:
+    Lord of terror most awful:
+    greatest of spirits, mighty in ...:
+    bring offerings, make sacrifices:
+    salutation to thee, Maker of the gods:
+    Supporter of the heavens, Founder of the earth.
+
+    5 Awake in strength Min(548) Amen:
+    Lord of eternity, Maker everlasting:
+    Lord of adoration, Chief in ...:
+    strong with beautiful horns:
+    Lord of the crown high plumed:
+    of the fair turban (wearing) the white crown:
+    the coronet(549) and the diadem(550) are the ornaments of his
+                face:
+    he is invested with _Ami-ha_:
+    the double crown is his head-gear, (he wears) the red crown:
+    benignly he receives the Atef-crown:
+    on whose south and on whose north is love:
+    the Lord of life receives the sceptre:
+    Lord _of the breastplate_ armed with the whip.
+
+    6 Gracious ruler crowned with the white crown:
+    Lord of beams, Maker of light:
+    to whom the gods give praises:
+    who stretches forth his arms at his pleasure:
+    consuming his enemies with flame:
+    whose eye subdues the wicked:(551)
+    sending forth its dart to the roof of the firmament:
+    sending its _arrows_ against Naka to consume him.
+
+    7 Hail to thee Ra Lord of truth:
+    whose command the gods were made:
+    Athom Maker of men:
+    supporting their works, giving them life:
+    distinguishing the color of one from another:
+    listening to the poor who is in distress:
+    gentle of heart when one cries unto him.
+
+    8 Deliverer of the timid man from the violent:
+    judging the poor, the poor and the oppressed:
+    Lord of wisdom whose precepts are wise:
+    at whose pleasure the Nile overflows:
+    Lord of mercy most loving:
+    at whose coming men live:
+    opener of every eye:
+    proceeding from the firmament:
+    causer of pleasure and light:
+    at whose goodness the gods rejoice:
+    their hearts revive when they see him.
+
+    9 O Ra adored in Aptu:(552)
+    high-crowned in the house of the obelisk:(553)
+    King (Ani) Lord of the New-moon festival:
+    to whom the sixth and seventh days are sacred:
+    Sovereign of life health and strength, Lord of all the gods:
+    who art visible in the midst of heaven:
+    ruler of men ...:
+    whose name is hidden from his creatures:
+    in his name which is Amen.(554)
+
+    10 Hail to thee who art in tranquillity:
+    Lord of magnanimity strong in apparel:
+    Lord of the crown high plumed:
+    of the beautiful turban, of the tall white crown:
+    the gods love thy presence:
+    when the double crown is set upon thy head:
+    thy love pervades the earth:
+    thy beams _arise_ ... men are cheered by thy rising:
+    the beasts shrink from thy beams:
+    thy love is over the southern heaven:
+    thy heart is not (unmindful of) the northern heaven:
+    thy goodness ... (all) hearts:
+    love subdues (all) hands:
+    thy creations are fair overcoming (all) the earth:
+    (all) hearts are softened at beholding thee.
+
+    11 The ONE maker of existences:
+    (creator) of ... maker of beings:
+    from whose eyes mankind proceeded:
+    of whose mouth are the gods:
+    maker of grass for the cattle (oxen, goats, asses, pigs, sheep):
+    fruitful trees for men:
+    causing the fish to live in the river:
+    the birds to fill the air:
+    giving breath to those in the egg:
+    feeding the bird that flies:
+    giving food to the bird that perches:
+    to the creeping thing and the flying thing equally:
+    providing food for the rats in their holes:
+    feeding the flying _things_ in every tree.
+
+    12 Hail to thee for all these things:
+    the ONE alone with many hands:
+    lying awake while all men lie (asleep):
+    to seek out the good of his creatures:
+    Amen sustainer of all things:
+    Athom Horus of the horizon:(555)
+    homage to thee in all their voices:
+    salutation to thee for thy mercy unto us:
+    protestations to thee who hast created us.
+
+    13 Hail to thee say all creatures:
+    salutation to thee from every land:
+    to the height of heaven, to the breadth of the earth:
+    to the depths of the sea:
+    the gods adore Thy Majesty:
+    the spirits thou hast created exalt (thee):
+    rejoicing before the feet of their begetter:
+    they cry out welcome to thee:
+    father of the fathers of all the gods:
+    who raises the heavens who fixes the earth.
+
+    14 Maker of beings, Creator of existences:
+    Sovereign of life, health, and strength, Chief of the gods:
+    we worship thy spirit _who alone_ hast made us:
+    we whom thou hast made (thank thee) that thou hast given us birth:
+    we give to thee praises on account of thy mercy to us.
+
+    15 Hail to thee Maker of all beings:
+    Lord of truth father of the gods:
+    Maker of men creator of beasts:
+    Lord of grains:
+    making food for the beast of the field:
+    Amen the beautiful Bull:
+    beloved in Aptu:(556)
+    high crowned in the house of the obelisk:(557)
+    twice turbaned in An:
+    judge of combatants in the great hall:
+    Chief of the great cycle of the gods:
+
+    16 The ONE alone without peer:
+    Chief in Aptu:
+    King over his cycle of gods:
+    living in truth forever:
+    (Lord) of the horizon, Horus of the East:
+    he who hath created the soil (with) silver and gold:
+    the precious lapis lazuli at his pleasure:
+    spices and incense various for the peoples:
+    fresh odors for thy nostrils:
+    benignly come to the nations:
+    Amen-Ra Lord of the thrones of the earth:
+    Chief in Aptu:
+    the Sovereign _on his throne_.
+
+    17 King alone, _single_ among the gods:
+    of many names, unknown is their number:
+    rising in the eastern horizon setting in the western horizon:
+    overthrowing his enemies:
+    dawning on (his) children daily and every day:
+    Thoth raises his eyes:
+    he delights himself with his blessings:
+    the gods rejoice in his goodness who exalts those _who are lowly_:
+    Lord of the boat and the barge:
+    they conduct thee through the firmament in peace.
+
+    18 Thy servants rejoice:
+    beholding the overthrow of the wicked:
+    his limbs pierced with the _sword_
+    fire consumes him:
+    his soul and body are annihilated.
+
+    19 Naka(558) saves _his feet_:
+    the gods rejoice:
+    the servants of the Sun are in peace:
+    An is joyful:
+    the enemies of Athom are overthrown and Aptu is in peace, An is
+                joyful:
+    the giver of life is pleased:
+    at the overthrow of the enemies of her Lord:
+    the gods of Kher-sa make salutations:
+    they of the Adytum prostrate themselves.
+
+    20 They behold the mighty one in his strength:
+    the image of the gods of truth the Lord of Aptu;
+    in thy name of Doer of justice:
+    Lord of sacrifices, the Bull of offerings:
+    in thy name of Amen the Bull of his mother:
+    maker of men:
+    causing all things which are to exist:
+    in thy name of Athom Chepra:(559)
+    the great Hawk making (each) body to rejoice:
+    benignly making (each) breast to rejoice:
+    type of creators high crowned:
+    ... (Lord) of the wing:
+    Uati(560) is on his forehead:
+    the hearts of men seek him:
+    when he appears to mortals:
+    he rejoices the earth with his goings forth:
+    Hail to thee Amen-Ra Lord of the thrones of the world:
+    beloved of his city when he shines forth.(561)
+
+    Finished well as it was found.(562)
+
+
+
+
+Hymn To Ra-Harmachis
+
+
+Translated by E. L. Lushington, LL.D., D.C.L.
+
+
+The hymn to Amen-Ra-Harmachis (the Sun identified with the Supreme Deity),
+of which a translation is here attempted, is found, with other
+compositions of a similar nature, among the Berlin papyri. (No. 5,
+published in Lepsius, "_Denkmaeler_," Abth. vi. Bd. 12, pp. 115-117.)
+
+It probably belongs to the Ramesside period; the writing is careful and
+for the most part very distinct; some _lacunae_ are met with toward the
+end, and in a few passages the characters baffle the present translator's
+skill in deciphering.
+
+Citations from this hymn occur not unfrequently in the writings of eminent
+Egyptian scholars, as Brugsch, Deveria, and others; compare especially
+Chabas, "_Le Nom de Thebes_," p. 16, where the long antithesis of epithets
+bestowed on Ra and his adversaries is described as "furnishing a page of
+the Egyptian dictionary."
+
+As far as I am aware, no complete translation of it was published till the
+appearance of Professor Maspero's "_Histoire Ancienne_," Paris, 1875;
+where the whole is rendered into French, pp. 32-35. My own translation was
+made before I had the opportunity of seeing this work; since consulting it
+I have modified my version of one or two passages in accordance with M.
+Maspero's views.
+
+
+    HYMN TO RA-HARMACHIS
+
+    Adoration to Ra-Harmachis at the front of the morning.(563) _Say_:
+    Thou wakest beauteous Amen-Ra-Harmachis, thou watchest in triumph,
+    Amen-Ra, Lord of the horizon. O blessed one beaming in splendor,
+    towed by thy mariners who are of the unresting gods, sped by thy
+    mariners of the unmoving gods. Thou comest forth thou ascendest,
+    thou towerest in beauty, thy barge divine careers wherein thou
+    speedest, blest by thy mother Nut each day, heaven embraces thee,
+    thy foes fall as thou turnest thy face to the west of heaven.
+    Counted are thy bones, collected thy limbs, living thy flesh, thy
+    members blossom, thy soul blossoms, glorified is thy august form,
+    advanced thy state on the road of darkness. Thou listenest to the
+    call of thy attendant gods behind thy chamber; in gladness are the
+    mariners of thy bark, their heart delighted, Lord of heaven who
+    hast brought joys to the divine chiefs, the lower sky rejoices,
+    gods and men exult applauding Ra on his standard, blest by his
+    mother Nut; their heart is glad. Ra hath quelled his impious foes,
+    heaven rejoices, earth is in delight, gods and goddesses are in
+    festival to make adoration to Ra-Hor, as they see him rise in his
+    bark. He fells the wicked in his season, the abode is inviolate,
+    the diadem _mehen_ in its place, the _uroes_ hath smitten the
+    wicked.
+
+    O let thy mother Nut embrace thee,(564) Lord Ra, those who are
+    with her tell thy glories. Osiris and Nephthys have uplifted thee
+    at thy coming forth from the womb of thy mother Nut. O shine
+    Ra-Harmachis, shine in thy morning as thy noonday brightness, thy
+    cause upheld over thy enemies, thou makest thy cabin speed onward,
+    thou repellest the false one in the moment of his annihilation: he
+    has no rest(565) in the moment when thou breakest the strength of
+    the wicked enemies of Ra, to cast him into the fire of
+    Nehaher,(566) encircling in its hour the children of the profane.
+    No strength have they, Ra prevails over his insensate foes, yea,
+    putting them to the sword thou makest the false one cast up what
+    he devoured.
+
+    Arise O Ra from within thy chamber, strong is Ra, weak the foes:
+    lofty is Ra, down-stricken the foes: Ra living, his foes dead: Ra
+    full of meat and drink, his foes ahungered and athirst: Ra bright,
+    his foes engulfed: Ra good, his foes evil: Ra mighty, his foes
+    puny: Ra hath despoiled Apap.
+
+    O Ra thou givest all life(567) to the King, thou givest food for
+    his mouth, drink for his throat, sweet-oil for his hair. O blessed
+    Ra-Harmachis thou careerest by him in triumph, those in thy bark
+    exult to quell and overthrow the wicked. Cries of joy in the great
+    seat, the divine cabin is in gladness, acclamation in the bark of
+    millions of years. Ra's sailors are charmed at heart to see Ra
+    hailed as supreme of the order of great gods, they gain delight in
+    doing adoration to the great bark, homage in the mysterious
+    chamber. O shine Amen-Ra-Harmachis self-sprung, thy sister
+    goddesses stand in Bech,(568) they receive thee, they uplift thee
+    into thy bark, which is perfect in delights before Lord Ra, thou
+    begettest blessings. Come Ra, self-sprung, thou lettest Pharaoh
+    receive plenty in his battlemented house, on the altar of the god
+    whose name is hidden.
+
+    Glory to thee, Prince coming forth in thy season, Lord of many
+    faces, diadem producing rays, scattering darkness, all roads are
+    filled with thy splendors, apes make to thee salutations with
+    their arms, they praise thee, they cry aloud to thee, they tell
+    thy glories, their lips exalt thee in heaven, in earth; they
+    conduct thee at thy splendid arising, they open or drive back the
+    gate of the western horizon of heaven, they let Ra be embraced in
+    peace and joy by his mother Nut; thy soul is approved by the
+    tenants of the lower heaven, the divine spirits rejoice at the
+    twofold season of brightness: thou turnest gloom into repose,(569)
+    thou sweetenest pain of Osiris, thou givest breezes in the valley,
+    illuminest earth in darkness, sweetenest pain of Osiris. All
+    beings taste the breath, they make to thee acclamations in thy
+    changes, thou who art Lord of changes, they give adoration to thy
+    might in thy forms of beauty in the morn. Gods hold their arms to
+    thee, those whom thy mother Nut bore.
+
+    Come to the King O Ra, stablish his glories in heaven his might on
+    earth.
+
+    O Ra heaven rejoices to thee, O Ra earth trembles at thee, O
+    blessed Ra-Harmachis thou hast raised heaven to elevate thy soul,
+    the lower sky has hidden thee in thy mystic forms. Thou hast
+    uplifted heaven to the expanse of thy outstretched arms, thou hast
+    spread out earth to the width of thy stride. Heaven rejoices to
+    thee at thy greatness of soul, thy terror fills earth at thy
+    figure, princely hawk of glittering plume, many colored frame,
+    mighty sailor god, self-existing, traversing paths in the divine
+    vessel, thou roarest in smiting thy foes, making thy great bark
+    sweep on, men hail thee, gods fear thee, thou hast felled thy foes
+    before it. Courier of heaven outstripped by none, to illumine
+    earth for his children, uplifted above gods and men, shining upon
+    us; we know not thy form when thou lookest on our faces, thy bulk
+    passes our knowledge.
+
+    O blessed Ra-Harmachis thou penetratest ... Bull at night,
+    Chieftain by day, beauteous orb of _mafek_, King of heaven, Sovran
+    of earth, great image in the horizon of heaven. Ra who hast made
+    beings, Tatanen giving life to mankind, Pharaoh son of Ra has
+    adored thee in thy glories, he has worshipped at thy gracious
+    rising brightness on the Eastern horizon, he makes tranquil thy
+    path, he beats down thy foes before thee in his turning back all
+    thy adversaries, he assigned to thee the _Uta_ on her seat, he
+    makes them ... he assigned to thee honors ... he cleared the way
+    for thee, he established thy rites in Abydos; he opens to thee
+    roads in Rusta, he beats down evil.
+
+
+
+
+The Lamentations Of Isis And Nephthys
+
+
+                      Translated by P. J. De Horrack
+
+
+This papyrus was found by the late Mr. Passalaqua, in the ruins of Thebes,
+in the interior of a statue representing Osiris. It is divided into two
+parts, very distinct. The first contains chapters of the funeral ritual in
+the hieroglyphic writing; the second, of which a translation here follows,
+consists of five pages of a fine hieratic writing of the lower epoch
+(probably about the time of the Ptolemies).
+
+This manuscript now belongs to the Royal Museum of Berlin, where it is
+registered under the No. 1425.
+
+A partial translation of it was published in 1852 by M. H. Brugsch ("_Die
+Adonisklage und das Linoslied_"). He translated the second page and the
+beginning of the third, but without giving the hieratic text. I have since
+published and completely translated this interesting document ("_Les
+Lamentations d'Isis et de Nephthys_," Paris, 1866), and now give the
+English translation revised.
+
+The composition has a great analogy with the "Book of Respirations," a
+translation of which will be added here. Both refer to the resurrection
+and renewed birth of Osiris (the type of man after his death), who, in
+this quality, is identified with the sun, the diurnal renewal of which
+constantly recalled the idea of a birth eternally renewed. The object of
+the prayers recited by Isis and Nephthys is to effect the resurrection of
+their brother Osiris, and also that of the defunct to whom the papyrus is
+consecrated.
+
+
+    LAMENTATIONS OF ISIS AND NEPHTHYS
+
+    Recital of the beneficial formulae
+    made by the two divine Sisters(570)
+    in the house of Osiris who resides in the West,
+    Great god, Lord of Abydos,
+    in the month of Choiak, the twenty-fifth day.
+    They are made the same in all the abodes of Osiris,
+    and in all his festivals;
+    and they are beneficial to his soul,
+    giving firmness to his body,
+    diffusing joy through his being,
+    giving breath to the nostrils, to the dryness of the throat;
+    they satisfy the heart of Isis as well as (that) of Nephthys;
+    they place Horus on the throne of his father,
+    (and) give life, stability, tranquillity to Osiris-Tentrut(571)
+    born of Takha-aa, who is surnamed Persais the justified.
+    It is profitable to recite them,
+    in conformity with the divine words.
+
+    Evocation By Isis.(572) (She says:)
+
+    Come to thine abode, come to thine abode!
+    God An,(573) come to thine abode!
+    Thine enemies (exist) no more.
+    O excellent Sovereign, come to thine abode!
+    Look at me; I am thy sister who loveth thee.
+    Do not stay far from me, O beautiful youth.
+    Come to thine abode _with haste, with haste_.
+    I see thee no more.
+    My heart is full of bitterness on account of thee.
+    Mine eyes seek thee;
+    I seek thee to behold thee.
+    will it be long ere I see thee?
+    Will it be long ere I see thee?
+    (O) excellent Sovereign,
+    will it be long ere I see thee?
+    Beholding thee is happiness;
+    Beholding thee is happiness.
+    (O) god An, beholding thee is happiness.
+    Come to her who loveth thee.
+    Come to her who loveth thee.
+    (O) Un-nefer,(574) the justified.
+    Come to thy sister, come to thy wife.
+    Come to thy sister, come to thy wife.
+    (O) Urt-het,(575) come to thy spouse.
+    I am thy sister by thy mother;
+    do not separate thyself from me.
+    Gods and men (turn) their faces toward thee,
+    weeping together for thee, whenever (they) behold me.
+    I call thee in (my) lamentations
+    (even) to the heights of Heaven,
+    and thou hearest not my voice.
+    I am thy sister who loveth thee on earth;
+    no one else hath loved thee more than I,
+    (thy) sister, (thy) sister.
+
+    Evocation By Nephthys. (She says:)
+
+    O excellent Sovereign, come to thine abode.
+    Rejoice, all thine enemies are annihilated!
+    Thy two sisters are near to thee,
+    protecting thy funeral bed;
+    calling thee in weeping,
+    thou who art prostrate on thy funeral bed.
+    Thou seest (our) tender solicitude.
+    Speak to us, Supreme Ruler, our Lord.
+    Chase all the anguish which is in our hearts.
+    Thy companions, who are gods and men,
+    when they see thee (exclaim):
+    Ours be thy visage, Supreme Ruler, our Lord;
+    life for us is to behold thy countenance;
+    let not thy face be turned from us;
+    the joy of our hearts is to contemplate thee;
+    (O) Sovereign, our hearts are happy in seeing thee.
+    I am Nephthys, thy sister who loveth thee.
+    Thine enemy is vanquished,
+    he no longer existeth!
+    I am with thee,
+    protecting thy members forever and eternally.
+
+    Invocation By Isis.(576) (She says:)
+
+    Hail (O) god An!
+    Thou, in the firmament, shinest upon us each day.
+    We no longer cease to behold thy rays.
+    Thoth is a protection for thee.
+    He placeth thy soul in the bark Ma-at,
+    in that name which is thine, of God Moon.
+    I have come to contemplate thee.
+    Thy beauties are in the midst of the Sacred Eye,(577)
+    in that name which is thine, of Lord of the sixth day's festival.
+    Thy companions are near to thee;
+    they separate themselves no more from thee.
+    Thou hast taken possession of the Heavens,
+    by the grandeur of the terrors which thou inspirest,
+    in that name which is thine, of Lord of the fifteenth day's
+                festival.
+    Thou dost illuminate us like Ra(578) each day.
+    Thou shinest upon us like Atum.(579)
+    Gods and men live because they behold thee.
+    Thou sheddest thy rays upon us.
+    Thou givest light to the Two Worlds.
+    The horizon is filled by thy passage.
+    Gods and men (turn) their faces toward thee;
+    nothing is injurious to them when thou shinest.
+    Thou dost navigate in the heights (of Heaven)
+    and thine enemy no longer exists!
+    I am thy protection each day.
+    Thou who comest to us as a child each month,
+    we do not cease to contemplate thee.
+    Thine emanation heightens the brilliancy
+    of the stars of Orion in the firmament,
+    by rising and setting each day.
+    I am the divine Sothis(580) behind him.
+    I do not separate myself from him.
+    The glorious emanation which proceedeth from thee
+    giveth life to gods and men,
+    reptiles and quadrupeds.
+    They live by it.
+    Thou comest to us from thy retreat at thy time,
+    to spread the water of thy soul,
+    to distribute the bread of thy being,
+    that the gods may live and men also.
+    Hail to the divine Lord!
+    There is no god like unto thee!
+    Heaven hath thy soul;
+    earth hath thy remains;
+    the lower heaven is in possession of thy mysteries.
+    Thy spouse is a protection for thee.
+    Thy son Horus is the king of the worlds.
+
+    Invocation By Nephthys. (She says:)
+
+    Excellent Sovereign! come to thine abode!
+    Un-nefer the justified, come to Tattu.
+    O fructifying Bull, come to Anap.
+    Beloved of the Adytum, come to Kha.
+    Come to Tattu, the place which thy soul prefers.
+    The spirits of thy fathers second thee.
+    Thy son, the youth Horus, the child of (thy) two sisters,(581)
+    is before thee.
+    At the dawn of light, I am thy protection each day.
+    I never separate myself from thee.
+    O god An, come to Sais.
+    Sais is thy name.
+    Come to Aper; thou wilt see thy mother Neith.(582)
+    Beautiful Child, do not stay far from her.
+    Come to her nipples; abundance is in them.(583)
+    Excellent Brother, do not stay far from her.
+    O son, come to Sais!
+    Osiris-Tarut, surnamed Nainai, born of Persais the justified,
+    come to Aper, thy city.
+    Thine abode is Tab.
+    Thou reposest (there) by thy divine mother, forever.
+    She protecteth thy members,
+    she disperseth thine enemies,
+    she is the protection of thy members forever.
+    O excellent Sovereign! come to thine abode.
+    Lord of Sais, come to Sais.
+
+    Invocation By Isis.(584) (She says:)
+
+    Come to thine abode! come to thine abode.
+    Excellent Sovereign, come to thine abode.
+    Come (and) behold thy son Horus
+    as supreme Ruler of gods and men.
+    He hath taken possession of the cities and the districts,
+    by the grandeur of the respect he inspires.
+    Heaven and earth are in awe of him,
+    the barbarians are in fear of him.
+    Thy companions, who are gods and men,
+    have become his, in the _two hemispheres_
+    to accomplish thy ceremonies.
+    Thy two sisters are near to thee,
+    offering libations to thy person;
+    thy son Horus accomplisheth for thee the funeral offering:
+    of bread, of beverages, of oxen and of geese.
+    Toth chanteth thy festival-songs,
+    invoking thee by his beneficial formulae.
+    The children of Horus are the protection of thy members,
+    benefiting thy soul each day.
+    Thy son Horus saluteth thy name
+    (in) thy mysterious abode,
+    in presenting thee the things consecrated to thy person.
+    The gods hold vases in their hands
+    to make libations to thy being.
+    Come to thy companions,
+    Supreme Ruler, our Lord!
+    Do not separate thyself from them.
+    When this is recited,
+    the place (where one is)
+    is holy in the extreme.
+    Let it be seen or heard by no one,
+    excepting by the principal _Khereb-heb_(585) and the _Sam_.(586)
+    Two women, beautiful in their members,
+    having been introduced,
+    are made to sit down on the ground
+    at the principal door of the Great Hall.(587)
+    (Then) the names of Isis and Nephthys
+    are inscribed on their shoulders.
+    Crystal vases (full) of water
+    are placed in their right hands;
+    loaves of bread made in Memphis
+    in their left hands.
+    Let them pay attention to the things done
+    at the third hour of the day,
+    and also at the eighth hour of the day.
+    Cease not to recite this book
+    at the hour of the ceremony!
+
+    It is finished.
+
+
+
+
+The Litany Of Ra
+
+
+                      Translated by Edouard Naville
+
+
+The following Litany of Ra is the translation of a long text which is to
+be found at the entrance of several of the largest tombs of the kings, in
+the valley called Biban el Moluk at Thebes. It is a kind of introduction
+to the long pictures which adorn the walls of the royal sepulchres, and
+which generally represent the course of the sun at the different hours of
+night.
+
+Although very nearly connected with the "Book of the Dead," this text has
+not yet been found complete in any funereal papyrus; the second section of
+the fourth chapter only is contained in a papyrus of the British Museum.
+
+The importance of this text consists in this, that it gives us an idea of
+the esoteric doctrine of the Egyptian priests, which was clearly
+pantheistic, and which certainly differed from the polytheistic worship of
+the common people.
+
+The present translation has been made from the book "_La Litanie du
+Soleil_" (Leipzig, 1875, _avec un vol. de XLIX planches_), where this text
+has been first translated in French, with a commentary. Among the
+different tombs where this inscription was collected, that of Seti I,
+commonly called Belzoni's tomb, has been chosen as the standard text.
+
+
+    THE LITANY OF RA
+
+    CHAPTER I
+
+    _Title._ The beginning of the book of the worship of Ra in the
+    Ament(588) of the worship of Temt(589) in the Ament. When anyone
+    reads this book, the porcelain figures are placed upon the ground,
+    at the hour of the setting of the Sun, that is of the triumph of
+    Ra over his enemies in the Ament. Whoso is intelligent upon the
+    earth, he is intelligent also after his death.
+
+    1 Homage to thee, Ra! Supreme power, the master of the hidden
+    spheres who causes the principles to arise, who dwells in
+    darkness, who is born as(590) the all-surrounding universe.
+
+    2 Homage to thee, Ra! Supreme power, the beetle that folds his
+    wings, that rests in the empyrean, that is born as his own son.
+
+    3 Homage to thee, Ra! Supreme power, Tonen(591) who produces his
+    members,(592) who fashions what is in him, who is born within his
+    sphere.
+
+    4 Homage to thee, Ra! Supreme power, he who discloses the earth
+    and lights the Ament, he whose principle has (become) his
+    manifestation, and who is born under the form of the god with the
+    large disk.
+
+    5 Homage to thee, Ra! Supreme power, the soul that speaks, that
+    rests upon her high place, that creates the hidden intellects
+    which are developed in her.
+
+    6 Homage to thee, Ra! Supreme power, the only one, the courageous
+    one, who fashions his body, he who calls his gods (to life), when
+    he arrives in his hidden sphere.
+
+    7 Homage to thee, Ra! Supreme power, he who addresses his eye, and
+    who speaks to his head,(593) he who imparts the breath of life to
+    the souls (that are) in their place; they receive it and develop.
+
+    8 Homage to thee, Ra! Supreme power, the spirit that walks, that
+    destroys its enemies, that sends pain to the rebels.
+
+    9 Homage to thee, Ra! Supreme power, he who shines when he is in
+    his sphere, who sends his darkness into his sphere, and who hides
+    what it contains.
+
+    10 Homage to thee, Ra! Supreme power, he who lights the bodies
+    which are on the horizon, he who enters his sphere.
+
+    11 Homage to thee, Ra! Supreme power, he who descends into the
+    spheres of Ament, his form is that of Tum.
+
+    12 Homage to thee, Ra! Supreme power, he who descends into the
+    mysteries of Anubis, his form is that of Chepra (Atmu).
+
+    13 Homage to thee, Ra! Supreme power, he whose body is so large
+    that it hides his shape, his form is that of Shu.
+
+    14 Homage to thee, Ra! Supreme power, he who leads Ra into his
+    members, his form is that of Tefnut.
+
+    15 Homage to thee, Ra! Supreme power, he who sends forth the
+    plants in their season, his form is that of Seb.
+
+    16 Homage to thee, Ra! Supreme power, the great one who rules what
+    is in him, his form is that of Nut.
+
+    17 Homage to thee, Ra! Supreme power, he who goes always toward
+    him who precedes him, his form is that of Isis.
+
+    18 Homage to thee, Ra! Supreme power, he whose head shines more
+    than he who is before him, his form is that of Nephthys.
+
+    19 Homage to thee, Ra! Supreme power, the urn(594) of the
+    creatures, the only one, that unites the generative substances,
+    its form is that of Horus.
+
+    20 Homage to thee, Ra! Supreme power, the brilliant one who shines
+    in the waters of the inundation, his form is that of Nun.
+
+    21 Homage to thee, Ra! Supreme power, he who creates the water
+    which comes from within him, his form is that of Remi.(595)
+
+    22 Homage to thee, Ra! Supreme power, the two vipers that bear
+    their two feathers, their form is that of the impure one.
+
+    23 Homage to thee, Ra! Supreme power, he who enters and comes
+    forth continually from his highly mysterious cavern, his form is
+    that of At.(596)
+
+    24 Homage to thee, Ra! Supreme power, the spirit that causes his
+    disappearance, his form is that of Netert.(597)
+
+    25 Homage to thee, Ra! Supreme power, the spirit that sets up
+    (those whom he has created), that creates(598) his descendants,
+    his form is that of Ntuti.(599)
+
+    26 Homage to thee, Ra! Supreme power, he who raised his head and
+    who lifts his forehead, the ram, the greatest of the creatures.
+
+    27 Homage to thee, Ra! Supreme power, the light that is in the
+    infernal regions, its form is that of Ament.
+
+    28 Homage to thee, Ra! Supreme power, the penetrating spirit who
+    is in the Ament, his form is that of Kerti.(600)
+
+    29 Homage to thee, Ra! Supreme power, the timid one who sheds
+    tears, his form is that of the afflicted.
+
+    30 Homage to thee, Ra! Supreme power, he who raises his hand and
+    who glorifies his eye(601) his form is that of the god with the
+    hidden body.
+
+    31 Homage to thee, Ra! Supreme power, the spirit who is raised
+    upon the two mysterious horizons, his form is that of
+    Chentament.(602)
+
+    32 Homage to thee, Ra! Supreme power; the god with the numerous
+    shapes in the sacred dwelling, his form is that of the beetle.
+
+    33 Homage to thee, Ra! Supreme power, he who puts his enemies into
+    their prison, his form is that of the lion.
+
+    34 Homage to thee, Ra! Supreme power, the ray of light in his
+    sarcophagus, its form is that of the progenitor.
+
+    35 Homage to thee, Ra! Supreme power, the covering of the body,
+    which develops the lungs, its form is that of Teb-ati.(603)
+
+    36 Homage to thee, Ra! Supreme power, he who calls the bodies into
+    the empyrean, and they develop, who destroys their venom, his form
+    is that of the transformer.
+
+    37 Homage to thee, Ra! Supreme power, the being with the
+    mysterious face, who makes the divine eye move, his form is that
+    of Shai.
+
+    38 Homage to thee, Ra! Supreme power, the supremely great one who
+    embraces the empyrean, his form is that of the spirit who embraces
+    (space).
+
+    39 Homage to thee, Ra! Supreme power, he who hides his body within
+    himself, his form is that of the god with the hidden body.
+
+    40 Homage to thee, Ra! Supreme power, he who is more courageous
+    than those who surround him, who sends fire into the place of
+    destruction, his form is that of the burning one.
+
+    41 Homage to thee, Ra! Supreme power, he who sends destruction,
+    and who causes the development of his body in the empyrean, his
+    form is that of the inhabitant of the empyrean.
+
+    42 Homage to thee, Ra! Supreme power, the wonderful one who dwells
+    in his eye,(604) who lights the sarcophagus, his form is that of
+    Shepi.(605)
+
+    43 Homage to thee, Ra! Supreme power, he who unites the
+    substances, who founds(606) Amto, his form is that of one who
+    joins substances.
+
+    44 Homage to thee, Ra! Supreme power, he who invents(607) secret
+    things, and who begets bodies, his form is that of the invisible
+    (progenitor).
+
+    45 Homage to thee, Ra! Supreme power, he who furnishes the
+    inhabitants of the empyrean with funeral things, when he enters
+    the hidden spheres, his form is that of Aperto.(608)
+
+    46 Homage to thee, Ra! Supreme power, his members rejoice when
+    they see his body, the blessed spirit who enters into him, his
+    form is that of the joyful one.
+
+    47 Homage to thee, Ra! Supreme power, the adult who dilates his
+    eyeball, and who fills his eye,(609) his form is that of the
+    adult.
+
+    48 Homage to thee, Ra! Supreme power, he who makes the roads in
+    the empyrean, and who opens pathways in the sarcophagus, his form
+    is that of the god who makes the roads.
+
+    49 Homage to thee, Ra! Supreme power, the moving spirit who makes
+    his legs stir, his form is that of the moving one.
+
+    50 Homage to thee, Ra! Supreme power, he who sends forth the stars
+    and who makes the night light, in the sphere of the hidden
+    essences, his form is that of the shining one.
+
+    51 Homage to thee, Ra! Supreme power, he who makes the spheres and
+    who creates bodies; from thy person emanating from itself alone,
+    thou hast sent forth, Ra, those who are and those who are not, the
+    dead, the gods, the intellects; his form is that of creator of
+    bodies.
+
+    52 Homage to thee, Ra! Supreme power, the mysterious, the hidden
+    one, he whom the spirits follow as he conducts them, he gives the
+    step to those surrounding him, his form is that of Ameni.
+
+    53 Homage to thee, Ra! Supreme power, the horn, the pillar of the
+    Ament, the lock of hair that shines in ...(610) its form is that
+    of the horn.
+
+    54 Homage to thee, Ra! Supreme power, the eternal essence who
+    penetrates the empyrean, who praises the spirits in their spheres,
+    his form is that of the eternal essence.
+
+    55 Homage to thee, Ra! Supreme power, when he arrives in the good
+    Ament, the spirits of the empyrean rejoice at sight of him, his
+    form is that of the old man.
+
+    56 Homage to thee, Ra! Supreme power, the great lion that creates
+    the gods, that weighs words, the chief of the powers inhabiting
+    the holy sphere, his form is that of the great lion.
+
+    57 Homage to thee, Ra! Supreme power, when he speaks to his eye
+    and when he addresses his eyeball, the bodies shed tears; his form
+    is that of the being who speaks to his eye.(611)
+
+    58 Homage to thee, Ra! Supreme power, he who raises his soul, and
+    who hides his body, he shines and he sees his mysteries, his form
+    is that of Herba.(612)
+
+    59 Homage to thee, Ra! Supreme power, the high spirit who hunts
+    his enemies, who sends fire upon the rebels, his form is that of
+    Kaba.(613)
+
+    60 Homage to thee, Ra! Supreme power, the substance which hides
+    the intestines and which possesses the mind and the limbs, its
+    form is that of Auai.(614)
+
+    61 Homage to thee, Ra! Supreme power, the great eldest one who
+    dwells in the empyrean, Chepri who becomes two children, his form
+    is that of the two children.
+
+    62 Homage to thee, Ra! Supreme power, the great walker who goes
+    over the same course, the spirit who anoints the body, Senekher,
+    his form is that of Senekher.(615)
+
+    63 Homage to thee, Ra! Supreme power, he who creates his body and
+    who detaches his members by the sacred flame of Amto, his form is
+    that of the flame of Amto.(616)
+
+    64 Homage to thee, Ra! Supreme power, the master of the hooks (who
+    struggles) against his enemies, the only one, the master of the
+    monkeys, his form is that of Anteti.(617)
+
+    65 Homage to thee, Ra! Supreme power, he who sends the flames into
+    his furnaces, he who cuts off the head of those who are in the
+    infernal regions, his form is that of the god of the furnace.
+
+    66 Homage to thee, Ra! Supreme power, the parent who destroys his
+    children, the only one who names(618) the earth by his
+    intelligence, his form is that of Tonen.
+
+    67 Homage to thee, Ra! Supreme power, he who sets up the
+    _urshi_(619) themselves upon their foundation, no one sees their
+    mysteries, his form is that of the _urshi_.
+
+    68 Homage to thee, Ra! Supreme power, the vessel of heaven, the
+    door of the empyrean, he who makes the mummy come forth, his form
+    is that of Besi.
+
+    69 Homage to thee, Ra! Supreme power, the monkey ...(620) the
+    being in his nature, his form is that of the monkey of the
+    empyrean.
+
+    70 Homage to thee, Ra! Supreme power, he who opens the earth and
+    who shows the interior of it, the speaking spirit who names his
+    members, his form is that of Smato.(621)
+
+    71 Homage to thee, Ra! Supreme power, he who is armed with teeth,
+    who consumes his enemies, the flame that lights the wick, his form
+    is that of Nehi.(622)
+
+    72 Homage to thee, Ra! Supreme power, the walker, the moving
+    luminary, who makes darkness come after his light, his form is
+    that of the walker.
+
+    73 Homage to thee, Ra! Supreme power, the master of souls who is
+    in his obelisk, the chief of the confined gods, his form is that
+    of the master of souls.
+
+    74 Homage to thee, Ra! Supreme power, the double luminary, the
+    double obelisk, the great god who raises his two eyes, his form is
+    that of the double luminary.
+
+    75 Homage to thee, Ra! Supreme power, the master of the light, who
+    reveals hidden things, the spirit who speaks to the gods in their
+    spheres, his form is that of the master of the light.
+
+    76 Homage to thee, Ra! Supreme power, O Ra of the sphere, O Ra who
+    speakest to the spheres, O Ra who art in thy sphere, homage to
+    thee, Ra Keschi, four times. They sing praises to the spirit
+    Keschi,(623) the spheres honor his spirit, they glorify thy body
+    which is in thee, saying, Homage to thee, great Keschi! four
+    times. They sing praises in thy honor, spirit Keschi in thy
+    seventy-five forms which are in thy seventy-five spheres. The
+    royal Osiris knows them by their names, he knows what is in their
+    bodies, all their hidden essences. The royal Osiris speaks to them
+    in their forms, they open to the royal Osiris, they display the
+    hidden doors to his spirit which is like thy spirit, thou createst
+    them, thou createst the royal Osiris; the development of his body
+    is like thine because the royal Osiris is one of thy companions,
+    who are in their spheres, and who speak in their caverns, those
+    who are blessed through thy creation and who transform themselves
+    when thou commandest it. The royal Osiris is like one of those who
+    speak in their hidden spheres. Ha! he has arrived, he advances in
+    the train of the spirit of Ra. Ha! he has completed the journey
+    from Chepri.(624) Hail! he has arrived. The royal Osiris knows all
+    that concerns the hidden beings. Hail! he has arrived in the midst
+    of you; homage to his spirit Keschi! four times.
+
+    77 O Ra of the Ament, who hast created the earth, who lightest the
+    gods of the empyrean, Ra who art in thy disk, guide him on the
+    road to the Ament, that he may reach the hidden spirits; guide him
+    on the road which belongs to him, guide him on the Western road;
+    that he may traverse the sphere of Ament, guide him on the road to
+    the Ament, that the King may worship those who are in the hidden
+    dwelling, guide him on the road to the Ament, make him descend to
+    the sphere of Nun. Hail, Ra! the royal Osiris is Nun. Hail Ra! the
+    royal Osiris is thyself and reciprocally. Hail, Ra! thy spirit is
+    that of Osiris, thy course is his in the empyrean. Hail, Ra! he
+    dwells in the empyrean, he traverses the good Ament. Such as thou
+    art, such is the royal Osiris. Thy intellect, Ra, is his. Osiris
+    worships the hidden gods, he praises their spirits, these latter
+    say to one another that thy course (Ra!) is that of Osiris, that
+    thy way is his, great god who dwellest in the empyrean. Hail! god
+    of the disk with the brilliant rays, praise be to the spirit
+    Keschi! four times.
+
+    78 Hail to thee, universal covering, who createst thy soul and who
+    makest thy body grow; the King traverses the most secret sphere,
+    he explores the mysteries contained in it. The King speaks to thee
+    like Ra, he praises thee with his intelligence, the King is like
+    the god; and reciprocally. He moves by himself, he moves by
+    himself. The all surrounding universe says: Ah, guide him unto the
+    interior of my sphere; four times.
+
+    79 This chapter is said to the most mysterious god, these words
+    are written like those upon the two sides of the door of the
+    empyrean ...(625) this book is read every day, when he has retired
+    in life, according to custom, perfectly.
+
+    CHAPTER II
+
+    1 Worship of the Spheric Gods, when Ra sets in life. Hail, gods of
+    the spheres, gods who are in the Ament, perfect gods ...(626) the
+    enemies of Ra, you make the universal covering(627) grow ...(628)
+    you worship the god who is in his disk ...(629) thou commandest
+    thy enemies, great god who art upon the horizon; four times. Thou
+    commandest thy enemies, Osiris Temt; four times.
+
+    2 The royal Osiris commands his enemies in heaven and upon earth,
+    by authority of all the gods and all the goddesses, by authority
+    of Osiris Chentament, because the royal Osiris is Ra himself, the
+    great inhabitant of the heavens, he speaks in the presence of
+    Ament. The King governs by favor of the great powers. The royal
+    Osiris is pure, what is in him is pure, the royal Osiris governs
+    the two worlds, the royal Osiris commands his enemies; four times.
+
+    3 He is powerful, Ra in the empyrean, he is powerful, Ra in the
+    empyrean. He traverses the empyrean with joy, for he has struck
+    Apap;(630) there is joy for thee, god of the horizon, Osiris, King
+    of the Ament, there is joy for thy triumphant spirit, for thou
+    destroyest his enemies; thou art delighted, Tesherti, red spirit
+    who openest the Ament. Thou givest thy hand to Osiris, thou art
+    received in the good Ament, and the gods rejoice over thee. Osiris
+    gives thee his hand, thou art received by Chentament. He is
+    brilliant, the spirit of Ra in the empyrean, he is brilliant, the
+    body of Teb Temt. Ra commands in the empyrean, because he has
+    struck Apap. Teb Temt commands; he worships the spirit of the two
+    horizons; the spirit of the two horizons worships him.
+
+    4 The royal Osiris receives dominion over his enemies from the
+    great powers of the mysterious avenger, he who reveals the
+    mysterious empyrean, who dissipates the darkness, who chases away
+    the rain, he who hurries, and who makes the blessed servants of Ra
+    come forth. He(631) sees the body of the god when he assumes forms
+    with a mysterious name, when he sheds his rays in obscurity, and
+    when he hides the uncovered bodies; when he traverses the
+    mysterious spheres and when he gives eyes to their gods; they
+    themselves see him, and their spirits are blessed.
+
+    5 Hail, Ra! give eyes to the royal Osiris, give him divine
+    eyeballs, and may they guide the royal Osiris. Hail, Ra! give a
+    heart to the royal Osiris; he traverses the earth, he traverses
+    the world like Ra.
+
+    6 Thou takest care that what thou commandest to exist, exists;
+    thou rulest the royal Osiris like Chuti(632) and the King honors
+    thy spirit, he glorifies thee.
+
+    7 Thou commandest Osiris to be like Khuti, the brilliant triangle
+    which appears in the shining place.
+
+    8 Thou commandest Osiris to be like the mysterious spirit which
+    comes forth from the mysterious place.
+
+    9 Thou commandest Osiris to be like the blessed spirit which comes
+    forth from the blessed place.
+
+    10 Thou commandest Osiris to be like the destructive spirit which
+    comes forth from the place of destruction.
+
+    11 Thou commandest Osiris to be like the revealing spirit which
+    comes forth from the opening.
+
+    12 Thou commandest Osiris to be like the elevated spirit which
+    comes forth from the high place.
+
+    13 Thou commandest Osiris to be like the hidden spirit which comes
+    forth from the Ament.
+
+    14 Deliver him from the crocodiles which frighten the spirits,
+    like geese; let them not do their work upon the royal Osiris, in
+    the presence of the gods armed with swords; may Osiris never fall
+    into their furnaces, may their nets never entangle him; his spirit
+    flies away and soars into the heavens, his spirit returns and
+    enters into the empyrean, because the royal Osiris knows the
+    mysteries which are in the empyrean, the secret forms of Osiris,
+    that none of his servants know, in the secret of his hidden
+    dwelling. Hail! the royal Osiris knows thy form, great and
+    mysterious god.
+
+    15 Deliver the royal Osiris from the agile demons furnished with
+    legs, from the cruel gods who pluck out hearts and who throw them
+    into their furnaces. May they never do their work upon the royal
+    Osiris, may they never put him in their furnaces, because Osiris
+    is Ra; and reciprocally. His soul is that which is in the disk.
+    His body is in the middle of the hidden gods; they make Osiris
+    rule, Osiris makes them rule; he commands, and he rests as you
+    rest in the Ament.
+
+    16 The soul of Ra shines in his shape, his body rests amid the
+    invocations which are addressed to him; he enters into the
+    interior of his white disk, he lights the empyrean with his rays,
+    he creates it, he makes the souls remain in their bodies, they
+    praise him from the height of their pedestal. He receives the
+    acclamations of all the gods who open the doors, the hidden
+    essences who prepare the way for Ra's soul, and who allow the King
+    of souls access to the fields. He traverses his disk himself; he
+    calls (to life) the body of Kat;(633) he places the gods of the
+    stars upon their legs; these latter make the god An(634) come at
+    their hours; the two sisters join themselves to him, they decorate
+    his head, as a spirit worthy of adornment.
+
+    17 O, Ra, place the royal Osiris in thy train; he is the divine
+    key which opens his haunts, he knows admirable means of obtaining
+    the great victory over his enemies; Osiris is powerful through thy
+    two eyes; walking god, the course of Osiris is thy course. Ra, the
+    journeys of Osiris are thy journeys, Osiris makes thee rule over
+    thy enemies, thou makest Osiris rule over his enemies, by means of
+    the great splendor which is the splendor of Ra in the empyrean,
+    they cry to him: Bull of the country of the dead, thou art Ra, thy
+    body rests in peace, thou art blessed in thy mysteries.
+
+    CHAPTER III
+
+    1 O, Ra, come to the King! truly. Highly glorious Teb Temt.
+
+    2 O, Ra, come to the King! truly. Thou makest thy soul young again
+    and thou givest birth to thy body.
+
+    3 O, Ra, come to the King! truly. Lead him into the holy dwelling.
+
+    4 O, Ra, come to the King! truly. Guide him on the good ways.
+
+    5 O, Ra, come to the King! truly. Guide him on the roads of Nun.
+
+    6 O, Ra, come to the King! truly. Guide him on the roads of Nut.
+
+    7 O, Ra, come to the King! truly. He restores the body of Osiris.
+
+    8 O, Ra, come to the King! truly. He places the corpse upon its
+    foundation, in its place that no one knows.
+
+    9 O, Ra, come to the King! truly. He calls his body Osiris.
+
+    10 O, Ra, come to the King! truly. He sees him who is in the
+    sarcophagus.
+
+    11 O, Ra, come to the King! truly. The rays of Aten(635) are upon
+    his person.
+
+    12 O, Ra, come to the King! truly. He has taken the good ways.
+
+    13 O, Ra, come to the King! truly. He worships thy soul upon the
+    horizon.
+
+    14 O, Ra, come to the King! truly. Thou speakest to him as to the
+    god who is upon the ground.
+
+    15 O, Ra, come to the King! truly. He is one of thy Nine Gods.
+
+    CHAPTER IV
+
+    _Section I_
+
+    1 Thou art what he is, Ra, thou givest birth to the royal Osiris,
+    thou makest him exist like thyself, god of the two horizons; the
+    birth of Osiris is the birth of Ra in the Ament, and reciprocally;
+    the birth of Osiris in the heavens is the birth of the soul of Ra
+    in the heavens, and reciprocally; the life of Osiris is the life
+    of Ra, and reciprocally; the development of his body is the
+    development of Ra's body. Ra conceived, Tum gave birth to Osiris;
+    it is the young Chepra; Nut brings Osiris into the world, she
+    nourishes Osiris, like Ra's soul which issued from her.
+
+    2 O, Ra who art in the Ament ...(636) who art in the empyrean,
+    deliver Osiris from thy conductors who separate souls from their
+    bodies, the agile beings who move quickly in thy places of
+    torment. May they never seize Osiris, may they never take him, may
+    they never quicken their steps toward him, may they never put him
+    in their places of torture, may they never cast their toils round
+    him, may they never place him upon their altars, may he never
+    tremble in the land of the condemned, may he never be lost in the
+    Ament. He walks as the god of the horizon walks, he takes Ra's
+    steps, he worships the god who is on the earth, he honors the
+    mysterious bodies ...(637) they say to Osiris: Hu and Sa; they
+    call him this, because he is like the spirit of Hu and Sa(638) in
+    his creations; he makes the sacred tree grow he is not ignorant of
+    it. There are cries of joy in the mysterious region, for Ra sets
+    under the form of Osiris, and reciprocally. Rejoice, you the dead,
+    render praises to Ra, and Ra renders praises to you. Ra comes
+    forth from the cow Mehur,(639) he sets in Netur;(640) Osiris comes
+    forth from Nehur like the sun, he sets in Netur like Temt. The
+    name of the King is the name of Ra, Ammehur,(641) the setting of
+    Osiris, it is his setting, Amnetur.(642)
+
+    3 The gods of the empyrean bless him, the hidden gods rejoice over
+    him; they say to him: thy person is the god of the country of the
+    dead, thy form is Teb Temt. The hidden gods speak to the royal
+    Osiris, they rejoice on seeing him; (they say to him:) Hail,
+    blessed and perfect one, who comest forth from Tonen, the god who
+    destroys the forms; it is great, thy essence, spirit, shadow that
+    no one destroys, that lives where you live. He knows the essences
+    of the primitive beings, he knows the mysterious flames of the
+    empyrean, for he attains to holy and mysterious things.
+
+    4 The two gods speak to the royal Osiris, they rejoice on seeing
+    him, this blessed, perfect spirit; (they say to him:) This is one
+    of us. The gods speak to the royal Osiris, they rejoice when they
+    see him, him, the splendor of Ra, the splendor of the two
+    goddesses that appears in Heset,(643) the supplicant Heset
+    addresses the guardians who watch over the doors, who devour souls
+    and who swallow the shades of the dead; when they approach them,
+    they are led by them to the place of destruction: O guardians who
+    watch over your doors, who swallow souls and devour the shades of
+    the dead; when they approach you, you lead them to the place of
+    destruction; Oh! allow this blessed this most holy spirit, to be
+    in the dwelling of the Akher;(644) it is a spirit like Ra glorious
+    like Osiris. This is what Heset the supplicant says before the
+    royal Osiris.
+
+    5 O Heset, make him come, O Heset, guide the royal Osiris, O Heset
+    open to him the empyrean, give him the lot of the god of the
+    empyrean; he puts the veil _nems_(645) upon his head at the bottom
+    of the dwelling of the Ament. Hail to thee, he has reached thee;
+    Heset, guide him on the good way, he speaks to thee, he glorifies
+    thee by his invocations, and thou rejoicest on seeing his spirit;
+    Heset, the supplicant, open the doors which are in the empyrean,
+    open his spheres to him, for the club is in the hand of Osiris,
+    and he grasps his lance; his club strikes the enemies, and his
+    lance destroys the rebels; his dwelling is that of the god of the
+    two horizons; his throne is Ra's throne; for he is the Horus of
+    the two horizons.(646) He is beautiful, this spirit, he is
+    perfect, he is powerful in both his hands.
+
+    6 The two great gods speak to the royal Osiris; they rejoice on
+    his account; they celebrate his victorious strength, they give him
+    their protection, they send him their spirit of life; (they say to
+    him:) He is brilliant like the spirit of the horizon that is the
+    dwelling of Ra in the heavens;(647) they communicate their words
+    to him, they give him the power by their authority. He opens the
+    door of heaven and earth like his father Ra; a spirit shining in
+    the place where they burn the offerings, in the arms of Osiris.
+    The royal Osiris rests in the mysterious dwelling, he shines like
+    the god of the luminary, the dwelling of Ra of the horizon.(648)
+    The royal Osiris is Ra; and reciprocally, he is the spirit of
+    Osiris, he rests (in him).
+
+    7 He reaches the gods of the pyramid; these latter praise him on
+    seeing the happy arrival of Osiris; they address him as Ra of the
+    horizon; praise be to Ra! cheers for the spirit of the horizon,
+    praises to the spirit of Ra! Praise his spirit that inhabits the
+    empyrean, invoke him who is in his disk, bear him to him who
+    created you, carry him unto the pyramid, since you are the gods
+    who accompany Ra Osiris. Here is Osiris, carry him into the hidden
+    sanctuary of Osiris, the lord of years(649) who is under the care
+    of the two Rehti. Carry him into the hidden dwelling where Osiris
+    resides, carry him into the funeral monument which is in the
+    Ament, the mysterious sanctuary of the god who is at rest; bear
+    him, open your arms to him, stretch out your hands to him, take
+    off your veils before him, for he is the great essence whom the
+    dead spirits do not know; it is Ra, the god of the two horizons,
+    and Osiris, the King of the Ament, who send him.
+
+    8 The royal Osiris is one of you, for his diadem is a vulture; his
+    face is a sparrow-hawk, his head is Ra; his eyes are the Rehti,
+    the two sisters; his nose is Horus of the empyrean; his mouth is
+    the King of the Ament; his lungs are Nun; his two hands are the
+    god Secheni;(650) his fingers are the gods who seize him; his body
+    is Chepra; his heart is Horus, the creator; his chest is the
+    goddess of life; his spleen is the god Fenti;(651) his lungs are
+    the goddess Heti; his stomach is Apu; his intestines, the god with
+    the mysterious names;(652) his back is the corpse-god; his elbows
+    are Makati; the nape of his neck, Horus Thoth; his lips Mehur; his
+    phallus is Tonen;(653) ...(654) the goddess of Cher; ...(655) the
+    two hidden gods; his sitting posture the two goddesses; his legs,
+    he who traverses the hidden places; his shin-bones are _uraeus_.
+    His members are gods, he is throughout a god, no one of his
+    members is without a god, the gods are of his substance. The royal
+    Osiris is an intelligent essence, his members guide him, his flesh
+    opens the way to him, those who are born of him create him, they
+    rest when they have given birth to him. The royal Osiris is he who
+    gives them birth, it is he who begets them, it is he who makes
+    them exist; his birth is that of Ra in the Ament, Ra gives birth
+    to the royal Osiris, he causes his own birth.
+
+    _Section II_
+
+    1 O Ra, open to his spirit, for the royal Osiris knows what there
+    is in the empyrean, he is the great mummy, Osiris, the King of the
+    Ament; he is Osiris, he is perfect like Osiris, he is blessed like
+    Osiris, his club is that of Osiris, his sword is that of
+    Chentament, his sceptre is that of Sahou, he is the great one, the
+    King of the blessed, for he is the original one, he who knows the
+    mysteries, the greatest of the holy ones in the empyrean. He is
+    happy, the spirit Keschi who makes his own law in the Ament, he
+    speaks to what is born of him,(656) Osiris Chentament.
+
+    2 Hail to thee, inhabitant of the empyrean, praised be what is in
+    thee; hail to thee, inhabitant of the empyrean, the weeping gods
+    cut their hair in honor of thee, they clap their hands, they
+    revere thee, they weep before thee, thy spirit rejoices in their
+    fear, thy body is blessed.
+
+    3 Hail to thee, inhabitant of the empyrean, god seated upon his
+    throne, who boldest the sceptre _hik_,(657) King of the empyrean,
+    Prince of the Aker, great Prince crowned with the _urer_,(658)
+    great god who hides his dwelling, Lord of wisdom, Chief of the
+    powers.
+
+    4 Hail to the inhabitant of the empyrean, thy son Horus rests in
+    thee, thou communicatest thy orders to him, thou permittest him to
+    shine like An of the empyrean, the great star who creates his
+    names,(659) who knows the empyrean and who traverses the interior
+    of it, he, the son of Ra, proceeding from Tum. The royal Osiris is
+    thy son, thou communicatest thy orders to him, thou permittest him
+    to shine like An of the heavens, the great star who creates his
+    names,(660) who knows the empyrean and who traverses the interior
+    of it, he the son of Ra, proceeding from Tum. He rests in the
+    empyrean, he rejoices in the dusk, he enters in there and comes
+    forth, the arms of Tonen receive him, the blessed lift him, they
+    stretch out their hands toward him, the ...(661) guide him. Praise
+    him ye blessed, exalt the royal Osiris, ye blessed! Rejoice over
+    him, as over Ra, extol him like Osiris, he has placed your
+    offerings before you, he accords you the favor of receiving your
+    portion as his father Ra commanded. He is his darling, he is his
+    descendant upon the earth, and the blessed show him the way. Let
+    him arrive in the empyrean, and let him penetrate into the good
+    Ament. The royal Osiris fixes the crown upon the head of Osiris,
+    he offers his casket to Seb, he presents Sah with the sceptre, he
+    gives the royal diadem to him whose name is Ammon.
+
+    5 Look at him, ye blessed, let him receive a perfect intelligence,
+    let him shine like the god of mysteries, deliver him from the gods
+    of the pillory who fasten to their posts. May they never bind
+    Osiris to their posts, may they never put him in the place of
+    destruction, for he is the descendant of Osiris who permits him to
+    receive the diadem in the empyrean.
+
+    6 He is sublime, the spirit of Ra in the Ament, his body is
+    blessed there, the spirits rejoice when they develop their forms
+    in the zones of the empyrean, before the soul of Ra, the
+    inhabitant of the empyrean, and Teb Temt who rests in his
+    covering. Hail, yes, hail! Hail spirit of Ra, hail, spirit of the
+    royal Osiris like Temt! Hail, royal Osiris who art Ra, and
+    reciprocally! O Temt who art Ra, and reciprocally, hail!
+
+    7 The royal Osiris is one of you. He gives birth to you, he gives
+    you your names, he makes you perfect; ha! he sends his body into
+    you; ha! he is your creator. Look at him, he shines like him who
+    proceeds from you; he honors his father, perfect, blessed,
+    blessing his mother; look at him, make his essence sublime and
+    make him like him who destroys his forms;(662) show the way to his
+    spirit, set him upon your pedestals, make him rest in his members,
+    show him his dwelling in the midst of the earth, open your doors
+    to him, unfasten the bolt.
+
+    8 O Ra, O Teb-Temt, guide the royal Osiris following the direction
+    of the spirits, following the course of the gods. The royal Osiris
+    is in his gateway (in presence of the) navigating gods; the royal
+    Osiris is the only one, the guardian of his doors, he who puts the
+    gods in their places. He is upon his pedestal in the empyrean, he
+    is the possessor in the midst of the possessors, he is at the
+    extremities of the empyrean, he is blessed in the infernal
+    regions. He rests in the Ament among the spirits who are in the
+    members of the Ament. The royal Osiris is Ra's darling, he is the
+    mysterious phoenix, he enters in peace into the empyrean, he leaves
+    Nut in peace; the royal Osiris has his throne in heaven, he
+    traverses the horizons in Ra's train, he is at peace in the
+    heavens, in Ra's fields, his share is upon the horizon in the
+    fields of Aalu; he traverses the earth like Ra, he is wise like
+    Thoth, he walks at will, he hastens in his course, like Sahu with
+    the mysterious names, who becomes two divinities. The royal Osiris
+    becomes two divinities. What Ra produces, the royal Osiris
+    produces; he gives a spiritual existence to what he loves; he does
+    not give it to what he hates. The royal Osiris is the Chief of the
+    gods who make offerings to the spirits, he is powerful in his
+    course, he is the courageous being who strikes his enemies.
+
+    9 O ye gods, O ye blessed who precede Ra and who escort his
+    spirit, do to the royal Osiris as to Ra, tow him with you in the
+    same way that you conduct Ra and the two navigating gods in the
+    heavens; the royal Osiris is Ra himself, and reciprocally; he is
+    the Chief of his worshippers who gives life to the forms.
+
+    _Section III_
+
+    1 O Ament, O Ament, O good, O good, O strong, O strong, O
+    powerful, O powerful, O protecting, O protecting, O mysterious, O
+    mysterious (Ament), the royal Osiris knows thee, he knows thy
+    form, he knows the name of thy companions. Ament, hide my corpse,
+    good Ament, hide my body. O resting-place, let me rest in thee; O
+    strong one, may the royal Osiris be strong with thy strength; O
+    powerful one, may he be powerful with thy power! O Ament, open thy
+    arms to him; O protectress, cover his body; O mysterious being,
+    stretch out thy hand to him. Hail, holy Ament of Osiris with the
+    mysterious names, the most holy of the gods, thou who art the most
+    hidden of all mysteries. Hail! the royal Osiris worships thee; he
+    addresses the great god who is within thee. Hail! he worships
+    thee; open thy mysterious doors to him. Hail! he worships thee;
+    (open to him) thy hidden spheres, for he has his dwelling in the
+    heavens like Ra, and his throne is upon the earth like Seb; he is
+    seated upon the throne of Seb, upon the seats of Horchuti; his
+    spirit soars into the heavens, it rests there; his body descends
+    to the earth in the midst of the gods. He walks with Ra, he
+    follows Tum, he is like Chepra, he lives as thou livest in truth.
+
+    2 When this book is read he who reads it purifies himself at the
+    hour when Ra sets, who rests in the Ament of the Ament, when Ra is
+    in the midst of hidden things, completely.
+
+
+
+
+The Book Of Respirations
+
+
+                      Translated by P. J. De Horrack
+
+
+The manuscript a translation of which here follows belongs to the Museum
+of the Louvre, in Paris, where it is registered under the No. 3284
+(_Deveria, Catalogue des MS. egypt._, p. 132). It probably dates from the
+epoch of the Ptolemies. It is in hieratic writing and generally known by
+the name of "Book of Respirations" or "Book of the Breaths of Life,"
+according to Mr. Le Page Renouf's ingenious interpretation. This book
+seems to have been deposited exclusively with the mummies of the priests
+and priestesses of the god Ammon-Ra, if we may judge from the titles
+inserted into the manuscripts.
+
+Dr. Brugsch, in 1851, first directed the attention of Egyptologists to
+this curious work, by publishing a transcription in hieroglyphics of a
+hieratic text in the Berlin Museum, with a Latin translation, under the
+title of "_Shai an Sinsin, sive liber Metempsychosis_," etc. He added to
+this a copy of a hieratic text of the same book found in Denon ("_Voyage
+en Egypte_," pl. 136).
+
+A full analysis of this literary composition has also been given by Dr.
+Samuel Birch, in his Introduction to the "_Rhind Papyri_," London, 1863.
+
+The Paris manuscript is as yet unpublished, but a copy of it will be
+produced ere long by the present translator. A few passages corrupted by
+the ancient scribe have been restored from copies of the same text, which
+are in the Egyptian Museum of the Louvre.
+
+The "Book of Respirations" has a great analogy with that of the
+"Lamentations of Isis and Nephthys." It not only makes allusion to the
+_formulae_ and acts by means of which the resurrection is effected, but
+also treats of the life after death, thus greatly increasing our knowledge
+of the religious system of the ancient Egyptians.
+
+
+    THE BOOK OF RESPIRATIONS
+
+    1 Commencement of the Book of Respirations
+    made by Isis for her brother Osiris,
+    to give life to his soul,
+    to give life to his body,
+    to rejuvenate all his members anew;
+    that he may reach the horizon with his father, the Sun;
+    that his soul may rise to Heaven in the disk of the Moon;
+    that his body may shine in the stars of Orion on the bosom of
+                Nu-t;(663)
+    in order that this may also happen
+    to the Osiris, divine Father, Prophet of Ammon-Ra, King of the
+                gods,
+    Prophet of Khem, of Ammon-Ra, bull of his mother,
+    in his great abode,
+    Asar-aau, justified,
+    Son of the Prophet of the same order, Nes-paut-ta-ti, justified,
+    Conceal (it), conceal (it)!
+    Let it not be read by anyone.
+    It is profitable to the person who is in the divine Nether-World.
+    He liveth in reality millions of times anew.
+
+    2 Words spoken:
+    Hail to the Osiris N!(664) thou art pure;
+    thy heart is pure,
+    thy fore-part is purified,
+    thy hind-part is cleansed,
+    thy middle is in _Bat_(665) and natron.
+    No member in thee is faulty.
+    The Osiris N is (made) pure by the lotions
+    from the Fields of Peace, at the North of the Fields of
+                Sanehem-u.(666)
+    The goddesses Uati (and) Suben have purified thee
+    at the eighth hour of the night
+    and at the eighth hour of the day.
+    Come Osiris N!
+    Thou dost enter the Hall of the Two Goddesses of Truth.
+    Thou art purified of all sin, of all crime.
+    Stone of Truth is thy name.
+
+    3 Hail to the Osiris N!
+    Thou, being very pure, dost enter the Lower Heaven.
+    The Two goddesses of Justice have purified thee in the Great Hall.
+    A purification hath been made to thee in the Hall of Seb.
+    Thy members have been purified in the Hall of Shu.(667)
+    Thou seest Ra in his setting,
+    (as) Atum(668) in the evening.
+    Ammon is near to thee, to give thee breath,
+    Ptah, to form thy members.
+    Thou dost enter the horizon with the Sun.
+    Thy soul is received in the bark Neshem(669) with Osiris.
+    Thy soul is divinized in the Hall of Seb.
+    Thou art justified forever and ever.
+
+    4 Hail to the Osiris N!
+    Thine individuality is permanent.
+    Thy body is durable.
+    Thy mummy doth germinate.
+    Thou art not repulsed from heaven, (neither from) earth.
+    Thy face is illuminated near the Sun.
+    Thy soul liveth near to Ammon.
+    Thy body is rejuvenated near to Osiris.
+    Thou dost breathe forever and ever.
+
+    5 Thy soul maketh thee offerings, each day,
+    of bread, of drinks, of oxen, of geese, of fresh water, of
+                condiments.
+    Thou comest to justify it.
+    Thy flesh is on thy bones,
+    like unto thy form on earth.
+    Thou dost imbibe into thy body.
+    Thou eatest with thy mouth.
+    Thou receivest bread, with the souls of the gods.
+    Anubis doth guard thee.
+    He is thy protection.
+    Thou art not repulsed from the gates of the Lower Heaven.
+    Thoth, the doubly great, the Lord of Sesennu, cometh to thee.
+    He writeth for thee the Book of Respirations, with his own
+                fingers.
+    Thy soul doth breathe forever and ever.
+    Thou dost renew thy form on earth, among the living.
+    Thou art divinized with the souls of the gods.
+    Thy heart is the heart of Ra
+    Thy members are the members of the great god.(670)
+    Thou livest forever and ever.
+
+    6 Hail to the Osiris N!
+    Ammon is with thee each day
+    to render thee life.
+    Apheru openeth to thee the right way.
+    Thou seest with thine eyes;
+    thou hearest with thine ears;
+    thou speakest with thy mouth;
+    thou walkest with thy legs.
+    Thy soul is divinized in Heaven,
+    to make all the transformations it desireth.
+    Thou makest the joy of the sacred _Persea_ in An.
+    Thou awakenest each day.
+    Thou seest the rays of Ra.
+    Ammon cometh to thee with the breath of life.
+    He granteth to thee to breathe in thy coffin.
+    Thou comest on earth each day,
+    the Book of Respirations of Thoth being thy protection.
+    Thou breathest by it each day.
+    Thine eyes behold the rays of the disk.
+    Truth is spoken to thee before Osiris.
+    The _formulae_ of justification are on thy body.
+    Horus, the defender of his father, protecteth thy body.
+    He divinizeth thy soul as well as (those) of all the gods.
+    The soul of Ra giveth life to thy soul.
+    The soul of Shu filleth thy respiratory organs with soft
+                breath.(671)
+
+    7 Hail to the Osiris N!
+    Thy soul doth breathe in the place thou lovest.
+    Thou art in the dwelling of Osiris, who resideth in the West.
+    Thy person is most pure.
+    Thou dost arrive in Abydos.
+    He (Osiris) filleth thy dwelling Hotep with provisions.
+
+    8 Hail to the Osiris N!
+    The gods of all Egypt come to thee.
+    Thou art guided toward the end of centuries.
+    Thy soul liveth.
+    Thou dost follow Osiris.
+    Thou breathest in Rusta.
+    Secret care is taken of thee by the Lord of Sati(672)
+    and by the great god.(673)
+    Thy body liveth in Tattu (and in) Nifur.
+    Thy soul liveth in Heaven forever.
+
+    9 Hail to the Osiris N!
+    Sechet prevaileth against what is injurious to thee.
+    Har-aa-hetu taketh care of thee.
+    Har-shet doth form thy heart.
+    Har-maa doth guard thy body.
+    Thou continuest in life, health (and) strength.
+    Thou art established upon thy throne in Ta-ser.
+    Come, Osiris N!
+    Thou appearest in thy form.
+    Strengthened by thine ornaments(674)
+    thou art prepared for life.
+    Thou remainest in a healthful state;
+    thou walkest, thou breathest everywhere.(675)
+    The Sun doth rise upon thine abode.
+    Like unto Osiris, thou breathest, thou livest by his rays.
+    Ammon-Ra giveth life to thee.
+    He doth enlighten thee by the Book of Respirations.
+    Thou dost follow Osiris and Horus, Lord of the sacred bark.
+    Thou art as the greatest of the gods among the gods.
+    Thy beautiful face liveth (in) thy children.
+    Thy name doth always prosper.
+    Come to the great temple in Tattu.
+    Thou wilt see him who resideth in the West,
+    in the Ka-festival.
+    Delicious is thy perfume as that of the blessed;
+    great thy name among the elect.
+
+    10 Hail to the Osiris N!
+    Thy soul liveth by the Book of Respirations.
+    Thou unitest thyself to the Book of Respirations.
+    Thou dost enter the Lower Heaven;
+    thine enemies are not (there).
+    Thou art a divine soul in Tattu.(676)
+    Thy heart is thine;
+    it is (no longer) separated from thee.
+    Thine eyes are thine;
+    they open each day.
+    11_a_ Words spoken by the gods who accompany Osiris, to the Osiris
+                N:
+    Thou dost follow Ra.
+    Thou dost follow Osiris.
+    Thy soul livest forever and ever.
+
+    11_b_ Words spoken by the gods who dwell in the Lower Heaven
+                (like) Osiris of the West, to the Osiris N:
+    Let them open to him at the gates of the Lower Heaven.
+    _He is received_(677) in the divine Nether-World,
+    that his soul may live forever.
+    He buildeth a dwelling in the divine Nether-World.
+    He is rewarded.(678)
+    He hath received the Book of Respirations,
+    that he may breathe.
+
+    12 Royal offering to Osiris who resideth in the West,
+    great god, Lord of Abydos,
+    that he may give offerings
+    of bread, of _hak_, of oxen, of geese, of wine, of the liquor
+                _aket_, of bread _Hotep_,
+    of good provisions of all kinds,
+    to the Osiris N.
+    Thy soul liveth.
+    Thy body doth germinate,
+    by order of Ra himself,
+    without pain, without injury,
+    like unto Ra forever and ever.
+
+    13 O Strider, coming out of An,(679)
+    the Osiris N hath not committed any sin.
+    O Mighty of the Moment, coming out of Kerau,
+    the Osiris N hath not done any evil.
+    O Nostril, coming out of Sesennu,(680)
+    the Osiris N hath not been exacting.
+    O Devourer of the Eye, coming out of Kerti,
+    the Osiris N hath not obtained anything by theft.
+    O Impure of visage, coming out of Rusta,
+    the Osiris N hath not been angry.
+    O Lion-gods, coming forth from heaven,
+    the Osiris N hath not committed any sin by reason of hardness of
+                heart(?)
+    O Fiery-Eyed, coming out of Sechem,
+    the Osiris N hath not been weak.
+
+    14 O ye gods who dwell in the Lower Heaven,
+    hearken unto the voice of Osiris N.
+    He is near unto you.
+    There is no fault in him.
+    No informer riseth up against him.
+    He liveth in the truth.
+    He doth nourish himself with truth.
+    The gods are satisfied with all that he hath done.
+    He hath given food to the hungry,
+    drink to the thirsty,
+    clothes to the naked.
+    He hath given the sacred food to the gods,
+    The funeral repasts to the pure Spirits.
+    No complaint hath been made against him before any of the gods.
+    Let him enter (then) into the Lower Heaven
+    without being repulsed.
+    Let him follow Osiris, with the gods of Kerti.
+    He is favored among the faithful,(681)
+    (and) divinized among the perfected.
+    Let him live!
+    Let his soul live!
+    His soul is received wherever it willeth.
+    (He) hath received the Book of Respirations,
+    that he may breathe with his soul,
+    (with) that of the Lower Heaven,
+    and that he may make any transformation at his will,
+    like (the inhabitants) of the West;(682)
+    that his soul may go wherever it desireth,
+    living on the earth forever and ever.
+
+    He is towed (like) Osiris into the Great Pool of Khons.
+    When he has retaken possession of his heart(683)
+    the Book of Respirations is concealed in (the coffin).
+    It is (covered) with writing upon Suten,
+    both inside and outside (and)
+    placed underneath his left arm,
+    evenly with his heart;...
+    When the Book has been made for him
+    then he breathes with the souls of the gods forever and ever.(684)
+
+    It is finished.
+
+
+
+
+
+THE EPIC OF PENTA-OUR
+
+
+                    Translated by C. W. Goodwin, M.A.
+
+
+The commencement of the epic of Penta-our is wanting in the papyrus, and
+the end is also defective, but the date of the composition and the name of
+the writer have fortunately escaped. It appears to have been written in
+the ninth year of the King whose valor it celebrates. Champollion saw this
+papyrus, and had formed some notion of the nature of its contents, but to
+M. de Rouge belongs the honor of having first given a complete translation
+of it. This was published in the "_Revue Contemporaine_," 1856, p. 389.
+The scene of the exploit lies in the neighborhood of the city of
+Katesh,(685) the capital of the Hittites, which stood on the banks of a
+river named Anrata (or Aranta, as it is sometimes written), perhaps the
+Syrian Orontes. It appears, from the sculptures and inscriptions of
+Ibsamboul and the Theban Ramesseum, that Rameses II, in the fifth year of
+his reign, made an expedition into Asia to suppress a revolt of the
+Asiatic tribes headed by the Prince of Heth. Arrived near Katesh, upon the
+south side of the city, certain wandering Arabs came to inform him that
+the forces of the Hittites had retired toward the south, to the land of
+the Khirbou. These Arabs were, however, in the service of the enemy, and
+were sent with the intention of entrapping the Egyptians, the fact being
+that the Hittites and their allies were assembled in force to the north of
+the town. Rameses fell into the trap, and advanced to the northwest of
+Katesh while the body of his army proceeded to the south. Shortly after
+two Hittite spies were caught and brought to the King, and under the
+pressure of the bastonnade, confessed the true state of the affair. The
+prince of the Hittites had in the meantime executed a movement to the
+south of the city, and thus the King was cut off from the body of his
+troops, and only escaped destruction by the dashing exploit which his
+admiring subjects seem to have been never weary of commemorating, and
+which furnished Penta-our, the court poet, with a brilliant theme. A few
+extracts from the recital shall be given, based upon M. de Rouge's
+version, from which I venture in a few respects to deviate. The papyrus
+begins in the middle of a sentence, at the moment when the King had
+discovered his mistake.
+
+
+    "[The Prince of] Heth advanced with men and horses well armed [or
+    full of provender?]: there were three men to each chariot.(686)
+    There were gathered together all the swiftest men of the land of
+    the vile Hittites, all furnished with arms ... and waited
+    stealthily to the northwest of the fortress of Katesh. Then they
+    fell upon the bowmen of Pharaoh, into the middle of them, as they
+    marched along and did not expect a battle. The bowmen and the
+    horsemen of his Majesty gave way before them. Behold they were
+    near to Katesh, on the west bank of the river Anrata. Then was
+    [fulfilled?] the saying of his Majesty. Then his Majesty, rising
+    up like the god Mentou [Mars], undertook to lead on the attack. He
+    seized his arms--he was like Bar [Baal] in his hour. The great
+    horse which drew his Majesty his name was Nekhtou-em-Djom, of the
+    stud of Rameses-Meiamen ... His Majesty halted when he came up to
+    the enemy, the vile Hittites. He was alone by himself--there was no
+    other with him in this sortie. His Majesty looked behind him and
+    saw that he was intercepted by 2,500 horsemen in the way he had to
+    go, by all the fleetest men of the prince of the base Hittites,
+    and of many lands which were with him--of Artou [Aradus], of
+    Maausou, of Patasa, of Kashkash, of Aroun, of Kadjawatana, of
+    Khirbou, of Aktra, Katesh, and Raka. There were three men to each
+    chariot, they were ... but there were neither captains, nor
+    squires, nor leaders of bowmen, nor skirmishers [with the King],
+    'My archers and my horsemen forsook me, not one of them remained
+    to fight with me.' Then said his Majesty, 'Where art thou now, my
+    father Amen? Behold, does a father forget his son? But do I
+    confide in my own strength? Walking or standing, is not my face
+    toward thee? Do I not inquire the counsels of thy mouth? Do I not
+    seek for thy mighty counsels, O thou great lord of Egypt, at whose
+    approach the oppressors of the land are scattered? What now is the
+    hope of these Aamou? Amen shall abase those who know not god. Have
+    I not made for thee many and great buildings of stone? have I not
+    filled thy temple with my spoils, building for thee a temple to
+    last myriads of years? ... The whole earth unites to bring thee
+    offerings ... [to enrich] thy domain. I have sacrificed to thee
+    30,000 oxen, with all kinds of sweet-scented herbs. Have I not put
+    behind me those who do not thy will? ... I have built thee a house
+    of great stones, erecting for thee eternal groves; I have brought
+    for thee obelisks from Abou [Elephantine]; I have caused the
+    everlasting stones to be fetched, launching for thee boats upon
+    the sea, importing for thee the manufactures of the lands. When
+    was it ever before said that such a thing was done? Confounded is
+    every one who resists thy designs; blessed is every one who obeys
+    thee, O Amen. That which thou doest is dear to my heart[?] I cry
+    to thee, my father, Amen. I am in the midst of many unknown people
+    gathered together from all lands. But I am alone by myself; there
+    is none other with me. My bowmen and my horsemen have forsaken me;
+    they were afraid; not one of them listened when I cried to them.
+    Amen is more helpful to me than myriads of bowmen, than millions
+    of horsemen, than tens of thousands of chosen youths, though they
+    be all gathered together in one place. The arts of men prevail
+    not, Amen is more powerful than they; they follow not the commands
+    of thy mouth, O sun! Have I not sought out thy commands? have I
+    not invoked thee from the ends of the earth?' "
+
+
+This invocation is heard, and the King proceeds to make a vigorous charge
+against the enemy, who are scattered in all directions. The prince of the
+Hittites rallies, and succeeds in bringing them again to the combat, but
+they are repulsed by the King. It will be observed that sometimes the
+writer himself speaks, but generally the narrative is put into the mouth
+of the King--a poetical artifice which gives a certain liveliness to the
+composition--
+
+
+    " 'I ran toward them, like the god Mentou, I fleshed my hand upon
+    them in the space of a moment[?]. I smote them, I slew them, so
+    that one of them cried to another, saying, "It is no man"
+    [superhuman]. Mighty was he who was among them, Soutech, the most
+    glorious. Baal was in my limbs; why was every enemy weak? his hand
+    was in all my limbs. They knew not how to hold the bow and the
+    spear. As soon as they saw him, they fled far away with speed, but
+    his Majesty was upon them like a greyhound. He slew them, so that
+    they escaped not.' "
+
+
+The King's squire or armor-bearer is seized with terror, and conjures his
+master to fly. The King comforts him; and after charging the enemy six
+times, returns victorious from the field. Rameses, on rejoining his
+troops, addresses a long tirade to his captains upon their cowardice, and
+enlarges upon his own valor without any modest scruples. In the evening
+the rest of the troops came dropping in, and were surprised to find the
+whole country strewed with the bodies of the dead. The whole army joins in
+singing the praises of the courageous leader--
+
+
+    " 'Hail to the sword, thanks to the bold warrior, strengthener of
+    hearts, who deliverest thy bowmen and thy horsemen, son of Toum,
+    subduing the land of the Hittites with thy victorious sword. Thou
+    art King of victories; there is none like thee, a King fighting
+    for his soldiers in the day of battle. Thou art magnanimous, the
+    first in battle. The whole world joined together cannot resist
+    thee. Thou art the mighty conqueror, in the face of thy army. The
+    whole earth falls down before thee saying homage. Thou rulest
+    Egypt, thou chastisest the foreigners, thou crushest, thou bowest
+    the back of these Hittites forever.' Then said his Majesty to his
+    bowmen and his horsemen, likewise his captains, 'Ye who did not
+    fight, behold none of you have done well, in that ye left me alone
+    among the enemy. The captains of the vanguard, the sergeants of
+    the infantry, came not to help me. I fought against the myriads of
+    the land alone. I had the horses Nechtou-em-Djom and
+    Becht-herouta; they were obedient to the guidance of my hand, when
+    I was alone by myself in the midst of the enemy. Therefore I grant
+    to them to eat their corn in the presence of Ra continually, when
+    I am in the gate of the palace, on account of their having been
+    found in the midst of the enemy: and as for the armor-bearer who
+    remained with me, I bestow upon him my arms, together with the
+    things which were upon me, the habiliments of war.' Behold his
+    Majesty wore them in his great victory, overthrowing myriads
+    assembled together with his conquering sword."
+
+
+The battle is renewed the next day, and the Hittites are thoroughly
+routed. An envoy from the chief is now announced, suing for mercy. Rameses
+acts the part of a magnanimous conqueror, and grants pardon to the
+repentant rebels. He then returns peaceably to Egypt, leaving the terror
+of his arms in all the countries of the East.
+
+At the end of the last page of the manuscript are the date and dedication,
+unfortunately somewhat mutilated. The writer Penta-our dedicates it, not
+to the King, but to a chief librarian, probably Amen-em-an, with whom he
+carried on a correspondence. This poem was so highly appreciated by the
+King that he caused it to be engraved in hieroglyphics upon the walls of
+one of his palaces, where some remains of it may be still seen. If the
+date be correctly read, it would appear to have been written four years
+after the event it celebrates, and, notwithstanding the exaggerated style
+of adulation which pervades it, there can be little doubt that some such
+occurrence as that which it represents really took place.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+FOOTNOTES
+
+
+_    1 I.e._, the mountain of sunset.
+
+_    2 I.e._, Maat.
+
+    3 The following petition, "Oh, grant thou unto me a path," etc., is
+      written once only, and at the end of the Litany, but I think it is
+      clear that it was intended to be repeated after each of the nine
+      addresses. This is proved by the Saite Recension (see Lepsius, op.
+      cit, Bl. 5) where the words, "Grant thou the sweet breath of the
+      north wind to the Osiris Auf-ankh," are written in two places and
+      are intended to be said after each of the ten addresses above them.
+
+_    4 I.e._, "the place where nothing groweth," the name of a district in
+      the underworld.
+
+    5 The name of the sanctuary of the goddess Nekhebet in Upper Egypt,
+      the Eileithyiapolis of the Greeks.
+
+_    6 I.e._, the two lands Atebui, which were situated one on each side
+      of the celestial Nile.
+
+_    7 I.e._, the land on each side of the Red Sea and on the coast of
+      Africa.
+
+_    8 I.e._, "Lady of life," a name of Isis.
+
+_    9 I.e._, the mountain of the sunset.
+
+_   10 I.e._, the mountain of the sunset.
+
+_   11 I.e._, An-rut-f, the place where nothing groweth.
+
+_   12 I.e._, the mountain of sunrise, but the scribe appears to have
+      written "Baakha" instead of "Manu."
+
+_   13 I.e._, the Sun and the Moon.
+
+_   14 I.e._, the Sun and Moon.
+
+_   15 I.e._, the dead.
+
+   16 The name of the deceased is wanting.
+
+_   17 I.e._, "Osiris, Governor of Amentet."
+
+   18 Pe and Tepu were two famous sanctuaries of northern Egypt.
+
+_   19 I.e._, An-rut-f.
+
+   20 "Ab" is undoubtedly the "heart," and "hat" is the region wherein is
+      the heart; the word may be fairly well rendered by "breast," though
+      the pericardium is probably intended.
+
+   21 "Erpat," _i.e._, "tribal chief."
+
+   22 The Papyrus of Mes-em-neter (Naville, "Todtenbuch," Bd. II. p. 92)
+      adds: "His heart goeth forth to take up its abode in his body, his
+      heart is renewed before the gods, and he hath gained the mastery
+      over it."
+
+   23 The words within brackets are from the Papyrus of Mes-em-neter.
+
+_   24 I.e._, the god of the "Large Face."
+
+_   25 I.e._, the deceased.
+
+   26 The words within brackets are translated from the Papyrus of Nebseni
+      (sheet 4).
+
+_   27 I.e._, Mycerinus, a king of the fourth dynasty.
+
+_   28 I.e._, "He of two teeth" (or two horns); the Saite Recension
+      (Lepsius, op. cit., Bl. 16) reads "Bent," _i.e._, "ape."
+
+_   29 I.e._, "Thy face is of right and truth."
+
+   30 We should probably add the word "tep" and read "Tep tu-f," "He that
+      is upon his hill," _i.e._, Anubis.
+
+   31 The Theban texts mention four crocodiles only.
+
+   32 So far back as 1867 the late Dr. Birch identified the animal
+      "maftet" with the lynx.
+
+   33 Read, "the lord of the city of Shennu" _i.e._, of Kom Ombos.
+
+   34 Or, "I report [my] message to Nebes" (or Nebses).
+
+   35 The two opponent goddesses, or Isis and Nephthys(?).
+
+   36 These words are from the Papyrus of Ra.
+
+   37 The words within brackets are supplied from the Papyrus of
+      Mes-em-neter.
+
+_   38 I.e._, The "land of cold and refreshing water."
+
+   39 Literally, "eat."
+
+   40 A king of the first dynasty. See also the rubric to the longer
+      version of the 64th from the Papyrus of Nu, infra, p. 47.
+
+   41 These words are added from the Papyrus of Nebseni.
+
+   42 From the Papyrus of Nu, sheet 13.
+
+   43 From Papyrus of Nu, sheet 21.
+
+   44 He was the son of Cheops, the builder of the Great Pyramid at Gizeh.
+
+   45 Here follows the text of Chapter of "Preserving the Heart," page 25.
+
+_   46 I.e._, the souls of Horus and Ra.
+
+   47 This Rubric is taken from the Papyrus of Thenna (see Naville, op.
+      cit., Bd. II. p. 153).
+
+   48 From the Papyrus of Ani (Brit. Mus. No. 10,470, sheet 6).
+
+   49 The words in brackets are supplied from Naville, op. cit., Bd. II.
+      p. 158.
+
+   50 Literally, "Thou hast given unto me."
+
+   51 The variants are Aahet At, Aahet Ateh, and one papyrus gives the
+      words, "I am the great god"; see Naville, op. cit., Bd. II. p. 167.
+
+   52 Literally, "I flew."
+
+   53 I believe that "Turtle" is the correct translation.
+
+   54 Literally, "dilated with years."
+
+   55 Added from the Papyrus of Nebseni.
+
+   56 Added from the Papyrus of Nebseni.
+
+   57 The Papyrus of Nebseni has, "make thou me to see my soul and my
+      shade."
+
+   58 This rubric is taken from the Papyrus of Ani, sheet 17.
+
+   59 The Papyrus of Ani contains what are, apparently, two versions of
+      this chapter.
+
+_   60 I.e._, the "Governor of Amenti," or Osiris.
+
+   61 This title is taken from the Saite Recension.
+
+_   62 I.e._, the four pillars at the south, north, west, and east of
+      heaven upon which the heavens were believed to rest.
+
+   63 In the Saite Recension this chapter is about twice as long as it is
+      in the Theban Recension.
+
+   64 The words in brackets are from the Papyrus of Nebseni.
+
+   65 Or, "I am at peace with the god of the city."
+
+_   66 I.e._, "Existence in Peace," the name of the first large section of
+      the Elysian Fields.
+
+   67 The name of a pool in the second section of the Elysian Fields.
+
+   68 The name of a pool in the first section of the Elysian Fields.
+
+   69 The name of a pool in the second section of the Elysian Fields.
+
+   70 The name of a district in the third section of the Elysian Fields.
+
+   71 The name of a pool in the first section of the Elysian Fields.
+
+   72 The name of a pool in the third section of the Elysian Fields.
+
+   73 The name of a pool in the third section of the Elysian Fields.
+
+   74 A name of the city of Mendes, the metropolis of the sixteenth nome
+      of Lower Egypt.
+
+_   75 I.e._, he lost his temper and raged.
+
+_   76 I.e._, Cusae, the metropolis of the fourteenth nome of Upper Egypt.
+
+   77 The words in brackets are from the Papyrus of Neb-qet (sheet 3).
+
+   78 A fuller title of this chapter is, "The Chapter of knowing the name
+      of Osiris, and of going into and of coming forth from Re-stau."
+
+   79 For the text see Naville, op. cit., Bd. I. Bl. 130.
+
+   80 The words in brackets are from the Papyrus of Amen-em-heb. See
+      Naville, op. cit., Bd. II. p. 267.
+
+   81 The Papyrus of Mes-em-neter adds, "bringing right unto thee the
+      divine being who loveth her."
+
+_   82 I.e._, Heliopolis, Mendes or Busiris, Heracleopolis, Abydos,
+      Panopolis, and Sennu (a city near Panopolis).
+
+   83 The words in brackets are from the Saite Recension (see Lepsius, op.
+      cit., Bl. 46).
+
+_   84 I.e._, the "Land of the inundation," a name of Egypt.
+
+   85 In other papyri this chapter is called: (1) "The Chapter of going
+      into the Hall of double Maati;" (2) "The Chapter of [the Hall of]
+      double Maati and of knowing what is therein;" and (3) "The Book of
+      entering into the Hall of double Maati." See Naville, op. cit., Bd.
+      II. p. 275.
+
+   86 Variant, "I have not caused misery, I have not caused affliction."
+
+   87 The words in brackets are added from the Papyrus of Amen-neb (Brit.
+      Mus. No. 9,964). See Naville, op. cit., Bd. II. p. 282.
+
+   88 Variant, "I have not defrauded the gods of their chosen meat
+      offerings."
+
+_   89 I.e._, the month called by the Copts Mekhir, the sixth month of the
+      Egyptian year.
+
+   90 These words are added from the Papyrus of Nebseni.
+
+   91 These words are added from the Papyrus of Ani.
+
+   92 A city near Memphis.
+
+   93 The "Qerti," or caverns out of which flowed the Nile, were thought
+      to be situated between Aswan and Philae.
+
+   94 Variant, Neha-hra.
+
+   95 Variant, "like fire."
+
+_   96 I.e._, the ninth nome of Lower Egypt, the capital of which was
+      Per-Ausar or Busiris.
+
+   97 The "City of the Sycamore," a name of a city of Upper Egypt.
+
+   98 The thirteenth nome of Lower Egypt.
+
+   99 The metropolis of the nineteenth nome of Upper Egypt.
+
+_  100 I.e._, "lost my temper and become angry."
+
+  101 These words are added from Brit. Mus. No. 9,905. Other papyri
+      introduce the address with the words: (1) "To be said when [the
+      deceased] cometh forth victorious from the Hall of double Maati;"
+      (2) "To be said when he cometh forth to the gods of the underworld;"
+      (3) "The words which [are to be said] after the Hall of double
+      Maaati."
+
+  102 The ordinary reading is, "For I have heard the word which was spoken
+      by the Ass with the Cat."
+
+  103 A people who dwelt, probably, on the northeast frontier of Egypt,
+      and who have been by some identified with the Phoenicians.
+
+  104 These words are added from the Papyrus of Nebseni.
+
+  105 The Papyrus of Nu continues: " 'I will not open unto thee and I will
+      not let thee pass by me,' saith the Guardian of this door, 'unless
+      thou tellest [me] my name'; 'Ox of Seb' is thy name." See above, l.
+      30.
+
+  106 Here the Papyrus repeats a passage given above.
+
+  107 The words "sema-kua" are superfluous.
+
+  108 After "Osiris" a Paris papyrus adds, "He shall come forth in
+      whatsoever form he is pleased to appear as a living soul forever and
+      ever."
+
+  109 This chapter has no title either in the Theban or in the Saite
+      Recension.
+
+  110 The words in brackets are added from Brit. Mus. No. 9,913.
+
+_  111 I.e._, districts or divisions of the underworld.
+
+  112 A name of the city of Abydos.
+
+  113 "The Book of making the soul to live forever. [To be recited] on the
+      day of embarking in the boat of Ra to pass over to the chiefs of
+      flame." See Naville, op. cit., Bd. II. p. 338.
+
+  114 Read "Shu" instead of "maat."
+
+  115 Or, "images."
+
+  116 Or, "The chapter of making the way into heaven nigh unto Ra."
+
+  117 In the Saite Recension (see Lepsius, op. cit., Bl. 54) the house is
+      said to be "in the underworld."
+
+  118 Another papyrus adds the words, "I have advanced, and behold, I have
+      not been found light, and the Balance is empty of my affair."
+
+  119 The Papyrus of Nebseni has, "The Osiris Nebseni is the lord of
+      transformations in the presence of the hawk of gold."
+
+  120 The Papyrus of Ani has "seven cubits."
+
+  121 The words "or thy father" are from the Papyrus of Ani.
+
+  122 These words are from the Brocklehurst Papyrus (see Naville, op.
+      cit., Bd. II. p. 334). There are three copies of this rubric extant,
+      and no one of them is complete!
+
+  123 In the Papyrus of Nebseni the title of this chapter reads: "The
+      Chapter of embarking in the boat of Ra and of being with those who
+      are in his following."
+
+  124 Read "god Osiris"?
+
+  125 Added from the Papyrus of Nebseni.
+
+  126 In the Papyrus of Nebseni the deceased is here addressed.
+
+  127 This name, frequently found in the letters, is the Egyptian
+      "Neb-mat-ra," or Amenophis III.
+
+  128 As the Amorite "z" or "s" seems sometimes to represent the Hebrew
+      "sh," this name might be compared with the Philistine "Achish."
+
+  129 "Katna" is the present Katanah, on the south of Hermon, west of
+      Damascus.
+
+  130 Others read "Nuhasse." It was a Hittite country, and appears to be
+      that of Mer'ash, under the Taurus, where a number of important
+      Hittite remains are found (see especially B. 31, 32).
+
+  131 Throughout the letters the enemy is always called a "slave," a
+      "slave dog," or "son of a dog," as also in Egyptian texts.
+
+  132 Where breaks occur they are due to fractures of the tablet.
+
+  133 This appears, as throughout the letters, to apply to the King of
+      Egypt. All the Egyptian kings were regarded as descendants of gods,
+      and are so addressed in Egyptian records.
+
+  134 "Aidugama" does not appear to be a Semitic name, but, as we should
+      expect in Hittite, it is Mongol, and compares with "Akkadian," as
+      meaning "the victorious lord." He is called "Edagama" by the King of
+      Tyre (B. M. 30), who mentions his fighting with Neboyapiza, and
+      Aziru's also.
+
+  135 Probably "Lapana" is Lybo, now Lebweh, north of Baalbek.
+
+  136 Probably R'aith (or R'ais), on the east side of the Buka'ah plain,
+      east of Zahleh, on the way from the Hittite country.
+
+  137 Perhaps should read "Zinaar" for "Senaar," the Shinar of the Bible.
+      Merash and Ni have been noted above.
+
+  138 This word "bitati" always applies (and it is used very often) to
+      Egyptian soldiers. It seems to be an Egyptian word. Compare "pet"
+      ("foot") and "petet" ("to invade or march") in Egyptian.
+
+  139 Huba is identified by Dr. Bezold with the land of Hobah (Gen. xiv.
+      15), which was at the "entering in" north of Damascus. The "entering
+      in" here and at Hamath means a pass between hills leading to the
+      city. It has been objected that Hobah would be "Ubatu" in Assyrian;
+      but this fails in view of the detailed topography, which shows that
+      Dr. Bezold was right. The Hebrew heh is often replaced by Aleph or
+      vau in Aramaic.
+
+  140 The land Am or Amma, several times mentioned, appears to be the Old
+      Testament land of Ham, in northern Bashan, near Damascus (Gen. xiv.
+      5). The Hebrew is spelled with the soft aspirate, not the hard
+      guttural. It may perhaps be connected with the name of the "Amu" of
+      Egyptian records.
+
+  141 Damascus according to Dr. Bezold.
+
+  142 This name can be read "Namyapiza" or "Zimyapiza," but probably means
+      "Nebo is holy," Nebo being a well-known deity.
+
+  143 Gidisi or Cidisi is apparently Kadesh of the Hittites--now Kades on
+      the Orontes--north of the city of Neboyapiza. It is called "Cidsi" by
+      the King of Tyre (B. M. 30), and "Ciidsa" in the proclamation (92
+      B.).
+
+  144 "Paka" is one of the words used to designate Egyptian residents or
+      generals. It seems to be Egyptian, and simply means "Pa-ka" ("chief
+      man").
+
+  145 Ammusi might be the ancient name of Emesa, now Homs, immediately
+      north of Kadesh.
+
+  146 "Elohim" is in the plural, as several scholars have remarked. It
+      often applies to the King of Egypt.
+
+  147 "Khazi" is evidently Ghazzeh, near the south end of the Baalbek
+      plain, south of the Damascus road.
+
+  148 This is doubtful, as the text is broken, and only gives "Belgi ..."
+      Baal Gad was, as I have attempted recently to show, probably near
+      'Ain Ju-deideh, on the north of Hermon, and close to the great pass.
+
+  149 "Maguzi," or Mukhzi, is probably Mekseh, on the Damascus road, west
+      of Stora.
+
+  150 May be read "Yanuamma." It seems to be M'araba, north of Damascus,
+      which agrees with the context. The great pass mentioned here in
+      connection with Damascus was apparently that by which the main road
+      from the west came down the Barada at Abila. This is the "entering
+      in" to Damascus, which (Gen. xiv. 15) was in the land of Hobah. This
+      agrees with the position of Neboyapiza's town Kamid, west of Baal
+      Gad, and to the west of the pass. The scribe here wrote "east of
+      me," and corrected to "behind me."
+
+  151 Probably not Ashtoreth Carnaim, which is mentioned in another
+      letter, but rather Stora, in the Baalbek plain, northwest of Baal
+      Gad. Arzaya's town seems to have been Mekseh, west of Stora (125 B.
+      M.).
+
+  152 "Buzruna" is probably Batruna, on the mountain west of the west end
+      of the pass, and immediately east of Baal Gad (perhaps mentioned
+      again in the fragment 205 B.).
+
+  153 "Khalavunni," or Halabunni, is the Helbon of the Bible (Ezek. xxvii.
+      18), now Helbon, north of Damascus, and five miles north of the
+      middle of the pass. It must have been an important city because of
+      the term "King." It was noted for wine, not only in Ezekiel's time,
+      but, as Strabo mentions, the kings of Persia brought wine from
+      Chalybon.
+
+  154 "Gizza" is perhaps the important town Jezzin, in the Lebanon,
+      southwest of Kamid, unless it be Jizeh, in Bashan, between Edrei and
+      Bozrah.
+
+  155 "Saddu" is perhaps Nebi Shit, south of Baalbek, or possibly, though
+      less probably, Sh'ait, south of Kamid, on the southwest slope of
+      Hermon.
+
+  156 "Cumidi," or Kamid, was important as a central station between
+      Damascus and the coast cities of Sidon and Beirut.
+
+  157 Or, perhaps, "hard-pressed."
+
+  158 "Mikhiza," perhaps the same as Maguzi, written by another scribe--the
+      modern Mekseh, as given above. "Maguzi" might be otherwise
+      transliterated as "Mukhzi."
+
+  159 "Tubakhi" is the Tabukhai of the "Travels of an Egyptian" in the
+      reign of Rameses II (Chabas, p. 313), mentioned with Kadesh on
+      Orontes, and is the Tibhath of the Bible (1 Chron. xviii. 8),
+      otherwise Berothai. It may perhaps be the present Kefr Dubbeh, west
+      of Baalbek, and south of Kadesh, while Berothai is thought to be the
+      present Brithen (see 2 Sam. viii. 8), a few miles south of Baalbek.
+      The letter shows Aziru in league with the Hittites. David conquered
+      these cities from the King of Damascus.
+
+  160 Dr. Sayce calls this "the fields of Bashan"; probably, when taken
+      with the next letters, we may place the site at Zora, in Bashan, now
+      Ezra. De Rouge and Mariette showed that Thothmes III conquered
+      Bashan.
+
+  161 "Gubbu" is perhaps Jubbata, on the south side of Hermon, near the
+      places mentioned in the next letter.
+
+  162 Yankhamu, an Egyptian commander, appears in these letters in all
+      parts of the country, from the extreme south to the north, and in
+      Phoenicia as well as in Bashan. His name does not seem to be Semitic.
+
+  163 This letter does not say who the enemies were or in which direction
+      they advanced. Perhaps "Bikhisi" may be regarded as the present
+      "'Abbaseh" (by inversion of the guttural), which is fifteen miles
+      southwest of Damascus, near the main road to the town of Jabesh,
+      whence the letter comes.
+
+  164 The word "rabizi," which is here made equivalent to "zukini," gives
+      great difficulty. In Hebrew the root means "to rest," and the word
+      is still applied in Palestine to resting of flocks. "Zukini"
+      appears, as Dr. Bezold points out, to be the same as the Phoenician
+      word "Soken" (which has exactly the required letters); but the
+      meaning of this also is doubtful. Renan translates it either
+      "inhabitant" or "senator." The word occurs in the Bible (1 Kings i.
+      2, 4; Ezek. xxviii. 14), with the meaning also doubtful, but the
+      root means "to cherish." Perhaps "friends" suits best the various
+      recurrences.
+
+  165 This word seems to mean "glory of the sun," the Egyptian
+      "Khu-en-Aten." The explanation throws light on a difficult passage
+      in a letter from Elishah (B. M. 5). If "Khu-en-Aten" (Amenophis IV)
+      is intended, he may have been commander while still only a prince,
+      since the events seem to belong to the reign of Amenophis III.
+
+  166 "Astarti" seems here to be Ashtoreth Carnaim, the present "Tell
+      Ashterah."
+
+  167 "Udumu," now Dameh, the Dametha of Maccabean times.
+
+  168 "Aduri"--Edrei in Bashan, now Edhr'a.
+
+  169 "Araru"--'Ar'ar, nine miles southeast of Ashtoreth.
+
+  170 "Meispa"--Ramath-Mizpah of Basnan, now Remtheh.
+
+  171 "Macdalim," probably Mejdel Shems, east of Banias.
+
+  172 "Khini"--Hineh, south of Hermon, near the last.
+
+  173 "Zaar"--Zora of Bashan, now Ezra.
+
+  174 "Yabisi"--Yabis, a few miles northwest of the last.
+
+  175 The Egyptians would cross the Jordan near Megiddo, and come from the
+      southwest to oppose an enemy on the north and east, and reach
+      'Abbaseh, on the north, later than Yabis.
+
+  176 Saskhi is probably S'as'a, east of Banias, and northwest of Yabis.
+
+  177 Lupackhallu, a non-Semitic Hittite name. As a Mongol word, "the very
+      swift."
+
+  178 Zitatna was King of Accho--a somewhat similar name; but probably the
+      King of Arvad is meant, as appears later.
+
+  179 This letter belongs to a late period in the war, since Ullaza has
+      been taken. It is given here as referring to the land of Ham. It may
+      very well have been written after Ribadda, the King of Gebal, left
+      the city (see 71 B.).
+
+  180 "Ammia," mentioned again, appears to be Amyun south of Simyra.
+
+  181 "Ardata" is Ardi, near the last.
+
+  182 Kefr Khullis, north of Gebal, agrees with the required position for
+      Ullaza, which is mentioned often.
+
+  183 Nariba is Nereb, on the Euphrates, in the Hittite country.
+
+  184 An Egyptian name; perhaps to be compared with "han" ("kind") in
+      Egyptian. An envoy of this name was sent to Dusratta, King of
+      Armenia, by Amenophis III, as an "interpreter" (21 B.).
+
+  185 Perhaps the Hittite King of Kadesh, or some other city.
+
+  186 Or perhaps "oil."
+
+  187 Dodo in the Bible (1 Chron. xi. 12), from the same root as "David."
+      He was not really Aziru's father, but apparently a friend in Egypt.
+
+  188 "Beiti beitac" is still a polite phrase of welcome in Palestine.
+
+  189 The text is clear, but the epigram is not. He appears to mean the
+      King of Egypt when speaking of his gods, as also a few lines lower.
+
+  190 Meaning the King of Egypt.
+
+  191 "Khai" is also an Egyptian name, meaning "distinguished" in that
+      language. He is perhaps the "Khaia" of another letter by Ribadda (57
+      B.). It would seem that his embassy to Aziru had occurred between
+      the first and second visits of the envoy Khanni.
+
+  192 Mer'ash was in the west of the Hittite country, seventy-five miles
+      northwest of Tunep. The distance fits well, since thirty-seven and
+      one-half miles may be considered a forced march.
+
+  193 We cannot rely on Aziru's protestations. If Khatib was a Hittite
+      King, it is certain that both were intriguing against Egypt.
+
+  194 Probably the pass in the valley of the 'Afrin River, near Kyrrhus,
+      twenty miles north of Tunip, is meant, being on the direct road to
+      Mer'ash.
+
+  195 "Abuca" ("your father") might be understood in the sense in which it
+      is used every day in the East, where abuc means, "God curse your
+      father!"
+
+  196 Ni was to the east of Aziru's country near Tunip.
+
+  197 "Khat-ib" may mean "Hittite hero." The name of the Hittites means
+      probably "the confederates"; and the sign used on Hittite monuments
+      for the nation seems to be that which represents two allies facing
+      each other.
+
+  198 Abdasherah, as Dr. Sayce points out, means the servant of the
+      goddess Asherah ("the grove" of the Bible), and this is rendered
+      certain by the sign for Deity prefixed in one instance. It has no
+      connection with the name of Ashtoreth.
+
+  199 An Egyptian name, "Pa-Khemt" or "Pa-Khent," meaning "very strong"
+      (see B. M. 24, Pakhamnata). It appears from Ribadda's letter that
+      the station of this Paka was Simyra, and apparently the Amorites
+      killed him later on.
+
+  200 The word "Gur" is used in these letters as in the Bible, and, like
+      the Arab "Jar," to mean a man of one tribe or race protected by a
+      powerful tribe or person of another country.
+
+  201 In each case "gate" might be rendered "port," as both of the cities
+      had famous ports.
+
+  202 The word "Khazanu," commonly used in these letters for a ruling
+      class, apparently native, and in communication with the "Paka," or
+      "head man," who was Egyptian, appears to come from a root which
+      means "to treasure." The word "Khazanutu" appears to mean "a
+      government."
+
+  203 "Canaan" in these letters, as on the Phoenician coins and in the
+      Bible, is used in its strict sense as a geographical term for the
+      "lowlands" of Phoenicia and Philistia.
+
+  204 "Pisyari" appears to be a Hittite name, like the "Pisiris" of an
+      Assyrian inscription (Schrader), being the Mongol "bisir" ("rich"),
+      with the indefinite nominative in s, which marks the Hittite as a
+      non-Semitic tongue. The other names are also apparently non-Semitic,
+      and may refer to Hittites.
+
+  205 "Pabahaa" is perhaps the "Papaa," conquered by Thothmes III (Karnak
+      List, No. 296), which was somewhere in North Syria, not far from
+      Tunip. The wickedness of this chief is said to have caused the war.
+
+  206 Gutium, mentioned in Assyrian texts, was a country on the northeast,
+      near the Caucasus. It has been compared with the word "Goim," for
+      "Gentiles," in Hebrew. Perhaps "Jebel Judi" ("Ararat") is intended,
+      being Dusratta's country allied to Egypt.
+
+  207 Probably 'Arkah, a well-known Phoenician city north of Tripoli, but
+      south of Simyra (Gen. x. 17). Aziru killed its king (91 B.).
+
+  208 "Yapaaddu" ("Adonis is beautiful") is often mentioned again. He (see
+      61 B.) fell into the hands of Aziru, and seems to have been a king
+      of one of the cities near Simyra, apparently Sigata. This letter was
+      probably written about the time of the siege of Tyre, at a late
+      period in the war.
+
+  209 Ugariti is mentioned in a letter from Tyre (B. M. 30) in a
+      connection which shows that it was the present Akrith, between Tyre
+      and Accho.
+
+  210 "Sigata" appears to be Shakkah, north of the great pass of Shakkah
+      (Theouprosopon), where the King of Gebal was defeated by Aziru.
+
+  211 "Ambi" is now 'Aba, immediately east of Shakkah.
+
+  212 Simyra was on the low hills above the sea-plains, by the river
+      Eleutherus.
+
+  213 The last words explain how the letter got to Egypt.
+
+  214 These ships of the men of Misi are mentioned by Ribadda as failing
+      in an attempt to assist him. We may, perhaps, understand Egyptian
+      ships, and compare the Egyptian name "Mesti" applied to part of the
+      Delta.
+
+  215 From Dusratta's great Hittite letter (27 B.) it appears that the
+      King of the Minyans, whose country was called Mitani, west of Lake
+      Van, in Armenia, claimed to be King of all the Hittites; and this is
+      what appears to be here intended. In other letters he is mentioned
+      among the invaders.
+
+  216 Arada, a city mentioned again as assisting Aziru with ships, appears
+      to be Aradus, the Arvad of the Bible, now Er Ruad, the island town
+      north of Simyra.
+
+  217 "Gula" is perhaps the town of Juneh, north of Beirut, on the way to
+      Gebal.
+
+  218 "Ammiya" is Amyun, north of Gebal; and "Ardata" is Ardi near the
+      preceding.
+
+  219 Arpad is the city close to Tennib, which is mentioned in the Bible
+      in several passages (2 Kings xvii. 34; xix. 13; Isa. x. 9; Jer.
+      xlix. 23, etc.), now Tell Erfud. It is remarkable that Aleppo is not
+      mentioned in this correspondence, for it is referred to in Egyptian
+      texts.
+
+  220 "Ribadda" (as the name is spelled in some of the letters in
+      syllables) may mean "child of Adonis." Compare the Chaldee "Ribah"
+      for "girl," in the feminine. That "Adda" was Adonis seems to be
+      derivable from the name "Adoram" (2 Sam. xx. 20), otherwise Adoniram
+      (1 Kings iv. 6).
+
+  221 "Gebal," now "Jubeil," was apparently the chief city of Phoenicia.
+      Its goddess Baalath is mentioned in the famous inscription of
+      Yehumelec (about 800 B.C.), found in the ruins of Gebal. She is also
+      mentioned in the "Travels of an Egyptian" (Chabas, p. 312).
+
+  222 Hamath was half-way from Aziru's country to that of Ribadda.
+
+  223 A name very like Jeremiah.
+
+  224 "Mitana," the later Matiene, Dusratta, its king, claimed to rule the
+      Hittites. The Amorites joined this league.
+
+  225 The region called "Casi" in the inscription of Usurtasen I (Brugsch,
+      "Hist.," i., p. 139) was in Upper Egypt, and the Cush of the Bible
+      is apparently intended--a very vague term for the southern deserts
+      from the Euphrates to Nubia. There were, however, Cushites also in
+      Babylonia. In the present case the Cassites who lived on the
+      Euphrates, east of the Hittites, and who were Mongols, are probably
+      intended.
+
+  226 Literally "boys." It seems often in these letters to be used as the
+      word "weled" ("a boy") is still used in Syria to mean "a fellow,"
+      applied often to very old men.
+
+  227 This letter shows that the war lasted several years, over which the
+      Gebal letters (written by three or four different scribes) extend;
+      that the attack on Sidon preceded the taking of Gebal; and that
+      Ribadda was not deceived by Amorite promises, knowing their
+      co-operation with their Mongol allies of Armenia and the Hittite
+      country.
+
+  228 The letter in question may have been the proclamation against Aziru
+      given above.
+
+  229 "Milukha," or Meroe, in Assyrian inscriptions means, according to
+      Dr. Brugsch, Nubia.
+
+  230 This perhaps refers to Khanni's proclamation already given, and to
+      the Khai who had been sent at an earlier period to Aziru. The rebels
+      are named in the proclamation of the later embassy, which we thus
+      see to have had no effect. An envoy without a military force behind
+      him usually fails.
+
+  231 Durubli is probably the city which the Greeks called Tripoli, the
+      largest town between Simyra and Gebal. There is a village called
+      Turbul, on the northeast of Tripoli (Trablus).
+
+  232 "Kau Pa-ur," Egyptian words in the plural. "Kau" signifies "men,"
+      and "Pa-ur" (as in the letter from Jerusalem, B. 103) means "very
+      important."
+
+  233 Probably the "Pakhanata" (97 B.) who was the "Paka," or chief, of
+      whom Abdasherah speaks in the letter about the town of Ullaza, near
+      Gebal. He seems to have been the resident in Simyra (B. 80).
+
+  234 "Abur" is perhaps Beit-Abura, in the valley north of the great pass
+      Theouprosopon, between Gebal and Tripoli. The enemy had not as yet
+      forced the pass.
+
+  235 The second sign is doubtful, and the place does not suggest
+      identification (see 60 B.).
+
+  236 This agrees with the Jerusalem letters, as showing that the troops
+      had been withdrawn to Egypt. Amenophis sent commissioners and
+      summoned native levies, but does not appear to have been able to
+      send Egyptian forces.
+
+  237 The name "Saarti" perhaps survives in that of the Sha'arah district
+      of Lebanon, immediately south of Simyra, and near Yapaaddu's town of
+      Sigata (Shakkah).
+
+  238 In Assyria we find the "measure of Istar."
+
+  239 The Berbers are mentioned in Egyptian texts as inhabitants of Upper
+      Egypt.
+
+  240 "Khaia," now in Egypt, had no doubt already become known to Ribadda
+      as an envoy.
+
+  241 A god Sausbe is mentioned in Dusratta's Hittite letter.
+
+  242 Sigata (Shakkah) was just outside the great pass between Batrun and
+      Tripoli.
+
+  243 Ambi ('Aba) was close to the last.
+
+  244 Only--rari is left, which Dr. Bezold thinks refers to Amenophis IV;
+      but it is doubtful if this letter can be placed so late.
+
+  245 "Kappa" is Keffa. The plain of Keffa is close to Amyun, north of the
+      great pass of Theouprosopon (Shakkah). Amyun follows at once.
+
+  246 "Batruna" is the well-known town Batrun, the "Botrys" of classical
+      writers, which lies south of the wild pass of Ras Shakkah, where
+      apparently one of the battles of the war occurred (22 B. M.). When
+      the pass was taken, Batrun seems still to have held out with Gebal,
+      being no doubt provisioned by sea.
+
+  247 "Kalbi" is Kelbata, in the heart of the great pass. I visited all
+      these places in 1881.
+
+  248 In this case the modern name "Akka" is nearer to the spelling of
+      these letters than is the Hebrew. This is the case with Shiloh and
+      other important towns, showing the Canaanite extraction of the
+      modern peasantry in Palestine. The Hebrews hardly ever renamed
+      towns, and the nomenclature preserves the ancient Canaanite forms
+      found in the lists of Thothmes III a century earlier than these
+      letters. Many towns were named from Canaanite and Philistine gods
+      (Shamash, Dagon, etc.), and the forms of the names in the Karnak
+      lists are Aramaic, and not Hebrew.
+
+  249 "Patzil" I understand to be equivalent to the Arabic "Fadl," meaning
+      to do pleasure or honor to a person.
+
+  250 The Amorite chief had more than one son, as is clear in some cases.
+      Benmabenat (or Bumabuat) was Aziru's brother.
+
+  251 Perhaps the name survives in that of the river Kadisha, near
+      Tripoli.
+
+  252 Ardata (Ardi), Ambi ('Aba), and Sigata (Shakkah) were north of the
+      pass; Yahlia, representing I'al, rather farther north than the
+      others.
+
+  253 Ullaza (Kefr Khullis) was close to Batrun, on the south.
+
+  254 "Caphar Yazu," or Alu-yazu, seems to be Kefr Yashit, near the
+      others.
+
+  255 Perhaps "Takheda" of another letter (58 B.).
+
+  256 See letter 71 B. The sign has the meaning "oracle," "prophet." No
+      doubt Ribadda had his diviners, like the kings of Assyria in later
+      times.
+
+  257 No. 53 B. is another short letter, much injured, which mentions
+      Batrun; and in this a town called "Sina" is apparently noticed,
+      which, if the broken tablet can be so read, would be "Kefr Zina." In
+      54 B. a city "Zina" occurs, but seems to be a clerical error for
+      "Sidon." The land of Mitana is also mentioned in 53 B.
+
+  258 Neboyapiza had his own difficulties, as appears from his letters (96
+      B., 142 B., 43 B. M.).
+
+  259 Zimridi of Sidon is mentioned as a fugitive, while Gebal still held
+      out. Aziru marched from (ina) Gebal, no doubt, to attack the south.
+      In later ages the shore cities often held out while invaders from
+      the North marched on Egypt.
+
+  260 Amanabba was not really his father; it is a title of courtesy. His
+      father was Rabzabi (81 B., 82 B.), and Amanappa is an Egyptian name.
+      A certain captain Amenemhib has left an account of his services in
+      North Syria, at Aleppo, Carchemish, Kadesh, and at Ni, where he
+      hunted elephants; but this is supposed to have been a century
+      earlier. The site of Ni is settled by these letters and by the
+      Karnak lists as being in Mesopotamia, and there is a picture of an
+      elephant among the Asiatic spoils of Thothmes III. It is very
+      curious to find elephants so far west in Asia at this period.
+
+  261 Probably "outside" means north of the pass, and Ribadda made the
+      serious military mistake of defending his pass from outside instead
+      of inside.
+
+  262 This would seem to have been about the time of the proclamation
+      against Aziru, or rather earlier.
+
+  263 "Sapi" is probably the famous fortress Safita, northwest of Simyra.
+
+  264 The reinforcements were expected by sea, no doubt in the ships of
+      the Misi, or Delta men, the soldiers being Nubians from near Tell
+      Amarna, which was 180 miles south of Memphis.
+
+  265 Or Zabanba. Perhaps this is the Subandi, who writes letters from an
+      unknown town.
+
+  266 King of Beirut (B. M. 26, 27).
+
+  267 This translation is confirmed by the independent letter of Ribadda's
+      friend Ammunira (B. M. 36).
+
+  268 Egada is no doubt the land of Ikatai mentioned in the "Travels of an
+      Egyptian" (Chabas, p. 312); it there occurs with Aleppo and the
+      country of the Hittites. In the letter of the Hittite Prince of
+      Rezeph (north of Palmyra) we hear of his country as Egait (B. 10).
+      Rezeph was not far south of Tiphsah, on the Euphrates, and southeast
+      of Aleppo. Bikhuru is, however, mentioned (18 B. M.) in connection
+      with the town of Cumidi.
+
+  269 I misread this name at first. The Amorite chief seems to have had
+      five sons including Aziru and (p. 224) Ben-mabenat (or Bumabula).
+
+  270 The paragraphs are marked off in many of the letters by the word
+      "sacunu" ("pause").
+
+  271 "Taratzi" may perhaps be Tarsus. Baal Tarzi is the legend on
+      Phoenician coins of that city. Its king naturally would have a common
+      border with Abdasherah on the north, if his fortresses (or land)
+      were outside the northern Lebanon, which was the Amorite country,
+      and he was therefore regarded as a possible ally.
+
+  272 Comparing the letters from Beirut and Sidon (27 B. M., 90 B.) it
+      will be seen that the city whose freemen were on the side of Aziru
+      was Sidon.
+
+  273 If Ukri be the right reading, the town of 'Akkar in Lebanon, east of
+      Tripoli, would be probable. It gives its name to the district of
+      Jebel 'Akkar, and is at the source of the river 'Akkar, which agrees
+      with the mention of the "waters."
+
+  274 "Maar"(ah) is probably the Mearah of the Bible (Josh. xiii. 4), now
+      "el Mogheiriyeh," six miles northeast of Sidon. This conquest may
+      have just preceded the fall of Sidon.
+
+  275 Gebal and Batrun are ten miles apart. Ribadda's kingdom had extended
+      at least twenty miles along the coast; and if Beirut and Tripoli
+      were not independent, his land would have reached much farther--to
+      Simyra and Sidon.
+
+  276 This letter shows very clearly that the taking of Sidon preceded the
+      fall of Byblos (Gebal).
+
+  277 From 75 B. it seems that Amanabba had been sent to Gebal (probably
+      in consequence of the former letters from Ribadda), but it seems he
+      fled again.
+
+  278 In later times the small mina of Palestine was L8 6s. 8d., and the
+      large was L16 13s. 4d. (see Conder's "Handbook to the Bible," p.
+      81). This represents, therefore, at least L500 or perhaps L1,000;
+      but in this early age the value of money was probably higher.
+
+  279 Ribadda has said (63 B.) that his sons fell into the power of the
+      enemy when in ships. He also sends a list of property to Egypt (85
+      B.). Probably when these ships were sent his father went to Egypt,
+      whence he wrote (82 B.), and a copy was sent to the King. There is
+      one other letter in the collection, which was written from Egypt, by
+      Amenophis III to the King of Babylon (B. M. 1), which seems to be a
+      copy, unless in both cases the letters were not sent. (See
+      Appendix.)
+
+  280 Gebal was celebrated for its papyrus. It grew in the river Adonis,
+      close to the city. The enemy were now closing in.
+
+  281 The salutations in the last letters are very curt as compared with
+      the earlier ones.
+
+  282 The King of Babylon refused to help the Canaanites in the reign of
+      Amenophis III.
+
+  283 The younger brother was not the one left in charge.
+
+  284 "Buruzizi" probably Beit Ziza, east of Batrun, in the range which
+      runs out to the great pass of Ras Shakkah. Batrun was perhaps still
+      holding out, and the town was a refuge high up in the wild
+      mountains. "Buru" means "well"; and "Beit" "house" of Ziza.
+
+  285 As regards the final outcome of these wars in the north we obtain
+      light from the letters of Dusratta, King of Mitani. He was a younger
+      man than Amenophis III, and his sister married the said King of
+      Egypt. His daughter Tadukhipa married Amenophis IV, and there were
+      friendly relations with Egypt in the latter as well as in the former
+      reign. In his Hittite letter (27 B.) Dusratta speaks of the
+      boundaries of a region which seems to have been conceded to him as
+      his daughter's wedding-gift. He calls himself "Great Chief of the
+      Hittites," and the border was to run to Harran, Chalcis (south of
+      Aleppo), and the "Phoenician West." Thus Dusratta, who says in
+      another letter (apparently his first) that he has conquered the
+      Hittites, would seem to have swallowed up the Hittite King of
+      Mer'ash and part, if not the whole, of Aziru's country; and the
+      Mongol populations were thus to be ruled from Armenia, which was
+      much nearer than Egypt. What became of the King of Kadesh these
+      letters do not say; but he was independent in later times, when Seti
+      I went up "to conquer the city of Kadesh in the land of the
+      Amorites" (Brugsch, Hist., ii. p. 15), and Kadesh was taken by
+      Rameses II, the successor of Seti I, after which a commercial treaty
+      was made with Kheta Sar, the King of Kadesh, whose daughter Rameses
+      II married. There was thus, perhaps, Hittite blood in the veins of
+      the Pharaohs of the nineteenth dynasty. In the treaty papyrus (see
+      Chabas' "Voyage," p. 336), it is mentioned that the same terms--of
+      equality--had existed in the time of the writer's father and
+      grandfather that were claimed of Rameses II, and that war had
+      occurred later. This seems to show that Kadesh was independent
+      shortly after the time of the rebellion detailed in the Tell Amarna
+      letters. The relations with the Hittites were still friendly in the
+      reign of Rameses III, when the Aryan hordes from Asia Minor overran
+      the Hittite country, and came down even to Egypt. In David's time,
+      the border between his kingdom and those of the Hittites and
+      Phoenicians was drawn from Hermon to Danjaan, south of Tyre (2 Sam.
+      xxiv. 6), and Solomon married Hittite princesses. The Hittite
+      independence was only finally destroyed about 700 B.C. by the
+      Assyrians.
+
+  286 The mulberry is still found in large gardens at Beirut and
+      throughout the Lebanon. Since Justinian's time it has been the food
+      of silkworms.
+
+  287 This repetition may perhaps be regarded as only a phonetic
+      explanation of the preceding ideograms; but perhaps the words were
+      added to show with certainty that by the terms God and Sun he meant
+      the King of Egypt.
+
+  288 The name "Abimelech" at Tyre is interesting. It occurs as the name
+      of a Phoenician king in the time of Assurbanipal (885-860 B.C.). The
+      chief deity of Tyre was Moloch, or Melkarth; and the name means "my
+      father is Moloch," claiming a divine descent. The son of Gideon and
+      certain Philistine kings are so named in the Bible.
+
+  289 Huzu is probably the modern el Ghaziyeh, near Sidon. It is at the
+      foot of the hills, and there is a stream (Nahr ez Zahrany, "flowery
+      river") four miles to the south, which accounts for the notice of
+      the waters. It seems clearly to have been in the direction of Sidon.
+
+  290 "Belu amil neru," literally "a lord, a chief man of the yoke (or
+      government)."
+
+  291 See the letters from Hazor after those from Tyre. This petty monarch
+      was an enemy to the southern possessions of the King of Tyre.
+
+  292 The site of Zarbitu is probably the Sarepta, or Zarephah, of the
+      Bible (1 Kings xvii. 9, etc.), which is now Sarafand, half way
+      between Tyre and Sidon. The decision was therefore just; but though
+      apparently satisfied Abimelec did not get what he asked in the
+      preceding letter--if that demand was really the earlier one. There is
+      a fine fountain ('Ain el Kantarah, "spring of the arch") to the
+      north of Sarepta, and the region generally is well watered. The town
+      was famous in the Byzantine age for wine.
+
+  293 "Danuna" is probably the Danjaan of the Bible, now the ruin Danian,
+      four miles north of Achzib, and on the border between Tyre and Accho
+      (see 2 Sam. xxiv. 6).
+
+  294 "Hugarit" is probably 'Akrith, eight miles east of Danjaan. It has
+      been mentioned as taken by Aziru, in Yapaaddu's letter (128 B.).
+      Perhaps the attack was from the east; and the King of Hazor seems to
+      have joined the Hittites (see 99 B.).
+
+  295 Edagama has been mentioned as "Aidugama" in Akizzi's letter from
+      Katna, which was east of Neboyapiza's city Cumidi (Kamid). See B. M.
+      37.
+
+  296 In the former letters (B. M. 31, B. 99) Abimelec has spoken of the
+      Paka as distinct from himself. Perhaps the Egyptian residents
+      withdrew when the troops were withdrawn.
+
+  297 Irib is probably 'Arab Salim, fourteen miles southeast of Sidon, on
+      the highest part of the mountains. It stands on a precipice 400 feet
+      above the gorge of the Zahrany River (Robinson, "Later Bib. Res.,"
+      p. 47), and was a stronghold.
+
+  298 Aziru's allies from Arvad no doubt attacked Tyre by sea.
+
+  299 Dr. Bezold has remarked that want of water was always the weakness
+      of Tyre. In the reign of Rameses II the Egyptian traveller (Chabas,
+      p. 313) speaks of water sent to the island of Tyre in boats. Tyre is
+      called by him the city of "two ports," one being on the north,
+      called the Sidonian, and one on the south, called the Egyptian.
+
+  300 This letter agrees with others preceding. Neboyapiza's town Kamid,
+      in Lebanon, was about sixty miles to the northeast of Accho, and
+      Ziza was perhaps his sister or daughter, married to the king of an
+      adjoining kingdom. The soldiers to be sent to Megiddo would obtain
+      news, perhaps, of his fate, from a force on its way to Yabis, in
+      Bashan, which his enemies reached after taking Damascus. Makdani is
+      probably the Megiddo of the Bible, on the way to Bashan, at the
+      great ruin of Mujedd'a, near Beisan. The situation agrees with that
+      of the city of Makta, or Megiddo, mentioned by the Egyptian
+      traveller near the Jordan fords (Chabas, p. 207). The Magid-- of the
+      previous passage is probably another spelling of the same name. The
+      lady seems to have intended to go there with a guard, and perhaps to
+      obtain a detachment to go to Kamid. In the lists of Thothmes III,
+      Megiddo (Makdi) stands second, after Kadesh of the Hittites; and it
+      was at Megiddo that the chief victory of Thothmes was won. It was
+      then already a fortress which stood a siege, and was the key to the
+      road from Accho to Damascus. The form "Makdani" is explained by the
+      Megiddo of Zechariah (xii. II); and this final "n" is represented by
+      the guttural "'Ain" of the modern Arabic "Mujedd'a." There is no
+      reason at all for placing the site at Legio, west of the plain of
+      Esdraelon, a site which does not agree with any monumental notice,
+      or with the Biblical accounts (see "Memoirs of the Survey of Western
+      Palestine," vol. ii.).
+
+  301 There were several Hazors in the north of Palestine. Perhaps the
+      most likely site is the Hazor of the Egyptian traveller. It is
+      mentioned as on a mountain (Chabas, p. 313), between Aksap (Achzib,
+      north of Accho) and the Sea of Galilee. This might be the Hazor
+      which Joshua took (Josh. xi. 1) from Jabin, which was above the
+      Huleh. The name only remains, west of the probable site, in the
+      Arabic "Jebel Hadireh," a high mountain of Upper Galilee. The King
+      of Hazor's name is unfortunately not quite clear in the text, but
+      seems to be either Abdebaenu, or more probably Iebaenu (Jabin).
+      There was another Jabin of Hazor later on in history (Judges iv. 2).
+      It was no doubt a family name.
+
+  302 The nearest places to Hebron seem to have been Nezeb in the valley
+      of Elah, easily reached by a broad, flat road, and on the south
+      Kanana (Kana'an), a fortress taken by Seti I, which is only two
+      miles southwest of Hebron. This was (if the identification be
+      accepted) the limit of conquest (see Brugsch, "Hist.," vol. ii., p.
+      13), when Seti (about 1366 B.C.) conquered the Beersheba plains,
+      advancing by Rehoboth and Bethlebaoth. The land of Zahi was south of
+      Hebron, and famous for its wine and trees (Brugsch, vol. i., p.
+      330), Hebron still possessing fine vineyards. But the Amorites of
+      Hebron were never apparently disturbed by the chariots, and appear
+      in these letters as marauders of Egyptian stations. There is no
+      mention of any advance of the Egyptians into Moab, though Seir and
+      Edom are noticed very early, when the Sinaitic copper-mines were
+      being worked, and before chariots came into use. In the time of the
+      twelfth and thirteenth dynasties, however, the political conditions
+      in Syria were different. The Akkadian King Kudea--a Mongol--was ruling
+      in 2500 B.C. in North Syria, and sent for granite to Sinai. At this
+      time also, according to the Bible, there were Hittites in Hebron,
+      who had been driven to the north by Ahmes about 1700 B.C. So that
+      the population in 1500 B.C. seems to have been entirely Semitic.
+
+  303 Gulata is an interesting name to find in the south, as it may have
+      some connection with that of Goliah.
+
+  304 The sign of deity is attached to this name, showing that Dagon, the
+      Philistine god, is intended; and it appears to mean "Thou, Dagon,
+      art a shield." Compare Yamirdagan (B. 136).
+
+  305 The word "Khazanu" is here used of an Egyptian official, but with
+      the qualification "chief Ka" introducing the Egyptian word. This
+      agrees with the view that "Pa-ka" means "principal man."
+
+  306 The sign meant originally "cup." It is remarkable that wine is not
+      mentioned in the letters, unless the drink here noticed was wine.
+      There was plenty of wine in Syria and in Hebron as early as 1600
+      B.C.
+
+  307 The text is damaged. It seems perhaps to read "Citam Mizpi." If this
+      is right, Mizpah near Jerusalem might be intended, or it may mean
+      "below the heights."
+
+  308 Gazri is the Gezer of the Bible, now Tell Jezar, at the foot of the
+      Jerusalem hills.
+
+  309 Tabu is probably Taiyibeh, seven miles northwest of Hebron, on a
+      hill at the head of the valley of Elah. This fits in with the rest
+      of the topographical notices.
+
+  310 Probably the same Khaia who appears in the north as an envoy to the
+      Amorites--an Egyptian official.
+
+  311 Takanu (see B. 199, 70 B. M.) lived near Givti, and perhaps was the
+      chief of that town, which may be Gibeah of Judah, near the valley of
+      Elah, south-east of Makkedah. It is mentioned with Hareth, which was
+      close by Gibeah.
+
+  312 Referring to the King's order on papyrus. In Dusratta's Hittite
+      letter a royal decree on papyrus is also mentioned.
+
+  313 Biruyapiza was probably the second son of Labaya.
+
+  314 Macdalim may be Mejdel, in the Philistine plain, which is still a
+      place of importance, with a market.
+
+  315 Cuuzbe is probably the Chezib of the Bible (Gen. xxxviii. 5), in the
+      low hills east of Gath, now 'Ain Kezbeh. The marauders seem to issue
+      from the mountains, destroying the commerce of the plains (compare
+      59 B. M.). Chezib is again mentioned (104 B.).
+
+  316 This letter is perhaps explained by another (104 B.), in which the
+      King of Jerusalem sends his wives to Egypt with the Egyptian envoy,
+      on account of the war with the Hebrews.
+
+  317 Chief of Keilah, whose letters follow.
+
+  318 If Takanu's town was Givti, and Givti was Gibeah of Judah, he is
+      referring to the southern route by the Valley of Elah.
+
+  319 "Tarka" instead of "Paka." In Egyptian the word "tar" means "to
+      drive" or "compel," preceding the sign of a man with a stick.
+      "Tarka" is thus apparently an "overseer" of the people.
+
+  320 "Yapa'a" is the same name as "Japhia," mentioned as the King of
+      Lachish (Josh. x. 3), who was the enemy of Joshua. He appears here
+      as King of Gezer, and the King of Gezer is called in the Bible Horam
+      (x. 33). The words Gezer and Lachish would not look unlike in the
+      writing of the earlier Hebrew (about the Christian era), but it is
+      not impossible that the two towns may have had the same king.
+      Indeed, the letter seems to show this, as Mer'ash is near Lachish.
+
+  321 "Mu(ra)'azi" seems clearly to be "Mer'ash," the Hebrew "Moresheth
+      Gath" (Micah i. 14). The modern name is nearer to the Amorite than
+      to the Hebrew, having a guttural at the end; and, as in other cases,
+      the Amorite "z" stands for a Hebrew "s." The site is south of Gath,
+      and not far from Lachish, close to Beit Jibrin.
+
+  322 The name of the King of Jerusalem is rendered "Abdhiba" by Dr.
+      Winckler, and "Abd Tobba" by Dr. Sayce. The second reading is
+      possible in all cases but one (B. 102), when the sign used was not
+      the syllabic value "Tob," but only "Khi" or "Hi." This would mean
+      "servant of the Good One." Adonizedek was the name of the King of
+      Jerusalem killed by Joshua (x. 3). It is to be remembered that many
+      of the names in these letters are written, not in syllables, but by
+      ideograms. Ribadda's name is hardly ever spelled syllabically,
+      though it is rendered certain by the cases in which it is so
+      spelled. I am inclined, therefore, to suppose that we have to deal,
+      not with an unusual name, like Abdhiba or Abdtobba, which is unknown
+      in history, but with the name of Joshua's contemporary, spelled "US"
+      (= "Adoni" "Lord"), and "KHI" x "BA," "good do" = "zedec"
+      ("justice"). There must, however, always be some doubt as to
+      personal names, unless checked by variant readings.
+
+  323 Adonizedek is meditating flight. His letters speak of a raid on
+      Gezer, Ascalon, and as far as Lachish, after the taking of Ajalon by
+      the Hebrews, but they say nothing of Makkedah. From the book of
+      Joshua we learn that after the battle of Ajalon the Hebrews pursued
+      to Azekah, perhaps the ruin of Zak, east of Gaza, and to Makkedah
+      (x. 11), and then returned to Gilgal (15). An interval of unstated
+      duration occurred, while the five kings, Adonizedek, Japhia, Hoham,
+      Piram, and Debir (ver. 3), fled to Makkedah, where they were found
+      hid in a cave. It was during this interval, apparently, that these
+      Jerusalem letters were written.
+
+  324 The sign is unusual. The words are "icalu, ca-ar (Irhu) zabbatu," or
+      perhaps "icalu-ca ar(unu) zabbatu." The latter would mean "They
+      prevail over thee; they have been swift to seize."
+
+  325 "I have no father and no army." It either means this or "Have I no
+      father and no friend?" It might refer to his father's death, or to
+      the King of Egypt not being his father and friend. Dr. Sayce renders
+      "neither father nor mother" ("SAL um" for "rag um"); but it is very
+      unusual for orientals to refer to their female relations or wives,
+      though in the case of the King of Accho (95 B.) the writer speaks of
+      his wife; but this is for a special reason (see also 104 B.).
+
+  326 "'Abiri." This is read by others "Habiri" ("allies"); but the
+      political circumstances do not agree with this explanation, and the
+      sign is used throughout the letters for the guttural "'Ain" (as, for
+      instance, in the name of Azzah or Gaza). There is no mention in the
+      southern letters of Aziru, Abdasherah, Aitugama, or any of the
+      northern allies; and the sign for "allies" or "helpers" in the
+      northern letters is quite different. On the other hand, the 'Abiri
+      are never mentioned, except in the south, near Jerusalem. They are
+      called people of the "blood" or "tribe" of the 'Abiri (B. 106), and
+      of the "land" of the 'Abiri (B. 199), showing that the term is
+      derived from the 'Abarim, or mountains east of Jordan. The Abiru
+      chiefs are mentioned in the singular (B. 102, 104), and none of
+      these facts can be reconciled with the view that they were "allies."
+      They are distinctly said to have come from Seir (Edom) in one letter
+      (B. 104), and to have left their pastures (B. 103), and are probably
+      the "desert people" of the Gezer letter (51 B. M.). Their actions
+      are those recorded of Joshua's first campaign, and the date agrees,
+      as does also the notice in the letters of Jabin, Japhia, and
+      Adonizedek, the contemporaries of Joshua. Another suggestion has
+      been that they were Hebronites; but in such case the "n" would not
+      be absent, and the sign for city would no doubt occur. They have
+      also been supposed to be Babylonians, but this is indirect
+      contradiction to the relations noticed in the letters between Egypt
+      and Babylon at this time.
+
+  327 Ilimelec is a name found in the Bible (Ruth i. 2; ii. 1) as the name
+      of Ruth's father-in-law, a native of Bethlehem, in the time of the
+      Judges. It is therefore a Hebrew name.
+
+  328 Milcilu was the King of Gezer, and Suardata of Keilah; his letters
+      follow. This represents the league of kings before the battle of
+      Ajalon.
+
+  329 Givti is probably one of the Gibeahs, perhaps Gibeah of Judah, now
+      Jeb'a, southwest of Jerusalem, in the direction of Keilah (Josh. xv.
+      57), eight miles west of Bethlehem; unless we should read Gimtzi, in
+      which case it would be Gimzu (2 Chron. xxviii. 18), now Jimzu, east
+      of Lydda, and north of Gezer. The former reading seems the better
+      (see 199 B.).
+
+  330 "Kielti" is "Keilah" (Josh. xv. 44), now Kilah, east of the Valley
+      of Elah, in the direction of Hebron.
+
+  331 Rubute is Rabbah of Judah, now the ruin Rubba, in the same district,
+      four miles east of Beit Jibrin (Josh. xv. 60).
+
+  332 "Beth Baalath" is probably Baalath of Judah, the old name of Kirjath
+      Jearim, now Erma, in the Valley of Sorek. The word "gur" may either
+      mean that the city was "near" Jerusalem, or that it had been an ally
+      of Jerusalem. It is clear that if the forces of the lowlands were
+      marching to assist Jerusalem by the highway, past Kirjath Jearim,
+      the revolt of that town would delay the forces from Gezer, which
+      would naturally take that route.
+
+  333 "Beth Amilla" is evidently the "Beth ham Millo" of the Bible (2 Sam.
+      v. 9); "house of the chief," as we now know. It was the royal palace
+      in the lower city (Akra), north of Zion. There was also a Millo in
+      Shechem (Judges ix. 6, 20), evidently the palace of that city.
+
+  334 When Adonizedek sent away his women he was preparing for his own
+      flight, by the advice, it would seem, of Egypt. The Egyptian
+      resident also retired. Suta has already been mentioned as an
+      Egyptian official in the north (48 B.); he is also mentioned in a
+      letter from Babylon (4 B. M.), and by the King of Accho, who was a
+      contemporary of Neboyapiza and of Aziru (95 B.), which with other
+      indications shows that Aziru's revolt was contemporary with the
+      Hebrew invasion--at least, within a few years.
+
+  335 This shows the enemy as coming from Mount Seir or Edom.
+
+  336 This "Givti" would seem to be one of the Gibeahs, unless we should
+      read "Gimtzi" as before.
+
+  337 Perhaps this is capable of being rendered, "I am breaking to pieces;
+      the chief is becoming master."
+
+  338 What is meant is that the Egyptians, having come by sea to Ascalon
+      or Gaza, are to march to Jerusalem by the Valley of Elah, the
+      highway by which the Philistines came up against Saul. "Cazib"
+      ("Chezib") is in this valley, now 'Ain Kezbeh; and north of it is a
+      valley with the unique name "Naheir" ("the little river"). The road
+      becomes difficult when the Valley of Elah turns to the south, which
+      is alluded to in the next letter (B. 103). (For Chezib see also 73
+      B. M.)
+
+  339 "Tu-ur ba-zu" appears to be spelled phonetically, but does not sound
+      like a Semitic name. If it were taken as an ideogram it might be
+      rendered "Ben Zicaru."
+
+  340 "Zelah" has been proposed (Heb. "Zel'a"), but the final sign does
+      not seem to be used to represent the "'Ain." There were two Zelahs,
+      one being Petra, the other north of Jerusalem (now probably the ruin
+      of Salah); it appears to me more probable that Shiloh is intended.
+      The Amorite "z" or "s" occasionally stands for a Hebrew "sh"; and
+      the modern name "Seilun" has always presented the difficulty that
+      the "s" is not the proper representative of the Hebrew "sh."
+      Perhaps, as in other cases, the peasant pronunciation represents the
+      Amorite rather than the Hebrew sound. Shiloh is remarkable for the
+      great pass it commands.
+
+  341 There was a siege of Lachish by Joshua (Josh. x. 33).
+
+  342 Rimmon is probably the Rimmon of Benjamin, not far south of Shiloh,
+      now the village of Rummon (Judges xx. 45, etc.).
+
+  343 The name spelled in other cases "U-ru-sa-lim" is here spelled
+      "Uru-sa-lim," showing that the usual explanation, "city of peace,"
+      is probable. It has been proposed to translate "city of the god
+      Salim," a deity who is not known otherwise; but in these letters the
+      names of gods have the prefix AN ("deity"), which does not occur in
+      any instance in the name of the city. The word "salim" for "peace"
+      has just been used in the letter, and occurs elsewhere in these
+      letters.
+
+  344 "Casipi." It has been read "Casia" ("Cushites"), but the word before
+      is in the plural, and the plural could not end in "a." Any great
+      success is still attributed to sorcery in the East. It may, however,
+      only mean "malicious," according to its use in Hebrew.
+
+  345 There was an Egyptian known to history who bore the name of Paur
+      (Brugsch, "Hist." i. p. 462); he was a governor in Nubia, somewhat
+      later than the present events. The name, however, must have been
+      common, since "Paur" stands for "Paka" in some cases. It has been
+      already explained as an Egyptian word.
+
+  346 The participle is feminine.
+
+  347 There had been four previous letters, agreeing with my arrangement.
+
+  348 Ajalon (now Yalo) is at the foot of the Bethhoron Pass, where the
+      battle against the five kings occurred. The women were apparently
+      sent away before the battle of Ajalon, after which the easiest road
+      to the plains, by Bethhoron and Ajalon, was closed. The flight of
+      Adonizedek took place, according to the Biblical account, after the
+      battle of Ajalon, while Joshua was at Gilgal, where the news was
+      brought.
+
+  349 This appears to be the meaning, and refers to the road, mentioned in
+      the last letter, by the Valley of Elan--less easy than that by
+      Ajalon.
+
+  350 "Casi," or Cush, as in Egyptian records, appears to mean upper
+      Egypt. See what has been said as to this name in Ribadda's letter
+      (61 B.).
+
+  351 "Harti Cirmiel" is evidently Hareth Carmel, representing the Hebron
+      country from Hareth (Kharas), on the northwest, above the Valley of
+      Elah, to Carmel of Judah on the southeast. This would agree with
+      placing Givti at Jeb'a.
+
+  352 Apparently the southern Gibeah of Judah, mentioned before (106 B.).
+      Dr. Sayce reads Gath, but when Gath is mentioned it it called Giti
+      (154 B.).
+
+  353 "Labaya" may mean, according to a common form of expression, the
+      land of Labaya.
+
+  354 "Salabimi," Shaalbim (Judges i. 35; 1 Kings iv. 9) or Shaalabbin
+      (Josh. xix. 42), is probably Selbit, lying southeast of Lydda, near
+      Ajalon.
+
+  355 In Judges i. 35 we read of the Amorites remaining in this district.
+
+  356 This name may be read various ways, as "Addamaru" or "Abu Amaru."
+      Perhaps the name "Ithamar" may be compared (Exod. vi. 23; xxviii.
+      1). See also Yabitiri of Joppa (Abiather?).
+
+  357 The only difficulty in identifying this place, "Ci el-ti," with
+      Keilah lies in the spelling with "Caph" instead of "Koph." The name
+      contains the required guttural found in the Hebrew; this has
+      disappeared from the modern name, "Kilah." The sign for "Ki" does
+      not seem to be used in these letters; and there are several other
+      instances of confusion of the two letters, as when "Ka" is written
+      for "Ca" ("thee") in a few cases.
+
+  358 "Ra" is apparently an Egyptian name. The order for withdrawal of the
+      troops appears to have arrived.
+
+  359 This quarrel between the King of Jerusalem, the King of Makkedah,
+      and the King of Keilah is probably early, before the appearance of
+      the Hebrews; for Adonizedek says that the sons of Labaya (103 B.)
+      were his contemporaries at that time, and Suyardata becomes his ally
+      (106 B.) in presence of the common danger. If "behind" means to the
+      west (the front being always the east), the attack was from the
+      Valley of Elah. Keilah has very rough mountains on the east, and is
+      easily reached on the west.
+
+  360 The meaning seems to be that Adonizedek had seized the flocks and
+      herds.
+
+  361 "Basmath," meaning "balsam" or "sweet," was no doubt a common
+      woman's name. It occurs as the name of Ishmael's daughter whom Esau
+      married (Gen. xxxvi. 3, 4, 13), and as that of one of Solomon's
+      daughters (1 Kings iv. 15). She may have been the wife of Milcilu,
+      King of Gezer, and pleads for her sons after her husband's death. He
+      had apparently been seized by the Hebrews (106 B.).
+
+  362 Zorah, now Sur'ah (Josh. xix. 41; Judges xiii. 2, etc.), was not far
+      south of Ajalon, and near Gezer on the southeast.
+
+  363 This name cannot be identified, as has been proposed, with that of
+      Abdasherah, since "Ashtoreth" and "Asherah" are different words.
+
+  364 If it is to be read simply as a syllabic name, it would be perhaps
+      "Musi-huna." There is a "Mes-hah" ("place of unction") in lower
+      Galilee. I have here supposed "huna" to come from the root "hana"
+      (Heb. "hanah"), "to inhabit."
+
+  365 "Tuser Atta," a Mongol name, "father of conquest." "Arta Sumara"
+      appears to mean "destroying hero."
+
+  366 "Mitani" or Matiene (Herod, i. 72, 189, 202; iii. 94; v. 49, 52;
+      vii. 72) extended from the sources of the Araxes to the Halys River,
+      and thus included all Armenia west of Lake Van: other names for the
+      region were, the "Land of Khani Rabbe" (or Khani Rabbatu) and the
+      "Land of the Minyans." (See 27 B.)
+
+  367 The Hittites clearly did not live in Matiene, but in the adjacent
+      country of northern Syria.
+
+  368 "Gilukhipa," a Mongol name, "possessing glory."
+
+  369 "Gilia" and "Tunipripi," Mongol names, "glorious" and "very
+      reliable."
+
+  370 This may be dated late in the reign of Amenophis III, as Dusratta
+      survived him.
+
+  371 Possibly Queen Teie or Thi.
+
+  372 Amanu, the Egyptian god Amen.
+
+  373 The word "Khatanu" means any kinsman by marriage, and "emu" is still
+      used generally of any "kinsman" or even for "friend." Some have
+      translated "son-in-law" and "father-in-law," but the latter word
+      would be "khamu," not "emu." Dusratta was the father-in-law of
+      Amenophis IV, but brother-in-law of Amenophis III.
+
+  374 "Binti," not "Bintiya" ("my daughter"). The word "Bint" is still
+      used generally for "a young woman." Perhaps Queen Teie is intended.
+
+  375 "Targumanu" ("interpreter") is the modern "dragoman." Khani (see p.
+      201) was sent to Aziru, showing that the Canaanite rebellion may
+      have occurred in the reign of Amenophis III.
+
+  376 "Assat mariya elme," or perhaps "Assutti elme" ("in marriage to the
+      youth"). There is no statement that shows Dusratta's daughter to
+      have married Amenophis III. She married his son, and is called
+      "daughter-in-law" of Queen Teie (11 B. M.).
+
+  377 The gold came from Nubia and Abyssinia. (See Brugsch, "Hist. Egypt,"
+      i. pp. 287, 310.)
+
+  378 In Aramaic "Gilia," in the native tongue "Gilias," with the Mongol
+      termination of the nominative indefinite.
+
+  379 "Ikhibin," possibly Kaban Maden in Armenia.
+
+  380 "Si-migi-s" is apparently a Mongol title for some deity, "the eye of
+      night" (or "of sunset"), either the moon or the evening star.
+
+  381 "Khalci," either Chalcis near Aleppo, or the "Land of the Khal" or
+      "Phoenicians." (Karnak list, No. 140.)
+
+  382 The Minyans (Jer. li. 27; and in Ps. xlv. 8, Targum) lived west of
+      Lake Van. The Hyksos are called Men, or Menti in Egyptian texts.
+      Apepi, the Hyksos King, adored Set, or Sut, who was adored also by
+      the Hittites, and from whom Dusratta's father, Sut-tarna ("Set is
+      his lord") was probably named. It would appear that the Hyksos,
+      Hittites, and Armenians, were of the same race. The land of the Men
+      is said to have been near Assyria, and east of Syria, which agrees.
+      (See Brugsch, "Hist. Egypt," i. pp. 210, 233, 234, 239.) The Minyae
+      of Herodotus (i. 146; iv. 145-148) are noticed as mixed with Aryans
+      in Ionia, and in Lacedaemon were regarded as descendants of sailors
+      in the Argo--perhaps from Colchis and the Caucasus. See what is said
+      as to the similarity of the presents from Armenia (26 B.), and the
+      art of Mycenaee and Troy, which is of Asiatic origin.
+
+  383 Harran (Gen. xi. 31, etc.), now Harran, was on the south border of
+      Dusratta's kingdom, marching with Assyria. (Compare 24 B.)
+
+  384 "Tadukhipa," a Mongol name, "possessing sweetness."
+
+  385 Probably Teie is here meant, as there is no notice of Gilukhipa. She
+      may have died.
+
+  386 "Walk after" for "obey" or "worship," is used just as in Biblical
+      Hebrew.
+
+  387 The broken name was "Nabkhuriya," or Amenophis IV, as is clear from
+      the next paragraph. He was also the husband of Tadukhipa, as here
+      stated. (See 11 B. M.)
+
+  388 "Sitatama," a Mongol name, apparently "fair-faced." "Suttarna," also
+      Mongolic, "Sut is his Lord."
+
+  389 As Gilukhipa was married during the reign of Suttarna (apparently
+      from Egyptian sources in the tenth year of Amenophis III, or about
+      1490 B.C.), it is possible that "Teie" is here intended; but her
+      father's name was Iuaa, or Ivaa, and it is not clear what relation
+      she was to Dusratta. From 11 B. it seems clear that they were
+      related, and later in the present letter he mentions the "father of
+      Teie," apparently as living with him after his own father's death.
+      The syllables "Ivve" (perhaps for "Ivaa") precede the father's name,
+      but as the text is here broken, it is not certain that these
+      syllables represent a personal name. Perhaps Teie was Dusratta's
+      cousin. She was certainly of royal birth, and is represented as very
+      fair, but with dark hair. The words "a daughter" may mean only "a
+      young woman."
+
+  390 Khai was sent to Aziru (31 B.), which again shows the date of the
+      Canaanite rebellion to have been early.
+
+  391 This agrees with 27 B. as regards Dusratta's conquests in the
+      Hittite country.
+
+  392 As Amenophis IV was married already in the reign of Amenophis III,
+      his mother's marriage evidently took place some twenty years at
+      least before the date of this letter.
+
+  393 Apparently this was written at least four years after the death of
+      Amenophis III, or about 1450 B.C. at earliest.
+
+  394 The lands given when Tadukhipa was married.
+
+  395 "Mazipalali," a Mongol name, "hero with the sword."
+
+  396 Indicating that these Mongols were not monogamists.
+
+  397 Mongol name, "Ar-Tessupas," "worshipper of Tessupas" (Rimmon). Other
+      Mongol names occur in 27 B. (in the native speech) including Asali
+      ("joyful") and Artatan ("strong soldier"). If Teie's name was
+      Mongolic, it would mean "bright."
+
+  398 Similar extradition is noticed in the treaty between Rameses II and
+      Kheta Sar, the Hittite king, a century later.
+
+  399 The signs _IZCU_, _SAK_, _TAK_ ("weapon, stone, head") seem to
+      indicate a stone axe such as the Carians used. Battle-axes of flint
+      are noticed in the time of Thothmes III. (Brugsch, "Hist. Egypt," i.
+      p. 342.)
+
+  400 This letter may, perhaps, be earlier than the preceding.
+
+  401 From a later letter (1 B. M.) it seems that the foreign ladies were
+      shown to envoys from their parents, to enable them to report as to
+      their health.
+
+  402 Or "the curious things."
+
+  403 Or, perhaps, "but letters are received."
+
+  404 This agrees with the letters from Babylonia in showing the disturbed
+      state of the countries between Armenia and Egypt early in the reign
+      of Amenophis IV, due to the revolts of Hittites, Amorites, and
+      Hebrews.
+
+  405 The two-headed eagle was a Hittite emblem; it is also found at
+      Mycenae.
+
+  406 Iron from Asia is believed to have been known yet earlier (Brugsch.
+      "Hist. Egypt," i. pp. 342, 354). It was known in the fourteenth
+      century B.C. by its Semitic name, "berzil."
+
+  407 Clearly written to Teie, as Amenophis IV is mentioned as her son.
+
+  408 "Yuni," as a Mongol name, would mean "true."
+
+  409 "Rimmon Nirari" is an Assyrian name, but the king so called lived a
+      good deal later. The rank of this writer is evidently inferior, but
+      not as inferior as that of the Canaanite chiefs. He may have been an
+      Assyrian prince, and perhaps wrote to Amenophis III. "Nukhasse" Dr.
+      Bezold supposes to be the "Anaugas" of the records of Thothmes III,
+      an unknown region in Syria. I have supposed it to be Merash, reading
+      "Markhasse."
+
+  410 This king, unknown before, was probably older than Amenophis III,
+      who married his daughter, who was marriageable before the writer's
+      father died.
+
+  411 As in the previous case (82 B.). See p. 236.
+
+  412 Probably Irtabi (1 B.).
+
+  413 The month names are written in ideograms of Accadian origin.
+
+  414 This King's date has been placed as late as 1400 B.C., but the dates
+      are not accurately fixed. His daughter appears to have married
+      Burnaburias of Babylon before 1450 B.C. ("Trans. Soc. Bib. Arch." i.
+      p. 69). His predecessor, Buzur, Assur, had settled the Assyrian
+      boundary with Burnaburias. (Ibid., p. 68.)
+
+  415 This interruption (see also the letter from Chaldea, 18 B., in the
+      later reign of Horus) was probably due to the Syrian revolt (compare
+      23 B., 7 B., and 8 B.), showing that the power of Egypt, broken in
+      1480 B.C., was still unrecognized as late as 1400 B.C., which brings
+      us near the time when Rameses II recognized the independence of the
+      Hittites, about 1360 B.C. (See p. 241.)
+
+  416 Supposed to have reigned about 1550 B.C.: presents from Assyria were
+      received by Thothmes III even earlier (Brugsch, "Hist. Egypt," i. p.
+      328), including chariots and cedar-wood.
+
+  417 Burnaburias appears to have reigned about 1450 B.C., or a little
+      later. As regards the dates of Egyptian kings, they rest on the
+      statement (see Brugsch, "Hist.," i. p. 395) that the star Sothis
+      rose on the 28th of Epiphi, in the reign of Thothmes III, and on the
+      date of the new moon of various months in the same reign. The
+      Egyptian year was a year of 365 days, and therefore vague as
+      regarded the sidereal year. The risings of Sothis (Sirius) are
+      recorded ("Decree of Canopus") in the later Ptolemaic times as they
+      occurred in connection with the Egyptian year, changing one day
+      every four solar years; and the Rosetta stone fixes the calendar.
+      From the rising of Sothis we should obtain a date about 1598 B.C. as
+      falling in the reign of Thothmes III; and from the coincidences of
+      the new moon we should obtain 1574 B.C. as the thirty-fourth and
+      1585 B.C. as the twenty-third years of his reign. He would,
+      therefore, accede 1608 B.C. Dr. Brugsch places his accession about
+      1600 B.C.
+
+  418 This indicates the beginning of the Syrian wars in the reign of
+      Amenophis III.
+
+  419 Apparently a Babylonian princess was to be sent to Egypt, and an
+      Egyptian princess to Babylon. The two royal families were already
+      allied by the marriage of Irtabi, and yet earlier of the sister of
+      Callimmasin (1 B. M.), even if no Egyptian princess had been granted
+      to the latter. The writer's son was probably Carakhardas, who
+      succeeded him.
+
+  420 Zalmu was a Babylonian. See the next letter.
+
+  421 Khai was still living in the reign of Amenophis IV.
+
+  422 "Siiri," "a company of merchants," as in Hebrew.
+
+  423 Or "advised this." The foes attacking Egypt were at some distance
+      from Babylonia, and the news only came by the envoy from Egypt.
+
+  424 "Sumatta." Compare "Shammah" (Gen. xxxvi. 13-17), a proper name,
+      perhaps, from the same root.
+
+  425 "Khinna tuni" would mean "inhabiting Khinna," see Khini (64 B. M.,
+      p. 25), but more probably Hannathon in lower Galilee, east of Accho,
+      is intended, now Kefr' Anan.
+
+  426 See Zatatna and Surata, kings of Accho (93 B., 95 B.), p. 249. This,
+      taken with the name of Neboyapiza in the latter letter, indicates a
+      date early in the reign of Amenophis IV.
+
+  427 Alasiya was apparently a maritime region beyond the tributary
+      Egyptian States, and not either in Babylonia (Shinar) nor in the
+      Hittite country (5 B. M.); probably it is the Elishah of the Bible
+      on the south shores of Asia Minor. (See my note "P. E. F. Quarterly
+      Statement," January, 1892, p. 44.) Elishah (Gen. x. 4; Ezek. xxvii.
+      7) was a maritime region. The diffusion westward of a Semitic
+      population in Cilicia has long been suspected to have occurred
+      early.
+
+  428 Semitic personal names, showing the worship of Ea and Baal in
+      Elishah.
+
+  429 The signs SAL US indicate "female servants."
+
+  430 "Lukki," perhaps the Lycians, or perhaps the Ligyes of Herodotus, on
+      the borders of Matiene (vii. 72). They appear to be the Laka who
+      lived in the Taurus, the Leku of Egyptian records (Brugsch, ii. pp.
+      44, 54, 116, 124) mentioned with other tribes of north Syria, and
+      with the Shakalisha--perhaps Cilicians.
+
+  431 "An-Amar-ut" ("sun-disk") I have supposed to be the name of
+      Khu-en-Aten ("glory of the sun-disk"), a title apparently of
+      Amenophis IV (Brugsch, "Hist. Egypt," i. p. 441); but it may, of
+      course, refer to the god so called (see note, p. 198). The King of
+      Egypt is called the sun-god in many of the letters in this
+      collection.
+
+  432 The sign KHU means "bird," but also "glory" and "prince." "Ilid
+      KHUMES" I take to mean "born of princes." Others have rendered it
+      "who trains birds," but it would rather mean "who gives birth to
+      birds," which is impossible.
+
+  433 The name of the King is everywhere written in full, with the two
+      cartouches.
+
+  434 Here and in other places a gap in the tablet has been filled up by
+      the corresponding sentence in the inscription of Medinet Habou.
+
+  435 The plants.
+
+  436 Allusion to the festival of the coronation.
+
+  437 The {~GREEK SMALL LETTER TAU~}{~GREEK SMALL LETTER RHO~}{~GREEK SMALL LETTER IOTA~}{~GREEK SMALL LETTER ALPHA~}{~GREEK SMALL LETTER KAPPA~}{~GREEK SMALL LETTER OMICRON~}{~GREEK SMALL LETTER NU~}{~GREEK SMALL LETTER ETA~}{~GREEK SMALL LETTER TAU~}{~GREEK SMALL LETTER ETA~}{~GREEK SMALL LETTER RHO~}{~GREEK SMALL LETTER IOTA~}{~GREEK SMALL LETTER FINAL SIGMA~} here and in the title of the King has been
+      employed as we should say a "century."
+
+  438 Literally, life, health, and strength.
+
+_  439 I.e._, the flocks of the temple's estates.
+
+  440 The defaced passages ran thus, "Adoration of Osiris by the steward
+      of the flocks (Amen-mes), son of the Lady Nefer-t-ari."
+
+  441 Ave!
+
+  442 Vide Goodwin, in Chabas; Melanges III, Tom. I, pl. 257.
+
+  443 Hermopolis magna.
+
+  444 The entrance to the dwelling of the dead.
+
+  445 The words "paut" and "paut-ti," or double-paut, are connected with
+      the idea of "creation."
+
+  446 {~GREEK CAPITAL LETTER NU~}{~GREEK CAPITAL LETTER OMICRON~}{~GREEK CAPITAL LETTER UPSILON~}{~GREEK CAPITAL LETTER NU~}, {~GREEK SMALL LETTER NU~}{~GREEK SMALL LETTER OMICRON~}{~GREEK SMALL LETTER UPSILON~}{~GREEK SMALL LETTER NU~}, abyssus.
+
+  447 "Mesess," sky, vault, and veil.
+
+  448 Ritual, ch. XVIII. Lepsius, "Todtenbuch," xi. ch. XVIII. ix. e. 17.
+      I. 62.
+
+  449 Literally, "for a number of times."
+
+  450 The two long feathers which adorn the head-attire of the Sun-god.
+
+  451 "Sensen," fraternize.
+
+  452 Sam.
+
+  453 Beneficent force.
+
+  454 The great dwelling of Seb is the earth itself.
+
+_  455 I.e._, To the lord of justice.
+
+  456 The entire north.
+
+  457 Or, satiating abundance.
+
+  458 The exact meaning is the French "combler."
+
+  459 The papyrus is much worn here. The name of the place is perhaps
+      "Pamakar of the sky."
+
+  460 Indian fig.
+
+  461 "Sestsou-em-paif-nakhtou Ousormara" is the name of a fortress built
+      by Rameses II, in Syria or Palestina, and different from Ouati. The
+      name means "Rameses II in his victories."
+
+  462 The order is quite contradictory. How can it be disobeyed, and how
+      obeyed?
+
+  463 Or, gone to the gap to which the dead went in the Sun-boat.
+
+  464 Syrians as prisoners of war.
+
+  465 Negroes.
+
+  466 Cedar or acacia.
+
+  467 A kind of balsam.
+
+  468 Syria.
+
+  469 Or cattle.
+
+  470 Or industrious, "rut."
+
+  471 Dead or departed.
+
+  472 If this rendering is correct, the meaning must be that the god of
+      the Nile is the secret source of light; see § 3, l. 5, and § 8, l.
+      1. The attributes of Egyptian gods, who represent the unknown under
+      various aspects, are interchangeable to a great extent; here the
+      Nile is Ammon, doing also the work of Ra. Dr. Birch suggests that
+      the rendering may be, "hiding his course night and day."
+
+  473 Ra, the Sun-god, who is represented as delighting in flowers; see
+      Ritual, c. lxxxi, "I am the pure lily which comes out of the fields
+      of Ra."
+
+  474 The Nile-god traverses heaven; his course there corresponds to that
+      of the river on earth.
+
+  475 See x. 6. This is obscure, but it may mean that the Nile-god
+      protects the newly sown fields from the birds.
+
+_  476 I.e._, he sets them at work. Thus Ritual, c. xv. 20, "Ra, the giver
+      of food, destroys all place for idleness, cuts off all excuse."
+
+  477 As they are by idleness; see Ritual, cxxv. p. cclv. (Birch).
+
+_  478 I.e._, he makes it ready for cultivation.
+
+  479 Their joy and gratitude respond to his advance.
+
+  480 Num is the Nile-god regarded as giving life.
+
+  481 The Egyptian word corresponds to {~GREEK CAPITAL LETTER ALPHA~}{~GREEK SMALL LETTER RHO~}{~GREEK SMALL LETTER SIGMA~}{~GREEK SMALL LETTER ALPHA~}{~GREEK SMALL LETTER PHI~}{~GREEK SMALL LETTER ETA~}{~GREEK SMALL LETTER FINAL SIGMA~}, which, according to
+      Plutarch, signifies {~GREEK SMALL LETTER TAU~}{~GREEK SMALL LETTER OMICRON WITH VARIA~} {~GREEK SMALL LETTER ALPHA WITH PSILI~}{~GREEK SMALL LETTER NU~}{~GREEK SMALL LETTER DELTA~}{~GREEK SMALL LETTER RHO~}{~GREEK SMALL LETTER EPSILON~}{~GREEK SMALL LETTER IOTA WITH PERISPOMENI~}{~GREEK SMALL LETTER OMICRON~}{~GREEK SMALL LETTER NU~}. (Isis et Osiris, c. 37.) The
+      Egyptians, like all ancient people, identify terror with strength or
+      greatness.
+
+  482 This scriptural phrase comes in abruptly. It is probably drawn from
+      some older source.
+
+  483 The true Deity is not represented by any image. This is a relic of
+      primeval monotheism: out of place as referring to the Nile, but
+      pointing to a deeper and sounder faith. Compare the laws of Manu, i.
+      5-7.
+
+  484 See last line of § 13. There are no shrines covered, as usual, with
+      colored hieroglyphics. The whole of this passage is of extreme
+      importance, showing that, apart from all objects of idolatrous
+      worship, the old Egyptian recognized the existence of a supreme god,
+      unknown and inconceivable, the true source of all power and
+      goodness. Compare the oldest forms of the 17th chapter of the
+      funeral Ritual in Lepsius's "Aelteste Texte."
+
+  485 1 Ki. viii. 27.
+
+  486 Is. xi. 13, 14.
+
+  487 Or "thou givest them counsels, orderest all their goings."
+
+_  488 I.e._, "all magistrates are the servants of the deity, and
+      administer his law from South to North."
+
+  489 Maspero "par lui est bue l'eau (les pleurs) de tous les yeux,"
+      _i.e._ "he wipes away tears from all eyes."
+
+  490 Dr. Birch, to whom I am indebted for this rendering, observes that
+      the goddess Neith is often represented with two crocodiles sucking
+      her breasts.
+
+_  491 I.e._, "The Nile fills all mortals with the languor of desire, and
+      gives fecundity."
+
+_  492 I.e._, "without needing rain, the gift of the goddess of heaven."
+      Such seems to be the meaning of a very obscure passage.
+
+  493 See note on § 1.
+
+  494 The meaning is, evidently, that he combines the attributes of Ptah
+      the Demiurge, and Kabes, an unknown god.
+
+  495 All things serviceable to man--arms, implements, etc.
+
+  496 This seems to mean, "he gives oracles at his shrine." Observe the
+      inconsistency of this with § 5.
+
+  497 Causing scarcity of food in the land. See Ex. viii. 18, 21.
+
+  498 In a season of scarcity prayers are offered for supply of water. The
+      following lines seem to describe great haste when the inundation
+      comes on; none wait for their clothing, even when valuable, and the
+      nightly solemnities are broken up: but the passage is obscure.
+
+  499 Literal answer, "_i.e._, with thanks and prayers, when thou bringest
+      the water in abundance."
+
+  500 See II. 2.
+
+  501 The gold represents the preciousness of the gift of food.
+
+  502 This is often mentioned in the inscriptions among the most precious
+      stones.
+
+  503 See note on II. 4.
+
+  504 Which he ate when he could get nothing else.
+
+  505 An allusion to the legend that the Nile comes forth from two
+      openings in the South.
+
+  506 See V, last line.
+
+  507 The Pharaoh.
+
+  508 The two regions.
+
+  509 "At the entertainments of the rich, just as the company is about to
+      rise from the repast, a small coffin is carried round, containing a
+      perfect representation of a dead body; it is in size sometimes of
+      one, but never more than two cubits, and as it is shown to the
+      guests in rotation the bearer exclaims, 'Cast your eyes on this
+      figure; after death you yourself will resemble it: drink, then, and
+      be happy.' "--Herodotus, "Euterpe," xxviii.
+
+  510 "The Song of the Harper" in the tomb of Nefer-hotep bears a great
+      resemblance to this composition. See Duemichen, "Historische
+      Inschriften," ii. pl. 40.
+
+  511 Or, perhaps, "the little ones, the children."
+
+  512 Imhotep, the son of the primeval deity Ptah, was the mythical author
+      of various arts and sciences. The Greeks spelled the name {~GREEK CAPITAL LETTER IOTA WITH PSILI~}{~GREEK SMALL LETTER MU~}{~GREEK SMALL LETTER OMICRON~}{~GREEK SMALL LETTER UPSILON WITH OXIA~}{~GREEK SMALL LETTER THETA~}{~GREEK SMALL LETTER ETA~}{~GREEK SMALL LETTER FINAL SIGMA~},
+      Imouth, but more frequently substituted the name {~GREEK CAPITAL LETTER ALPHA WITH PSILI~}{~GREEK SMALL LETTER SIGMA~}{~GREEK SMALL LETTER KAPPA~}{~GREEK SMALL LETTER LAMDA~}{~GREEK SMALL LETTER ETA WITH OXIA~}{~GREEK SMALL LETTER PI~}{~GREEK SMALL LETTER IOTA~}{~GREEK SMALL LETTER OMICRON~}{~GREEK SMALL LETTER FINAL SIGMA~},
+      Asclepios.
+
+  513 Hartatef was the son of King Menkera (Mycerinus), to whom the
+      discovery of part of the Ritual, cap. lxiv. is attributed, and who
+      was the author of a mystical work.
+
+  514 Compare the Assyrian phrase "The land men cannot return from,"
+      "Descent of Ishtar," "Records of the Past," Vol. i. p. 143, p. 5.
+
+_  515 I.e._, "of the mourners."
+
+  516 Here follows a lacuna.
+
+  517 2 Anastasi, p. 8, l. 5, to p. 9, l. 1.
+
+  518 2 Anastasi, p. 9, l. 2, to p. 10, l. 1.
+
+  519 The phrase which I have translated "the way of Amen" is literally
+      "the water of Amen." In Egypt the river Nile was the great road or
+      highway, hence by an easy metaphor the water was used to signify
+      "the way"; that is, the will, command, or rule
+
+  520 2 Anastasi, p. 10, l. 1.
+
+  521 Tum or Atum (the setting sun), Lord of Heliopolis.
+
+  522 Heliopolis, the city of Tum.
+
+  523 Heliopolis, the city of Tum.
+
+  524 Or, "do not censure me."
+
+  525 Literally, "without his body." It seems to mean weakness,
+      mutilation, or disability.
+
+  526 Literally, "upon my mouth."
+
+  527 Lacuna.
+
+  528 2 Anastasi, p. 5, l. 6.
+
+  529 Literally, "in health, life, and strength"; but the King being the
+      subject of the wish, I have ventured to Anglicize the phrase as
+      above.
+
+  530 The King Meneptah, son of Rameses II, and his immediate successor.
+
+  531 The Sun.
+
+  532 A form of the Sun-god of the West, the chief god of Heliopolis.
+
+  533 Lacuna.
+
+  534 Lacuna.
+
+  535 Lacuna.
+
+  536 Lacuna.
+
+  537 The panther's skin was the special characteristic of the dress of
+      the priest of Khem the Vivifier.
+
+  538 Lacuna.
+
+  539 Lacuna.
+
+  540 Rannu, an Egyptian goddess who presided over the harvest.
+
+  541 Lacuna.
+
+  542 Lacuna.
+
+  543 Lacuna.
+
+  544 An or On, "the house of the Obelisk," or Heliopolis.
+
+  545 Thebes.
+
+  546 Arabia.
+
+  547 Palestine or Arabia.
+
+  548 Chem.
+
+  549 Mahennu.
+
+  550 Uati.
+
+  551 Frequent allusions are made in the papyri to the production of
+      created things from the eyes of Ra or of Horus. Noxious things were
+      supposed to be produced from the eye of Set or Typhon.
+
+  552 Thebes.
+
+  553 Heliopolis.
+
+  554 The name Amen means "secret," or "hidden."
+
+  555 Harmachis.
+
+  556 Thebes.
+
+  557 Heliopolis.
+
+  558 The serpent
+
+  559 Creator.
+
+  560 The diadem.
+
+  561 Many of the phrases in this beautiful hymn are ambiguous, even where
+      the original text is perfect.
+
+  562 This note is subscribed in the original papyrus.
+
+  563 "At the front of the morning." Some prefer rendering the words
+      "every morning."
+
+  564 Perhaps "Approach thou thy mother Nut." "Neb Ra," "Lord Ra," seems
+      clearly the reading of the text given in Lepsius, unless the scribe
+      has twice put the hieratic character for "nuter" instead of the
+      usual form of "h"; "neb heh," "lord of eternity," as Maspero renders
+      it, is what might rather have been expected. In the following, "Isis
+      and Nephthys" is the version of M. Maspero; the text appears to me
+      to give Osiris.
+
+  565 Perhaps, "he cannot advance."
+
+  566 Nehaher, "ghastly faced," an infernal demon, sometimes represented
+      as a serpent.
+
+  567 "Thou givest life;" this may be understood also as imperative, "give
+      life."
+
+  568 Bech, the Eastern hill of sunrise. Its opposite height was called
+      Manu.
+
+  569 "Thou turnest gloom into repose." I am not confident that the
+      meaning of the original, "ta-k neshen enti ster," is correctly given
+      in these words; perhaps "thou makest the adversary prostrate" may
+      more truly convey the sense.
+
+  570 Isis and Nephthys.
+
+  571 The name of Osiris is invariably prefixed to that of the deceased,
+      the latter being always assimilated to this god.
+
+  572 The first two sections are evocations addressed to Osiris defunct,
+      expressing the grief of his two sisters at the loss of their
+      brother, and referring to the search made by them after him.
+
+  573 One of the names of Osiris.
+
+  574 Surname of Osiris.
+
+  575 Surname of Osiris.
+
+  576 The following sections are invocations addressed to Osiris under the
+      forms of the Moon and the Sun, expressing the joy of his two sisters
+      at having thus perceived him.
+
+  577 The Sacred-Eye here indicates the disk of the moon.
+
+  578 The sun in all his power.
+
+  579 The setting sun.
+
+  580 The star of Sirius, where the soul of Isis dwelt.
+
+  581 Isis having with the aid of her sister Nephthys reunited the parts
+      of Osiris's body, dispersed by Set, formed of them the infant Horus.
+
+  582 Neith personified the Lower Hemisphere, whence Osiris, the Rising
+      Sun, appeared under the form of Horus.
+
+  583 The sun nightly sinks into the bosom of his mother Neith, who
+      personifies the Lower Hemisphere of heaven.
+
+  584 Osiris, again coming forth under the form of Horus-conqueror (or the
+      Rising Sun), becomes the Lord of the Universe.
+
+  585 The high-priest, reader in the panegyrics.
+
+  586 The high-priest presiding over funeral ceremonies and rituals.
+
+  587 The Great Hall wherein the Judgment-scene was painted.
+
+  588 The heavenly region.
+
+  589 The universal being.
+
+  590 "Under the form of."
+
+  591 The earth.
+
+  592 Gods.
+
+  593 "Who speaks to himself."
+
+  594 Crater.
+
+  595 The weeper.
+
+  596 A fish, most likely the "phagros," the appearance of which was
+      connected with the inundation.
+
+  597 The divine eye.
+
+  598 Vivifies.
+
+  599 The meaning of this name is doubtful.
+
+  600 The god of the spheres.
+
+  601 Glorifies himself.
+
+  602 A title of Osiris, literally "He who resides in the West."
+
+  603 The covering of Ati, the air(?).
+
+  604 Solar disk.
+
+  605 The splendid one.
+
+  606 Gives a body to.
+
+  607 Creates.
+
+  608 Perhaps Anubis.
+
+  609 Solar disk.
+
+  610 Lacuna.
+
+  611 Who speaks to himself.
+
+  612 "He who raises his soul."
+
+  613 "The high spirit."
+
+  614 Flesh, or substance.
+
+  615 Literally, "the shining face."
+
+  616 "He who is on the ground."
+
+  617 Doubtful meaning.
+
+  618 "Creates," "fashions."
+
+  619 The genii of the watches of the night.
+
+  620 Lacuna.
+
+  621 He who opens the earth.
+
+  622 He who is armed with teeth.
+
+  623 Doubtful meaning.
+
+  624 Ra under the form of a scarab.
+
+  625 Lacuna.
+
+  626 Lacuna.
+
+  627 Teb Temt.
+
+  628 Lacuna.
+
+  629 Lacuna.
+
+  630 Apophis, the great serpent of evil.
+
+  631 The royal Osiris.
+
+  632 The god of the two horizons.
+
+  633 Unknown constellation.
+
+  634 The moon.
+
+  635 The solar disk.
+
+  636 Lacuna.
+
+  637 Lacuna.
+
+  638 Hu, the creative life; Sa, the intelligence.
+
+  639 The water of the East.
+
+  640 The water of the West.
+
+  641 He who comes forth from Mehur.
+
+  642 He who is in Netur.
+
+  643 One of the halls of the empyrean, which is here personified as a
+      goddess.
+
+  644 The lower region.
+
+  645 The striped headdress generally worn on the statues of the kings.
+
+  646 The planet Mars.
+
+  647 Thoth.
+
+  648 Thoth.
+
+  649 The eternal being.
+
+  650 He who embraces.
+
+  651 The God of the Nose. Each part of the body of the deceased becomes a
+      god. The same is found in the funereal texts, and especially in the
+      "Book of the Dead," ch. xlii.
+
+  652 Osiris.
+
+  653 The Osiris is an hermaphrodite being.
+
+  654 Lacuna.
+
+  655 Lacuna.
+
+  656 His own form.
+
+  657 The sceptre which has the form of a hook, and commonly held in the
+      hand of Osiris.
+
+  658 The white and red crown, which is the emblem of dominion over both
+      Upper and Lower Egypt.
+
+  659 His existences.
+
+  660 His existences.
+
+  661 Tonen.
+
+  662 Tonen.
+
+  663 Nut personified the Upper Hemisphere of heaven.
+
+  664 Here was written the name of the deceased.
+
+  665 Probably a substance used for purifying and perfuming.
+
+  666 The earth.
+
+  667 Heaven.
+
+  668 The setting sun.
+
+  669 The solar bark.
+
+  670 Osiris.
+
+  671 Another version: uniteth itself (to) the breath of thy nostrils.
+
+  672 Another version, "by thy Lord, Ra."
+
+  673 Osiris.
+
+  674 Those of the mummy.
+
+  675 This is the acknowledgment of the resurrection effected by the
+      ceremonies of the mummification. I am indebted to the friendly aid
+      of M. Chabas for the translation of this and one or two other
+      passages.
+
+  676 Corrupted passage restored by means of the manuscripts of the
+      Louvre.
+
+  677 Another version: "thou art received."
+
+  678 Corrupted passage: translation uncertain.
+
+  679 Heliopolis.
+
+  680 Hermopolis.
+
+  681 Another version: "the living."
+
+  682 Literally, "the Westerners."
+
+  683 Illegible passage restored by means of the manuscripts of the
+      Louvre.
+
+  684 Another version: "this volume of the Book of Respirations is made
+      for him and the souls of the gods."
+
+  685 M. de Rouge reads "Atesch," but there are very strong reasons for
+      believing that the first syllable in this word is to be read "Kat,"
+      not "At." Of this opinion is M. Brugsch. The Syrian name was
+      probably "Kadesh" (the Holy City), which the Egyptians, not having
+      the letter "d," wrote "Katesh." There were several places so called
+      in the East, but the Kadesh here mentioned has not been
+      satisfactorily identified with any of them.
+
+  686 The word "horse" is used in the original for a chariot, Homer uses
+      the plural _ippoi_ in a similar manner.
+
+
+
+
+
+***END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK EGYPTIAN LITERATURE***
+
+
+
+CREDITS
+
+
+March 8,  2009
+
+            Project Gutenberg TEI edition 1
+            Produced by Alicia Williams, David King, and the Online
+            Distributed Proofreading Team at <http://www.pgdp.net/>.
+
+
+
+A WORD FROM PROJECT GUTENBERG
+
+
+This file should be named 28282.txt or 28282.zip.
+
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+
+
+    http://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/2/8/2/8/28282/
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one -- the old editions will be
+renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no one
+owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation (and
+you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without permission
+and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, set forth in the
+General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to copying and
+distributing Project Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~} electronic works to protect the Project
+Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~} concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered
+trademark, and may not be used if you charge for the eBooks, unless you
+receive specific permission. If you do not charge anything for copies of
+this eBook, complying with the rules is very easy. You may use this eBook
+for nearly any purpose such as creation of derivative works, reports,
+performances and research. They may be modified and printed and given away
+-- you may do practically _anything_ with public domain eBooks.
+Redistribution is subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+
+
+_Please read this before you distribute or use this work._
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~} mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work (or
+any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project Gutenberg"),
+you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~}
+License (available with this file or online at
+http://www.gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1.
+
+
+General Terms of Use & Redistributing Project Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~} electronic works
+
+
+1.A.
+
+
+By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~} electronic work,
+you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to and accept all the
+terms of this license and intellectual property (trademark/copyright)
+agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all the terms of this
+agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy all copies of
+Project Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~} electronic works in your possession. If you paid a fee
+for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~} electronic work
+and you do not agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement, you may
+obtain a refund from the person or entity to whom you paid the fee as set
+forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+
+1.B.
+
+
+"Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be used on or
+associated in any way with an electronic work by people who agree to be
+bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few things that you can
+do with most Project Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~} electronic works even without complying
+with the full terms of this agreement. See paragraph 1.C below. There are
+a lot of things you can do with Project Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~} electronic works if you
+follow the terms of this agreement and help preserve free future access to
+Project Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~} electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+
+1.C.
+
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" or
+PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~} electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an individual
+work is in the public domain in the United States and you are located in
+the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from copying,
+distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative works based on
+the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of
+course, we hope that you will support the Project Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~} mission of
+promoting free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project
+Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~} works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for
+keeping the Project Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~} name associated with the work. You can
+easily comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the
+same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~} License when you
+share it without charge with others.
+
+
+1.D.
+
+
+The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern what you
+can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in a constant
+state of change. If you are outside the United States, check the laws of
+your country in addition to the terms of this agreement before
+downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or creating
+derivative works based on this work or any other Project Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~} work.
+The Foundation makes no representations concerning the copyright status of
+any work in any country outside the United States.
+
+
+1.E.
+
+
+Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+
+1.E.1.
+
+
+The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate access
+to, the full Project Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~} License must appear prominently whenever
+any copy of a Project Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~} work (any work on which the phrase
+"Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project Gutenberg"
+is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, copied or
+distributed:
+
+
+    This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+    almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away
+    or re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License
+    included with this eBook or online at http://www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+1.E.2.
+
+
+If an individual Project Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~} electronic work is derived from the
+public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is posted with
+permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied and
+distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees or
+charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work with the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the work, you
+must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7
+or obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~}
+trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+
+1.E.3.
+
+
+If an individual Project Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~} electronic work is posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution must comply
+with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional terms imposed
+by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked to the Project
+Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~} License for all works posted with the permission of the
+copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+
+1.E.4.
+
+
+Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~} License
+terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this work or any
+other work associated with Project Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~}.
+
+
+1.E.5.
+
+
+Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this electronic
+work, or any part of this electronic work, without prominently displaying
+the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with active links or immediate
+access to the full terms of the Project Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~} License.
+
+
+1.E.6.
+
+
+You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, compressed,
+marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any word
+processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~} work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version posted
+on the official Project Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~} web site (http://www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other form.
+Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~} License as
+specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+
+1.E.7.
+
+
+Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, performing,
+copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~} works unless you comply
+with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+
+1.E.8.
+
+
+You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing access to or
+distributing Project Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~} electronic works provided that
+
+    - You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+      the use of Project Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~} works calculated using the method you
+      already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed to
+      the owner of the Project Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~} trademark, but he has agreed to
+      donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project Gutenberg
+      Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid within 60
+      days following each date on which you prepare (or are legally
+      required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty payments
+      should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project Gutenberg
+      Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in Section 4,
+      "Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+      Archive Foundation."
+
+      You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+      you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+      does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~} License.
+      You must require such a user to return or destroy all copies of the
+      works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue all use of and
+      all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~} works.
+
+      You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of
+      any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+      electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of
+      receipt of the work.
+
+      You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+      distribution of Project Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~} works.
+
+
+1.E.9.
+
+
+If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~} electronic
+work or group of works on different terms than are set forth in this
+agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from both the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael Hart, the owner of the
+Project Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~} trademark. Contact the Foundation as set forth in
+Section 3 below.
+
+
+1.F.
+
+
+1.F.1.
+
+
+Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable effort to
+identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread public domain
+works in creating the Project Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~} collection. Despite these
+efforts, Project Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~} electronic works, and the medium on which they
+may be stored, may contain "Defects," such as, but not limited to,
+incomplete, inaccurate or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright
+or other intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk
+or other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot
+be read by your equipment.
+
+
+1.F.2.
+
+
+LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES -- Except for the "Right of
+Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~}
+trademark, and any other party distributing a Project Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~}
+electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all liability to you for
+damages, costs and expenses, including legal fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE
+NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH
+OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE
+FOUNDATION, THE TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT
+WILL NOT BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL,
+PUNITIVE OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY
+OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+
+
+1.F.3.
+
+
+LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND -- If you discover a defect in this
+electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can receive a refund
+of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a written explanation to
+the person you received the work from. If you received the work on a
+physical medium, you must return the medium with your written explanation.
+The person or entity that provided you with the defective work may elect
+to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a refund. If you received the
+work electronically, the person or entity providing it to you may choose
+to give you a second opportunity to receive the work electronically in
+lieu of a refund. If the second copy is also defective, you may demand a
+refund in writing without further opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+
+1.F.4.
+
+
+Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth in
+paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS,' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+
+1.F.5.
+
+
+Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied warranties or the
+exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. If any disclaimer or
+limitation set forth in this agreement violates the law of the state
+applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be interpreted to make
+the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by the applicable state
+law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this agreement
+shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+
+1.F.6.
+
+
+INDEMNITY -- You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the trademark
+owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone providing copies of
+Project Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~} electronic works in accordance with this agreement, and
+any volunteers associated with the production, promotion and distribution
+of Project Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~} electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs
+and expenses, including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from
+any of the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of
+this or any Project Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~} work, (b) alteration, modification, or
+additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~} work, and (c) any Defect
+you cause.
+
+
+Section  2.
+
+
+           Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~}
+
+
+Project Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~} is synonymous with the free distribution of electronic
+works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers including
+obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists because of the
+efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from people in all walks
+of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the assistance
+they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~}'s goals and ensuring
+that the Project Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~} collection will remain freely available for
+generations to come. In 2001, the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation was created to provide a secure and permanent future for
+Project Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~} and future generations. To learn more about the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations
+can help, see Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation web page at
+http://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3.
+
+
+   Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the state of
+Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal Revenue Service.
+The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification number is 64-6221541.
+Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+http://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/pglaf. Contributions to the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full
+extent permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr.
+S. Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at 809 North
+1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact information
+can be found at the Foundation's web site and official page at
+http://www.pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+
+
+    Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+    Chief Executive and Director
+    gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+
+Section 4.
+
+
+  Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+                                Foundation
+
+
+Project Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~} depends upon and cannot survive without wide spread
+public support and donations to carry out its mission of increasing the
+number of public domain and licensed works that can be freely distributed
+in machine readable form accessible by the widest array of equipment
+including outdated equipment. Many small donations ($1 to $5,000) are
+particularly important to maintaining tax exempt status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United States.
+Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a considerable
+effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up with these
+requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations where we have not
+received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND DONATIONS or
+determine the status of compliance for any particular state visit
+http://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/donate
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we have
+not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition against
+accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who approach us
+with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make any
+statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from outside the
+United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation methods
+and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other ways including
+checks, online payments and credit card donations. To donate, please
+visit: http://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/donate
+
+
+Section 5.
+
+
+      General Information About Project Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~} electronic works.
+
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~}
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared with
+anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~}
+eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+Project Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~} eBooks are often created from several printed editions,
+all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. unless a copyright
+notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily keep eBooks in compliance
+with any particular paper edition.
+
+Each eBook is in a subdirectory of the same number as the eBook's eBook
+number, often in several formats including plain vanilla ASCII, compressed
+(zipped), HTML and others.
+
+Corrected _editions_ of our eBooks replace the old file and take over the
+old filename and etext number. The replaced older file is renamed.
+_Versions_ based on separate sources are treated as new eBooks receiving
+new filenames and etext numbers.
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+
+    http://www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg{~TRADE MARK SIGN~}, including how
+to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation,
+how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to subscribe to our email
+newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+***FINIS***
+
\ No newline at end of file